diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747-0.txt | 7944 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 110551 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 118774 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747-h/5747-h.htm | 10396 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747.txt | 7944 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5747.zip | bin | 0 -> 109514 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/dnddr10.txt | 8350 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/dnddr10.zip | bin | 0 -> 109439 bytes |
11 files changed, 34650 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/5747-0.txt b/5747-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88eac96 --- /dev/null +++ b/5747-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7944 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Do and Dare + A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5747] +Last Updated: March 3, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + + + + +Produced by Carrie Fellman + + + + + + + + + +DO AND DARE + +or + +A BRAVE BOY'S FIGHT FOR FORTUNE + +By Horatio Alger, Jr. + + +NEW YORK + + + + +CHAPTER I. THE POST OFFICE AT WAYNEBORO. + + +“If we could only keep the post office, mother, we should be all right,” + said Herbert Carr, as he and his mother sat together in the little +sitting room of the plain cottage which the two had occupied ever since +he was a boy of five. + +“Yes, Herbert, but I am afraid there won't be much chance of it.” + +“Who would want to take it from you, mother?” + +“Men are selfish, Herbert, and there is no office, however small, that +is not sought after.” + +“What was the income last year?” inquired Herbert. + +Mrs. Carr referred to a blank book lying on the table in which the +post-office accounts were kept, and answered: + +“Three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and fifty cents.” + +“I shouldn't think that would be much of an inducement to an able-bodied +man, who could work at any business.” + +“Your father was glad to have it.” + +“Yes, mother, but he had lost an arm in the war, and could not engage in +any business that required both hands.” + +“That is true, Herbert, but I am afraid there will be more than one who +will be willing to relieve me of the duties. Old Mrs. Allen called at +the office to-day, and told me she understood that there was a movement +on foot to have Ebenezer Graham appointed.” + +“Squire Walsingham's nephew?” + +“Yes; it is understood that the squire will throw his influence into the +scale, and that will probably decide the matter.” + +“Then it's very mean of Squire Walsingham,” said Herbert, indignantly. +“He knows that you depend on the office for a living.” + +“Most men are selfish, my dear Herbert.” + +“But he was an old schoolfellow of father's, and it was as his +substitute that father went to the war where he was wounded.” + +“True, Herbert, but I am afraid that consideration won't weigh much with +John Walsingham.” + +“I have a great mind to go and see him, mother. Have you any +objections?” + +“I have no objections, but I am afraid it will do no good.” + +“Mr. Graham ought to be ashamed, with the profits of his store, to want +the post office also. His store alone pays him handsomely.” + +“Mr. Graham is fond of money. He means to be a rich man.” + +“That is true enough. He is about the meanest man in town.” + +A few words are needed in explanation, though the conversation explains +itself pretty well. + +Herbert's father, returning from the war with the loss of an arm, was +fortunate enough to receive the appointment of postmaster, and thus +earn a small, but, with strict economy, adequate income, until a fever +terminated his earthly career at middle age. Mr. Graham was a rival +applicant for the office, but Mr. Carr's services in the war were +thought to give him superior claims, and he secured it. During the month +that had elapsed since his death, Mrs. Carr had carried on the post +office under a temporary appointment. She was a woman of good business +capacity, and already familiar with the duties of the office, having +assisted her husband, especially during his sickness, when nearly the +whole work devolved upon her. Most of the village people were in favor +of having her retained, but the local influence of Squire Walsingham and +his nephew was so great that a petition in favor of the latter secured +numerous signatures, and was already on file at the department in +Washington, and backed by the congressman of the district, who was +a political friend of the squire. Mrs. Carr was not aware that the +movement for her displacement had gone so far. + +It was already nine o'clock when Herbert's conversation with his mother +ended, and he resolved to defer his call upon Squire Walsingham till the +next morning. + +About nine o'clock in the forenoon our young hero rang the bell of +the village magnate, and with but little delay was ushered into his +presence. + +Squire Walsingham was a tall, portly man of fifty, sleek and evidently +on excellent terms with himself. Indeed, he was but five years older +than his nephew, Ebenezer Graham, and looked the younger of the two, +despite the relationship. If he had been a United States Senator he +could not have been more dignified in his deportment, or esteemed +himself of greater consequence. He was a selfish man, but he was free +from the mean traits that characterized his nephew. + +“You are the Carr boy,” said the squire, pompously, looking over his +spectacles at Herbert, as he entered the door. + +“My name is Herbert Carr,” said Herbert, shortly. “You have known me all +my life.” + +“Certainly,” said the squire, a little ruffled at the failure of his +grand manner to impose upon his young visitor. “Did I not call you the +Carr boy?” + +Herbert did not fancy being called the Carr boy, but he was there to ask +a favor, and he thought it prudent not to show his dissatisfaction. He +resolved to come to the point at once. + +“I have called, Squire Walsingham,” he commenced, “to ask if you will +use your influence to have my mother retained in charge of the post +office.” + +“Ahem!” said the squire, somewhat embarrassed. “I am not in charge of +the post-office department.” + +“No, sir, I am aware of that; but the postmaster general will be +influenced by the recommendations of people in the village.” + +“Very true!” said the squire, complacently. “Very true, and very proper. +I do not pretend to say that my recommendation would not weigh with the +authorities at Washington. Indeed, the member from our district is a +personal friend of mine.” + +“You know how we are situated,” continued Herbert, who thought it best +to state his case as briefly as possible. “Father was unable to save +anything, and we have no money ahead. If mother can keep the post +office, we shall get along nicely, but if she loses it, we shall have a +hard time.” + +“I am surprised that in your father's long tenure of office he did not +save something,” said the squire, in a tone which indicated not only +surprise but reproof. + +“There was not much chance to save on a salary of four hundred dollars a +year,” said Herbert, soberly, “after supporting a family of three.” + +“Ahem!” said the squire, sagely; “where there's a will there's a way. +Improvidence is the great fault of the lower classes.” + +“We don't belong to the lower classes,” said Herbert, flushing with +indignation. + +Squire Walmsgham was secretly ambitious of representing his district +some day in Congress, and he felt that he had made a mistake. It won't +do for an aspirant to office to speak of the lower classes, and the +squire hastened to repair his error. + +“That was not the term I intended to imply,” he condescended to explain. +“I meant to say that improvidence is the prevailing fault of those whose +income is small.” + +“We haven't had much chance to be improvident!” said Herbert “We have +had to spend all our income, but we are not in debt--that is, we have no +debts that we are unable to pay.” + +“That is well,” said Squire Walsingham, “but, my young constituent--I +mean my young friend--I apprehend that you do not take a right view +of public office. It is not designed to support a privileged class in +luxury.” + +“Luxury, on four hundred a year!” replied Herbert. + +“I am speaking in general terms,” said the squire, hastily. “I mean to +say that I cannot recommend a person to office simply because he or she +needs the income.” + +“No, sir, I know that; but my mother understands the duties of the +office, and no complaint has been made that she does not make a good +postmaster.” + +“Possibly,” said the squire, non-commitally; “but I am opposed upon +principle to conferring offices upon women. Men are more efficient, and +better qualified to discharge responsible duties.” + +“Then, sir,” said Herbert, his heart sinking, “I am to understand that +you do not favor the appointment of my mother?” + +“I should be glad to hear that your mother was doing well,” said the +squire, “but I cannot conscientiously favor the appointment of a woman +to be postmaster of Wayneboro.” + +“That means that he prefers the appointment should go to his nephew,” + thought Herbert. + +“If my mother were not competent to discharge the duties,” he said, his +face showing his disappointment in spite of himself, “I would not ask +your influence, notwithstanding you were a schoolmate of father's, and +he lost his arm while acting as your substitute.” + +“I have already said that I wish your mother well,” said the squire, +coloring, “and in any other way I am ready to help her and you. Indeed, +I may be able to secure you a situation.” + +“Where, sir?” + +“Mr. Graham needs a boy in his store, and I think he will take you on my +recommendation.” + +“Is Tom Tripp going away?” asked Herbert. + +“The Tripp boy is unsatisfactory, so Mr. Graham tells me.” + +Herbert knew something of what it would be to be employed by Mr. Graham. +Tom Tripp worked early and late for a dollar and a half per week, +without board, for a hard and suspicious taskmaster, who was continually +finding fault with him. But for sheer necessity, he would have left +Mr. Graham's store long ago. He had confided the unpleasantness of +his position to Herbert more than once, and enlisted his sympathy and +indignation. Herbert felt that he would not like to work for Mr. Graham +at any price, more especially as it seemed likely that the storekeeper +was likely to deprive his mother of her office and income. + +“I should not like to work for Mr. Graham, sir,” he said. + +“It appears to me that you are very particular, young man,” said Squire +Walsingham. + +“I would be willing to work for you, sir, but not for him.” + +“Ahem!” said the squire, somewhat mollified, “I will think of your +case.” + +Herbert left the house, feeling that his mother's removal was only a +matter of time. + + + + +CHAPTER II. HERBERT'S CHANCE. + + + +Herbert left the house of Squire Walsingham in a sober frame of mind. He +saw clearly that his mother would not long remain in office, and without +her official income they would find it hard to get along. To be sure, +she received a pension of eight dollars a month, in consideration of +her husband's services in the war, but eight dollars would not go far +towards supporting their family, small as it was. There were other means +of earning a living, to be sure, but Wayneboro was an agricultural town +mainly, and unless he hired out on a farm there seemed no way open to +him, while the little sewing his mother might be able to procure would +probably pay her less than a dollar a week. + +The blow fell sooner than he expected. In the course of the next week +Mrs. Carr was notified that Ebenezer Graham had been appointed her +successor, and she was directed to turn over the papers and property of +the office to him. + +She received the official notification by the afternoon mail, and in the +evening she was favored by a call from her successor. + +Ebenezer Graham was a small man, with insignificant, mean-looking +features, including a pair of weazel-like eyes and a turn-up nose. It +did not require a skillful physiognomist to read his character in his +face. Meanness was stamped upon it in unmistakable characters. + +“Good-evening, Mr. Graham,” said the widow, gravely. + +“Good-evening, ma'am,” said the storekeeper. “I've called to see you, +Mrs. Carr, about the post office, I presume you have heard--” + +“I have heard that you are to be my successor.” + +“Just so. As long as your husband was alive, I didn't want to step into +his shoes.” + +“But you are willing to step into mine,” said Mrs. Carr, smiling +faintly. + +“Just so--that is, the gov'ment appear to think a man ought to be in +charge of so responsible a position.” + +“I shall be glad if you manage the office better than I have done.” + +“You see, ma'am, it stands to reason that a man is better fitted for +business than a woman,” said Ebenezer Graham, in a smooth tone for he +wanted to get over this rather awkward business as easily as possible. +“Women, you know, was made to adorn the domestic circles, et cetery.” + +“Adorning the domestic circle won't give me a living,” said Mrs. Carr, +with some bitterness, for she knew that but for the grasping spirit of +the man before her she would have been allowed to retain her office. + +“I was comin' to that,” said the new postmaster. “Of course, I +appreciate your position as a widder, without much means, and I'm going +to make you an offer; that is, your boy, Herbert.” + +Herbert looked up from a book he was reading, and listened with interest +to hear the benevolent intentions of the new postmaster. + +“I am ready to give him a place in my store,” proceeded Ebenezer. “I +always keep a boy, and thinks I to myself, the wages I give will +help along the widder Carr. You see, I like to combine business with +consideration for my feller creeters.” + +Mrs. Carr smiled faintly, for in spite of her serious strait she could +not help being amused at the notion of Ebenezer Graham's philanthropy. + +“What's going to become of Tom Tripp?” asked Herbert, abruptly. + +“Thomas Tripp isn't exactly the kind of boy I want in my store,” said +Mr. Graham. “He's a harum-scarum sort of boy, and likes to shirk his +work. Then I suspect he stops to play on the way when I send him on +errands. Yesterday he was five minutes longer than he need to have been +in goin' to Sam Dunning's to carry some groceries. Thomas doesn't seem +to appreciate his privileges in bein' connected with a business like +mine.” + +Tom Tripp was hardly to blame for not recognizing his good luck in +occupying a position where he received a dollar and a half a week for +fourteen hours daily work, with half a dozen scoldings thrown in. + +“How do you know I will suit you any better than Tom?” asked Herbert, +who did not think it necessary to thank Mr. Graham for the proffered +engagement until he learned just what was expected of him, and what his +pay was to be. + +“You're a different sort of a boy,” said Ebenezer, with an attempt at a +pleasant smile. “You've been brought up different. I've heard you're a +smart, capable boy, that isn't afraid of work.” + +“No, sir, I am not, if I am fairly paid for my work.” + +The new postmaster's jaw fell, and he looked uneasy, for he always +grudged the money he paid out, even the paltry dollar and a half which +went to poor Tom. + +“I always calkerlate to pay fair wages,” he said; “but I ain't rich, and +I can't afford to fling away money.” + +“How much do you pay Tom Tripp?” asked Herbert. + +He knew, but he wanted to draw Mr. Graham out. + +“I pay Thomas a dollar and fifty cents a week,” answered the +storekeeper, in a tone which indicated that he regarded this, on the +whole, as rather a munificent sum. + +“And he works from seven in the morning till nine o'clock at night,” + proceeded Herbert. + +“Them are the hours,” said Ebenezer, who knew better how to make money +than to speak grammatically. + +“It makes a pretty long day,” observed Mrs. Carr. + +“So it does, ma'am, but it's no longer than I work myself.” + +“You get paid rather better, I presume.” + +“Of course, ma'am, as I am the proprietor.” + +“I couldn't think of working for any such sum,” said Herbert, decidedly. + +Mr. Graham looked disturbed, for he had reasons for desiring to secure +Herbert, who was familiar with the routine of post-office work. + +“Well,” he said, “I might be able to offer you a leetle more, as you +know how to tend the post office. That's worth somethin'! I'll +give you--lemme see--twenty-five cents more; that is, a dollar and +seventy-five cents a week.” + +Herbert and his mother exchanged glances. They hardly knew whether to +feel more amused or disgusted at their visitor's meanness. + +“Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, “if you wish to secure my services, you will +have to pay me three dollars a week.” + +The storekeeper held up both hands in dismay. + +“Three dollars a week for a boy!” he exclaimed. + +“Yes, sir; I will come for a short time for that sum, till you get used +to the management of the post office, but I shall feel justified in +leaving you when I can do better.” + +“You must think I am made of money,” said Ebenezer hastily. + +“I think you can afford to pay me that salary.” + +For twenty minutes the new postmaster tried to beat down his prospective +clerk, but Herbert was obstinate, and Ebenezer rather ruefully promised +to give him his price, chiefly because it was absolutely necessary that +he should engage some one who was more familiar with the post-office +work than he was. Herbert agreed to go to work the next morning. + + + + +CHAPTER III. A PRODIGAL SON. + + + +Herbert did not look forward with very joyful anticipations to the new +engagement he had formed. He knew very well that he should not like +Ebenezer Graham as an employer, but it was necessary that he should earn +something, for the income was now but two dollars a week. He was sorry, +too, to displace Tom Tripp, but upon this point his uneasiness was soon +removed, for Tom dropped in just after Mr. Graham had left the house, +and informed Herbert that he was to go to work the next day for a farmer +in the neighborhood, at a dollar and a half per week, and board besides. + +“I am glad to hear it, Tom,” said Herbert, heartily. “I didn't want to +feel that I was depriving you of employment.” + +“You are welcome to my place in the store,” said Tom. “I'm glad to give +it up. Mr. Graham seemed to think I was made of iron, and I could work +like a machine, without getting tired. I hope he pays you more than a +dollar and a half a week.” + +“He has agreed to pay me three dollars,” said Herbert. + +Tom whistled in genuine amazement. + +“What! has the old man lost his senses?” he exclaimed. “He must be crazy +to offer such wages as that.” + +“He didn't offer them. I told him I wouldn't come for less.” + +“I don't see how he came to pay such a price.” + +“Because he wanted me to take care of the post office. I know all about +it, and he doesn't.” + +“As soon as he learns, he will reduce your wages.” + +“Then I shall leave him.” + +“Well, I hope you'll like store work better than I do.” + +The next two or three days were spent in removing the post office to +one corner of Eben-ezer Graham's store. The removal was superintended by +Herbert, who was not interfered with to any extent by his employer, nor +required to do much work in the store. Our hero was agreeably surprised, +and began to think he should get along better than he anticipated. + +At the end of the first week the storekeeper, while they were closing +the shutters, said: “I expect, Herbert, you'd just as lieves take your +pay in groceries and goods from the store?” + +“No, sir,” answered Herbert, “I prefer to be paid in money, and to pay +for such goods as we buy.” + +“I don't see what odds it makes to you,” said Ebenezer. “It comes to the +same thing, doesn't it?” + +“Then if it comes to the same thing,” retorted Herbert, “why do you want +to pay me in goods?” + +“Ahem! It saves trouble. I'll just charge everything you buy, and give +you the balance Saturday night.” + +“I should prefer the money, Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, firmly. + +So the storekeeper, considerably against his will, drew three dollars in +bills from the drawer and handed them to his young clerk. + +“It's a good deal of money, Herbert,” he said, “for a boy. There ain't +many men would pay you such a good salary.” + +“I earn every cent of it, Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, whose views on the +salary question differed essentially from those of his employer. + +The next morning Mr. Graham received a letter which evidently disturbed +him. Before referring to its contents, it is necessary to explain that +he had one son, nineteen years of age, who had gone to Boston two years +previous, to take a place in a dry-goods store on Washington Street. +Ebenezer Graham, Jr., or Eben, as he was generally called, was, in some +respects, like his father. He had the same features, and was quite as +mean, so far as others were concerned, but willing to spend money for +his own selfish pleasures. He was fond of playing pool, and cards, and +had contracted a dangerous fondness for whisky, which consumed all the +money he could spare from necessary expenses, and even more, so that, as +will presently appear, he failed to meet his board bills regularly. +Eben had served an apprenticeship in his father's store, having been, +in fact, Tom Tripp's predecessor; he tired of his father's strict +discipline, and the small pay out of which he was required to purchase +his clothes, and went to Boston to seek a wider sphere. + +To do Eben justice, it must be admitted that he had good business +capacity, and if he had been able, like his father, to exercise +self-denial, and make money-getting his chief enjoyment, he would no +doubt have become a rich man in time. As it was, whenever he could make +his companions pay for his pleasures, he did so. + +I now come to the letter which had brought disquietude to the +storekeeper. + +It ran thus: + +“DEAR SIR: I understand that you are the father of Mr. Eben Graham, +who has been a boarder at my house for the last six months. I regret to +trouble you, but he is now owing me six weeks board, and I cannot get +a cent out of him, though he knows I am a poor widow, dependent on my +board money for my rent and house expenses. As he is a minor, the law +makes you responsible for his bills, and, though I dislike to trouble +you, I am obliged, in justice to myself, to ask you to settle his board +bill, which I inclose. + +“You will do me a great favor if you will send me the amount--thirty +dollars--within a week, as my rent is coming due. + +“Yours respectfully, SUSAN JONES.” + +The feelings of a man like Ebenezer Graham can be imagined when he read +this unpleasant missive. + +“Thirty dollars!” he groaned. “What can the graceless boy be thinking +of, to fool away his money, and leave his bills to be settled by me. If +this keeps on, I shall be ruined! It's too bad, when I am slaving here, +for Eben to waste my substance on riotous living. I've a great mind to +disown him. Let him go his own way, and fetch up in the poorhouse, if he +chooses.” + +But it is not easy for a man to cast off an only son, even though he is +as poorly supplied with natural affections as Ebenezer Graham. Besides, +Eben's mother interceded for him, and the father, in bitterness of +spirit, was about to mail a registered letter to Mrs. Jones, when the +cause of his anguish suddenly made his appearance in the store. + +“How are you, father?” he said, nonchalantly, taking a cigar from his +mouth. “Didn't expect to see me, did you?” + +“What brings you here, Eben?” asked Mr. Graham, uneasily. + +“Well, the cars brought me to Stockton, and I've walked the rest of the +way.” + +“I've heard of you,” said his father, frowning. “I got a letter last +night from Mrs. Jones.” + +“She said she was going to write,” said Eben, shrugging his shoulders. + +“How came it,” said his father, his voice trembling with anger, “that +you haven't paid your board bill for six weeks?” + +“I didn't have the money,” said Eben, with a composure which was +positively aggravating to his father. + +“And why didn't you have the money? Your wages are ample to pay all your +expenses.” + +“It costs more money to live in Boston than you think for, father.” + +“Don't you get ten dollars a week, sir? At your age I got only seven, +and saved two dollars a week.” + +“You didn't live in Boston, father.” + +“I didn't smoke cigars,” said his father, angrily, as he fixed his eye +on the one his son was smoking. “How much did you pay for that miserable +weed?” + +“You're mistaken, father. It's a very good article. I paid eight dollars +a hundred.” + +“Eight dollars a hundred!” gasped Mr. Graham. “No wonder you can't pay +your board bill--I can't afford to spend my money on cigars.” + +“Oh, yes, you can, father, if you choose. Why, you're a rich man.” + +“A rich man!” repeated Mr. Graham, nervously. “It would take a rich man +to pay your bills. But you haven't told me why you have come home.” + +“I lost my situation, father--some meddlesome fellow told my employer +that I occasionally played a game of pool, and my tailor came to the +store and dunned me; so old Boggs gave me a long lecture and my walking +papers, and here I am.” + +Ebenezer Graham was sorely troubled, and, though he isn't a favorite of +mine, I confess, that in this matter he has my sincere sympathy. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. HERBERT LOSES HIS PLACE. + + + +Ebenezer Graham with some difficulty ascertained from Eben that he had +other bills, amounting in the aggregate to forty-seven dollars. This +added to the board bill, made a total of seventy-seven dollars. Mr. +Graham's face elongated perceptibly. + +“That is bad enough,” he said; “but you have lost your income also, and +that makes matters worse. Isn't there a chance of the firm taking you +back?” + +“No, sir,” replied the prodigal. “You see, we had a flare up, and I +expressed my opinion of them pretty plainly. They wouldn't take me back +if I'd come for nothing.” + +“And they won't give you a recommendation, either?” said Ebenezer, with +a half groan. + +“No, sir; I should say not.” + +“So you have ruined your prospects so far as Boston is concerned,” said +his father, bitterly. “May I ask how you expect to get along?” + +“I have a plan,” said Eben, with cheerful confidence. + +“What is it?” + +“I would like to go to California. If I can't get any situation in San +Francisco, I can go to the mines.” + +“Very fine, upon my word!” said his father, sarcastically. “And how do +you propose to get to California?” + +“I can go either by steamer, across the isthmus, or over the Union +Pacific road.” + +“That isn't what I mean. Where are you to get the money to pay your fare +with?” + +“I suppose you will supply that,” said Eben. + +“You do? Well, it strikes me you have some assurance,” ejaculated Mr. +Graham. “You expect me to advance hundreds of dollars, made by working +early and late, to support a spendthrift son!” + +“I'll pay you back as soon as I am able,” said Eben, a little abashed. + +“No doubt! You'd pay me in the same way you pay your board bills,” said +Ebenezer, who may be excused for the sneer. “I can invest my money to +better advantage than upon you.” + +“Then, if you will not do that,” said Eben, sullenly, “I will leave you +to suggest a plan.” + +“There is only one plan I can think of, Eben. Go back to your old place +in the store. I will dismiss the Carr boy, and you can attend to the +post office, and do the store work.” + +“What, go back to tending a country grocery, after being a salesman in a +city store!” exclaimed Eben, disdainfully. + +“Yes, it seems the only thing you have left. It's your own fault that +you are not still a salesman in the city.” + +Eben took the cigar from his mouth, and thought rapidly. + +“Well,” he said, after a pause, “if I agree to do this, what will you +pay me?” + +“What will I pay you?” + +“Yes, will you pay me ten dollars a week--the same as I got at Hanbury & +Deane's?” + +“Ten dollars a week!” ejaculated Ebenezer, “I don't get any more than +that myself.” + +“I guess there's a little mistake in your calculations, father,” said +Eben, significantly. “If you don't make at least forty dollars a week, +including the post office, then I am mistaken.” + +“So you are--ridiculously mistaken!” said his father, sharply. “What +you presume is entirely out of the question. You forget that you will +be getting your board, and Tom Tripp only received a dollar and a half a +week without board.” + +“Is that all you pay to Herbert Carr?” + +“I pay him a leetle more,” admitted Ebenezer. + +“What will you give me?” + +“I'll give you your board and clothes,” said Ebenezer, “and that seems +to be more than you made in Boston.” + +“Are you in earnest?” asked Eben, in genuine dismay. + +“Certainly. It isn't a bad offer, either.” + +“Do you suppose a young man like me can get along without money?” + +“You ought to get along without money for the next two years, after the +sums you've wasted in Boston. It will cripple me to pay your bills,” and +the storekeeper groaned at the thought of the inroads the payment would +make on his bank account. + +“You're poorer than I thought, if seventy-five dollars will cripple +you,” said Eben, who knew his father's circumstances too well to be +moved by this representation. + +“I shall be in the poorhouse before many years if I undertake to pay all +your bills, Eben.” + +After all, this was not, perhaps, an exaggeration, for a spendthrift son +can get through a great deal of money. + +“I can't get along without money, father,” said Eben, decidedly. “How +can I buy cigars, let alone other things?” + +“I don't want you to smoke cigars. You'll be a great deal better off +without them,” said his father, sharply. + +“I understand; it's necessary to my health,” said Eben, rather absurdly. + +“You won't smoke at my expense,” said Ebenezer, decidedly. “I don't +smoke myself, and I never knew any good come of it.” + +“All the same, I must have some money. What will people say about a +young man of my age not having a cent in his pocket? They think my +father is very mean.” + +“I'll allow you fifty cents a week,” said Mr. Graham, after a pause. + +“That won't do! You seem to think I am only six or seven years old!” + +Finally, after considerable haggling, Mr. Graham agreed to pay his son +a dollar and a half a week, in cash, besides board and clothes. He +reflected that he should be obliged to board and clothe his son at any +rate, and should save a dollar and a half from Herbert's wages. + +“Well,” he said, “when will you be ready to go to work?” + +“I must have a few days to loaf, father. I have been hard at work for a +long time, and need some rest.” + +“Then you can begin next Monday morning. I'll get Herbert to show you +how to prepare the mail, so that you won't have any trouble about the +post-office work.” + +“By the way, father, how do you happen to have the post office? I +thought Mrs. Carr was to carry it on.” + +“So she did, for a time, but a woman ain't fit for a public position of +that kind. So I applied for the position, and got it.” + +“What's Mrs. Carr going to do?” + +“She's got her pension,” said Ebenezer, shortly. + +“Eight dollars a month, isn't it?” + +“Yes.” + +“That ain't much to support a family.” + +“She'll have to do something else, then, I suppose.” + +“There isn't much to do in Wayneboro.” + +“That isn't my lookout. She can take in sewing, or washing,” suggested +Ebenezer, who did not trouble himself much about the care of his +neighbors. “Besides there's Herbert--he can earn something.” + +“But I'm to take his place.” + +“Oh well, I ain't under any obligations to provide them a livin'. I've +got enough to take care of myself and my family.” + +“You'd better have let her keep the post office,” said Eben. He was +not less selfish than his father, but then his own interests were not +concerned. He would not have scrupled, in his father's case, to do +precisely the same. + +“It's lucky I've got a little extra income,” said Ebenezer, bitterly; +“now I've got your bills to pay.” + +“I suppose I shall have to accept your offer, father,” said Eben, “for +the present; but I hope you'll think better of my California plan after +a while. Why, there's a fellow I know went out there last year, went up +to the mines, and now he's worth five thousand dollars!” + +“Then he must be a very different sort of a person from you,” retorted +his father, sagaciously. “You would never succeed there, if you can't in +Boston.” + +“I've never had a chance to try,” grumbled Eben. + +There was sound sense in what his father said. Failure at home is very +likely to be followed by failure away from home. There have been cases +that seemed to disprove my assertion, but in such cases failure has only +been changed into success by earnest work. I say to my young readers, +therefore, never give up a certainty at home to tempt the chances of +success in a distant State, unless you are prepared for disappointment. + +When the engagement had been made with Eben, Mr. Graham called Herbert +to his presence. + +“Herbert,” said he, “I won't need you after Saturday night. My son is +going into the store, and will do all I require. You can tell him how to +prepare the mails, et cetery.” + +“Very well, sir,” answered Herbert. It was not wholly a surprise, but +it was a disappointment, for he did not know how he could make three +dollars a week in any other way, unless he left Wayneboro. + + + + +CHAPTER V. EBEN'S SCHEME. + + + +Saturday night came, and with it the end of Herbert's engagement in the +post office. + +He pocketed the three dollars which his employer grudgingly gave him, +and set out on his way home. + +“Wait a minute, Herbert,” said Eben. “I'll walk with you.” + +Herbert didn't care much for Eben's company but he was too polite to say +so. He waited therefore, till Eben appeared with hat and cane. + +“I'm sorry to cut you out of your place, Herbert,” said the young man. + +“Thank you,” answered Herbert. + +“It isn't my fault, for I don't want to go into the store,” proceeded +Eben. “A fellow that's stood behind the counter in a city store is fit +for something better, but it's the old man's fault.” + +Herbert made no comment, and Eben proceeded: + +“Yes,” said he, “it's the old man's fault. He's awfully stingy, you know +that yourself.” + +Herbert did know it, but thought it would not be in good taste to say +so. + +“I suppose Wayneboro is rather dull for you after living in the city,” + he remarked. + +“I should say so. This village is a dull hole, and yet father expects +me to stay here cooped up in a little country store. I won't stay here +long, you may be sure of that.” + +“Where will you go?” + +“I don't know yet. I want to go to California, but I can't unless the +old man comes down with the requisite amount of tin. You'll soon have +your situation back again. I won't stand in your way.” + +“I'm not very particular about going back,” said Herbert, “but I must +find something to do.” + +“Just so!” said Eben. “The place will do well enough for a boy like you, +but I am a young man, and entitled to look higher. By the way, I've got +something in view that may bring me in five thousand dollars within a +month.” + +Herbert stared at his companion in surprise, not knowing any short cut +to wealth. + +“Do you mean it?” he asked, incredulously. + +“Yes,” said Eben. + +“I suppose you don't care to tell what it is?” + +“Oh, I don't mind--it's a lottery.” + +“Oh!” said Herbert, in a tone of disappointment. + +“Yes,” answered Eben. “You may think lotteries are a fraud and all +that, but I know a man in Boston who drew last month a prize of fifteen +thousand dollars. The ticket only cost him a dollar. What do you say to +that?” + +“Such cases can't be very common,” said Herbert, who had a good share of +common sense. + +“Not so uncommon as you think,” returned Eben, nodding. “I don't mean to +say that many draw prizes as large as that, but there are other prizes +of five thousand dollars, and one thousand, and so on. It would be very +comfortable to draw a prize of even five hundred, wouldn't it now?” + +Herbert admitted that it would. + +“I'd send for a ticket by Monday morning's mail,” continued Eben, “if +I wasn't so hard up. The old man's mad because I ran into debt, and he +won't give me a cent. Will you do me a favor?” + +“What is it?” asked Herbert, cautiously. + +“Lend me two dollars. You've got it, I know, because you were paid off +to-night. I would send for two tickets, and agree to give you quarter of +what I draw. Isn't that fair?” + +“It may be,” said Herbert, “but I haven't any money to lend.” + +“You have three dollars in your pocket at this moment.” + +“Yes, but it isn't mine. I must hand it to mother.” + +“And give up the chance of winning a prize. I'll promise to give you +half of whatever I draw, besides paying back the money.” + +“Thank you, but I can't spare the money.” + +“You are getting as miserly as the old man,” said Eben, with a forced +laugh. + +“Eben,” said Herbert, seriously, “you don't seem to understand our +position. Mother has lost the post office, and has but eight dollars a +month income. I've earned three dollars this week, but next week I +may earn nothing. You see, I can't afford to spend money for lottery +tickets.” + +“Suppose by your caution you lose five hundred dollars. Nothing risk, +nothing gain!” + +“I have no money to risk,” said Herbert, firmly. + +“Oh, well, do as you please!” said Eben, evidently disappointed. “I +thought I'd make you the offer, because I should like to see you win a +big prize.” + +“Thank you for your friendly intention,” said Herbert, “but I am afraid +there are a good many more blanks than prizes. If there were not, it +wouldn't pay the lottery men to carry on the business.” + +This was common sense, and I cannot forbear at this point to press it +upon the attention of my young reader. Of all schemes of gaining wealth, +about the most foolish is spending money for lottery tickets. It +has been estimated by a sagacious writer that there is about as much +likelihood of drawing a large prize in a lottery as of being struck by +lightning and that, let us hope, is very small. + +“I guess I won't go any farther,” said Eben, abruptly, having become +convinced that Herbert could not be prevailed upon to lend him money. + +“Good-night, then,” said Herbert “Good-night.” + +“Well, mother, I'm out of work,” said Herbert, as he entered the little +sitting room, and threw down his week's wages. Our young hero was of a +cheerful temperament but he looked and felt sober when he said this. + +“But for the Grahams we should have a comfortable living,” the boy +proceeded. “First, the father took away the post office from you, and +now the son has robbed me of my place.” + +“Don't be discouraged, Herbert,” said his mother. “God will find us a +way out of our troubles.” + +Herbert had been trained to have a reverence for religion, and had faith +in the providential care of his heavenly Father, and his mother's words +recalled his cheerfulness. + +“You are right, mother,” he said, more hopefully. “I was feeling +low-spirited to-night, but I won't feel so any more. I don't see how we +are to live, but I won't let it trouble me tonight.” + +“Let us do our part, and leave the rest to God,” said Mrs. Carr. “He +won't support us in idleness, but I am sure that in some way relief will +come if we are ready to help ourselves.” + +“God helps them that help themselves,” repeated Herbert. + +“Exactly so. To-morrow is Sunday, and we won't let any worldly anxieties +spoil that day for us. When Monday comes, we will think over what is +best to be done.” + +The next day Herbert and his mother attended church in neat apparel, and +those who saw their cheerful faces were not likely to guess the serious +condition of their affairs. They were not in debt, to be sure, but, +unless employment came soon, they were likely to be ere long, for they +had barely enough money ahead to last them two weeks. + +Monday morning came, and brought its burden of care. + +“I wish there was a factory in Wayneboro,” said Herbert. “I am told that +boys of my age sometimes earn six or seven dollars a week.” + +“I have heard so. Here there seems nothing, except working on a farm.” + +“And the farmers expect boys to take their pay principally in board.” + +“That is a consideration, but, if possible, I hope we shall not be +separated at meals.” + +“I will try other things first,” said Herbert. “How would you like some +fish for dinner, mother? My time isn't of any particular value, and I +might as well go fishing.” + +“Do so, Herbert. It will save our buying meat, which, indeed, we can +hardly afford to do.” + +Herbert felt that anything was better than idleness, so he took his +pole from the shed, and, after digging a supply of bait, set out for the +banks of the river half a mile away. + +Through a grassy lane leading from the main street, he walked down to +the river with the pole on his shoulder. + +He was not destined to solitude, for under a tree whose branches hung +over the river sat a young man, perhaps twenty-five years of age, with a +book in his hand. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. HERBERT'S GOOD LUCK. + + + +“Good-morning,” said the young man, pleasantly. + +“Good-morning,” answered Herbert, politely. + +He recognized the young man, though he had never seen him before, as +a visitor from the city, who was boarding at the hotel, if the village +tavern could be so designated. He seemed to be a studious young man, for +he always had a book in his hand. He had a pleasant face, but was pale +and slender, and was evidently in poor health. + +“I see you are going to try your luck at fishing,” said the young man. + +“Yes, sir; I have nothing else to do, and that brings me here.” + +“I, too, have nothing else to do; but I judge from your appearance that +you have not the same reason for being idle.” + +“What is that, sir?” + +“Poor health.” + +“No, sir; I have never been troubled in that way.” + +“You are fortunate. Health is a blessing not to be overestimated. It is +better than money.” + +“I suppose it is, sir; but at present I think I should value a little +money.” + +“Are you in want of it?” asked the young man, earnestly. + +“Yes, sir; I have just lost my place in the post office.” + +“I think I have seen you in the post office.” + +“Yes, sir; my mother had charge of the office till two weeks since, +when it was transferred to Mr. Graham. He employed me to attend to the +duties, and serve the customers in the store, till Saturday night, when +I was succeeded by his son, who had just returned from the city.” + +“Your mother is a widow, is she not?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“I know where you live; I have had it pointed out to me. Your father +served in the war, did he not?” + +“Yes, sir; and the injuries he received hastened his death.” + +The young man looked thoughtful. Then he said: “How much did Mr. Graham +pay you for your services?” + +“Three dollars a week.” + +“That was not--excuse the question--all you and your mother had to +depend upon, was it?” + +“Not quite; mother receives a pension of eight dollars per month.” + +“Five dollars a week altogether--that is very little.” + +“It is only two dollars now, sir.” + +“True; but you have health and strength, and those will bring money. +In one respect you are more fortunate than I. You have a mother--I have +neither father nor mother.” + +“I'm sorry for you, sir.” + +“Thank you; anyone is to be pitied who has lost his parents. Now, as I +have asked about your affairs, it is only fair that I should tell you +about myself. To begin with, I am rich. Don't look envious, for there +is something to counterbalance. I am of feeble constitution, and the +doctors say that my lungs are affected. I have studied law, but the +state of my health has obliged me to give up, for the present at least, +the practice of my profession.” + +“But if you are rich you do not need to practice,” said Herbert, who may +be excused for still thinking his companion's lot a happy one. + +“No, I do not need to practice my profession, so far as the earning of +money is concerned; but I want something to occupy my mind. The doctors +say I ought to take considerable out-door exercise; but I suppose my +physical condition makes me indolent, for my chief exercise has been, +thus far, to wander to the banks of the river and read under the trees.” + +“That isn't very severe exercise,” said Herbert, smiling. + +“No; still it keeps me out in the open air, and that is something. Now +tell me, what are your plans?” + +“My hope is to find something to do that will enable me to help mother; +but there doesn't seem much chance of finding anything in Wayneboro. Do +you think I could get a place in the city?” + +“You might; but even if you did, you would find it difficult to earn +your own living, and there would be no chance of your helping your +mother.” + +Herbert, though naturally sanguine and hopeful, looked sober. Just +then he had a bite, and drew out a good-sized pickerel. This gave a new +direction to his thoughts, and he exclaimed, triumphantly: + +“Look at this pickerel! He must weigh over two pounds.” + +“All of that,” said the young man, rising and examining the fish with +interest. “Let me use your pole, and see what luck I have.” + +“Certainly.” + +The young man, some ten minutes later, succeeded in catching a smaller +pickerel, perhaps half the size of Herbert's. + +“That will do for me,” he said, “though it doesn't come up to your +catch.” + +For two hours Herbert and his friend alternately used the pole, and the +result was quite a handsome lot of fish. + +“You have more fish than you want,” said the young man. “You had better +bring what you don't want to the hotel. I heard the landlord say he +would like to buy some.” + +“That would suit me,” said Herbert. “If he wants fish, I want money.” + +“Come along with me, then. Really, I don't know when I have passed a +forenoon so pleasantly. Usually I get tired of my own company, and the +day seems long to me. I believe I see my way clear to a better way of +spending my time. You say you want a place. How would you like me for an +employer?” + +“I am sure I should like you, but you are not in any business.” + +“No,” said the young man, smiling; “or, rather, my business is the +pursuit of health and pleasure just now. In that I think you can help +me.” + +“I shall be very glad to, if I can, Mr.---” + +“My name is George Melville. Let me explain my idea to you. I want your +company to relieve my solitude. In your company I shall have enterprise +enough to go hunting and fishing, and follow out in good faith my +doctor's directions. What do you say?” + +Herbert smiled. + +“I would like that better than being in the post office,” he said. “It +would seem like being paid for having a good time.” + +“How much would you consider your services worth?” asked Mr. Melville. + +“I am content to leave that to you,” said Herbert. + +“Suppose we say six dollars a week, then?” + +“Six dollars a week!” exclaimed Herbert, amazed. + +“Isn't that enough?” asked Melville, smiling. + +“It is more than I can earn. Mr. Graham thought he was over-paying me +with three dollars a week.” + +“You will find me a different man from Mr. Graham, Herbert. I am aware +that six dollars is larger pay than is generally given to boys of your +age. But I can afford to pay it, and I have no doubt you will find the +money useful.” + +“It will quite set us on our feet again, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, +earnestly. “You are very generous.” + +“Oh, you don't know what a hard taskmaster you may find me,” said the +young man, playfully. “By the way, I consider that you have already +entered upon your duties. To-day is the first day. Now come to the hotel +with me, and see what you can get for the fish. I happen to know that +two of the guests, a lady and her daughter, are anxious for a good fish +dinner and, as there is no market here, I think the landlord will be +glad to buy from you.” + +Mr. Melville was right. Mr. Barton, the landlord, purchased the fish +that Herbert had to sell, for sixty cents, which he promptly paid. + +“Don't that pay you for your morning's work?” asked Melville. + +“I don't know but the money ought to go to you, Mr. Melville,” said +Herbert, “as I am now in your employ. Besides, you caught a part of +them.” + +“I waive all claim to compensation,” said the young man, “though it +would be a novel sensation to receive money for services rendered. What +will you say, Herbert, when I tell you that I never earned a dollar in +my life?” + +Herbert looked incredulous. + +“It is really true,” said George Melville, “my life has been passed at +school and college, and I have never had occasion to work for money.” + +“You are in luck, then.” + +“I don't know that; I think those who work for the money they receive +are happy. Tell me, now, don't you feel more satisfaction in the sixty +cents you have just been paid because you have earned it?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“I thought so. The happiest men are those who are usefully employed. +Don't forget that, and never sigh for the opportunity to lead an idle +life. But I suppose your dinner is ready. You may go home, and come back +at three o'clock.” + +“Very well, sir.” + +Herbert made good time going home. He was eager to tell his mother the +good news of his engagement. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. EBEN GROWS ENVIOUS. + + + +“Well, mother,” said Herbert, as he entered the house, “I have brought +you enough fish for dinner.” + +“I waited to see what luck you would have, Herbert, and therefore have +not got dinner ready. You will have to wait a little while.” + +“I shall be all the hungrier, mother,” said Herbert. + +Mrs. Carr could not help noticing the beaming look on her som's face. + +“You look as if you had received a legacy, Herbert,” she said. + +Herbert laughed. + +“There it is,” he said, displaying the sixty cents he had received from +the landlord. + +“There are ten cents more than I should have received for a whole day's +work at the store,” he said. + +“Where did you get it, Herbert?” + +“I sold a mess of fish to Mr. Barton, of the hotel.” + +“You must have had good luck in fishing,” said his mother, looking +pleased. + +“I had help, mother. Mr. Melville, the young man from the city, who +boards at the hotel, helped me fish.” + +“Well, Herbert, you have made a good beginning. I couldn't help feeling +a little depressed when you left me this morning, reflecting that we +had but my pension to depend upon. It seemed so unlucky that Eben Graham +should have come home just at this time to deprive you of your place in +the store.” + +“It was a piece of good luck for me, mother.” + +“I don't see how,” said Mrs. Carr, naturally puzzled. + +“Because I have a better situation already.” + +Then Herbert, who had been saving the best news for the last, told his +mother of his engagement as Mr. Melville's companion, and the handsome +compensation he was to receive. + +“Six dollars a week!” repeated his mother. “That is indeed generous. +Herbert, we did well to trust in Providence.” + +“Yes, mother; and we have not trusted in vain.” + +After dinner Herbert did some chores for his mother, and then went to +the hotel to meet his new employer. He found him occupying a large and +pleasant room on the second floor. The table near the window was covered +with books, and there were some thirty or forty volumes arranged on +shelves. + +“I always bring books with me, Herbert,” said the young man. “I am very +fond of reading, and hitherto I have occupied too much time, perhaps, in +that way--too much, because it has interfered with necessary exercise. +Hereafter I shall devote my forenoon to some kind of outdoor exercise +in your company, and in the afternoon you can read to me, or we can +converse.” + +“Shall I read to you now, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert. + +“Yes; here is a recent magazine. I will select an article for you to +read. It will rest my eyes, and besides it is pleasanter to have a +companion than to read one's self.” + +The article was one that interested Herbert as well as Mr. Melville, and +he was surprised when he had finished to find that it was nearly five +o'clock. + +“Didn't the reading tire you, Herbert?” asked Melville. + +“No, sir; not at all.” + +“It is evident that your lungs are stronger than mine.” + +At five o'clock Melville dismissed his young companion. + +“Do you wish me to come this evening?” asked Herbert. + +“Oh, no. I wouldn't think of taking up your evenings.” + +“At the post office I had to stay till eight o'clock.” + +“Probably it was necessary there; I won't task you so much.” + +“When shall I come to-morrow?” + +“At nine o'clock.” + +“That isn't very early,” said Herbert, smiling. + +“No, I don't get up very early. My health won't allow me to cultivate +early rising. I shall not be through breakfast much before nine.” + +“I see you don't mean to overwork me, Mr. Melville.” + +“No, for it would involve overworking myself.” + +“I shall certainly have an easy time,” thought Herbert, as he walked +homeward. + +He reflected with satisfaction that he was being paid at the rate of a +dollar a day, which was quite beyond anything he had ever before earned. +Indeed, to-day he had earned sixty cents besides. The sum received for +the fish. + +After supper Herbert went to the store to purchase some articles for his +mother. He was waited on by Mr. Graham in person. As the articles called +for would amount to nearly one dollar, the storekeeper said, cautiously: +“Of course, you are prepared to pay cash?” + +“Certainly, sir,” returned Herbert. + +“I mentioned it because I knew your income was small,” said Ebenezer, +apologetically. + +“It is more than it was last week,” said Herbert, rather enjoying the +prospect of surprising the storekeeper. + +“Why, you ain't found anything to do, have you?” asked Mr. Graham, his +face indicating curiosity. + +“Yes, sir; I am engaged as companion by Mr. Melville, who is staying at +the hotel.” + +“I don't know what he wants of a companion,” said the storekeeper, with +that disposition to criticise the affairs of his neighbors often found +in country places. + +“He thinks he needs one,” answered Herbert. + +“And how much does he pay you now?” queried Ebenezer. + +“Six dollars a week.” + +“You don't mean it!” ejaculated the storekeeper. “Why, the man must be +crazy!” + +“I don't think he is,” said Herbert, smiling. + +“Got plenty of money, I take it?” continued Ebenezer, who had a good +share of curiosity. + +“Yes; he tells me he is rich.” + +“How much money has he got?” + +“He didn't tell me that.” + +“Well, I declare! You're lucky, that's a fact!” + +There was an interested listener to this conversation in the person of +Eben, who had been in the store all day, taking Herbert's place. As +we know, the position by no means suited the young man. He had been +employed in a store in Boston, and to come back to a small country +grocery might certainly be considered a descent. Besides, the small +compensation allowed him was far from satisfying Eben. + +He was even more dissatisfied when he learned how fortunate Herbert was. +To be selected as a companion by a rich young man was just what he would +have liked himself, and he flattered himself that he should make a more +desirable companion than a mere boy like Herbert. + +As our hero was leaving the store, Eben called him back. + +“What was that you were telling father about going round with a young +man from the city?” he asked. + +Herbert repeated it. + +“And he pays you six dollars a week?” asked Eben, enviously. + +“Yes; of course, I shouldn't have asked so much, but he fixed the price +himself.” + +“You think he is very rich?” said Eben, thoughtfully. + +“Yes, I think so.” + +“What a splendid chance it would be for me!” thought Eben. “If I could +get intimate with a man like that, he might set me up in business some +day; perhaps take me to Europe, or round the world!” “How much of the +time do you expect to be with this Mr. Melville?” he asked. + +Herbert answered the question. + +“Does he seem like a man easy to get along with?” + +“Very much so.” + +Eben inwardly decided that, if he could, he would oust Herbert from his +desirable place, and substitute himself. It was a very mean thought, but +Eben inherited meanness from his father. + +“Herbert,” he said, “will you do me a favor?” + +“What is it?” asked our hero. + +“Will you take my place in the store this evening? I am not feeling +well, and want to take a walk.” + +“Yes,” answered Herbert, “as soon as I have run home to tell mother +where I am.” + +“That's a good fellow. You shan't lose anything by it. I'll give you ten +cents.” + +“You needn't pay me anything, Eben. I'll do it as a favor.” + +“You're a trump, Herbert. Come back as soon as you can.” + +When Eben was released from the store, he went over to the hotel, and +inquired for Mr. Melville, leaving his unsuspecting young substitute in +the post office. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. EBEN'S ASSURANCE. + + + +“A young man wishes to see you, Mr. Melville,” said the servant. + +George Melville looked up in some surprise from his book, and said: “You +may show him up.” + +“It must be Herbert,” he thought. + +But when the door was opened, and the visitor shown in, Mr. Melville +found it was an older person than Herbert. Eben, for it was he, +distorted his mean features into what he regarded as a pleasant smile, +and, without waiting to receive a welcome, came forward with extended +hand. + +“I believe you are Mr. Melville,” he said, inquiringly. + +“Yes, that is my name,” said Melville, looking puzzled; “I don't +remember you. Have I met you before?” + +“You saw me in father's store, very likely,” said Eben. “I am Eben +Graham, son of Ebenezer Graham, the postmaster.” + +“Indeed! That accounts for your face looking familiar. You resemble your +father very closely.” + +“I'm a chip off the old block with modern improvements,” said Eben, +smirking. “Father's always lived in the country, and he ain't very +stylish. I've been employed in Boston for a couple of years past, and +got a little city polish.” + +“You don't show much of it,” thought Melville, but he refrained from +saying so. + +“So you have come home to assist your father,” he said, politely. + +“Well, no, not exactly,” answered Eben, “I feel that a country store +isn't my sphere.” + +“Then you propose to go back to the city?” + +“Probably I shall do so eventually, but I may stay here in Wayneboro a +while if I can make satisfactory arrangements. I assure you that it was +not my wish to take Herbert Carr's place.” + +“Herbert told me that you had assumed his duties.” + +“It is only ad interim. I assure you, it is only ad interim. I am quite +ready to give back the place to Herbert, who is better suited to it than +I.” + +“I wonder what the fellow is driving at,” thought Melville. Eben did not +long leave him in doubt. + +“Herbert tells me that he has made an engagement with you,” continued +Eben, desiring to come to his business as soon as possible. + +“Yes, we have made a mutual arrangement.” + +“Of course, it is very nice for him; and so I told him.” + +“I think I am quite as much a gainer by it as he is,” said Melville. + +“Herbert was right. He is easily suited,” said Eben, to himself. + +“Of course,” Eben added, clearing his throat, “Herbert isn't so much of +a companion to you as if he were a few years older.” + +“I don't know that; it seems to me that he is a very pleasant companion, +young as he is.” + +“To be sure, Herbert is a nice boy, and father was glad to help him +along by giving him a place, with a larger salary than he ever paid +before.” + +“What is he driving at?” thought Melville. + +“To come to the point, Mr. Melville,” said Eben, “I have made bold to +call upon you to suggest a little difference in your arrangements.” + +“Indeed!” said Melville, coldly. Though he had no idea what his singular +visitor was about to propose, it struck him emphatically that Eben was +interfering in an unwarrantable manner with his affairs. + +“You see,” continued Eben, “I'm a good deal nearer your age than +Herbert, and I've had the advantage of residing in the city, which +Herbert hasn't, and naturally should be more company to you. Then, +again, Herbert could do the work in the post office and store, which I +am doing, nearly as well as I can. I'll undertake to get father to give +him back his place, and then I shall be happy to make an arrangement +with you to go hunting and fishing, or anything else that you choose. +I am sure I should enjoy your company, Mr. Melville,” concluded Eben, +rubbing his hands complacently and surveying George Melville with an +insinuating smile. + +“You have certainly taken considerable trouble to arrange this matter +for me,” said Melville, with a sarcasm which Eben did not detect. + +“Oh, no trouble at all!” said Eben, cheerfully. “You see, the idea came +into my head when Herbert told me of his arrangements with you, and I +thought I'd come and see you about it.” + +“Did you mention it to Herbert?” asked George Melville, with some +curiosity. + +“Well, no, I didn't. I didn't know how Herbert would look at it. I got +Herbert to take my place in the store while I ran over to see you about +the matter. By the way, though I am some years older than Herbert, I +shan't ask more than you pay him. In fact, I am willing to leave the pay +to your liberality.” + +“You are very considerate!” said Melville, hardly knowing whether to be +amused or provoked by the cool assurance of his visitor. + +“Oh, not at all!” returned Eben, complacently. “I guess I've fetched +him!” he reflected, looking at Mr. Melville through his small, +half-closed eyes. + +“You have certainly surprised me very much, Mr. Graham,” said Melville, +“by the nature of your suggestion. I won't take into consideration the +question whether you have thought more of your own pleasure or mine. +So far as the latter is concerned, you have made a mistake in supposing +that Herbert's youth is any drawback to his qualification as a +companion. Indeed, his youth and cheerful temperament make him more +attractive in my eyes. I hope, Mr. Graham, you will excuse me for saying +that he suits me better than you possibly could.” + +Eben's countenance fell, and he looked quite discomfited and mortified. + +“I didn't suppose a raw, country boy would be likely to suit a gentleman +of taste, who has resided in the city,” he said, with asperity. + +“Then you will have a chance to correct your impression,” said Melville, +with a slight smile. + +“Then you don't care to accept my offer?” said Eben, regretfully. + +“Thank you, no. If you will excuse me for suggesting it, Mr. Graham, +it would have been more considerate for you to have apprised Herbert of +your object in asking him to take your place this evening. Probably he +had no idea that you meant to supersede him with me.” + +Eben tossed his head. + +“You mustn't think, Mr. Melville,” he said, “that I was after the extra +pay. Six dollars doesn't seem much to me. I was earning ten dollars a +week in Boston, and if I had stayed, should probably have been raised to +twelve.” + +“So that you were really consenting to a sacrifice in offering to enter +my employment at six dollars a week?” + +“Just so!” + +“Then I am all the more convinced that I have decided for the best in +retaining Herbert. I do not wish to interfere with your prospects in the +city.” + +“Oh, as for that,” said Eben, judging that he had gone too far, “I +don't care to go back to the city just yet. I've been confined pretty +steadily, and a few weeks in the country, hunting and fishing, will do +me good.” + +George Melville bowed, but said nothing. + +Eben felt that he had no excuse for staying longer, and reluctantly +rose. + +“If you should think better of what I've proposed,” he said, “you can +let me know.” + +“I will do so,” said Melville. + +“He's rather a queer young man,” muttered Eben, as he descended the +stairs. “It's funny that he should prefer a country boy like Herbert to +a young man like me who's seen life, and got some city polish--at the +same price, too! He don't seem to see his own interest. I'm sorry, for +it would have been a good deal more interesting to me, going round with +him a few hours a day, than tending store for father. There's one thing +sure, I won't do it long. I'm fitted for a higher position than that, I +hope.” + +“For downright impudence and cool assurance, I think that young man will +bear off the palm,” thought George Melville, as his unwelcome visitor +left the room. “Herbert is in no danger from him. It would probably +surprise him if he knew that I should consider his company as an +intolerable bore. I will tell Herbert to-morrow the good turn his friend +has tried to do him.” + + + + +CHAPTER IX. THE SOLITARY FARMHOUSE. + + + +If Eben had been sensitive, the cool reception which he met with at the +hands of Mr. Melville would have disturbed him. As it was, he felt +angry and disappointed, and desirous of “coming up with” Herbert, as he +expressed it, though it was hard to see in what way the boy had injured +him. It did not seem quite clear at present how he was to punish +Herbert, but he only waited for an occasion. + +When Herbert learned, the next morning, from Mr. Melville, in what +manner Eben had tried to undermine him, and deprive him of his +situation, he was naturally indignant. + +“I didn't think Eben Graham could be so mean,” he exclaimed. + +“It was certainly a mean thing to do, Herbert,” said George Melville; +“but you can afford to treat young Graham with contempt, as he has been +unable to do you any injury.” + +“What shall we do this morning, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert. + +“I should like a row on the river,” said Melville. “Do you know of any +boat we can have?” + +“Walter Ingalls has a boat; I think we can hire that.” + +“Do you know him?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Then you may go and ascertain whether we can have it, or I will go with +you to avoid loss of time.” + +The boat was readily loaned, and the two were soon on the river. Mr. +Melville first took the oars, but he was quickly fatigued, and resigned +them to Herbert, who was strong and muscular for his age. As his +companion observed his strong and steady strokes, he said: + +“Herbert, I am disposed to envy you your strength and endurance. I get +tired very easily.” + +“Were you not strong when a boy?” asked Herbert. + +“I never had much endurance. My mother had a feeble constitution and was +consumptive, and I inherit something of her weakness.” + +“It is fortunate that you have money, Mr. Melville, so that you are not +obliged to work.” + +“True; but I would give half my fortune to be strong and well.” + +Herbert noticed the hectic flush upon Mr. Melville's cheeks, and his +white, transparent hands, and his sympathy was aroused. + +“I see,” he said, thoughtfully, “that I am more fortunate than I thought +in my health and strength.” + +“They are blessings not to be overestimated, Herbert. However, my lot +is, on the whole, a happy one, even though my life will probably be +brief, and I have still many sources of satisfaction and enjoyment.” + +The river led away from the village, flowing between wooded banks, with +here and there a cottage set in the midst of the fields. Lying back in +the stern, Melville enjoyed their tranquil passage, when their attention +was suddenly attracted by a boy who stood on the bank, frantically +waving his hat. Melville was the first to see him. + +“What can that boy want?” he asked. + +Herbert immediately looked around, and exclaimed in surprise: + +“It's Tom Tripp!” + +“Row to shore, and see what he wants,” said Melville, quickly. + +They were already near, and in a brief space of time they touched the +bank. + +“What's the matter, Tom?” + +“There's a tramp in the house, stealing all he can lay hands on,” + answered Tom, in excitement. + +“What house?” + +“Farmer Cole's.” + +Mr. Cole was the farmer for whom Tom Tripp was working. + +Tom explained that the farmer was gone to the village, leaving his wife +alone. A tramp had come to the door and asked for a meal. While Mrs. +Cole was getting something for him, the visitor looked about him and, +finding that there was no man about, boldly demanded money, after +unceremoniously possessing himself of the silver spoons. + +“Is he armed?” asked Melville. + +“I don't know; I don't think so.” + +“Does he know that you have gone for help?” + +“No; he did not see me. I came from the fields, and saw him through the +window. Mrs. Cole thinks I am in the field and there is no help near.” + +Physical courage and physical strength do not always go together, and +a weak man often excels a strong man in bravery. George Melville was +thoroughly roused. For injustice or brutality he had a hearty contempt, +and he was not one to stand by and see a ruffian triumph. + +“Come, Herbert,” he said; “let us go to the help of this poor woman.” + +“With all my heart,” answered Herbert, his eyes flashing. + +Before describing the appearance of Herbert and George Melville upon +the scene, I will go back a few minutes and relate what happened at the +farmhouse. + +Mrs. Cole was engaged in ironing when she heard a knock at the door. + +Answering the summons, she found herself confronted by an ill-looking +fellow whose dusty and travel-soiled garments revealed the character of +the wearer. + +“What is it you wish?” asked the farmer's wife. + +“I'm hungry!” said the tramp. “Can you give me something to eat?” + +“Yes,” answered Mrs. Cole, cheerfully, for the good woman could not find +it in her heart to turn away a fellow creature suffering from hunger. +“We have enough and to spare. Come in, and sit down at the table.” + +The visitor followed her into the kitchen and took a seat at the table, +while the farmer's wife went to the pantry and brought out half a loaf +of bread and a plate of cold meat. + +The tramp was not long in attacking it, but after a few mouthfuls laid +down his knife and fork. + +“Where's the coffee?” he asked. + +“I have no warm coffee,” she answered. + +“Don't you drink coffee in the morning?” + +“Yes, but breakfast was over two or three hours since. Shall I get you a +glass of water?” + +“Haven't you any cider?” + +“It seems to me you are particular,” said Mrs. Cole, growing indignant. + +“All the same I want some cider,” said the tramp, impudently. + +“I have no cider,” answered Mrs. Cole, shortly. + +“A pretty farmhouse this is, without cider,” growled the tramp. “You can +make me some coffee, then!” + +“Who are you to order me round in my own house?” demanded Mrs. Cole, +angrily. “One would think you took this for a hotel.” + +“I take it for what I please,” said the tramp. + +“If my husband were here you wouldn't dare to talk to me like this!” + +It was an unguarded admission, made on the impulse of the moment, and +Mrs. Cole felt its imprudence as soon as she had uttered the words, but +it was too late to recall them. + +“Where is your husband?” asked the tramp, his face lighting up with a +gleam of exultation. + +“Near by,” answered Mrs. Cole, evasively; but her visitor saw that this +was not correct. + +“How much money have you in the house?” he demanded, abruptly. + +“Money?” gasped the farmer's wife, turning pale. + +“Yes, money! Didn't I speak plain enough?” asked the tramp, angrily. + +“Are you a thief, then?” + +“Don't you dare to call me a thief!” said the tramp, menacingly. + +“Then, if you are an honest man, why do you ask that question?” + +“Because I am going to borrow what money you have.” + +“Borrow!” + +“Yes,” said the man, with a grin. “I'll hand it back when I come around +again.” + +Under ordinary circumstances there would not have been money enough in +the farmhouse to be anxious about, but it so happened that Farmer Cole +had sold a yoke of oxen, and the money received, a hundred dollars, +was upstairs in a bureau drawer. The thought of this, though she didn't +suppose the tramp to be aware of it, was enough to terrify Mrs. Cole, +and she sank back in the chair in a panic. Of course the tramp inferred +that there was a considerable sum in the house. + +“Come, hurry up!” he said, roughly, “I can't wait here all day. Where do +you keep the money?” + +“It is my husband's,” said Mrs. Cole, terrified out of all prudence. + +“All right! I'll pay it back to him. While you're about it, you may +collect all the spoons, too. I'm going to open a boarding house,” he +continued, with a chuckle, “and I shall need them.” + +“Oh, heavens! What shall I do?” ejaculated the frightened woman. + + + + +CHAPTER X. AN EXCITING SCENE. + + + +“You'd better go upstairs and get that money, or I will go up myself,” + said the tramp, boldly. + +“I will go,” said Mrs. Cole, terrified. + +It was at this time that Tom Tripp, looking in at the window, got an +idea of the situation, but he was unobserved. The river bank was near, +and he ran down to it, hoping, but not expecting, to see some one who +could interfere with the impudent robber. We have already seen that he +was luckier than he anticipated. + +Meanwhile Mrs. Cole went upstairs, not knowing how to save the money +from being carried away. She wished heartily that her husband had taken +it with him. One hundred dollars, as she well knew, would be a serious +loss to her husband, who was only moderately well to do. She thought +it possible that the tramp might know how large a sum there was in the +house, but could not be sure. She resolved, however, to make an effort +to save the larger part of the money. From the wallet she took two +five-dollar bills, and then, removing it from the drawer, put it between +the beds. She lingered as long as she dared, and then went downstairs +with the two bills in her hand. + +“Well, have you got the money?” growled the tramp. + +“Don't take it,” she said; “be satisfied with the breakfast I have given +you.” + +“You're a fool!” said the tramp, rudely. “How much have you got there?” + +“Ten dollars.” + +“Ten dollars!” said the tramp, disdainfully. “What do you take me for?” + +“It is a large sum of money to me and my husband, sir,” said the poor +woman, nervously. + +“It isn't enough for me! You have got more money in the house. Don't lie +to me! You know you have.” + +“I am not used to be talked to in that way,” said Mrs. Cole, forgetting +her timidity for the moment. + +“I can't help what you are used to; you'd better not trifle with me. Go +upstairs and bring down the rest of the money--do you hear?” + +“Oh, sir!” + +“'Oh, sir!'” repeated the tramp, impatiently. “I can't stay here all +day. Are you going to do as I tell you?” + +“I suppose I must,” said the poor woman. + +“That's sensible. You'll find out after a while that nothing is to be +gained by trying to fool me. I'll give you just three minutes to find +that money and bring it down.” + +“You'll leave the spoons, then?” + +“No; I want them, as I've already told you. Come, two minutes are +passed. I don't want to kill you, but--” + +Mrs. Cole uttered a shriek of dismay, and turned to obey the command +of her unwelcome visitor, when a loud, clear voice was heard from just +outside the window. + +“Stay where you are, Mrs. Cole! There is help at hand. This ruffian +shall not harm you.” + +It was the voice of George Melville. The tramp turned swiftly and stared +in ill-disguised dismay at Melville and Herbert. + +“What business is it of yours?” he demanded, in a blustering tone. + +“We make it our business to defend this lady from your thievish +designs,” said Melville. + +“You!” exclaimed the tramp, contemptuously. “Why, I could twist either +of you round my little finger.” + +“You'd better not try it!” said Melville, not showing the least +trepidation. “Mrs. Cole, has this man anything of yours in his +possession?” + +“He has my spoons and I have just handed him ten dollars.” + +George Melville turned to the tramp. + +“Be kind enough to lay the spoons on the table,” he said, “and give back +the ten dollars Mrs. Cole handed you.” + +“You must think I'm a fool!” said the tramp. + +“No; but I think you are a prudent man. If you do as I say we will let +you go; if not--” + +“Well, if not?” blustered the tramp. + +“If not, you may regret it.” + +All this time George Melville had spoken in his usual tone of voice, and +the tramp was puzzled to know whether he had any weapon with him. For +himself, he was unarmed, and this made him feel rather ill at ease, +notwithstanding his superiority in physical strength. He was rather +disposed to think that George Melville had a pistol, for he could not +understand how otherwise he should dare to confront a man of twice his +size and strength. + +“I don't care for the spoons,” he said, “but I will take the money.” + +“No, you will return the money,” said Melville, calmly. + +“Who will make me?” demanded the tramp, defiantly. + +“I will.” + +“We'll see about that!” said the tramp, desperately, and he sprang +towards Melville, who had in the meantime entered the house and stood +only six feet distant. + +“Stay where you are!” exclaimed Melville, resolutely, and he drew a +pistol, which he leveled at his formidable antagonist. + +“That settles it, stranger!” said the tramp, “You've got the advantage +of me this time. Just wait till we meet again.” + +“I am willing to wait for some time,” said Melville, shrugging his +shoulders. “I have no desire to cultivate your acquaintance, my friend.” + +“There are the spoons!” said the tramp, throwing them down on the table. + +“Now for the money!” + +The tramp looked at George Melville. Melville still held the pistol in +his hand leveled at his breast. The thief was a large man, but he was +not a brave one. He cowered before the resolute glance of his small +opponent. + +“Won't you interfere with me if I give back the money?” he asked. + +“No.” + +“Will you let me go without firing at me?” + +“Yes.” + +“Perhaps you won't keep your agreement,” suggested the tramp, nervously. + +“I am a man of my word,” said Melville, calmly. + +His calm, resolute tone, free from all excitement, impressed the tramp +with confidence. He drew the notes from his vest pocket, where he had +thrust them, and threw them on the table. + +“Now, may I go?” he said. + +In answer, George Melville, who stood between him and the door, drew +aside, still, however, holding the pistol in position, and the tramp +passed out, not sorry, it may be said, to get out of range of the +weapon. + +They watched him striding through the yard, and when he was fairly gone +Mrs. Cole said: + +“Oh, how can I thank you for saving me from this wretch?” + +“I am glad to have been the instrument of deliverance,” said Melville, +politely. + +“It was fortunate you had the pistol with you, Mr. Melville,” said +Herbert. + +“Well, yes, perhaps it was,” said Melville, smiling. + +“Pray, put it up, Mr. Melville,” said the farmer's wife, “it always +makes me nervous to see a loaded pistol.” + +Melville bowed, and put back the pistol in his pocket. + +“As your unpleasant visitor has gone,” he said, “I may as well relieve +your fears by saying that the pistol is not loaded.” + +“Not loaded!” exclaimed Herbert and Tom Tripp in concert. + +“No; it has not been loaded to my knowledge for a year.” + +“Then how could you stand up against that man?” asked the farmer's wife, +in wonder. + +“He thought it was loaded!” replied Melville, “and that answered the +purpose. I should be very reluctant to use a loaded pistol, for I have +a high idea of the sacredness of human life, but I have no objection to +playing upon the fears of a man like that.” + +Melville and Herbert remained at the farmhouse for half an hour, till +the return of the farmer, when they resumed their river trip. They +returned about noon. When they were walking through the main street, +Herbert saw the town constable approaching with the air of a man who had +business with him. + +“Did you wish to speak to me, Mr. Bruce?” he asked. + +“Yes, Herbert. I have a warrant for your arrest.” + +“For my arrest!” exclaimed Herbert, in amazement. “What for?” + +“On complaint of Eben Graham, for abstracting postage stamps and money +from the post office last evening.” + + + + +CHAPTER XI. TRIED FOR THEFT. + + + +Herbert stared at the constable in blank amazement. + +“I am charged with stealing stamps and money from the post office?” he +said. + +“Yes.” + +“Who makes the charge?” demanded Herbert, in great excitement. + +“Eben Graham.” + +“I don't know what it means,” said our hero, turning to George Melville. + +“It means,” said Melville, “that the fellow is envious of you, and angry +because he cannot supersede you with me. He evidently wants to do you an +injury.” + +“It must be so; but I did not imagine that Eben could be so mean. Mr. +Bruce, do you believe that I am a thief?” + +“No, I don't, Herbert,” said the constable, “and it was very much +against my will that I started out to arrest you, you may be sure.” + +“When do you want me to go with you?” asked Herbert. + +“You will go before Justice Slocum at two o'clock.” + +“Is it necessary for me to go to the lockup?” asked Herbert, shrinking, +with natural repugnance, from entering the temporary house of tramps and +law breakers. + +“No, Herbert,” answered the constable, in a friendly tone. “I'll take it +upon myself to let you go home to dinner. I will call for you at quarter +of two. Of course I shall find you ready to accompany me?” + +“Yes, Mr. Bruce, I am impatient to meet Eben Graham, and tell him to his +face that he has been guilty of a mean and contemptible falsehood, in +charging me with theft. Not a person in the village who knows me will +believe it.” + +“I will also call at your house, Herbert,” said George Melville, “and +accompany you to the office of the justice. I shall ask leave to give +the details of Eben Graham's visit to me last evening.” + +“Thank you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, “I am glad you do not believe a +word of this story.” + +“I am not so easily deceived, Herbert. It is quite possible that stamps +and money have been stolen, but, if so, it is your false friend and +accuser who is guilty.” + +Of course Herbert had to tell his mother what had happened. She was +agitated and alarmed, but became calmer when Herbert told her what was +Eben's probable motive in making the charge. + +“How can he behave so shamefully!” exclaimed the indignant parent. + +“I didn't think him capable of it, myself, mother, although I had a poor +opinion of him.” + +“Suppose that you can't prove that you are innocent, Herbert?” said Mrs. +Carr, anxiously. + +“It is for him to prove that I am guilty, mother,” answered Herbert, who +knew this much of law. + +At a quarter of two Constable Bruce and Mr. Melville walked to the house +together. + +The door was opened for them by Herbert himself. + +“So you haven't taken leg bail, Herbert,” said the constable, jocosely. + +“No, Mr. Bruce, I am on hand; I am in a hurry to meet Mr. Eben Graham +and see whether he can look me in the face after his shameful behavior.” + +“Oh, Mr. Bruce, I never thought you would call at my home on such an +errand,” said Mrs. Carr, on the point of breaking down. + +“Don't worry, Mrs. Carr,” said the constable; “anybody may be charged +with theft, however innocent. Your son has good friends who won't see +him treated with injustice.” + +Herbert's mother was desirous of accompanying them to the office of the +justice, but was persuaded to remain behind. Herbert knew that in her +indignation she would not be able to be silent when she saw Eben Graham. + +Justice Slocum was an elderly man, with a mild face and gray hair. When +Herbert entered he greeted him in a friendly way. + +“I am sorry to see you here, my boy,” he said, “but I am sure there is +some mistake. I have known you ever since you were a baby, and I don't +believe you are guilty of theft now.” + +“I submit, Judge Slocum,” said Eben Graham, who sat in a corner, his +mean features looking meaner and more insignificant than usual, “I +submit that you are prejudging the case.” + +“Silence, sir!” said Judge Slocum, warmly. “How dare you impugn my +conduct? Though Herbert were my own son, I would give you a chance to +prove him guilty.” + +“I hope you'll excuse me, judge,” said Eben, cringing. “I am as sorry as +you are to believe the boy guilty of stealing.” + +“Do your worst and say your worst, Eben Graham!” said Herbert, +contemptuously, “but be very careful that you do not swear falsely.” + +“I don't need any instructions from you, Herbert Carr, considering that +you are a criminal on trial,” said Eben, maliciously. + +“You are mistaken, sir,” said George Melville. “To be under arrest does +not make a man or boy a criminal.” + +“I am sure I am much obliged for the information, Mr. Melville,” said +Eben, spitefully. “You've chosen a nice companion.” + +“There you are right,” said Melville, gravely. “I have done much better +than if I had hired you.” + +Eben winced, but did not reply. + +George Melville whispered to Herbert: + +“Are you willing to accept me as your lawyer? I am not much of one, to +be sure, but this case is very simple.” + +“I am very grateful for your offer, and accept it,” said Herbert. + +I do not propose to record the whole scene in detail, but only to give a +general idea of the proceedings. + +Eben Graham was sworn as a witness, and deposed that he had left Herbert +in charge of the post office the previous evening. On his return he +examined the stamps and contents of the money drawer, and found, to his +surprise, that five dollars in money and six dollars' worth of stamps +were missing. + +“How did you know they were missing?” asked Melville. + +“Because I knew precisely how much money was in the drawer and how many +stamps were there.” + +“Then you counted them just before you went out?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“That was rather a singular time to make the count, was it not?” + +“I don't know that it was, sir.” + +“I should suppose the end of the day would be a more appropriate time.” + +“I don't think so,” answered Eben, shortly. + +“Were you led to make the count because you suspected Herbert's +honesty?” asked Mr. Melville. + +“That was the very reason I did it,” said Eben, with a malicious glance +at Herbert. + +“Isn't it a little curious that you should have selected a boy whose +honesty you doubted, to fill your place?” asked George Melville, +carelessly. + +“There wasn't anybody else; he knew all about post-office work.” + answered Eben. + +“Very good! Now, Mr. Graham, if you have no objection, will you tell why +you wanted to get away from the post office last evening?” + +Eben fidgeted, for he saw what was coming, and it made him nervous. + +“I wanted a little rest,” he answered, after a pause. + +“Where did you go?” + +“Why do you ask me that question?” asked Eben, moving about uneasily. + +“Because I desire an answer.” + +“You know where I went,” returned Eben, sullenly. + +“Yes, but I wish you to tell me.” + +“Answer the question, witness!” said the judge, briefly. + +“I went to the hotel,” replied Eben, evasively. + +“On whom did you call?” + +“On you!” answered Eben, reluctantly. + +“We have come to it at last. Now, what was your business with me?” + +“To tell you that Herbert would not suit you as a companion,” said the +witness, who thought this answer rather a clever one. + +“Whom did you recommend in his place?” pursued the questioner, +relentlessly. + +Eben hesitated, but his cleverness came again to his aid. + +“I told you that I would be willing to come just to oblige you,” he +said. + +“Did Herbert know that you were going to make this proposal?” + +“No.” + +“You asked him, then, to remain in the post office while you absented +yourself with a view of depriving him of the position he had just +secured in my employ?” + +“I would have got father to take him again in the store and post +office,” said Eben, defending himself from the implied charge of +treachery. + +“Yes, you told me so.” + +Eben nodded triumphantly. Even Melville had to admit that he was not +treating Herbert meanly. + +“By the way,” said Melville, “isn't it rather strange that you should +have been ready to recommend in your place a boy whose honesty you +doubted?” + +“I didn't know he was a thief,” said Eben, somewhat abashed. + +“No, but you suspected his honesty. That was your reason for counting +the money and stamps before you left the office. At least, that is the +reason you have given.” + +“He had been in the office before I was there,” said Eben, uneasily. + +“While he was there, were any stamps missing? Was he suspected of taking +any stamps or money?” + +“Not that I know of.” + +“Now, Mr. Graham, what answer did I make to your application?” + +“What application?” + +“To take you into my employ instead of Herbert.” + +“You wanted to keep him,” said the witness, sullenly. + +“Precisely. Having failed, then, in your application, you went home and +discovered that some money and stamps had been stolen.” + +“Yes, sir. I was very much surprised--” + +“That will do, sir. Your discovery was remarkably well-timed. Herbert +having obtained the position you sought, you straightway discovered +proof of his dishonesty.” + +Eben colored, for the insinuation was plain enough for even him to +understand. + +“The two things had nothing to do with each other!” he said. + +“That may be, but I call the attention of the judge to a very remarkable +coincidence. Have the missing stamps or money been found on the person +of the defendant?” + +“He hasn't been searched.” + +“I will take it upon me to say that he is ready to submit to an +examination,” said Melville. + +Herbert said, emphatically, “I am.” + +“Oh, it isn't likely you'd find anything now.” said Eben, with a sneer. + +“Why not?” + +“He has had plenty of time to put 'em away.” + +“I am willing to have my mother's house searched,” said Herbert, +promptly. + +“Oh, they ain't there!” said Eben, significantly. + +“Where are they, then?” + +Eben's answer took Herbert and his lawyer, and the judge himself, by +surprise. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. EBEN'S TRUMP CARD. + + + +“I guess they're--a part of them--inside this letter,” he said. + +As he spoke he produced a letter, stamped and sealed, but not +postmarked. The letter was addressed: + +“Messrs. Jones & Fitch, + +“---Chestnut Street, + +“Philadelphia.” + +“What makes you think this letter contains money or postage stamps, Mr. +Graham?” asked George Melville. + +“Because I've seen an advertisement of Jones & Fitch in one of the +weekly papers. They advertise to send several articles to any address on +receipt of seventy-five cents in postage stamps.” + +“Very well. What inference do you draw from this?” + +“Don't you see?” answered Eben, in malicious triumph. “That's where part +of the stamps went. This letter was put into the post office by Herbert +Carr this morning.” + +“That is not true,” said Herbert, quietly. + +“Maybe it isn't, but I guess you'll find Herbert Carr's name signed to +the letter,” said Eben. + +“Have you seen the inside of the letter, Mr. Graham?” + +“No, sir.” + +“Then how do you know Herbert Carr's name is signed to it?” + +“I don't know, but I am pretty sure it is.” + +“You think Herbert Carr wrote the letter?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“If there is no objection,” said Melville, “I will settle the matter by +opening it.” + +“That's what I want you to do.” said Eben Graham. + +“And I also,” said Herbert. + +Mr. Melville deliberately cut open one end of the envelope with a small +penknife, and drew out the folded sheet which it contained. As he did +so, a small sheet of postage stamps fell upon the floor. + +“There, do you see that?” said Eben in triumph. + +The sheet of stamps contained twenty-five three-cent stamps, +representing in value seventy-five cents. + +“Shall I read the letter, sir?” asked Melville, of the judge. + +“If there is no objection.” + +Melville read it aloud, as follows: + +“WAYNEBORO, August 2lst. MESSRS. JONES & FITCH: I inclose seventy-five +cents in stamps, and will be glad to have you send me the articles you +advertise in the Weekly Gazette. Yours truly, + +“HERBERT CARR.” + +Herbert listened to the reading of this letter in amazement. + +“I never wrote that letter,” he said, “and I never heard of Jones & +Fitch before.” + +“That's a likely story!” sneered Eben Graham. “I submit to Judge Slocum +that I have proved my case. I haven't found out when all the stamps +left, but I have shown where some are. One who will steal seventy-five +cents' worth of stamps will steal six dollars' worth.” + +“I agree with you there, Mr. Graham,” said George Melville. “Will you be +kind enough to sit down at that table, and write to my dictation?” + +“What should I do that for?” asked Eben, suspiciously. + +“Never mind. Surely you can have no objection.” + +“Well, no; I don't know as I have, though I think it's all foolishness.” + +He sat down, and a pen was handed him. + +“What shall I write?” he asked. + +“Write 'Messrs. Jones & Fitch.'” + +“What for?” demanded Eben, looking discomposed. + +“That's my affair. Write.” + +Eben wrote the words, but he seemed to find some difficulty in doing so. +It was clear that he was trying to disguise his handwriting. + +“What next?” he asked. + +“'I inclose seventy-five cents in stamps,'” proceeded George Melville. + +“Do you want to throw suspicion on me?” asked Eben, throwing down the +pen. + +“Keep on writing!” said the judge. + +Eben did so, but was very deliberate about it, and seemed very +particular as to how he penned his letter. + +“Very well!” said Melville. “Now, I wish Herbert Carr to take the pen, +and I will dictate the same letter.” + +Herbert readily took the seat just vacated by Eben, and rapidly wrote +the words dictated to him. + +When he had finished his task, Mr. Melville took the two copies, and, +first examining them himself, handed them, together with the original +letter, to Justice Slocum. + +“I have only to ask your honor,” he said, “to compare these three notes +and decide for yourself whether the original was written by Herbert Carr +or Mr. Eben Graham, the witness against him.” + +Eben Graham looked very ill at ease, flushing and paling by turns while +the examination was going on. + +“I submit,” he said, “that this is a very extraordinary way of treating +a witness.” + +Justice Slocum, after a pause, said: “I find that Mr. Eben Graham's +copy is unmistakably in the same handwriting as the original letter, +purporting to be written by Herbert Carr.” + +“It's not so!” faltered Eben. + +“Then,” said George Melville, triumphantly, “as it seems clear that my +young client is the victim of a base conspiracy, engineered by the man +who has brought this charge of dishonesty against him, I have only to +ask that he be honorably discharged.” + +“The request is granted,” said Justice Slocum. “Herbert, you can go. It +is clear that you are innocent of the charge made against you.” + +“I protest,” began Eben Graham. + +“As for you, Mr. Graham,” said the justice, severely, “I have no words +to express my scorn and detestation of your conduct in deliberately +contriving a plot to ruin the reputation of an innocent boy, who has +never done you any harm. Should Herbert Carr desire it, he is at liberty +to sue you for having him arrested on a false charge trumped up by +yourself.” + +Eben began to look frightened. + +“I do not wish to punish Mr. Graham,” said Herbert. “It is enough for me +that my honesty has been vindicated.” + +“Go, then,” said the justice to Eben. “It is fortunate for you that this +boy is so forbearing.” + +Eben Graham slunk out of the justice's office, looking meaner and more +contemptible than ever, while Herbert was surrounded by his friends, who +congratulated him upon the happy issue of the trial. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. EBEN'S LAST HOPE FAILS. + + + +Ebenezer Graham had taken no stock in his son's charge against Herbert. +He was not prejudiced in favor of Herbert, nor did he feel particularly +friendly to him, but he was a man of shrewdness and common sense, and he +knew that Herbert was not a fool. When Eben made known to him the fact +that the stamps and money were missing, he said keenly: “What has become +of 'em?” + +“I don't know,” answered Eben, “but I can guess well enough.” + +“Guess, then,” said his father, shortly. + +“You know Herbert Carr took my place last evening?” + +“Well?” + +“There's no doubt that he took the stamps and money.” + +“That isn't very likely.” + +“I feel sure of it--so sure that I mean to charge him with it.” + +“Well, you can see what he says.” + +Ebenezer did not understand that Eben intended to have the boy arrested, +and would not have consented to it had he known. But Eben slipped out of +the store, and arranged for the arrest without his father's knowledge. +Indeed, he did not learn till the trial had already commenced, Eben +having made some excuse for his absence. + +When Eben returned his father greeted him in a tone very far from +cordial. + +“Well, Eben, I hear you've gone and made a fool of yourself?” + +“I have only been defending your property, father,” said Eben, sullenly. +“I thought you'd appreciate it better than this.” + +“You've charged an innocent boy with theft, and now all his friends will +lay it up agin' us.” + +“Were you going to be robbed without saying a word?” asked Eben. + +“No, I'm not, Eben Graham; I'm goin' to say a word, and now's the time +to say it. You can't pull wool over my eyes. The money's gone, and the +stamps are gone, and somebody's got 'em.” + +“Herbert Carr!” + +“No, it isn't Herbert Carr. It's somebody nearer to me, I'm ashamed to +say, than Herbert Carr.” + +“Do you mean to say I took them?” asked Eben. + +“I won't bring a charge unless I can prove it, but I shall watch you +pretty closely after this.” + +“In that case, I don't wish to work for you any longer; I throw up the +situation,” said Eben, loftily. + +“Verv well. When are you going to leave town?” + +“I ain't going to leave town at present.” + +“Where are you going to board, then?” + +Eben regarded his father in dismay. + +“You're not going to send me adrift, are you?” he asked, in +consternation. + +“I'm not going to support you in idleness; if you give up your situation +in the store, you'll have to go to work for somebody else.” + +“I wish I could,” thought Eben, thinking of the rich young man at the +hotel, from whom he had sought a position as companion. + +“Then I shall have to leave Wayneboro,” he said; “there's nothing to do +here.” + +“Yes, there is; Farmer Collins wants a hired man.” + +“A hired man!” repeated Eben, scornfully. “Do you think I am going--to +hire out on a farm?” + +“You might do a great deal worse,” answered Ebenezer, sensibly. + +“After being a dry-goods salesman in Boston, I haven't got down to that, +I beg to assure you,” said Eben, with an air of consequence. + +“Then you will have to work in the store if you expect to stay at home,” + said his father. “And hark you, Eben Graham,” he added, “don't report +any more losses of money or stamps. I make you responsible for both.” + +Eben went back to his work in an uneasy frame of mind. He saw that +he had not succeeded in imposing upon his father, and that the +clear-sighted old gentleman strongly suspected where the missing +articles had gone. Eben might have told, had he felt inclined, that +the five-dollar bill had been mailed to a lottery agent in New York in +payment for a ticket in a Southern lottery, and that the stamps were +even now in his possession, and would be sold at the first opportunity. +His plan to throw suspicion upon Herbert had utterly failed, and the +cold looks with which he had been greeted showed what the villagers +thought of his attempt. + +“I won't stay in Wayneboro much longer,” Eben inwardly resolved. “It's +the dullest hole in creation. I can get along somehow in a large place, +but here there's positively nothing. Hire out on a farm, indeed! My +father ought to be ashamed to recommend such a thing to his only son, +when he's so well off. If he would only give me two hundred dollars, I +would go to California and trouble him no more. Plenty of people +make money in California, and why shouldn't I? If that ticket draws a +prize--” + +And then Eben went into calculations of what he would do if only he drew +a prize of a thousand dollars. That wasn't too much to expect, for +there were several of that amount, and several considerably larger. He +pictured how independent he would be with his prize, and how he would +tell his father that he could get along without him, displaying at the +same time a large roll of bills. When he reached California he could buy +an interest in a mine, and perhaps within three or four years he could +return home twenty times as rich as his father. It was pleasant to think +over all this, and almost to persuade himself that the good luck had +actually come. However, he must wait a few days, for the ticket had not +yet come, and the lottery would not be drawn for a week. + +The ticket arrived two days later; Eben took care to slip the envelope +into his pocket without letting his father or anyone else see it, for +unpleasant questions might have been asked as to where he got the money +that paid for it, Mr. Graham knowing very well that his son had not five +dollars by him. + +For a few days Eben must remain in Wayneboro, until the lottery was +drawn. If he was unlucky, he would have to consider some other plan for +raising money to get away from Wayneboro. + +It was not till the day after the trial and his triumphant acquittal, +that Herbert saw Eben. He came to the store to buy some groceries for +his mother. + +“Good-evening, Herbert,” said Eben. + +“Eben,” said Herbert, coldly, “except in the way of business, I don't +want to speak to you.” + +“You don't bear malice on account of that little affair, do you, +Herbert?” said Eben, smoothly. + +“That little affair, as you call it, might have been a very serious +affair to me.” + +“I only did my duty,” said Eben. + +“Was it your duty to charge an innocent person with theft?” + +“I didn't see who else could have taken the things,” said Eben. + +“Probably you know as well as anybody,” said Herbert, contemptuously. + +“What do you mean?” demanded Eben, coloring. + +“You know better than I do. How much do I owe you?” + +“Thirty-three cents.” + +“There is your money,” said Herbert, and walked out of the store. + +“I hate that boy!” said Eben, scowling at Herbert's retreating figure. +“He puts on too many airs, just because a city man's taken him in +charity and is paying his expenses. Some time I'll be able to come up +with him, I hope.” + +Herbert was not of an unforgiving nature, but he felt that Eben had +wronged him deeply, and saw no reason why he would not repeat the injury +if he ever got the chance. He had at least a partial understanding of +Eben's mean nature and utter selfishness, and felt that he wished to +have nothing to do with him. Ebenezer Graham was very “close,” but he +was a hard-working man and honest as the world goes. He was tolerably +respected in Wayneboro, though not popular, but Eben seemed on the high +road to become a rascal. + +A week slipped by, and a circular containing the list of prizes drawn +was sent to Eben. + +He ran his eyes over it in a flutter of excitement. Alas! for his hopes. +In the list of lucky numbers the number on his ticket was not included. + +“I have drawn a blank! Curse the luck!” he muttered, savagely. “The old +man needn't think I am going to stay here in Wayneboro. If he won't give +me money to go out West, why, then--” + +But he did not say what then. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. A TRIP TO BOSTON. + + + +“To-morrow, Herbert,” said George Melville, as they parted for the day, +“I shall propose a new excursion to you.” + +Herbert regarded him inquiringly. + +“I want to go to Boston to make a few purchases, but principally to +consult my physician.” + +“I hope you are not feeling any worse, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, with +genuine concern, for he had come to feel a regard for his employer, who +was always kind and considerate to him. + +“No, I am feeling as well as usual; but I wish to consult Dr. Davies +about the coming winter--whether he would advise me to spend it in +Massachusetts.” + +“If Mr. Melville goes away, I shall have to look for another place,” + thought Herbert, soberly. It was hardly likely, he knew, that he would +obtain a position so desirable as the one he now filled. + +“I hope he will be able to do so, Mr. Melville,” he said, earnestly. + +“I hope so; but I shall not be surprised if the doctor ordered me away.” + +“Then you won't want me to come to-morrow?” + +“Certainly, unless you object to going to Boston with me.” + +“Object?” repeated Herbert, eagerly. “I should like nothing better.” + +In fact, our hero, though a well-grown boy of sixteen, had never been to +Boston but three times, and the trip, commonplace as it may seem to +my traveled young readers, promised him a large amount of novelty and +pleasurable excitement. + +“I shall be glad of your company, Herbert. I hardly feel the strength +or enterprise to travel alone, even for so trifling a trip as going to +Boston.” + +“At what hour will you go, Mr. Melville?” + +“I will take the second train, at nine o'clock. It will afford me time +enough, and save my getting up before my usual time.” + +Herbert would have preferred going by the first train, starting at +half-past seven, as it would have given him a longer day in the city, +but of course he felt that his employer had decided wisely. + +“It will be quite a treat to me, going to Boston,” he said. “I have only +been there three times in my life.” + +“You certainly have not been much of a traveler, Herbert,” said George +Melville, smiling. “However, you are young, and you may see a good deal +of the world yet before you die.” + +“I hope I will. It must be delightful to travel.” + +“Yes, when you are young and strong,” said Melville, thoughtfully. “That +makes a great deal of difference in the enjoyment.” + +Herbert did not fail to put in an appearance at the hotel considerably +before it was time to leave for the train. George Melville smiled at his +punctuality. + +“I wish, Herbert,” he said, “that I could look forward with as much +pleasure as you feel to our trip to-day.” + +“I wish so, too, Mr. Melville.” + +“At any rate, I shall enjoy it better for having a companion.” + +The tickets were bought, and they took their places in one of the +passenger cars. + +Just as the train was ready to start, Herbert saw a young man with a +ticket in his hand hurrying along the platform. + +“Why, there's Eben Graham!” he said, in surprise. + +“Is he entering the cars?” + +“Yes, he has just got into the car behind us.” + +“I wonder if he is going to leave Wayneboro for good?” + +“Probably he is only going to Boston for the day, perhaps to buy goods.” + +Herbert thought it doubtful whether Ebenezer Graham would trust his son +so far, but did not say so. Eben, on his part, had not seen Herbert on +board the train, and was not aware that he was a fellow passenger. + +The journey was a tolerably long one--forty miles--and consumed an hour +and a half. At last they rolled into the depot, and before the train +had fairly stopped the passengers began to crowd toward the doors of the +car. + +“Let us remain till the crowd has passed out,” said George Melville. “It +is disagreeable to me to get into the throng, and it saves very little +time.” + +“Very well, sir.” + +Looking out of the car window, Herbert saw Eben Graham walking swiftly +along the platform, and could not forbear wondering what had brought him +to the city. + +“My doctor's office is on Tremont Street,” said Mr. Melville. “I +shall go there immediately, and may have to wait some time. It will be +tiresome to you, and I shall let you go where you please. You can meet +me at the Parker House, in School Street, at two o'clock.” + +“Very well, sir.” + +“Do you know where the hotel is?” + +“No, but I can find it,” answered Herbert, confidently. + +“I believe I will also get you to attend to a part of my business for +me.” + +“I shall be very glad to do so,” said Herbert, sincerely. It made him +feel more important to be transacting business in Boston. + +“Here is a check for a hundred and fifty dollars on the Merchants' +Bank,” continued George Melville. “It is payable to the bearer, and you +will have no trouble in getting the money on it. You may present it at +the bank, and ask for fives and tens and a few small bills.” + +“Very well, sir.” + +Herbert felt rather proud to have so much confidence reposed in him, for +to him a hundred and fifty dollars seemed a large sum of money, and he +felt that George Melville was a rich man to draw so much at one time. + +“Had I better go to the bank at once?” he asked. + +“Yes, I think so; of course, I need not caution you to take good care of +the money.” + +“I'll be sure to do that, sir.” + +They walked together to Tremont Street, and Mr. Melville paused at a +doorway opposite the Common. + +“My doctor's office is upstairs,” he said. “We will part here and meet +at the hotel. If you are late, I may go into the dining room; so if you +don't see me in the reading room, go to the door of the dining room and +look in.” + +“Very well, sir; but I think I shall be on time.” + +“The bank is open now, and you can cash the check if you go down there.” + +Left to himself, Herbert walked slowly along, looking into shop windows +and observing with interested attention the people whom he met. + +“It must be very pleasant to live in the city,” he thought; “there is so +much going on all the time.” + +It is no wonder that country boys are drawn toward the city, and feel +that their cup of happiness would be full if they could get a position +in some city store. They do not always find the reality equal to their +anticipations. The long hours and strict discipline of a city office or +mercantile establishment are not much like the freedom they pictured +to themselves, and after they have paid their board bill in some shabby +boarding house they seldom find much left over, either for amusement +or needful expenses. The majority of boys would do better to remain in +their country homes, where at least they can live comfortably and at +small expense, and take such employment as may fall in their way. They +will stand a much better chance of reaching a competence in middle life +than if they helped to crowd the ranks of city clerks and salesmen. +There is many a hard-working clerk of middle age, living poorly, and +with nothing laid by, in the city, who, had he remained in his native +village, might have reached a modest independence. It was hardly to be +expected, however, that Herbert would feel thus. Upon him the show and +glitter of the city shops and streets produced their natural effect, and +he walked on buoyantly, seeing three times as much as a city boy would +have done. + +He turned down School Street, passing the Parker House, where he was to +meet Mr. Melville. Just before he reached it he saw Eben Graham emerge +from the hotel and walk towards Washington Street. Eben did not look +behind him, and therefore did not see Herbert. + +“I wonder where he is going?” thought our hero, as he followed a few +steps behind Eben. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. AN OBLIGING GUIDE. + + + +On Washington Street, not far from Old South Church, is an office for +the sale of railroad tickets to western points. It was this office which +Eben entered. + +“He is going to inquire the price of a ticket to some western city,” + thought Herbert. “I heard him say one day that he wanted to go West.” + +Our hero's curiosity was naturally aroused, and he stood at the +entrance, where he could not only see but hear what passed within. + +“What do you charge for a ticket to Chicago?” he heard Eben ask. + +“Twenty-two dollars,” was the answer of the young man behind the +counter. + +“You may give me one,” said Eben. + +As he spoke he drew from his vest pocket a roll of bills, and began to +count off the requisite sum. + +Herbert was surprised. He had supposed that Eben was merely making +inquiries about the price of tickets. He had not imagined that he was +really going. + +“Can Mr. Graham have given him money to go?” he asked himself. + +“When can I start?” asked Eben, as he received a string of tickets from +the clerk. + +“At three this afternoon.” + +Eben seemed well pleased with this reply. He carefully deposited the +tickets in an inside vest pocket, and turned to go out of the office. As +he emerged from it he caught sight of Herbert, who had not yet started +to go. He looked surprised and annoyed. + +“Herbert Carr!” he exclaimed. “How came you here?” + +Mingled with his surprise there was a certain nervousness of manner, as +Herbert thought. + +“I came to Boston with Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, coldly. + +“Oh!” ejaculated Eben, with an air of perceptible relief. “Where is Mr. +Melville?” + +“He has gone to the office of his physician, on Tremont Street.” + +“Leaving you to your own devices, eh?” + +“Yes.” + +“Look out you don't get lost!” said Eben, with affected gayety. “I am +here on a little business for the old man.” + +Herbert did not believe this, in view of what he had seen, but he did +not think it necessary to say so. + +“Good-morning!” said Herbert, in a tone polite but not cordial. + +“Good-morning! Oh, by the way, I have just been inquiring the cost of a +ticket to St. Louis,” said Eben, carelessly. + +“Indeed! Do you think of going out there?” + +“Yes, if the old man will let me,” said Eben. + +“Do you prefer St. Louis to Chicago?” asked Herbert, watching the face +of Eben attentively. + +Eben's face changed, and he looked searchingly at our hero, but could +read nothing in his face. + +“Oh, decidedly!” he answered, after a slight pause. “I don't think I +would care for Chicago.” + +“And all the while you have a ticket for Chicago in your pocket!” + thought Herbert, suspiciously, “Well, that's your own affair entirely, +not mine.” + +“What train do you take back to Wayneboro?” asked Eben, not without +anxiety. + +“We shall not go before four o'clock.” + +“I may be on the train with you,” said Eben, “though possibly I shall +get through in time to take an earlier one.” + +“He is trying to deceive me,” thought Herbert. + +“Good-morning,” he said, formally, and walked away. + +“I wish I hadn't met him,” muttered Eben to himself. “He may give the +old man a clew. However, I shall be safe out of the way before anything +can be done.” + +Herbert kept on his way, and found the bank without difficulty. + +He entered and looked about him. Though unaccustomed to banks, he +watched to see where others went to get checks cashed, and presented +himself in turn. + +“How will you have it?” asked the paying teller. + +“Fives and tens, and a few small bills,” answered Herbert, promptly. + +The teller selected the requisite number of bank bills quickly, and +passed them out to Herbert. Our hero counted them, to make sure that +they were correct, and then put them away in his inside pocket. It gave +him a feeling of responsibility to be carrying about so much money, and +he felt that it was incumbent on him to be very careful. + +“Where shall I go now?” he asked himself. + +He would have liked to go to Charlestown, and ascend Bunker Hill +Monument, but did not know how to go. Besides, he feared he would not +get back to the Parker House at the time fixed by Mr. Melville. Still, +he might be able to do it. He addressed himself to a rather sprucely +dressed man of thirty-five whom he met at the door of the bank. + +“I beg your pardon, sir, but can you tell me how far it is to Bunker +Hill Monument?” + +“About a mile and a half,” answered the stranger. + +“Could I go there and get back to the Parker House before one o'clock.” + +“Could you?” repeated the man, briskly. “Why, to be sure you could!” + +“But I don't know the way.” + +“You have only to take one of the Charlestown horse cars, and it will +land you only a couple of minutes' walk from the monument.” + +“Can you tell me what time it is, sir?” + +“Only a little past eleven. So you have never been to Bunker Hill +Monument, my lad?” + +“No sir; I live in the country, forty miles away and seldom come to +Boston.” + +“I see, I see,” said the stranger, his eyes snapping in a very peculiar +way. “Every patriotic young American ought to see the place where Warren +fell.” + +“I should like to if you could tell me where to take the cars.” + +“Why, certainly I will,” said the other, quickly. “In fact--let me see,” + and he pulled out a silver watch from his vest pocket, “I've a great +mind to go over with you myself.” + +“I shouldn't like to trouble you, sir,” said Herbert. + +“Oh, it will be no trouble. Business isn't pressing this morning, and +I haven't been over for a long time myself. If you don't object to my +company, I will accompany you.” + +“You are very kind,” said Herbert. “If you are quite sure that you are +not inconveniencing yourself, I shall be very glad to go with you--that +is, if you think I can get back to the Parker House by one o'clock.” + +“I will guarantee that you do,” said the stranger, confidently. “My +young friend, I am glad to see that you are particular to keep your +business engagements. In a varied business experience, I have observed +that it is precisely that class who are destined to win the favor of +their employer and attain solid success.” + +“He seems a very sensible man,” thought Herbert; “and his advice is +certainly good.” + +“Come this way,” said the stranger, crossing Washington Street. +“Scollay's Square is close at hand, and there we shall find a +Charlestown horse car.” + +Of course Herbert yielded himself to the guidance of his new friend, and +they walked up Court Street together. + +“That,” said the stranger, pointing out a large, somber building to the +left, “is the courthouse. The last time I entered it was to be present +at the trial of a young man of my acquaintance who had fallen into evil +courses, and, yielding to temptation, had stolen from his employer. It +was a sad sight,” said the stranger, shaking his head. + +“I should think it must have been,” said Herbert. + +“Oh, why, why will young men yield to the seductions of pleasure?” + exclaimed the stranger, feelingly. + +“Was he convicted?” asked Herbert. + +“Yes, and sentenced to a three years term in the State prison,” answered +his companion. “It always makes me feel sad when I think of the fate of +that young man.” + +“I should think it would, sir.” + +“I have mentioned it as a warning to one who is just beginning life,” + continued the stranger. “But here is our car.” + +A Charlestown car, with an outside sign, Bunker Hill, in large letters, +came by, and the two got on board. + +They rode down Cornhill, and presently the stranger pointed out Faneuil +Hall. + +“Behold the Cradle of Liberty,” he said. “Of course, you have heard of +Faneuil Hall?” + +“Yes, sir,” and Herbert gazed with interest at the building of which he +had heard so much. + +It was but a short ride to Charlestown. They got out at the foot of a +steep street, at the head of which the tall, granite column which crowns +the summit of Bunker Hill stood like a giant sentinel ever on guard. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. A NEW BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL. + + + +Just opposite the monument is a small, one-story structure, where views +of the shaft may be purchased and tickets obtained. + +“There is a small admission fee,” said Herbert's companion. + +“How much is it?” asked our hero. + +“Twenty cents.” + +As Herbert thrust his hand into his pocket for the necessary money, his +companion said: + +“You had better let me pay for both tickets.” + +Though he said this, he didn't make any motion to do so. + +“No, I will pay for both,” said Herbert. + +“But I really cannot permit you to pay for mine.” + +And still the speaker made no movement to purchase his ticket. + +Herbert settled the matter by laying half a dollar on the desk, +and asking for two tickets. He began to see that, in spite of his +disclaimer, his guide intended him to do so. On the whole, this didn't +please him. He would rather have had his offer frankly accepted. + +“I didn't mean to have you pay,” said the young man, as they passed +through the door admitting them to an inner apartment, from which there +was an exit into a small, inclosed yard, through which they were to +reach the entrance to a spiral staircase by which the ascent was made. + +Herbert did not answer, for he understood that his guide was not telling +the truth, and he did not like falsehood or deceit. + +They entered the monument and commenced the ascent. + +“We have a tiresome ascent before us,” said the other. + +“How many steps are there?” asked Herbert. + +“About three hundred,” was the reply. + +At different points in the ascent they came to landings where they could +catch glimpses of the outward world through long, narrow, perpendicular +slits in the sides of the monument. + +At last they reached the top. + +Herbert's guide looked about him sharply, and seemed disappointed to +find a lady and gentleman and child also enjoying the view. + +Herbert had never been so high before. Indeed, he had never been in any +high building, and he looked about him with a novel sense of enjoyment. + +“What a fine view there is here!” he said. + +“True,” assented his companion. “Let me point out to you the different +towns visible to the naked eye.” + +“I wish you would,” said the boy. + +So his guide pointed out Cambridge, Chelsea, Malden, the Charles and +Mystic Rivers, gleaming in the sunshine, the glittering dome of the +Boston State House and other conspicuous objects. Herbert felt that it +was worth something to have a companion who could do him this service, +and he felt the extra twenty cents he had paid for his companion's +ticket was a judicious investment. + +He noticed with some surprise that his companion seemed annoyed by the +presence of the other party already referred to. He scowled and shrugged +his shoulders when he looked at them, and in a low voice, inaudible to +those of whom he spoke, he said to Herbert: “Are they going to stay here +all day?” + +“What does it matter to me if they do?” returned Herbert, in surprise. + +Indeed, to him they seemed very pleasant people, and he was especially +attracted by the sweet face of the little girl. He wished he had been +fortunate enough to possess such a sister. + +At last, however, they finished their sightseeing, and prepared to +descend. Herbert's companion waited till the sound of their descending +steps died away, and then, turning to Herbert, said in a quick, stern +tone: “Now give me the money you have in your pocket.” + +“What do you mean?” he said. + +Herbert recoiled, and stared at the speaker in undisguised astonishment. + +“I mean just what I say,” returned the other. “You have one hundred and +fifty dollars in your pocket. You need not deny it, for I saw you draw +it from the bank and put it away.” + +“Are you a thief, then?” demanded Herbert. + +“No matter what I am, I must have that money,” said the stranger. “I +came over with you exclusively to get it, and I mean business.” + +He made a step towards Herbert, but the boy faced him unflinchingly, and +answered resolutely: “I mean business, too. The money is not mine, and I +shall not give it up.” + +“Take care!” said the other, menacingly, “we are alone here. You are a +boy and I am a man.” + +“I know that; but you will have to fight to get the money,” said +Herbert, without quailing. + +He looked to the staircase, but his treacherous guide stood between him +and it, and he was practically a prisoner at the top of the monument. + +“Don't be a fool!” said the stranger. “You may as well give up the money +to me first as last.” + +“I don't propose to give it up to you at all,” said Herbert. “My +employer trusted me with it, and I mean to be true to my trust.” + +“You can tell him that it was taken from you--that you could not help +yourself. Now hand it over!” + +“Never!” exclaimed Herbert, resolutely. + +“We'll see about that,” said his companion, seizing the boy and +grappling with him. + +Herbert was a strong boy for his age, and he accepted the challenge. +Though his antagonist was a man, he found that the boy was powerful, and +not to be mastered as easily as he anticipated. + +“Confound you!” he muttered, “I wish I had a knife!” + +Though Herbert made a vigorous resistance, his opponent was his superior +in strength, and would ultimately have got the better of him. He had +thrown Herbert down, and was trying to thrust his hand into his coat +pocket, when a step was heard, and a tall man of Western appearance +stepped on the scene. + +“Hello!” he said, surveying the two combatants in surprise. “What's all +this? Let that boy alone, you skunk, you!” + +As he spoke, he seized the man by the collar and jerked him to his feet. + +“What does all this mean?” he asked, turning from one to the other. + +“This boy has robbed me of one hundred and fifty dollars,” said the man, +glibly. “I fell in with him in the Boston cars, and he relieved me of a +roll of bills which I had drawn from a bank in Boston.” + +“What have you got to say to this?” asked the Western man, turning to +Herbert, who was now on his feet. + +“Only this,” answered Herbert, “that it is a lie. It was I who drew +the money from the Merchants' Bank in Boston. This man saw me cash the +check, followed me, and offered to come here with me, when I asked him +for directions.” + +“That's a likely story!” sneered the young man. “My friend here is too +sharp to believe it.” + +“Don't call me your friend!” said the Western man, bluntly. “I'm more +than half convinced you're a scamp.” + +“I don't propose to stay here and be insulted. Let the boy give me my +money, and I won't have him arrested.” + +“Don't be in too much of a hurry, young man! I want to see about this +thing. What bank did you draw the money from?” + +“From the Merchants' Bank--the boy has got things reversed. He saw me +draw it, inveigled himself into my confidence, and picked my pocket.” + +“Look here--stop right there! Your story doesn't hang together!” said +the tall Westerner, holding up his finger. “You said you met this boy in +a horse car.” + +“We came over together in a Charlestown horse car,” said the rogue, +abashed. + +“You've given yourself away. Now make yourself scarce! Scoot!” + +The rascal looked in the face of the tall, resolute man from the +West, and thought it prudent to obey. He started to descend, but a +well-planted kick accelerated his progress, and he fell down several +steps, bruising his knees. + +“Thank you, sir!” said Herbert, gratefully. “It was lucky you came up +just as you did. The rascal had got his hand on the money.” + +“He is a miserable scamp!” answered Herbert's new friend. “If there'd +been a police-man handy, I'd have given him in charge. I've come clear +from Wisconsin to see where Warren fell, but I didn't expect to come +across such a critter as that on Bunker Hill.” + +Herbert pointed out to his new friend the objects in view, repeating +the information he had so recently acquired. Then, feeling that he could +spare no more time, he descended the stairs and jumped on board a horse +car bound for Boston. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. AN ACCEPTABLE PRESENT. + + + +As the clock at the Old South Church struck one, Herbert ascended +the steps of Parker's Hotel, and walked into the reading room. George +Melville was already there. + +“You are on time, Herbert,” he said, with a smile, as our hero made his +appearance. + +“Yes, sir; but I began to think I should miss my appointment.” + +“Where have you been?” + +“To Bunker Hill.” + +“Did you ascend the monument?” + +“Yes, sir, and had a fight at the summit.” + +Mr. Melville looked at Herbert in amazement. + +“Had a fight at the top of Bunker Hill Monument?” he ejaculated. + +“Yes, sir; let me tell you about it.” + +When the story was told, Mr. Melville said: “That was certainly a +remarkable adventure, Herbert. Still, I am not sorry that it occurred.” + +It was Herbert's turn to look surprised. + +“I will tell you why. It proves to me that you are worthy of my +confidence, and can be trusted with the care of money. It has also +taught you a lesson, to beware of knaves, no matter how plausible they +may be.” + +“I haven't got over my surprise yet, sir, at discovering the real +character of the man who went with me. I am sorry I met him. I don't +like to distrust people.” + +“Nor I. But it is not necessary to distrust everybody. In your +journey through the world you will make many agreeable and trustworthy +acquaintances in whom it will be safe to confide. It is only necessary +to be cautious and not give your confidence too soon.” + +“Oh, I didn't mention that I met somebody from Wayneboro,” said Herbert. + +“Was it Eben Graham?” + +“Yes.” + +“I met him myself on Washington Street. Did you speak to him?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“I suppose he goes back to-night?” + +“I don't think he will go back at all, Mr. Melville.” + +His employer looked at him inquiringly. + +“I saw him buy a ticket to Chicago, though he does not know it,” + continued Herbert. “When he spoke with me he didn't admit it, but spoke +of going back by an afternoon train.” + +“I am afraid he has appropriated some of his father's funds,” said +Melville. “I doubt if Ebenezer Graham would voluntarily furnish him the +means of going West.” + +“That was just what occurred to me,” said Herbert; “but I didn't like to +think that Eben would steal.” + +“Perhaps he has not. We shall be likely to hear when we return. But you +must be hungry. We will go in to dinner.” + +Herbert followed Mr. Melville into the dining room, where a good dinner +was ordered, and partaken of. Herbert looked over the bill of fare, +but the high prices quite startled him. He was not used to patronizing +hotels, and it seemed to him that the price asked for a single dish +ought to be enough to pay for a whole dinner for two. He knew about what +it cost for a meal at home, and did not dream that it would amount to so +much more at a hotel. + +When the check was brought Herbert looked at it. + +“Two dollars and a half!” he exclaimed. + +“It costs an awful amount to live in Boston.” + +“Oh a dinner can be got much cheaper at most places in Boston,” said +George Melville, smiling, “but I am used to Parker's, and generally come +here.” + +“I am glad it doesn't cost so much to live in Wayneboro,” said Herbert. +“We couldn't afford even one meal a day.” + +“You haven't asked me what the doctor said,” remarked Melville, as they +left the dining room. + +“Excuse me, Mr. Melville. It wasn't from any lack of interest.” + +“He advises me to go West by the first of October, either to Colorado or +Southern California.” + +Herbert's countenance fell. The first of October would soon come, and +his pleasant and profitable engagement with Mr. Melville would close. + +“I am sorry,” he said, gravely. + +“I am not so sorry as I should have been a few weeks ago,” said +Melville. “Then I should have looked forward to a journey as lonely and +monotonous. Now, with a companion, I think I may have a pleasant time.” + +“Who is going with you, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert, feeling, it must +be confessed, a slight twinge of jealousy. + +“I thought perhaps you would be willing to accompany me,” said Melville. + +“Would you really take me, Mr. Melville?” cried Herbert, joyfully. + +“Yes, if you will go.” + +“I should like nothing better. I have always wanted to travel. It quite +takes my breath away to think of going so far away.” + +“I should hardly venture to go alone,” continued George Melville. “I +shall need some one to look after the details of the journey, and to +look after me if I fall sick. Do you think you would be willing to do +that?” + +“I hope you won't fall sick, Mr. Melville; but if you do, I will take +the best care of you I know how.” + +“I am sure you will, Herbert, and I would rather have you about me than +a man. Indeed, I already begin to think of you as a younger brother.” + +“Thank you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, gratefully. “I am glad you do.” + +“Do you think your mother will object to your leaving home, Herbert?” + +“Not with you. She knows I shall be well provided for with you. Can I +arrange to send money regularly to mother?” asked the boy. “I shouldn't +like to think of her as suffering for want of it.” + +“Yes, but to guard against emergencies, we can leave her a sum of money +before you start.” + +After dinner Mr. Melville proposed to Herbert to accompany him on a +walk up Washington Street, They walked slowly, Herbert using his eyes +diligently, for to him the display in the shop windows was novel and +attractive. + +At length they paused at the door of a large and handsome jewelry +store--one of the two finest in Boston. + +“I want to go in here, Herbert,” said his employer. + +“Shall I stay outside?” + +“No, come in with me. You may like to look about.” + +Though Herbert had no idea of the cost of the fine stock with which the +store was provided, he saw that it must be valuable, and wondered where +purchasers enough could be found to justify keeping so large a supply +of watches, chains, rings and the numberless other articles in gold and +silver which he saw around him. + +“I would like to look at your watches,” said Melville to the salesman +who came forward to inquire his wishes. + +“Gold or silver, sir?” + +“Silver.” + +“This way, if you please.” + +He led the way to a case where through the glass covering Herbert +saw dozens of silver watches of all sizes and grades lying ready for +inspection. + +“For what price can I get a fair silver watch?” asked Melville. + +“Swiss or Waltham?” + +“Waltham. I may as well patronize home manufactures.” + +“Here is a watch I will sell you for fifteen dollars,” said the +salesman, drawing out a neat-looking watch, of medium size. “It will +keep excellent time, and give you good satisfaction.” + +“Very well; I will buy it on your recommendation. Have you any silver +chains?” + +One was selected of pretty pattern, and George Melville paid for both. + +“How do you like the watch and chain, Herbert?” said his employer, as +they left the store. + +“They are very pretty, sir.” + +“I suppose you wonder what I want of two watches,” said Melville. + +“Perhaps you don't like to take your gold watch with you when you go out +West, for fear of thieves.” + +“No, that is not the reason. If I am so unfortunate as to lose my gold +watch, I will buy another. The fact is, I have bought this silver watch +and chain for you.” + +“For me!” exclaimed Herbert, intensely delighted. + +“Yes; it will be convenient for you, as well as me, to be provided with +a watch. Every traveler needs one. There; put it in your pocket, and see +how it looks.” + +“You are very kind to me, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, gratefully. “You +couldn't have bought me anything which I should value more.” + +When Herbert had arranged the watch and chain to suit him, it must be +confessed that it engrossed a large part of his attention, and it was +wonderful how often he had occasion to consult it during the first walk +after it came into his possession. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. A THIEF IN TROUBLE. + + + +“Have you ever visited the suburbs of Boston?” asked Melville. + +“No,” answered Herbert. “I know very little of the city, and nothing of +the towns near it.” + +“Then, as we have time to spare, we will board the next horse car and +ride out to Roxbury.” + +“I should like it very much, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, in a tone +of satisfaction. I may remark that Roxbury was at that time a separate +municipality, and had not been annexed to Boston. + +They did not have to wait long for a car. An open car, of the kind in +common use during the pleasant season, drew near, and they secured seats +in it. After leaving Dover Street, Washington Street, still then narrow, +broadens into a wide avenue, and is called the Neck. It was gay with +vehicles of all sorts, and Herbert found much to attract his attention. + +“The doctor tells me I ought to be a good deal in the open air,” said +Melville, “and I thought I would act at once upon his suggestion. It is +much pleasanter than taking medicine.” + +“I should think so,” answered Herbert, emphatically. + +Arrived at the end of the route, Melville and Herbert remained on the +car, and returned at once to the city. When they reached the crowded +part of Washington Street a surprise awaited Herbert. + +From a small jewelry store they saw a man come out, and walk rapidly +away. + +“Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, in excitement, “do you see that man?” + +“Yes. What of him?” + +“It is the man who tried to rob me on Bunker Hill Monument.” + +He had hardly uttered these words when another man darted from the shop, +bareheaded, and pursued Herbert's morning acquaintance, crying, “Stop, +thief!” + +The thief took to his heels, but a policeman was at hand, and seized him +by the collar. + +“What has this man been doing?” he asked, as the jeweler's clerk came +up, panting. + +“He has stolen a diamond ring from the counter,” answered the clerk. “I +think he has a watch besides.” + +“It's a lie!” said the thief, boldly. + +“Search him!” said the clerk, “and you'll find that I have made no +mistake.” + +“Come with me to the station house, and prepare your complaint,” said +the policeman. + +By this time a crowd had gathered, and the thief appealed to them. + +“Gentlemen,” he said, “I am a reputable citizen of St. Louis, come to +Boston to buy goods, and I protest against this outrage. It is either a +mistake or a conspiracy, I don't know which.” + +The thief was well dressed, and some of the bystanders were disposed to +put confidence in him. He had not seen Herbert and George Melville, who +had left the car and joined the throng, or he might not have spoken so +confidently. + +“He doesn't look like a thief,” said one of the bystanders, a +benevolent-looking old gentleman. + +“I should say not,” said the thief, more boldly. “It's a pretty state +of things if a respectable merchant can't enter a store here in Boston +without being insulted and charged with theft. If I only had some of +my friends or acquaintances here, they would tell you that it is simply +ridiculous to make such a charge against me.” + +“You can explain this at the station house,” said the policeman. “It is +my duty to take you there.” + +“Is there no one who knows the gentleman?” said the philanthropist +before referred to. “Is there no one to speak up for him?” + +Herbert pressed forward, and said, quietly: + +“I know something of him; I passed the morning in his company.” + +The thief turned quickly, but he didn't seem gratified to see Herbert. + +“The boy is mistaken,” he said, hurriedly; “I never saw him before.” + +“But I have seen you, sir,” retorted our hero. “You saw me draw some +money from a bank in State Street, scraped acquaintance with me, and +tried to rob me of it on Bunker Hill.” + +“It's a lie!” said the prisoner, hoarsely. + +“Do you wish to make a charge to that effect?” asked the policeman. + +“No, sir; I only mentioned what I knew of him to support the charge of +this gentleman,” indicating the jeweler's clerk. + +The old gentleman appeared to lose his interest in the prisoner after +Herbert's statement, and he was escorted without further delay to the +station house, where a gold watch and the diamond ring were both found +on his person. It is scarcely needful to add that he was tried and +sentenced to a term of imprisonment in the very city--Charlestown--where +he had attempted to rob Herbert. + +“It is not always that retribution so quickly overtakes the wrongdoer,” + said Melville. “St. Louis will hardly be proud of the man who claims her +citizenship.” + +“Dishonesty doesn't seem to pay in his case,” said Herbert, +thoughtfully. + +“It never pays in any case, Herbert,” said George Melville, +emphatically. “Even if a man could steal enough to live upon, and were +sure not to be found out, he would not enjoy his ill-gotten gain, as an +honest man enjoys the money he works hard for. But when we add the risk +of detection and the severe penalty of imprisonment, it seems a fatal +mistake for any man to overstep the bounds of honesty and enroll himself +as a criminal.” + +“I agree with you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, thoughtfully. “I don't +think I shall ever be tempted, but if I am, I will think of this man and +his quick detection.” + +When they reached the depot, a little before four o'clock, George +Melville sent Herbert to the ticket office to purchase tickets, while he +remained in the waiting room. + +“I might as well accustom you to the duties that are likely to devolve +upon you,” he said, with a smile. + +Herbert had purchased the tickets and was turning away, when to his +surprise he saw Ebenezer Graham enter the depot, laboring evidently +under considerable excitement. He did not see Herbert, so occupied +was he with thoughts of an unpleasant nature, till the boy greeted him +respectfully. + +“Herbert Carr!” he said; “when did you come into Boston?” + +“This morning, sir.” + +“Have you seen anything of my son, Eben, here?” gasped Mr. Graham. + +“Yes, sir; he was on the same train, but I did not see him to speak to +him till after I reached the city.” + +“Do you know what he has been doing here?” asked Ebenezer, his face +haggard with anxiety. + +“I only saw him for five minutes,” answered Herbert, reluctant to tell +the father what he knew would confirm any suspicion he might entertain. + +“Where did you see him?” demanded Ebenezer, quickly. + +“At a railroad ticket office not far from the Old South Church.” + +“Do you know if he bought any ticket?” asked Ebenezer, anxiously. + +“Yes,” answered Herbert. “I overheard him purchasing a ticket to +Chicago.” + +Ebenezer groaned, and his face seemed more and more wizened and puckered +up. + +“It is as I thought!” he exclaimed, bitterly. “My own son has robbed me +and fled like a thief, as he is.” + +Herbert was shocked, but not surprised. He didn't like to ask +particulars, but Ebenezer volunteered them. + +“This morning,” he said, “I foolishly gave Eben a hundred dollars, and +sent him to Boston to pay for a bill of goods which I recently bought of +a wholesale house on Milk Street. If I had only known you were going in, +I would have sent it by you.” + +Herbert felt gratified at this manifestation of confidence, especially +as he had so recently been charged with robbing the post office, but did +not interrupt Mr. Graham, who continued: + +“As soon as Eben was fairly gone, I began to feel sorry I sent him, for +he got into extravagant ways when he was in Boston before, and he had +been teasing me to give him money enough to go out West with. About +noon I discovered that he had taken fifty dollars more than the amount +I intrusted to him, and then I couldn't rest till I was on my way to +Boston to find out the worst. I went to the house on Milk Street and +found they had seen nothing of Eben. Then I knew what had happened. The +graceless boy has robbed his father of a hundred and fifty dollars, and +is probably on his way West by this time.” + +“He was to start by the three o'clock train, I think,” said Herbert, and +gave his reasons for thinking so. + +Ebenezer seemed so utterly cast down by this confirmation of his worst +suspicions, that Herbert called Mr. Melville, thinking he might be able +to say something to comfort him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. EBENEZER GRAHAM'S GRIEF. + + + +“How much have you lost by your son, Mr. Graham?” asked George Melville. + +“Nearly two hundred and fifty dollars,” groaned Ebenezer, “counting what +I paid in the city to his creditors, it is terrible, terrible!” and he +wrung his hands in his bitterness of spirit. + +“I am sorry for you,” said Melville, “and still more for him.” + +“Why should you be sorry for him?” demanded Ebenezer, sharply. “He +hasn't lost anything.” + +“Is it nothing to lose his consciousness of integrity, to leave his home +knowing that he is a thief?” + +“Little he'll care for that!” said Mr. Graham, shrugging his shoulders. +“He's laughing in his sleeve, most likely, at the way he has duped and +cheated me, his father.” + +“How old is Eben, Mr. Graham?” + +“He will be twenty in November,” answered Ebenezer, apparently puzzled +by the question. + +“Then, as he is so young, let us hope that he may see the error of his +ways, and repent.” + +“That won't bring me back my money,” objected Ebenezer, querulously. +It was clear that he thought more of the money he had lost than of his +son's lack of principle. + +“No, it will not give you back your money, but it may give you back a +son purified and prepared to take an honorable position in society.” + +“No, no; he's bad, bad!” said the stricken father. “What did he care for +the labor and toil it took to save up that money?” + +“I hope the loss of the money will not distress you, Mr. Graham.” + +“Well, no, not exactly,” said Ebenezer, hesitating. “I shall have to +take some money from the savings bank to make up what that graceless boy +has stolen.” + +It was clear that Ebenezer Graham would not have to go to the poorhouse +in consequence of his losses. + +“I can hardly offer you consolation,” said George Melville, “but I +suspect that you will not be called upon to pay any more money for your +son.” + +“I don't mean to!” said Ebenezer, grimly. + +“Going away as he has done, he will find it necessary to support +himself, and will hardly have courage to send to you for assistance.” + +“Let him try it!” said Ebenezer, his eyes snapping. + +“He may, therefore, being thrown upon his own resources, be compelled to +work hard, and that will probably be the best thing that can happen to +him.” + +“I hope he will! I hope he will!” said the storekeeper. “He may find out +after a while that he had an easy time at home, and was better paid +than he will be among strangers. I won't pay any more of his debts. I'll +publish a notice saying that I have given him his time, and won't pay +any more debts of his contracting. He might run into debt enough to ruin +me, between now and the time he becomes of age.” + +George Melville considered that the storekeeper was justified in taking +this step, and said so. + +While they were on the train, Ebenezer got measurably reconciled to his +loss, and his busy brain began to calculate how much money he would +save by ceasing to be responsible for Eben's expenses of living and +prospective debts. Without this drawback, he knew he would grow richer +every year. He knew also that notwithstanding the sum it had just cost +him, he would be better off at the end of the year than the beginning, +and to a man of his character this was perhaps the best form of +consolation that he could have. + +Suddenly it occurred to Mr. Graham that he should need a clerk in place +of his son. + +“Now that Eben has gone, Herbert,” he said, “I am ready to take you +back.” + +This was a surprise, for Herbert had not thought of the effect upon his +own business prospects. + +“I have got a place, thank you, Mr. Graham,” he said. + +“You don't call trampin' round huntin' and fishin' work, do you?” said +Ebenezer. + +“It is very agreeable work, sir.” + +“But it stands to reason that you can't earn much that way. I wouldn't +give you twenty-five cents a week for such doings.” + +“Are you willing to pay me more than Mr. Melville does?” asked Herbert, +demurely, smiling to himself. + +“How much does he pay you now?” asked Ebenezer, cautiously. + +“Six dollars a week.” + +“Six dollars a week!” repeated the storekeeper, in incredulous +amazement. “Sho! you're joking!” + +“You can ask Mr. Melville, sir.” + +Ebenezer regarded George Melville with an inquiring look. + +“Yes, I pay Herbert six dollars a week,” said he, smiling. + +“Well, I never!” ejaculated Ebenezer. “That's the strangest thing I +ever heard. How in the name of conscience can a boy earn so much money +trampin' round?” + +“Perhaps it would not be worth as much to anyone else,” said Melville, +“but Herbert suits me, and I need cheerful company.” + +“You ain't goin' to keep him long at that figger, be you, Mr. Melville?” + asked Mr. Graham, bluntly. + +“I think we shall be together a considerable time, Mr. Graham. If, +however, you should be willing to pay Herbert a larger salary, I might +feel it only just to release him from his engagement to me.” + +“Me pay more'n six dollars a week!” gasped Ebenezer. “I ain't quite +crazy. Why, it would take about all I get from the post office.” + +“You wouldn't expect me to take less than I can earn elsewhere, Mr. +Graham,” said Herbert. + +“No-o!” answered the storekeeper, slowly. He was evidently nonplused by +the absolute necessity of getting another clerk, and his inability to +think of a suitable person. + +“If Tom Tripp was with me, I might work him into the business,” said +Ebenezer, thoughtfully, “but he's bound out to a farmer.” + +An inspiration came to Herbert. He knew that his mother would be glad to +earn something, and there was little else to do in Wayneboro. + +“I think,” he said, “you might make an arrangement with my mother, to +make up and sort the mail, for a time, at least.” + +“Why, so I could; I didn't think of that,” answered Ebenezer, relieved. +“Do you think she'd come over to-morrow mornin'?” + +“If she can't, I will,” said Herbert. “I don't meet Mr. Melville till +nine o'clock.” + +“So do! I'll expect you. I guess I'll come over and see your mother this +evenin', and see if I can't come to some arrangement with her.” + +It may be added that Mr. Graham did as proposed, and Mrs. Carr agreed +to render him the assistance he needed for three dollars a week. It +required only her mornings, and a couple of hours at the close of the +afternoon, and she was very glad to convert so much time into money. + +“It makes me feel more independent,” she said. “I don't want to +feel that you do all the work, Herbert, and maintain the family +single-handed.” + +The same evening Herbert broached the plan of traveling with Mr. +Melville. As might have been expected, his mother was at first startled, +and disposed to object, but Herbert set before her the advantages, both +to himself and the family, and touched upon the young man's need of a +companion so skillfully and eloquently that she was at last brought to +regard the proposal favorably. She felt that George Melville was one to +whom she could safely trust her only boy. Moreover, her own time would +be partly occupied, owing to the arrangement she had just made to assist +in the post office, so that Herbert carried his point. + +The tenth of October arrived, the date which George Melville had fixed +upon for his departure. Mrs. Carr had put Herbert's wardrobe in order, +and he had bought himself a capacious carpetbag and an umbrella, and +looked forward with eagerness to the day on which their journey was to +commence. He had long thought and dreamed of the West, its plains and +cities, but had never supposed that it would be his privilege to make +acquaintance with them, at any rate, until he should have become twice +his present age. But the unexpected had happened, and on Monday he and +George Melville were to start for Chicago. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. AN OLD ACQUAINTANCE IN CHICAGO. + + + +In due time our travelers reached Chicago, and put up at the Palmer +House. Herbert was much impressed by the elegance of the hotel, its +sumptuous furniture, and luxurious table. It must be considered that he +was an inexperienced traveler, though had he been otherwise he might be +excused for his admiration. + +“I have some business in Chicago, and shall remain two or three days,” + said George Melville. + +Herbert was quite reconciled to the delay, and, as his services were not +required, employed his time in making himself familiar with the famous +Western city. He kept his eyes open, and found something new and +interesting at every step. One day, as he was passing through the lower +portion of the city, his attention was called to a young man wheeling a +barrow of cabbages and other vegetables, a little in advance of him. +Of course, there was nothing singular about this, but there seemed +something familiar in the figure of the young man. Herbert quickened his +step, and soon came up with him. + +One glance was enough. Though disguised by a pair of overalls, and +without a coat, Herbert recognized the once spruce dry-goods clerk, Eben +Graham. + +Eben recognized Herbert at the same time. He started, and flushed with +shame, not because of the theft of which he had been guilty, but because +he was detected in an honest, but plebeian labor. + +“Herbert Carr!” he exclaimed, stopping short. + +“Yes, Eben; it is I!” + +“You find me changed,” said Eben, dolefully. + +“No, I should recognize you anywhere.” + +“I don't mean that. I have sunk very low,” and he glanced pathetically +at the wheelbarrow. + +“If you refer to your employment, I don't agree with you. It is an +honest business.” + +“True, but I never dreamed when I stood behind the counter in Boston, +and waited on fashionable ladies, that I should ever come to this.” + +“He seems more ashamed of wheeling vegetables than of stealing,” thought +Herbert, and he was correct. + +“How do you happen to be in this business, Eben?” he asked, with some +curiosity. + +“I must do it or starve. I was cheated out of my money soon after I came +here, and didn't know where to turn.” + +Eben did not explain that he lost his money in a gambling house. +He might have been cheated out of it, but it was his own fault, for +venturing into competition with older and more experienced knaves than +himself. + +“I went for thirty-six hours without food,” continued Eben, “when I fell +in with a man who kept a vegetable store, and he offered to employ me. I +have been with him ever since.” + +“You were fortunate to find employment,” said Herbert. + +“Fortunate!” repeated Eben, in a tragic tone. “How much wages do you +think I get?” + +“I can't guess.” + +“Five dollars a week, and have to find myself,” answered Eben, +mournfully. “What would my fashionable friends in Boston say if they +could see me?” + +“I wouldn't mind what they said as long as you are getting an honest +living.” + +“How do you happen to be out here?” asked Eben. + +His story was told in a few words. + +“You are always in luck!” said Eben, enviously. “I wish I had your +chance. Is Mr. Melville very rich?” + +“He is rich; but I don't know how rich.” + +“Do you think he'd lend me money enough to get home?” + +“I don't know.” + +“Will you ask him?” + +“I will tell him that you made the request, Eben,” answered Herbert, +cautiously. “Have you applied to your father?” + +“To the old man? Yes. He hasn't any more heart than a grindstone,” said +Eben, bitterly. “What do you think he wrote me?” + +“He refused, I suppose.” + +“Here is his letter,” said Eben, drawing from his pocket a greasy half +sheet of note paper. “See what he has to say to his only son.” + +This was the letter: + +“EBEN GRAHAM: I have received your letter, and am not surprised to hear +that you are in trouble. 'As a man sows, so also shall he reap.' A young +man who will rob his father of his hard earnings is capable of anything. +You have done what you could to ruin me, and deserve what you have got. +You want me to send you money to come home, and continue your wicked +work--I shall not do it. I wash my hands of you; I have already given +notice, through the country paper that I have given you your time, and +shall pay no more debts of your contracting. + +“I am glad to hear that you are engaged in an honest employment. It is +better than I expected. I would not have been surprised if I had heard +that you were in jail. My advice to you is to stay where you are and +make yourself useful to your employer. He may in time raise your wages. +Five years hence, if you have turned over a new leaf and led an honest +life, I may give you a place in my store. At present, I would rather +leave you where you are. + +“EBENEZER GRAHAM.” + +“What do you say to that? Isn't that rather rough on an only son, eh?” + said Eben. + +It occurred to Herbert that Eben hardly deserved very liberal treatment +from his father, notwithstanding he was an only son. + +“Oh, the old man is awfully mean and close-fisted,” said Eben. “He cares +more for money than for anything else. By the way, how does Melville +treat you?” + +“Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, emphasizing the Mr., “is always kind and +considerate.” + +“Pays you well, eh?” + +“He pays me more than I could get anywhere else.” + +“Pays all your hotel and traveling expenses, eh?” + +“Of course.” + +“And a good salary besides?” + +“Yes.” + +“Herbert,” said Eben, suddenly, “I want you to do me a favor.” + +“What is it?” + +“You've always known me, you know. When you was a little chap, and came +into the store, I used to give you sticks of candy.” + +“I don't remember it,” answered Herbert, truthfully. + +“I did, all the same. You were so young that you don't remember it.” + +“Well, Eben, what of it?” + +“I want you to lend me ten dollars, Herbert, in memory of old times.” + +Herbert was generously inclined, on ordinary occasions, but did not feel +so on this occasion. He felt that Eben was not a deserving object, even +had he felt able to make so large a loan. Besides, he could not forget +that the young man who now asked a favor had brought a false charge of +stealing against him. + +“You will have to excuse me, Eben,” he answered. “To begin with, I +cannot afford to lend so large a sum.” + +“I would pay you back as soon as I could.” + +“Perhaps you would,” said Herbert, “though I have not much confidence +in it. But you seem to forget that you charged me with stealing only a +short time since. I wonder how you have the face to ask me to lend you +ten dollars, or any sum.” + +“It was a mistake,” muttered Eben, showing some signs of confusion. + +“At any rate, I won't say anything more about it while you are in +trouble. But you must excuse my declining to lend you.” + +“Lend me five dollars, then,” pleaded Eben. + +“What do you want to do with it?” + +“To buy lottery tickets. I am almost sure I should win a prize, and then +I can pay you five dollars for one.” + +“I wouldn't lend any money for that purpose to my dearest friend,” said +Herbert “Buying lottery tickets is about the most foolish investment you +could make.” + +“Then I won't buy any,” said Eben. “Lend me the money and I will use it +to buy clothes.” + +“You will have to excuse me,” said Herbert, coldly. + +“I didn't think you'd be so mean,” whined Eben, “to a friend in +distress.” + +“I don't look upon you as a friend, and for very good reasons,” retorted +Herbert, as he walked away. + +Eben looked after him with a scowl of hatred. + +“I'd like to humble that boy's pride,” he muttered, as he slowly resumed +his march. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. COL. WARNER. + + + +When Herbert returned to the hotel he found George Melville in the +reading room in conversation with a tall and dignified-looking stranger. + +“Is that your brother, Mr. Melville?” asked the latter, as Herbert came +forward and spoke to Melville. + +“No, Colonel, he is my young friend and confidential clerk, Herbert +Carr.” + +“Glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Carr,” said the colonel, affably, +extending his hand as he spoke. + +“This is Col. Warner, Herbert,” explained George Melville. + +Herbert, who was naturally polite, shook hands with the colonel, and +said he was glad to make his acquaintance. + +“I have been talking with Mr. Melville,” said the colonel. “I am sorry +to hear that he is traveling in search of health.” + +“Yes, sir; I hope he will find his journey beneficial.” + +“Oh, not a doubt of it! Not a doubt of it! I've been there myself. Do +you know, when I was twenty-five, which I take to be about the age of +your employer, I thought I should die of consumption?” + +“I shouldn't have supposed it, sir,” said Herbert, and Melville, too, +felt surprised, as he noticed the stalwart proportions of the former +consumptive. + +“Ha! ha! I dare say not,” said the colonel, laughing. “I don't look much +like it now, eh?” + +“No, you certainly don't, colonel,” said Melville. “I am curious to know +how you overcame the threatened danger.” + +“I did what you are doing, sir; I came West.” + +“But the mere coming West did not cure you, did it?” + +“No, sir; it was the life I lived,” returned Col. \Varner. “I didn't +stay in the cities; I went into the wilderness. I lived in a log-cabin. +I bought a horse, and rode every day. I kept in the open air, and, after +a while, I found my strength returning and my chest expanding, and in a +twelvemonth I could afford to laugh at doctors.” + +“And you have never had a return of the old symptoms?” asked Melville, +with interest. + +“Never, except four years afterwards, when I went to New York and +remained nearly a year. I am now fifty, and rather hale and hearty for +my years, eh?” + +“Decidedly so.” + +“Let me advise you to follow my example, Mr. Melville.” + +“It was my intention when I started West to live very much as you +indicated,” said Melville. “Now that I have heard your experience, I am +confirmed in my resolve.” + +“Good! I am glad to hear it. When do you leave Chicago?” + +“To-morrow, probably.” + +“And how far West do you intend to go?” + +“I have thought of Colorado.” + +“Couldn't do better. I know Colorado like a book. In fact, I own some +valuable mining property there, up in--ahem! Gilpin County. By the +way--I take it you are a rich man--why don't you invest in that way? +Perhaps, however, you have it in view?” + +“No, I haven't thought of it,” answered Melville. “The fact is, I am not +anxious to become richer, having enough for all my present needs.” + +“Just so,” said the colonel. “But you might marry.” + +“Even if I did--” + +“You would have money enough,” said Col. Warner, finishing the sentence +for him. “Well, I am delighted to hear it. I am very well fixed +myself--in fact, some of my friends call me, ha! ha!--the nabob. But, +as I was saying I am rich enough and to spare, and still--you may be +surprised--still I have no objection to making a little more money.” + +Col. Warner nodded his head vigorously, and watched George Melville to +see the effect upon him of this extraordinary statement. + +“Very natural, colonel,” said Melville. “I believe most people want to +be richer. Perhaps if I had vigorous health I might have the same wish. +At present my chief wish is to recover my health.” + +“You'll do it, sir, you'll do it--and in short order, too! Then you can +turn your attention to money-making.” + +“Perhaps so,” said Melville, with a smile. + +“If not for yourself, for your young friend here,” added the colonel. “I +take it he is not rich.” + +“I have my fortune still to make, Col. Warner,” said Herbert, smiling. + +“The easiest thing in the world out here, my boy!” said the colonel, +paternally. “So you start to-morrow?” he inquired, turning to Melville. + +“I think of it.” + +“Egad! I've a great mind to accompany you,” said the colonel. “Why +shouldn't I? I've got through all my business in Chicago, and I like the +pure air of the prairies best.” + +“We shall be glad of your company, colonel,” said Melville, politely. + +“Thank you, sir; that decides me. I'll see you again and fix the hour of +going, or rather I'll conform myself to your arrangements.” + +“Very well, colonel.” + +“What do you think of my new acquaintance, Col. Warner, Herbert?” asked +Melville when they were alone. + +“He seems to have a very good opinion of himself,” answered Herbert. + +“Yes, he is very well pleased with himself. He isn't a man exactly to my +taste, but he seems a representative Western man. He does not look much +like a consumptive?” + +“No, sir.” + +“I feel an interest in him on that account,” said Melville, seriously. +“If at any time I could become as strong and stalwart I would willingly +surrender one-half, nay nine-tenths of my fortune. Ill health is a great +drag upon a man; it largely curtails his enjoyments, and deprives him of +all ambition.” + +“I don't see why his remedy wouldn't work well in your case, Mr. +Melville,” said Herbert, earnestly. + +“Perhaps it may. At any rate, I feel inclined to try it. I am glad the +colonel is going to travel with us, as I shall be able to question him +about the details of his cure. He seems a bluff, genial fellow, and +though I don't expect to enjoy his companionship much, I hope to derive +some benefit from it.” + +“By the way, Mr. Melville, I met an old acquaintance while I was out +walking,” said Herbert. + +“Indeed!” + +“Eben Graham.” + +“How did he look--prosperous?” + +“Hardly--he was wheeling a barrow of vegetables.” + +“Did you speak with him?” + +“Yes; he wanted to borrow money.” + +“I am not surprised at that; I thought it time for him to be out of +money. Did you lend him?” + +“No; I found he wanted money to buy a lottery ticket. I told him I +wouldn't lend money to my best friend for that purpose.” + +“Very sensible in you, Herbert.” + +“If he had been in distress, I might have let him have a few dollars, +notwithstanding he treated me so meanly at Wayneboro, but he seems to be +earning a living.” + +“I presume he doesn't enjoy the business he is in?” + +“No; he complains that he has lowered himself by accepting such a +place.” + +“It doesn't occur to him that he lowered himself when he stole money +from his father, I suppose.” + +“It doesn't seem to.” + +Later in the day Herbert came across Col. Warner in the corridor of the +hotel. + +“Ha! my young friend!” he said, affably. “I am glad to meet you.” + +“Thank you, sir.” + +“And how is your friend?” + +“No change since morning,” answered Herbert, slightly smiling. + +“By the way, Herbert--your name is Herbert, isn't it--may I offer you a +cigar?” said Col. Warner. + +The colonel opened his cigar-case and extended it to Herbert. + +“Thank you, sir, but I don't smoke.” + +“Don't smoke? That is, you don't smoke cigars. May I offer you a +cigarette?” + +“I don't smoke at all, colonel.” + +“Indeed, remarkable! Why, sir, before I was your age I smoked.” + +“Do you think it good for consumption?” asked Herbert. + +“Ha, ha, you have me there! Well, perhaps not. Do you know,” said the +colonel, changing the conversation, “I feel a great interest in your +friend.” + +“You are very kind.” + +“'Upon my soul, I do. He is a most interesting young man. Rich, too! I +am glad he is rich!” + +“He would value health more than money,” said Herbert. + +“To be sure, to be sure! By the way, you don't know how much property +your friend has?” + +“No, sir, he never told me,” answered Herbert, surprised at the +question. + +“Keeps such matters close, eh? Now, I don't. I never hesitate to own up +to a quarter of a million. Yes, quarter of a million! That's the size of +my pile.” + +“You are fortunate, Col. Warner,” said Herbert, sincerely. + +“So I am, so I am! Two years hence I shall have half a million, if all +goes well. So you won't have a cigar; no? Well, I'll see you later.” + +“He's a strange man,” thought Herbert. “I wonder if his statements +can be relied upon.” Somehow Herbert doubted it. He was beginning to +distrust the colonel. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. A MOUNTAIN STAGE. + + + +We pass over several days, and change the scene. We left Herbert and +Melville in the Palmer House in Chicago, surrounded by stately edifices +and surging crowds. Now everything is changed. They are in a mountainous +district, where a man might ride twenty miles without seeing a house. +They are, in fact, within the limits of what was then known as the +Territory of Colorado. It is not generally known that Colorado contains +over a hundred mountain summits over ten thousand feet above the sea +level. It is perhaps on account of the general elevation that it is +recommended by physicians as a good health resort for all who are +troubled with lung complaints. + +At the time of which I speak most of the traveling was done by stage. +Now railroads unite the different portions with links of steel, and make +traveling less cumbersome and laborious. There was one of the party, +however, who did not complain, but rather enjoyed the jolting of the +lumbering stage-coach. + +Col. Warner was of the party. He professed to feel an extraordinary +interest in George Melville, and was anxious to show him the country +where he had himself regained his health. + +“Lonely, sir!” repeated the colonel, in answer to a remark of George +Melville. “Why, sir, it's a populous city compared with what it was in +'55, when I was out here. I built myself a cabin in the woods, and once +for twelve months I didn't see a white face.” + +“Were there many Indians, Colonel?” asked Herbert. + +“Indians? I should say so. Only twenty miles from my cabin was an Indian +village.” + +“Did they trouble you any?” asked Herbert, curiously. + +“Well, they tried to,” answered the colonel. “One night as I lay awake I +heard stealthy steps outside, and peeping through a crevice between the +logs just above the head of my bed--by the way, my bed was the skin of +a bear I had myself killed--I could see a string of Utes preparing to +besiege me.” + +“Were you afraid?” asked Herbert, a little mischievously, for he knew +pretty well what the colonel would say. + +“Afraid!” repeated the colonel, indignantly. “What do you take me for? I +have plenty of faults,” continued Col. Warner, modestly, “but cowardice +isn't one of them. No, sir; I never yet saw the human being, white, +black, or red, that I stood in fear of. But, as I was saying, the +redskins collected around my cabin, and were preparing to break in the +door, when I leveled my revolver and brought down their foremost man. +This threw them into confusion. They retreated a little way, then +advanced again with a horrible yell, and I gave myself up for lost. But +I got in another shot, bringing down another warrior, this time the son +of their chief. The same scene was repeated. Well, to make a long story +short, I repulsed them at every advance, and finally when but three were +left, they concluded that prudence was the better part of valor, and +fled, leaving their dead and wounded behind them.” + +“How many were there of them?” asked Herbert. + +“Well, in the morning when I went out I found seven dead redskins, and +two others lying at the point of death.” + +“That was certainly a thrilling adventure, Colonel,” said George +Melville, smiling. + +“Egad, I should say so.” + +“I confess I don't care to meet with any such.” + +“Oh, no danger, no danger!” said the colonel, airily. “That is, +comparatively speaking. In fact, the chief danger is of a different +sort.” + +“Of the sleigh upsetting and tipping us out into some of the canyons, I +suppose you mean?” + +“No, I speak of the gentlemen of the road--road agents as they are +generally called.” + +“You mean highwaymen?” + +“Yes.” + +“Is there much danger of meeting them?” asked Melville. + +“Well, there's a chance. They are quite in the habit of attacking +stage-coaches, and plundering the passengers. Sometimes they make rich +hauls.” + +“That must be rather inconvenient to the passengers.” said Melville. +“Can't the laws reach these outlaws?” + +“They don't seem to. Why, there are men who have been in the business +for years, and have never been caught.” + +“Very true,” said a fellow traveler. “There's Jerry Lane, for instance. +He has succeeded thus far in eluding the vigilance of the authorities.” + +“Yes,” said the colonel, “I once saw Lane myself. Indeed he did me the +honor of relieving me of five hundred dollars.” + +“Couldn't you help it?” asked Herbert. + +“No; he covered me with his revolver, and if I had drawn mine I +shouldn't have lived to take aim at him.” + +“Were you in a stage at the time?” + +“No, I was riding on horseback.” + +“Is this Lane a large man?” asked George Melville. + +“Not larger than myself,” continued the colonel. + +“Where does he live--in some secret haunt in the forest, I suppose?” + +“Oh, no, he doesn't confine himself to one place. He travels a good +deal. Sometimes he goes to St. Louis. I have heard that he sometimes +even visits New York.” + +“And is he not recognized?” + +“No; he looks like anything but an outlaw. If you should see him you +might think him a prosperous merchant, or banker.” + +“That's curious!” said Herbert. + +“The fact is,” said the colonel, “when you travel by stage-coaches +in these solitudes you have to take the chances. Now I carry my money +concealed in an inner pocket, where it isn't very likely to be found. Of +course I have another wallet, just for show, and I give that up when I +have to.” + +There was a stout, florid gentleman present, who listened to the +above conversation with ill-disguised nervousness. He was a New York +capitalist, of German birth, going out to inspect a mine in which he +proposed purchasing an interest. His name was Conrad Stiefel. + +“Good gracious!” said he, “I had no idea a man ran such a risk, or I +would have stayed at home. I decidedly object to being robbed.” + +“Men are robbed in a different way in New York,” said George Melville. + +“How do you mean, Mr. Melville?” + +“By defaulting clerks, absconding cashiers, swindlers of excellent +social position.” + +“Oh, we don't mind those things,” said Mr. Stiefel. “We can look out +for ourselves. But when a man points at you with a revolver, that is +terrible!” + +“I hope, my dear sir, you take good care of your money.” + +“That I do,” said Stiefel, complacently. “I carry it in a belt around my +waist. That's a good place, hey?” + +“I commend your prudence, sir,” said the colonel. “You are evidently a +wise and judicious man.” + +“They won't think of looking there, hey?” laughed Stiefel. + +“I should say not.” + +“You may think what you like, Mr. Stiefel,” said a tall, thin passenger, +who looked like a book peddler, “but I contend that my money is in a +safer place than yours.” + +“Indeed, Mr. Parker, I should like to know where you keep it,” said Col. +Warner, pleasantly. + +“You can't get at it without taking off my stockings,” said the tall +man, looking about him in a self-satisfied manner. + +“Very good, 'pon my soul!” said the colonel. “I really don't know but I +shall adopt your hiding place. I am an old traveler, but not too old to +adopt new ideas when I meet with good ones.” + +“I think you would find it to your interest, Colonel,” said Parker, +looking flattered. + +“Well, well,” said the colonel, genially, “suppose we change the +subject. There isn't much chance of our being called upon to produce our +money, or part with it. Still, as I said a while since, it's best to +be cautious, and I see that you all are so. I begin to feel hungry, +gentlemen. How is it with you?” + +“Are we anywhere near the place for supper?” asked Stiefel. “I wish I +could step into a good Broadway restaurant; I feel empty.” + +“Only a mile hence, gentlemen, we shall reach Echo Gulch, where we halt +for the night. There's a rude cabin there, where they will provide us +with supper and shelter.” + +This announcement gave general satisfaction. The colonel proved to be +right. The stage soon drew up in front of a long one-story building, +which bore the pretentious name of the Echo Gulch Hotel. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. A STARTLING REVELATION. + + + +A stout, black-bearded man stood in front of the hotel to welcome +the stage passengers. He took a clay pipe from his lips and nodded a +welcome. + +“Glad to see you, strangers,” he said. “Here, Peter, you black rascal, +help the gentlemen with their baggage.” + +The door was thrown open, and the party filed into a comfortless looking +apartment, at one end of which was a rude bar. + +One of the passengers, at least, seemed to know the landlord, for Col. +Warner advanced to greet him, his face beaming with cordiality. + +“How are you, John?” he said. “How does the world use you?” + +The landlord growled something inaudible. + +“Have a drink, colonel?” was the first audible remark. + +“Don't care if I do. It's confounded dry traveling over these mountain +roads. Walk up, gentlemen. Col. Warner doesn't drink alone.” + +With the exception of Herbert and George Melville, the passengers seemed +inclined to accept the offer. + +“Come along, Melville,” said the colonel; “you and your friend must join +us.” + +“Please excuse me, colonel,” answered Melville. “I would prefer not to +drink.” + +“Oh, nonsense! To oblige me, now.” + +“Thank you; but I am traveling for my health, and it would not be +prudent.” + +“Just as you say, Melville; but a little whisky would warm you up and do +you good, in my opinion.” + +“Thank you all the same, colonel; but I think you must count me out.” + +The colonel shrugged his shoulders and beckoned Herbert. + +“You can come, anyway; your health won't prevent.” + +Melville did not interfere, for he knew it would give offense, but he +hoped his young clerk would refuse. + +“Thank you,” said Herbert; “I won't object to a glass of sarsaparilla.” + +“Sarsaparilla!” repeated the colonel, in amazement. “What's that?” + +“We don't keep no medicine,” growled the landlord. + +“Have you root-beer?” asked Herbert. + +“What do you take me for?” said the landlord, contemptuously. “I haven't +got no root-beer. Whisky's good enough for any man.” + +“I hope you'll excuse me, then,” said Herbert. “I am not used to any +strong drinks.” + +“How old are you?” asked the colonel, rather contemptuously. + +“Sixteen.” + +“Sixteen years old and don't drink whisky! My young friend, your +education has been sadly neglected.” + +“I dare say it has,” answered Herbert, good-naturedly. + +“Gentlemen,” said Col. Warner, apologetically, “the boy is a stranger, +and isn't used to our free Western ways. He's got the makings of a man +in him, and it won't be long before he'll get over his squeamishness, +and walk up to the bar as quick as any one of us.” + +Herbert and Melville stood apart, while the rest of the company emptied +their glasses, apparently at a gulp. It was clear that their refusal had +caused them to be regarded with dislike and suspicion. + +The accommodations of the Echo Gulch Hotel were far from luxurious. The +chambers were scarcely larger than a small closet, clap-boarded but not +plastered, and merely contained a bedstead. Washing accommodations were +provided downstairs. + +Herbert and George Melville were assigned to a single room, to which +they would not have objected had the room been larger. It was of no use +to indulge in open complaints, however, since others had to fare in the +same way. + +“This isn't luxury, Herbert,” said Melville. + +“No,” answered the boy; “but I don't mind it if you don't.” + +“I am afraid I may keep you awake by my coughing, Herbert.” + +“Not if I once get to sleep. I sleep as sound as a top.” + +“I wish I did; but I am one of the wakeful kind. Being an invalid, I +am more easily annoyed by small inconveniences. You, with your sturdy +health, are more easily suited.” + +“Mr. Melville, I had just as lief sleep downstairs in a chair, and give +you the whole of the bed.” + +“Not on my account, Herbert. I congratulate myself on having you for a +roommate. If I had been traveling alone I might have been packed away +with the colonel, who, by this time, would be even less desirable as a +bedfellow than usual.” + +The worthy colonel had not been content with a single glass of whisky, +but had followed it up several times, till his utterance had become +thick, and his face glowed with a dull, brick-dust color. + +Col. Warner had been assigned to the adjoining chamber, or closet, +whichever it may be called. He did not retire early, however, while +Herbert and George Melville did. + +Strangely enough, Herbert, who was usually so good a sleeper, after +a short nap woke up. He turned to look at his companion, for it was a +moonlight night, and saw that he was sleeping quietly. + +“I wonder what's got into me?” he thought; “I thought I should sleep +till morning.” + +He tried to compose himself to sleep, but the more effort he made the +broader awake he became. Sometimes it seems as if such unaccountable +deviations from our ordinary habits were Heaven-sent. As Herbert lay +awake he suddenly became aware of a conversation which was being +carried on, in low tones, in the next room. The first voice he heard, he +recognized as that of the colonel. + +“Yes,” he said, “some of the passengers have got money. There's that +Stiefel probably carries a big sum in gold and notes. When I was +speaking of the chance of the stage being robbed, he was uncommon +nervous.” + +“Who's Stiefel?” was growled in another voice, which Herbert had no +difficulty in recognizing as the landlord's. + +“Oh, he's the fat, red-faced German. From his talk, I reckon he's come +out to buy mines somewhere in Colorado.” + +“We'll save him the trouble.” + +“So we will--good joke, John. Oh, about this Stiefel, he carries his +money in a belt round his waist. I infer that it is gold.” + +“Good! What about the others?” + +“There's a tall, thin man--his name is Parker,” proceeded the colonel; +“he's smart, or thinks he is; you'll have to pull his stockings off to +get his money. Ha, ha!” + +“How did you find out, colonel?” asked the landlord, in admiration. + +“Drew it out of him, sir. He didn't know who he was confiding in. He'll +wonder how the deuce his hiding place was suspected.” + +Other passengers were referred to who have not been mentioned, and in +each case the colonel was able to tell precisely where their money was +kept. + +“How about that milksop that wouldn't drink with us?” inquired the +landlord, after a while. + +“Melville? I couldn't find out where he keeps his cash. Probably he +keeps it in his pocket. He doesn't look like a cautious man.” + +“Who's the boy?” + +“Only a clerk or secretary of Melville's. He hasn't any money, and isn't +worth attention.” + +“Very glad to hear it,” thought Herbert. “I don't care to receive any +attention from such gentry. But who would have thought the colonel was +in league with stage robbers? I thought him a gentleman.” + +Herbert began to understand why it was that Col. Warner, if that was +his real name, had drawn the conversation to stage robbers, and artfully +managed to discover where each of the passengers kept his supply of +money. It was clear that he was in league with the landlord of the Echo +Gulch Hotel, who, it was altogether probable, intended to waylay the +stage the next day. + +This was a serious condition of affairs. The time had been when, in +reading stories of adventure, Herbert had wished that he, too, might +have some experience of the kind. Now that the opportunity had come, our +hero was disposed to regard the matter with different eyes. + +“What can be done,” he asked himself, anxiously, “to escape the danger +which threatens us to-morrow?” + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. A MORNING WALK. + + + +Herbert found it difficult to sleep from anxiety. He felt that the +burden was too great for him alone to bear, and he desired to speak on +the subject to George Melville. But there was a difficulty about doing +this undetected, on account of the thinness of the partitions between +the rooms. If he could hear Col. Warner, the latter would also be able +to hear him. + +The stage was to start at seven o'clock the next morning, and before +that time some decision must be made. The first question was, should +they, or should they not, take passage, as they had anticipated? + +At half-past five, Herbert, turning in bed, found his bedfellow awake. + +“Mr. Melville,” he whispered, “I have something important to +communicate, and cannot do so here on account of the danger of being +heard in the next room. Are you willing to dress and take a little walk +with me before breakfast?” + +George Melville's physical condition did not make him usually favorable +to early rising, but he knew Herbert well enough to understand that he +had a satisfactory reason for his request. + +“Yes, Herbert,” he said, “I will get up.” + +Not a word was exchanged, for Mr. Melville's discretion prevailed over +his curiosity. In ten minutes both were fully dressed and descended the +stairs. + +There was no one stirring except a woman, the landlord's wife, who was +lighting the fire in order to prepare breakfast. + +She regarded the two with surprise, and perhaps a little distrust. + +“You're stirrin' early, strangers,” she said. + +“Yes,” answered Melville, courteously, “we are going to take a little +walk before breakfast; it may sharpen our appetites.” + +“Humph!” said the woman; “that's curious. I wouldn't get up so early if +I wasn't obliged. There ain't much to see outdoors.” + +“It is a new part of the country to us,” said Melville, “and we may not +have another chance to see it.” + +“When will breakfast be ready?” asked Herbert. + +“Half an hour, more or less,” answered the woman, shortly. + +“We will be back in time,” he said. + +The landlady evidently thought their early-rising a singular proceeding, +but her suspicions were not aroused. She resumed her work, and Herbert +and his friend walked out through the open door. + +When they had reached a spot a dozen rods or more distant, Melville +turned to his young clerk and asked: + +“Well, Herbert, what is it?” + +“I have discovered, Mr. Melville, that our stage is to be stopped to-day +and the passengers plundered.” + +“How did you discover this?” asked Melville, startled. + +“By a conversation which I overheard in the next chamber to us.” + +“But that chamber is occupied by Col. Warner.” + +“And he is one of the conspirators,” said Herbert, quietly. + +“Is it possible?” ejaculated Melville. “Can we have been so deceived in +him? Does he propose to waylay the stage?” + +“No, I presume he will be one of the passengers.” + +“Tell me all you know about this matter, Herbert. Who is engaged with +him in this plot?” + +“The landlord.” + +“I am not much surprised at this,” said Melville, thoughtfully. “He is +an ill-looking man, whose appearance fits the part of highwayman very +well. Then you think the colonel is in league with him?” + +“I am sure of that. Don't you remember how skillfully Col. Warner drew +out of the passengers the hiding places of their money yesterday?” + +“Yes.” + +“He has told all to the landlord, and he will no doubt make use of the +knowledge. That is all, Mr. Melville. I could not rest till I had told +you, so that you might decide what to do.” + +“It seems quite providential that you were kept awake last night, +Herbert, otherwise this blow would have come upon us unprepared. Even +with the knowledge that it impends, I hardly know what it is best for us +to do.” + +“We might decide not to go in the stage,” suggested Hebert. + +“But we should have to go to-morrow. We cannot stay here, and there is +no other way of traveling. As the colonel seems to think I have money, +there would be another attack to-morrow. Besides, where could we stay +except at this hotel, which is kept, as it appears, by the principal +robber.” + +“That is true,” said Herbert, puzzled; “I didn't think of that.” + +“I would quite as soon stand my chance of being robbed in the stage, as +be attacked here. Besides, I cannot make up my mind to desert my fellow +passengers. It seems cowardly to send them off to be plundered without +giving them a hint of their danger.” + +“Couldn't we do that?” + +“The result would be that they would not go, and there is no knowing how +long we should be compelled to remain in this secluded spot.” + +“Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, suddenly, “a thought has just struck me.” + +“I hope it may show us a way out of our danger.” + +“No, I am sorry to say that it won't do that.” + +“What is it, Herbert?” + +“You remember that mention was made yesterday in the stage of a certain +famous bandit named Jerry Lane?” + +“Yes, I remember.” + +“Do you think it is possible that he and Col. Warner may be one and the +same?” + +“That is certainly a startling suggestion, Herbert. What reason have you +for thinking so?” + +“It was only a guess on my part; but you remember that the colonel said +he was a man about his size.” + +“That might be.” + +“And he did not confine himself to the Western country, but might be met +with in New York, or St. Louis. We met the colonel in Chicago.” + +“It may be as you surmise, Herbert,” said George Melville, after a +pause. “It did occur to me that our worthy landlord might be the famous +outlaw in question, but the description to which you refer seems to fit +the colonel better. There is one thing, however, that makes me a little +incredulous.” + +“What is that, Mr. Melville?” + +“This Jerry Lane I take to be cool and courageous, while the colonel +appears to be more of a boaster. He looks like one who can talk better +than he can act. If I had ever seen a description of his appearance, I +could judge better.” + +The two had been walking slowly and thoughtfully, when they were +startled by a rough voice. + +“You're out early, strangers?” + +Turning swiftly, they saw the dark, forbidding face of the landlord, who +had approached them unobserved. + +“Did he hear anything?” thought Herbert, anxiously. + +“Yes, we are taking a little walk,” said Melville, pleasantly. + +“Breakfast will be ready soon. You'd better be back soon, if you're +goin' by the stage this morning. You are goin', I reckon?” said the +landlord, eyeing them sharply. + +“We intend to do so,” said Melville. “We will walk a little farther, and +then return to the house.” + +The landlord turned and retraced his steps to the Echo Gulch Hotel. + +“Do you think he heard anything that we were saying?” asked Herbert. + +“I think not.” + +“I wonder what brought him out here?” + +“Probably he wanted to make sure that we were going in the stage. He +is laudably anxious to have as many victims and as much plunder as +possible.” + +“You told him you were going in the stage?” + +“Yes, I have decided to do so.” + +“Have you decided upon anything else, Mr. Melville?” + +“Not positively; but there will be time to think of that. Did you hear +where we were to be attacked?” + +“At a point about five miles from here,” said Herbert. + +This he had gathered from the conversation he had overheard. + +When the two friends reached the hotel, they found Col. Warner already +downstairs. + +“Good-morning, gentlemen!” he said. “So you have taken a walk? I never +walk before breakfast, for my part.” + +“Nor do I often,” said Melville. “In this case I was persuaded by my +young friend. I am repaid by a good appetite.” + +“Can't I persuade you to try a glass of bitters, Mr. Melville?” asked +the colonel. + +“Thank you, colonel. You will have to excuse me.” + +“Breakfast's ready!” announced the landlady, and the stage passengers +sat down at a long, unpainted, wooden table, where the food was of +the plainest. In spite of the impending peril of which they, only, had +knowledge, Herbert ate heartily, but Melville seemed preoccupied. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. MELVILLE MAKES A SENSATION. + + + +Col. Warner seemed in very good spirits. He ate and drank with violent +enjoyment, and was as affable as usual. George Melville regarded him +with curiosity. + +“The man does not appear like a desperado or outlaw,” he thought. “There +is nothing to distinguish him from the majority of men one meets in +ordinary intercourse. He is a problem to me, I should like to study +him.” + +Col. Warner did not fail to observe the unconscious intentness with +which Melville regarded him, and, for some reason, it did not please +him. + +“You have lost your appetite, Mr. Melville,” he said, lightly. “You have +been looking at me until--egad!--if I were a vain man, I should conclude +there was something striking about my appearance.” + +“I won't gainsay that, Colonel,” answered Melville, adroitly. “I confess +I am not very hungry, and I will further confess that I have something +on my mind.” + +“Indeed! Better make me your father confessor,” said the colonel, whose +suspicion or annoyance was removed by this ready reply. + +“So I may, after a while,” said Melville. + +He took the hint, and ceased to regard the colonel. + +The latter made himself generally social, and generally popular. + +The stage drove round to the door after breakfast, and there was the +usual bustle, as the passengers bestowed themselves inside. + +George Melville had intended to watch narrowly the landlord and Col. +Warner, to detect, if possible, the secret understanding which must +exist between them. But he was deprived of an opportunity, for the very +good reason that the landlord had disappeared, and was not again seen +before their departure. + +The driver gathered up his reins, cracked his whip, and the stage +started. Herbert looked at George Melville a little anxiously, not +knowing what course he had decided to take. They two, it will be +remembered, were the only ones who knew of the intended attack. + +Before the stage started, Melville quietly took the opportunity to hand +his pocketbook to Herbert, saying, briefly: “It will be safer with you +in case of an attack.” + +“But won't it be considered suspicious that you have no money about +you?” suggested Herbert. + +“I have a roll of bills in my pocket-fifty dollars,” answered Melville. + +They had no further opportunity of speaking, as one of the passengers +came up where they were standing. + +Herbert had already taken his seat in the coach, when his employer said: +“Herbert, wouldn't you like to ride outside with the driver?” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Herbert, promptly, for he understood, that this was +Mr. Melville's wish. + +“It will give us more room, and you will have a better view.” + +“Yes, sir; I shall like it.” + +In a quick manner Herbert made the change, taking care not to look +significantly at Melville, as some boys might have done, and thus +excited suspicion. + +For the first mile there was very little conversation. + +Then Col. Warner spoke. + +“Well, gentlemen,” he said, “we are fairly on our way. Let us hope +nothing will mar our pleasure.” + +“Do you anticipate anything?” asked George Melville. + +“I! Why should I? We have a skillful driver, and I guarantee he won't +tip us over.” + +“Mr. Melville was, perhaps, referring to the chance of the stage being +stopped by some enterprising road agent,” suggested Parker. + +“Oho! Sits the wind in that quarter?” said the Colonel, laughing +lightly. “Not the least chance of that--that is, the chance is very +slight.” + +“You spoke differently yesterday,” said the German capitalist. + +“Did I? I didn't mean it, I assure you. We are as safe here as if we +were riding in the interior of New York. I suppose I was only whiling +away a few idle minutes.” + +“I am glad to hear it,” said the German. “I shouldn't like to meet any +of these gentlemen.” + +“Nor I,” answered Melville; “but I am prepared to give him or them a +warm reception.” + +As he spoke he drew a revolver from his pocket. He sat next to the door, +and in an exposed situation. + +“Put up your shooting iron, Mr. Melville,” said Col. Warner, exhibiting +a slight shade of annoyance. “Let me exchange places with you. I should +prefer the post of danger, if' there is any.” + +“You are very kind, Colonel,” said Melville, quietly, “but I don't care +to change. I am quite satisfied with my seat.” + +“But, my dear sir, I insist--” said the Colonel, making a motion to +rise. + +“Keep your seat, Colonel! I insist upon staying where I am,” answered +Melville. + +He was physically far from formidable, this young man, but there was a +resolute ring in his voice that showed he was in earnest. + +“Really, my dear sir,” said the Colonel, trying to conceal his +annoyance, “you have been quite misled by my foolish talk. I did not +suppose you were so nervous.” + +“Possibly I may have a special reason for being so,” returned George +Melville. + +“What do you mean?” demanded the Colonel, quickly. “If you have, we are +all interested, and ought to know it.” + +“The Colonel is right,” said the German. “If you know of any danger, it +is only fair to inform us all.” + +“I am disposed to agree with you, gentlemen,” said Melville. “Briefly, +then, I have good reason to think that this company of passengers has +been marked for plunder.” + +Col. Warner started, but, quickly recovering himself, he laughed +uneasily. + +“Tush!” he said, “I put no faith in it. Some one has been deceiving you, +my friend.” + +But the other passengers took it more seriously. + +“You evidently know something that we do not,” said Parker. + +“I do,” answered Melville. + +Col. Warner looked at him searchingly, but did not speak. + +Now was the time to test George Melville's nerve. He was about to take a +bold step. + +“Gentlemen,” he said, “I regret to say that I have every reason to +believe there is a man in this stage who is in league with the road +agents.” + +This statement naturally made a sensation. + +There were seven passengers, and each regarded the rest with new-born +suspicion. There seemed, on the whole, about as much reason to suspect +one man as another, and each, with the exception of Melville, found +himself looked upon with distrust. + +“Pooh, Melville! You must have had bad dreams!” said Col. Warner, who +was the first to recover his self-possession. “Really, I give you credit +for a first-class sensation. As for you, gentlemen, you may take stock +in this cock-and-bull story, if you like; I shall not. I, for one, have +no fear of my fellow passengers. I regard them all as gentlemen, and +shall not allow myself to be disturbed by any silly fears.” + +The air of calm composure with which the Colonel spoke served to +tranquilize the rest of the passengers, who wished to put credit in his +assurance. + +“The Colonel speaks sensibly,” said Mr. Parker, “and unless Mr. Melville +assigns a reason for his remarkable belief, I am disposed to think we +have taken alarm too quick.” + +“Of course, of course; all sensible men will think so,” said the +Colonel. “My friend, we shall be tempted to laugh at you if you insist +on entertaining us with such hobgoblin fancies. My advice is, to put up +that weapon of yours, and turn your attention to the scenery, which +I can assure you, gentlemen, is well worthy of your admiration. Just +observe the walls of yonder canyon, and the trees growing on the +points.” + +“Gentlemen,” said Melville, “I should be glad to take the view of the +last speaker, if I had not positive proof that he is the man who has +agreed to deliver us into the hands of a road agent within the space of +half an I hour!” + +“Sir, you shall answer for this!” exclaimed the Colonel, furiously, as +he struggled to secure the weapon, his face livid with passion. + +But two passengers, one the German, who, though short, was very +powerful, forcibly prevented him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. A COUNCIL OF WAR. + + + +“Are you sure of what you say?” asked a passenger, turning with a +puzzled look from George Melville, who, in the midst of the general +excitement produced by his revelation, sat, not unmoved indeed, but +comparatively calm. Courage and physical strength are by no means +inseparable, and this frail young man, whose strength probably was not +equal to Herbert's, was fearless in the face of peril which would daunt +many a stalwart six-footer. + +In reply to this very natural question, George Melville repeated the +essential parts of the conversation which had taken place between Col. +Warner and the landlord. + +Col. Warner's countenance changed, and he inwardly execrated the +imprudence that had made his secret plan known to one of the intended +victims. + +“Is this true, Col. Warner?” asked Parker. + +“No, it's a lie!” returned the colonel, with an oath. + +“Gentlemen!” said George Melville, calmly, “you can choose which you +will believe. I will only suggest that this man managed very adroitly +to find out where each one of us kept his money. You can also consider +whether I have any cause to invent this story.” + +It was clear that the passengers were inclined to put faith in +Melville's story. + +“Gentlemen!” said the Colonel, angrily, “I never was so insulted in my +life. I am a man of wealth, traveling on business; I am worth a quarter +of a million at least. To associate me with road agents, whom I have as +much reason to fear as you, is most ridiculous. This young man may be +well-meaning, but he is under a most extraordinary hallucination. It is +my belief that he dreamed the nonsense he has been retailing to you.” + +“Ask the driver to stop the stage,” said Mr. Benson, a gentleman from +Philadelphia. “If Mr. Melville's story is trustworthy, we may at any +time reach the spot where the highwayman is lurking. We must have a +general consultation, and decide what is to be done.” + +This proposal was approved, and the driver drew up the stage. + +“I don't propose to remain in the company of men who so grossly misjudge +me,” said the Colonel, with dignity, as he made a motion to leave his +fellow passengers. + +“Stay here, sir!” said Mr. Benson, in a tone of authority. “We cannot +spare you yet.” + +“Do you dare to detain me, sir?” exclaimed Warner, menacingly. + +“Yes, we do,” said the German. “Just stay where you are, Mr. Colonel, +till we decide what to do.” + +As each one of the company had produced his revolver, the Colonel +thought it prudent to obey. + +“I am disgusted with this fooling,” he said, “You're all a pack of +cowards.” + +“Driver,” said George Melville, “has this stage ever been robbed?” + +“Several times,” the driver admitted. + +“When was the last time?” + +“Two months since.” + +“Where did it happen?” + +“About a mile further on.” + +“Did you ever see this gentleman before?” he asked, pointing to the +colonel. + +“Yes,” answered the driver, reluctantly. + +“When did he last ride with you?” + +“On the day the stage was robbed,” answered the driver. + +The passengers exchanged glances, and then, as by a common impulse, +all turned to Col. Warner, to see how he would take this damaging +revelation. Disguise it as he might, he was clearly disconcerted. + +“Is this true, colonel?” asked Benson. + +“Yes, it is,” answered Col. Warner, with some hesitation. “I was robbed, +with the rest. I had four hundred dollars in my wallet, and the road +agent made off with it.” + +“And yet you just now pooh-poohed the idea of a robbery, and said such +things were gone by.” + +“I say so now,” returned the colonel, sullenly. “I have a good deal of +money with me, but I am willing to take my chances.” + +“Doubtless. Your money would be returned to you, in all probability, if, +as we have reason to believe, you have a secret understanding with the +thieves who infest this part of the country.” + +“Your words are insulting. Let go my arm, sir, or it will be the worse +for you.” + +“Softly, softly, my good friend,” said the German. “Have you any +proposal to make, Mr. Melville?” + +“Only this. Let us proceed on our journey, but let each man draw his +revolver, and be ready to use it, if need be.” + +“What about the colonel?” + +“He must go along with us. We cannot have him communicating with our +enemies outside.” + +“Suppose I refuse, sir?” + +“Then, my very good friend, I think we shall use a little force,” said +the German, carelessly pointing his weapon at the captive. + +“I will go upon compulsion,” said the colonel, “but I protest against +this outrage. I am a wealthy capitalist from Chicago, who knows no +more about road agents than you do. You have been deceived by this +unsophisticated young man, who knows about as much of the world as a +four-year-old child. It's a fine mare's nest he has found.” + +This sneer did not disturb the equanimity of George Melville. + +“I should be glad to believe the colonel were as innocent as he claims,” + he said, “but his own words, overheard last night, contradict what he +is now saying. When we have passed the spot indicated for the attack, we +will release him, and give him the opportunity he seeks of leaving our +company.” + +The passengers resumed their places in the stage, with the exception of +Herbert, who again took his seat beside the driver. George Melville had +not mentioned that it was Herbert, not himself, who had overheard the +conversation between the colonel and the land lord, fearing to expose +the boy to future risk. + +Col. Warner sat sullenly between the German and Benson. He was evidently +ill at ease and his restless glances showed that he was intent upon some +plan of escape. Of this, however, such was the vigilance of his guards, +there did not seem much chance. + +The stage kept on its way till it entered a narrow roadway, lined on one +side by a thick growth of trees. + +Melville, watching the colonel narrowly, saw that, in spite of his +attempt at calmness, his excitement was at fever heat. + +The cause was very evident, for at this point a tall figure bounded from +the underbrush, disguised by a black half mask, through which a pair of +black eyes blazed fiercely. + +“Stop the stage!” he thundered to the driver, “or I will put a bullet +through your head.” + +The driver, as had been directed, instantly obeyed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. COL. WARNER CHANGES FRONT. + + + +It may seem a daring thing for one man to stop a stage full of +passengers, and require them to surrender their money and valuables, but +this has been done time and again in unsettled portions of the West. For +the most part the stage passengers are taken by surprise, and the road +agent is known to be a desperado, ready to murder in cold blood anyone +who dares oppose him. + +In the present instance, however, the passengers had been warned of +their danger and were ready to meet it. + +Brown--for, of course, the masked man was the landlord--saw four +revolvers leveled at him from inside the stage. + +“Let go that horse, my friend, or you are a dead man!” said Conrad +Stiefel, calmly. “Two can play at your game.” + +Brown was taken by surprise, but he was destined to be still more +astonished. + +Col. Warner protruded his head from the window, saying: + +“Yes, my friend, you had better give up your little plan. It won't +work.” + +Such language from his confederate, on whom he fully relied, wholly +disconcerted the masked robber. + +“Well, I'll be blowed!” he muttered, staring, in ludicrous perplexity, +at his fellow conspirator. + +“Yes, my friend,” said the colonel, “I shall really be under the +necessity of shooting you myself if you don't leave us alone. We are all +armed and resolute. I think you had better defer your little scheme.” + +Brown was not quick-witted. He did not see that his confederate was +trying cunningly to avert suspicion from himself, and taking the only +course that remained to him. Of course, he thought he was betrayed, and +was, as a natural consequence, exasperated. + +He released his hold on the horses, but, fixing his eyes on the colonel +fiercely, muttered: + +“Wait till I get a chance at you! I'll pay you for this.” + +“What an idiot!” thought Warner, shrugging his shoulders. “Why can't he +see that I am forced to do as I am doing? I must make things plain to +him.” + +He spoke a few words rapidly in Spanish, which Brown evidently +understood. His face showed a dawning comprehension of the state of +affairs, and he stood aside while the stage drove on. + +“What did you say?” asked Conrad Stiefel, suspiciously. + +“You heard me, sir,” said the colonel, loftily. “You owe your rescue +from this ruffian to me. Now, you can understand how much you have +misjudged me.” + +Conrad Stiefel was not so easily satisfied of this. + +“I heard what you said in Mexican, or whatever lingo it is, but I didn't +understand it.” + +“Nor I,” said Benson. + +“Very well, gentlemen; I am ready to explain. I told this man that if he +ever attempted to molest me I should shoot him in his track.” + +“Why didn't you speak to him in English?” asked Stiefel. + +“Because I had a suspicion that the fellow was the same I met once in +Mexico, and I spoke to him in Spanish to make sure. As he understood, I +am convinced I was right.” + +“Who is it, then?” asked Benson. + +“His name, sir, is Manuel de Cordova, a well-known Mexican bandit, +who seems to have found his way to this neighborhood. He is a reckless +desperado, and, though I addressed him boldly, I should be very sorry to +meet him in a dark night.” + +This explanation was very fluently spoken, but probably no one present +believed what the colonel said, or exonerated him from the charge which +George Melville had made against him. + +Five miles further on Col. Warner left the stage. + +“Gentlemen,” he said, “I am sorry to leave this pleasant company, but I +have a mining claim in this neighborhood, and must bid you farewell. +I trust that when you think of me hereafter, you will acquit me of the +injurious charges which have been made against me. I take no credit to +myself for driving away the ruffian who stopped us, but hope you won't +forget it.” + +“No one interfered with the colonel when he proposed to leave the stage. +Indeed, the passengers were unanimous in accepting his departure as a +relief. In spite of his plausible representations, he was regarded with +general suspicion. + +“I wish I knew the meaning of that Spanish lingo,” said the German, +Conrad Stiefel. + +“I can interpret it for you, Mr. Stiefel,” said George Melville, +quietly. “I have some knowledge of Spanish.” + +“What did he say?” asked more than one, eagerly. + +“He said: 'You fool! Don't you see the plot has been discovered? It +wasn't my fault. I will soon join you and explain.'” + +This revelation made a sensation. + +“Then he was in league with the road agent, after all?” said Parker. + +“Certainly he was. Did you for a moment doubt it?” said Melville. + +“I was staggered when I saw him order the rascal away.” + +“He is a shrewd villain!” said Benson. “I hope we shan't encounter him +again.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. THE CONSPIRATORS IN COUNCIL. + + + +It is needless to say that Col. Warner's intention in leaving the stage +was to join his fellow conspirator. There was no advantage in remaining +longer with his fellow travelers, since the opportunity of plundering +them had passed, and for the present was not likely to return. He +had been a little apprehensive that they would try to detain him on +suspicion, which would have been awkward, since they had numbers on +their side, and all were armed. But in that unsettled country he would +have been an elephant on their hands, and if the idea entered the minds +of any one of the stage passengers, it was instantly dismissed. + +When the stage was fairly on the way, Col. Warner went to a house where +he was known, and asked for a horse. + +“Any news, colonel?” asked the farmer, as he called himself. Really he +was in league with the band of which Warner was the chief. + +“No,” answered the Colonel, gloomily. “No, worse luck! There might have +been, but for an unfortunate circumstance.” + +“What's that?” + +“There's plenty of good money in that stage coach and Brown and I meant +to have it, but some sharp-eared rascal heard us arranging the details +of the plan, and that spoiled it.” + +“Is it too late now?” asked the farmer, eagerly. “We can follow them, +and overtake them yet, if you say so.” + +“And be shot for our pains. No, thank you. They are all on the alert, +and all have their six-shooters in readiness. No, we must postpone +our plan. There's one of the fellows that I mean to be revenged upon +yet--the one that ferreted out our secret plan. I must bide my time, but +I shall keep track of him.” + +Soon the Colonel, well-mounted, was on his way back to the rude inn +where he had slept the night before. + +Dismounting he entered without ceremony, and his eyes fell upon the +landlord's wife, engaged in some household employment. + +“Where's Brown?” he asked, abruptly. + +“Somewheres round,” was the reply. + +“How long has he been home?” + +“A matter of two hours. He came home awfully riled, but he wouldn't tell +me what it was about. What's happened?” + +“We've met with a disappointment--that's what's the matter.” + +“Did the passengers get the better of you?” asked the woman, for she was +in her husband's guilty secrets, and knew quite well what manner of man +she had married. + +“They found out our little game,” answered Warner, shortly, for he did +not see any advantage in wasting words on his confederate's wife. “Which +way did Brown go?” + +“Yonder,” answered Mrs. Brown, pointing in a particular direction. + +Col. Warner tied his horse to a small sapling, and walked in the +direction indicated. + +He found the landlord sullenly reclining beneath a large tree. + +“So you're back?” he said, surveying Warner with a lowering brow. + +“Yes.” + +“And a pretty mess you've made of the job!” said the landlord, bitterly. + +“It's as much your fault--nay, more!” said his superior, coolly. + +“What do you mean?” demanded Brown, not over cordially. + +“You would persist in discussing our plan last night in my room, though +I warned you we might be overheard.” + +“Well?” + +“We were overheard.” + +“What spy listened to our talk?” + +“The young man, Melville--the one traveling with a boy. He kept it to +himself till the stage was well on its way, and then he blabbed the +whole thing to all in the stage.” + +“Did he mention you?” + +“Yes, and you.” + +“Why didn't you tell him he lied, and shoot him on the spot?” + +“Because I shouldn't have survived him five minutes,” answered the +colonel, coolly, “or, if I had, his companions would have lynched me.” + +Brown didn't look as if he would have been inconsolable had this +occurred. In fact, he was ambitious to succeed to the place held by the +colonel, as chief of a desperate gang of outlaws. + +“I might have been dangling from a branch of a tree at this moment, had +I followed your plan, my good friend Brown, and that would have been +particularly uncomfortable.” + +“They might have shot me,” said Brown, sullenly. + +“I prevented that, and gave you timely warning. Of course it's a +disappointment, but we shall have better luck next time.” + +“They've got away.” + +“Yes, but I propose to keep track of Melville and the boy, and have my +revenge upon them in time. I don't care so much about the money, but +they have foiled me, and they must suffer for it. Meanwhile, I want your +help in another plan.” + +The two conferred together, and mutual confidence was re-established. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. A NEW HOME IN THE WOODS. + + + +George Melville had no definite destination. He was traveling, not for +pleasure, but for health, and his purpose was to select a residence +in some high location, where the dry air would be favorable for his +pulmonary difficulties. + +A week later he had found a temporary home. One afternoon Herbert and +he, each on horseback, for at that time public lines of travel were +fewer than at present, came suddenly upon a neat, one-story cottage in +the edge of the forest. It stood alone, but it was evidently the home +of one who aimed to add something of the graces of civilization to the +rudeness of frontier life. + +They reined up simultaneously, and Melville, turning to Herbert, said: +“There, Herbert, is my ideal of a residence. I should not be satisfied +with a rude cabin. There I should find something of the comfort which we +enjoy in New England.” + +“The situation is fine, too,” said Herbert, looking about him +admiringly. + +The cottage stood on a knoll. On either side were tall and stately +trees. A purling brook at the left rolled its silvery current down a +gentle declivity, and in front, for half a mile, was open country. + +“I have a great mind to call and inquire who lives here.” said Melville. +“Perhaps we can arrange to stay here all night.” + +“That is a good plan, Mr. Melville.” + +George Melville dismounted from his horse, and, approaching, tapped with +the handle of his whip on the door. + +“Who's there?” inquired a smothered voice, as of one rousing himself +from sleep. + +“A stranger, but a friend,” answered Melville. + +There was a sound as of some one moving, and a tall man, clad in a rough +suit, came to the door, and looked inquiringly at Melville and his boy +companion. + +Though his attire was rude, his face was refined, and had the +indefinable air of one who would be more at home in the city than in the +country. + +“Delighted to see you both,” he said, cordially, offering his hand. “I +don't live in a palace, and my servants are all absent, but if you will +deign to become my guests I will do what I can for your comfort.” + +“You have anticipated my request,” said Melville. “Let me introduce +myself as George Melville, an invalid by profession, just come from New +England in search of health. My young friend here is Herbert Carr, my +private secretary and faithful companion, who has not yet found out what +it is to be in poor-health. Without him I should hardly have dared to +come so far alone.” + +“You are very welcome, Herbert,” said the host, with pleasant +familiarity. “Come in, both of you, and make yourselves at home.” + +The cottage contained two rooms. One was used as a bedchamber, the other +as a sitting room. On the walls were a few pictures, and on a small +bookcase against one side of the room were some twenty-five books. +There was an easel and an unfinished picture in one corner, and a small +collection of ordinary furniture. + +“You are probably an artist,” suggested Melville. + +“Yes, you have hit it. I use both pen and pencil,” and he mentioned a +name known to Melville as that of a popular magazine writer. + +I do not propose to give his real name, but we will know him as Robert +Falkland. + +“I am familiar with your name, Mr. Falkland,” said Melville, “but I did +not expect to find you here.” + +“Probably not,” answered Falkland. “I left the haunts of civilization +unexpectedly, some months ago, and even my publishers don't know where I +am.” + +“In search of health?” queried Melville. + +“Not exactly. I did, however, feel in need of a change. I had been +running in a rut, and wanted to get out of it, so I left my lodgings in +New York and bought a ticket to St. Louis; arrived there, I determined +to come farther. So here I have been, living in communion with nature, +seeing scarcely anybody, enjoying myself, on the whole, but sometimes +longing to see a new face.” + +“And you have built this cottage?” + +“No; I bought it of its former occupant, but have done something +towards furnishing it; so that it has become characteristic of me and my +tastes.” + +“How long have you lived here?” + +“Three months; but my stay is drawing to a close.” + +“How is that?” + +“Business that will not be put off calls me back to New York. In fact, I +had appointed to-morrow for my departure.” + +Melville and Herbert exchanged a glance. It was evident that the same +thought was in the mind of each. + +“Mr. Falkland,” said George Melville, “I have a proposal to make to +you.” + +The artist eyed him in some surprise. + +“Go on,” he said. + +“I will buy this cottage of you, if you are willing.” + +Falkland smiled. + +“This seems providential,” he said. “We artists and men of letters +are apt to be short of money, and I confess I was pondering whether my +credit was good with anybody for a hundred dollars to pay my expenses +East. Once arrived there, there are plenty of publishers who will make +me advances on future work.” + +“Then we can probably make a bargain,” said Mr. Melville. “Please name +your price.” + +Now, I do not propose to show my ignorance of real estate values in +Colorado by naming the price which George Melville paid for his home +in the wilderness. In fact, I do not know. I can only say that he gave +Falkland a check for the amount on a Boston bank, and a hundred in cash +besides. + +“You are liberal, Mr. Melville,” said Falkland, gratified. “I am afraid +you are not a business man. I have not found that business men overpay.” + +“You are right, I am not a business man,” answered Melville, “though +I wish my health would admit of my being so. As to the extra hundred +dollars, I think it worth that much to come upon so comfortable a home +ready to my hand. It will really be a home, such as the log cabin I +looked forward to could not be.” + +“Thank you,” said Falkland; “I won't pretend that I am indifferent +to money, for I can't afford to be. I earn considerable sums, but, +unfortunately, I never could keep money, or provide for the future.” + +“I don't know how it would be with me,” said Melville, “for I am one +of those, fortunate or otherwise, who are born to a fortune. I have +sometimes been sorry that I had not the incentive of poverty to induce +me to work.” + +“Then, suppose we exchange lots,” said the artist, lightly. “I shouldn't +object to being wealthy.” + +“With all my heart,” answered Melville. “Give me your health, your +literary and artistic talent, and it is a bargain.” + +“I am afraid they are not transferable,” said the artist, “but we won't +prolong the discussion now. I am neglecting the rites of hospitality; +I must prepare supper for my guests. You must know that here in the +wilderness I am my own cook and dishwasher.” + +“Let me help you?” said Melville. + +“No, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, “it is more in my line. I have often +helped mother at home, and I don't believe you have had any experience.” + +“I confess I am a green hand,” said Melville, laughing, “but, as Irish +girls just imported say, 'I am very willing.'” + +“On the whole, I think the boy can assist me better,” said Falkland. +“So, Mr. Melville, consider yourself an aristocratic visitor, while +Herbert and myself, sons of toil, will minister to your necessities.” + +“By the way, where do you get your supplies?” asked Melville. + +“Eight miles away there is a mining camp and store. I ride over there +once a week or oftener, and bring home what I need.” + +“What is the name of the camp?” + +“Deer Creek. I will point out to Herbert, before I leave you, the bridle +path leading to it.” + +“Thank you. It will be a great advantage to us to know just how to +live.” + +With Herbert's help an appetizing repast was prepared, of which all +three partook with keen zest. + +The next day Falkland took leave of them, and Melville and his boy +companion were left to settle down in their new home. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. A TERRIBLE MOMENT. + + + +Melville's purchase comprised not only the cottage, but its contents, +pictures and books included. This was fortunate, for though Herbert, +who was strong, and fond of outdoor sports, such as hunting and fishing, +could have contented himself, Melville was easily fatigued, and spent at +least half of the day in the cabin. The books, most of which were new to +him, were a great and unfailing resource. + +Among the articles which Falkland left behind him were two guns, of +which Herbert and Melville made frequent use. Herbert had a natural +taste for hunting, though, at home, having no gun of his own, he had +not been able to gratify his taste as much as he desired. Often after +breakfast the two sallied forth, and wandered about in the neighboring +woods, gun in hand. Generally Melville returned first, leaving Herbert, +not yet fatigued, to continue the sport. In this way our hero acquired a +skill and precision of aim which enabled him to make a very respectable +figure even among old and practiced hunters. + +One morning, after Melville had returned home, Herbert was led, by the +ardor of the chase, to wander farther than usual. He was aware of this, +but did not fear being lost, having a compass and knowing his bearings. +All at once, as he was making his way along a wooded path, he was +startled by hearing voices. He hurried forward, and the scene upon which +he intruded was dramatic enough. + +With arms folded, a white man, a hunter, apparently, stood erect, and +facing him, at a distance of seventy-five or eighty feet, was an Indian, +with gun raised, and leveled at the former. + +“Why don't you shoot, you red rascal!” said the white man. “You've got +the drop on me, I allow, and I am in your power.” + +The Indian laughed in his guttural way; but though he held the gun +poised, he did not shoot. He was playing with his victim as a cat plays +with a mouse before she kills it. + +“Is white man afraid?” said the Indian, not tauntingly, but with real +curiosity, for among Indians it is considered a great triumph if +a warrior can inspire fear in his foe, and make him show the white +feather. + +“Afraid!” retorted the hunter. “Who should I be afraid of?” + +“Of Indian.” + +“Don't flatter yourself, you pesky savage,” returned the white man, +coolly, ejecting a flood of tobacco juice from his mouth, for though he +was a brave man, he had some drawbacks. “You needn't think I am afraid +of you.” + +“Indian shoot!” suggested his enemy, watching the effect of this +announcement. + +“Well, shoot, then, and be done with it.” + +“White man no want to live?” + +“Of course I want to live. Never saw a healthy white man that didn't. If +I was goin' to die at all, I wouldn't like to die by the hands of a red +rascal like you.” + +“Indian great warrior,” said the dusky denizen of the woods, +straightening up, and speaking complacently. + +“Indian may be great warrior, but he is a horse thief, all the same,” + said the hunter, coolly. + +“White man soon die, and Indian wear his scalp,” remarked the Indian, in +a manner likely to disturb the composure of even the bravest listener. + +The hunter's face changed. It was impossible to reflect upon such a fate +without a pang. Death was nothing to that final brutality. + +“Ha! White man afraid now!” said the Indian, triumphantly--quick to +observe the change of expression in his victim. + +“No, I am not afraid,” said the hunter, quickly recovering himself; “but +it's enough to disgust any decent man to think that his scalp will +soon be dangling from the belt of a filthy heathen like you. However, I +suppose I won't know it after I'm dead. You have skulked and dogged my +steps, you red hound, ever since I punished you for trying to steal my +horse. I made one great mistake. Instead of beating you, I should have +shot you, and rid the earth of you once for all.” + +“Indian no forget white man's blows. White man die, and Indian be +revenged.” + +“Yes, I s'pose that's what it's coming to,” said the hunter, in a tone +of resignation. “I was a 'tarnal fool to come out this mornin' without +my gun. If I had it you would sing a different song.” + +Again the Indian laughed, a low, guttural, unpleasant laugh, which +Herbert listened to with a secret shudder. It was so full of malignity, +and cunning triumph, and so suggestive of the fate which he reserved for +his white foe, that it aggravated the latter, and made him impatient to +have the blow fall, since it seemed to be inevitable. + +“Why don't you shoot, you red savage?” he cried. “What are you waiting +for?” + +The Indian wished to gloat over the mental distress of his foe. He liked +to prolong his own feeling of power--to enjoy the consciousness that, at +any moment, he could put an end to the life of the man whom he hated +for the blows which he felt had degraded him, and which he was resolved +never to forget or forgive. It was the same feeling that has often led +those of his race to torture their hapless victims, that they may, as +long as possible, enjoy the spectacle of their agonies. For this reason +he was in no hurry to speed on its way the fatal bullet. + +Again the Indian laughed, and, taking aim, made a feint of firing, but +withheld his shot. Pale and resolute his intended victim continued to +face him. He thought that the fatal moment had come, and braced himself +to meet his fate; but he was destined to be disappointed. + +“How long is this goin' to last, you red hound?” he demanded. “If I've +got to die, I am ready.” + +“Indian can wait!” said the savage, with a smile of enjoyment. + +“You wouldn't find it prudent to wait if I were beside you,” said the +hunter. “It's easy enough to threaten an unarmed man. If some friend +would happen along to foil you in your cowardly purpose---” + +“White man send for friend!” suggested the Indian, tauntingly. + +Herbert had listened to this colloquy with varying emotions, and his +anger and indignation were stirred by the cold-blooded cruelty of the +savage. He stood motionless, seen by neither party, but he held his +weapon leveled at the Indian, ready to shoot at an instant's warning. +Brought up, as he had been, with a horror for scenes of violence, and a +feeling that human life was sacred, he had a great repugnance to use his +weapon, even where it seemed his urgent duty to do so. He felt that on +him, young as he was, rested a weighty responsibility. He could save the +life of a man of his own color, but only by killing or disabling a +red man. Indian though he was, his life, too, was sacred; but when he +threatened the life of another he forfeited his claim to consideration. + +Herbert hesitated till he saw it was no longer safe to do so--till he +saw that it was the unalterable determination of the Indian to kill the +hunter, and then, his face pale and fixed, he pulled the trigger. + +His bullet passed through the shoulder of the savage. The latter uttered +a shrill cry of surprise and dismay, and his weapon fell at his feet, +while he pressed his left hand to his wounded shoulder. + +The hunter, amazed at the interruption, which had been of such essential +service to him, lost not a moment in availing himself of it. He bounded +forward, and before the savage well knew what he purposed, he had picked +up his fallen weapon, and, leveling it at his wounded foe, fired. + +His bullet was not meant to disable, but to kill. It penetrated the +heart of the savage, and, staggering back, he fell, his face distorted +with rage and disappointment. + +“The tables are turned, my red friend!” said the hunter, coolly. “It's +your life, not mine, this time!” + +At that moment Herbert, pale and shocked, but relieved as well, pressed +forward, and the hunter saw him for the first time. + +“Was it you, boy, who fired the shot?” asked the hunter, in surprise. + +“Yes,” answered Herbert. + +“Then I owe you my life, and that's a debt Jack Holden isn't likely to +forget!” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. JACK HOLDEN ON THE INDIAN QUESTION. + + + +It is a terrible thing to see a man stretched out in death who but a +minute before stood full of life and strength. Herbert gazed at the dead +Indian with a strange sensation of pity and relief, and could hardly +realize that, but for his interposition, it would have been the hunter, +not the Indian, who would have lost his life. + +The hunter was more used to such scenes, and his calmness was unruffled. + +“That's the end of the dog!” he said, touching with his foot the dead +body. + +“What made him want to kill you?” asked Herbert. + +“Revenge,” answered Holden. + +“For what? Had you injured him?” + +“That's the way he looked at it. One day I caught the varmint stealin' +my best hoss. He'd have got away with him, too, if I hadn't come home +just as I did. I might have shot him--most men would--but I hate to take +a man's life for stealin'; and I took another way. My whip was lyin' +handy, and I took it and lashed the rascal over his bare back a dozen +times, and then told him to dust, or I'd serve him worse. He left, but +there was an ugly look in his eyes, and I knew well enough he'd try to +get even.” + +“How long ago was this?” + +“Most a year. It's a long time, but an Indian never forgets an injury or +an insult, and I knew that he was only bidin' his time. So I always went +armed, and kept a good lookout. It was only this mornin' that he caught +me at a disadvantage. I'd been taking a walk, and left my gun at home. +He was prowlin' round, and soon saw how things stood. He'd have killed +me sure, if you hadn't come in the nick of time.” + +“I am glad I was near,” said Herbert, “but it seems to me a terrible +thing to shoot a man. I'm glad it wasn't I that killed him.” + +“Mebbe it was better for me, as he was my enemy,” said Jack Holden. “It +won't trouble my conscience a mite. I don't look upon an Indian as a +man.” + +“Why not?” + +“He's a snake in the grass--a poisonous serpent, that's what I call +him,” said Jack Holden. + +Herbert shook his head. He couldn't assent to this. + +“You feel different, no doubt. You're a tenderfoot. You ain't used to +the ways of these reptiles. You haven't seen what I have,” answered +Holden. + +“What have you seen?” asked Herbert, judging correctly that Holden +referred to some special experience. + +“I'll tell you. You see, I'm an old settler in this Western country. +I've traveled pretty much all over the region beyond the Rockies, and +I've seen a good deal of the red men. I know their ways as well as any +man. Well, I was trampin' once in Montany, when, one afternoon, I and my +pard--he was prospectin'--came to a clearin', and there we saw a sight +that made us all feel sick. It was the smokin' ruins of a log cabin, +which them devils had set on fire. But that wasn't what I referred +to. Alongside there lay six dead bodies--the man, his wife, two boys, +somewhere near your age, a little girl, of maybe ten, and a baby--all +butchered by them savages, layin'--in the hunter's vernacular--in their +gore. It was easy to see how they'd killed the baby, by his broken +skull. They had seized the poor thing by the feet, and swung him against +the side of the house, dashin' out his brains.” + +Herbert shuddered, and felt sick, as the picture of the ruined home and +the wretched family rose before his imagination. + +“It was Indians that did it, of course,” proceeded Holden. “They're born +savage, and such things come natural to them.” + +“Are there no good Indians?” asked the boy. + +“There may be,” answered Jack Holden, doubtfully, “though I haven't seen +many. They're as scarce as plums in a boardin' house puddin', I reckon.” + +I present this as Jack Holden's view, not mine. He had the prejudices +of the frontier, and frontiersmen are severe judges of their Indian +neighbors. They usually look at but one side of the picture, and are +not apt to take into consideration the wrongs which the Indians +have undeniably received. There is another extreme, however, and the +sentimentalists who deplore Indian wrongs, and represent them as a +brave, suffering and oppressed people, are quite as far away from a just +view of the Indian question. + +“What's your name, youngster?” asked Holden, with the curiosity natural +under the circumstances. + +“Herbert Carr.” + +“Do you live nigh here?” + +Herbert indicated, as well as he could, the location of his home. + +“I know--you live with Mr. Falkland. Are you his son?” + +“No; Mr. Falkland has gone away.” + +“You're not living there alone, be you?” + +“No; I came out here with a young man--Mr. Melville. He bought the +cottage of Mr. Falkland, who was obliged to go East.” + +“You don't say so. Why, we're neighbors. I live three miles from here.” + +“Did you know Mr. Falkland?” + +“Yes; we used to see each other now and then. He was a good fellow, +but mighty queer. What's the use of settin' down and paintin' pictures? +What's the good of it all?” + +“Don't you admire pictures, Mr. Holden?” asked Herbert. + +“That's that you called me? I didn't quite catch on to it.” + +“Mr. Holden. Isn't that your name?” + +“Don't call me mister. I'm plain Jack Holden. Call me Jack.” + +“I will if you prefer it,” said Herbert, dubiously. + +“Of course I do. We don't go much on style in the woods. Won't you come +home with me, and take a look at my cabin? I ain't used to company, but +we can sit down and have a social smoke together, and then I'll manage +to find something to eat.” + +“Thank you, Mr. Holden--I mean, Jack--but I must be getting home; Mr. +Melville will be feeling anxious, for, as it is, I shall be late.” + +“Is Mr. Melville, as you call him, any way kin to you?” + +“No; he is my friend and employer.” + +“Young man?” + +“Yes; he is about twenty-five.” + +“How long have you two been out here?” + +“Not much over a week.” + +“Why isn't Melville with you this morning?” + +“He is in delicate health--consumption--and he gets tired sooner than I +do.” + +“I must come over and see you, I reckon.” + +“I hope you will. We get lonely sometimes. If you would like to borrow +something to read, Mr. Melville has plenty of books.” + +“Read!” repeated Jack. “No, thank you. I don't care much for books. A +newspaper, now, is different. A man likes to know what's going on in the +world; but I leave books to ministers, schoolmasters, and the like.” + +“If you don't read, how do you fill up your time, Jack?” + +“My pipe's better than any book, lad. I'm goin' to set down and have a +smoke now. Wish I had an extra pipe for you.” + +“Thank you,” said Herbert, politely, “but I don't smoke.” + +“Don't smoke! How old are you?” + +“Sixteen.” + +“Sixteen years old, and don't smoke! Why, where was you raised?” + +“In the East,” answered Herbert, smiling. + +“Why, I smoked before I was three foot high, I was goin' to say. I +couldn't get along without smokin'.” + +“Nor I without reading.” + +“Well, folks will have their different tastes, I allow. I reckon I'll be +goin' back.” + +“Shan't you bury him?” asked Herbert, with a glance at the dead Indian. + +“No; he wouldn't have buried me.” + +“But you won't leave him here? If you'll bury him, I'll help you.” + +“Not now, boy. Since you make a point of it, I'll come round to-morrow, +and dig a hole to put him in. I'll take the liberty of carryin' home his +shootin' iron. He won't need it where he's gone.” + +The two parted in a friendly manner, and Herbert turned his face +homeward, grave and thoughtful. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. THE BLAZING STAR MINE. + + + +Toward noon the next day George Melville and Herbert were resting from a +country trip, sitting on a rude wooden settee which our hero had made of +some superfluous boards, and placed directly in front of the house, when +a figure was seen approaching with long strides from the shadow of the +neighboring woods. It was not until he was close at hand that Herbert +espied him. + +“Why, it's Mr. Holden!” he exclaimed. + +“Jack Holden, my lad,” said the hunter, correcting him. “Is this the man +you're living with?” + +Jack Holden was unconventional, and had been brought up in a rude school +so far as manners were concerned. It did not occur to him that his +question might have been better framed. + +“I am Mr. Melville,” answered that gentleman, seeing that Herbert looked +embarrassed. “Herbert is my constant and valued companion.” + +“He's a trump, that boy!” continued Holden. “Why, if it hadn't been for +him, there'd been an end of Jack Holden yesterday.” + +“Herbert told me about it. It was indeed a tragic affair. The sacrifice +of life is deplorable, but seemed to have been necessary, unless, +indeed, you could have disabled him.” + +“Disabled him!” echoed the hunter. “That wouldn't have answered by a +long shot. As soon as the reptile got well he'd have been on my trail +ag'in. No, sir; it was my life or his, and I don't complain of the way +things turned out.” + +“Have you buried him?” asked Herbert. + +“Yes, I've shoved him under, and it's better than he deserved, the +sneakin' rascal. I'm glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Melville. +Didn't know I had changed neighbors till the boy there told me +yesterday. I've tramped over this mornin' to give you a call.” + +“You are very kind, Mr. Holden. Sit down here beside us.” + +“I'm more at home here,” answered Holden, stretching himself on the +ground, and laying his gun beside him. “How do you like Colorado?” + +“Very much, as far as I have seen it,” said Melville. “Herbert probably +told you my object, in coming here?” + +“He said you were ailin' some way.” + +“Yes, my lungs are weak. Since I have been here, I am feeling better and +stronger, however.” + +“There don't seem to be anything the matter with the boy.” + +“Nothing but a healthy appetite,” answered Herbert, smiling. + +“That won't hurt anybody. Mr. Melville, do you smoke?” + +“No, thank you.” + +“Queer! Don't see how you can do without it? Why, sir, I'd been homesick +without my pipe. It's company, I tell you, when a chap's alone and got +no one to speak to.” + +“I take it, Mr. Holden, you are not here for your health?” + +“No, I should say not; I'm tough as a hickory nut. When I drop off it's +more likely to be an Indian bullet than any disease. I'm forty-seven +years old, and I don't know what it is to be sick.” + +“You are fortunate, Mr. Holden.” + +“I expect I am. But I haven't answered your question. I'm interested in +mines, Mr. Melville. Have you ever been to Deer Creek?” + +“Yes, I went over with Herbert to visit the store there one day last +week.” + +“Did you ever hear of the Blazing Star Mine?” + +“No, I believe not.” + +“I own it,” said Holden. “It's a good mine, and would make me rich if I +had a little more money to work it.” + +“Are the indications favorable, then?” asked Melville. + +“It looks well, if that's what you mean. Yes, sir; the Star is a +first-class property.” + +“Then it's a pity you don't work it.” + +“That's what I say myself. Mr. Melville, I've a proposal to make to +you.” + +“What is it, Mr. Holden?” + +“If you could manage to call me Jack, it would seem more social like.” + +“By all means, then, Jack!” said Melville smiling. + +“You give me money enough to develop the mine, and I'll make half of it +over to you.” + +“How much is needed?” asked Melville. + +“Not over five hundred dollars. It's a bargain, I tell you.” + +“I do not myself wish to assume any business cares,” said Melville. + +Jack Holden looked disappointed. + +“Just as you say,” he responded. + +“But Herbert may feel differently,” continued Melville. + +“I'd like the lad for a partner,” said Holden, briskly. + +“But I have no money!” said Herbert, in surprise. + +George Melville smiled. + +“If the mine is a good one,” he said, “I will advance you the money +necessary for the purchase of a half interest. If it pays you, you may +become rich. Then you can repay the money.” + +“But suppose it doesn't, Mr. Melville,” objected Herbert, “how can I +ever repay you so large a sum?” + +“On the whole, Herbert, I will take the risk.” + +“You are very kind, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, his face glowing with +anticipation. To be half owner of a mine, with the chance of making a +large sum of money, naturally elated him. + +“Why shouldn't I be, Herbert? But I want to see the mine first.” + +“Can't you go over this afternoon?” asked Holden, eager to settle the +matter as soon as possible. + +“It is a long journey,” said Melville, hesitating. + +“You can stay overnight,” said Jack Holden, “and come back in the +morning.” + +“Very well; let us go then--that is, after dinner. Herbert, if you +will set the table, we will see if we can't offer our friend here some +refreshment. He is hungry, I am sure, after his long walk.” + +“You've hit it, Mr. Melville,” said Holden. “I allow I'm as hungry as a +wolf. But you don't set down to table, do you?” + +“Oh, yes,” answered Mr. Melville, smiling pleasantly. + +“I ain't used to it,” said Holden; “but I was once. Anyhow, it won't +make no difference in the victuals.” + +When dinner was ready the three sat down, and did ample justice to it; +but Jack Holden made such furious onslaughts that the other two could +hardly keep pace with him. Fortunately, there was plenty of food, for +Melville did not believe in economical housekeeping. + +After dinner they set out for Deer Creek. As has been already explained, +it was the name of a mining settlement. Now, by the way, it is a +prosperous town, though the name has been changed. Then, however, +everything was rude and primitive. + +Jack Holden led the way to the Blazing Star Mine, and pointed out its +capabilities and promise. He waited with some anxiety for Melville's +decision. + +“I don't understand matters very well,” said Melville, “but I am willing +to take a good deal on trust. If you desire it, I will buy half the +mine, paying you five hundred dollars for that interest. That is, I buy +it for Herbert.” + +“Hooray!” shouted Holden. “Give us your hand, pard. You are my partner +now, you know.” + +As he spoke he gripped Herbert's hand in a pressure which was so strong +as to be painful, and the necessary business was gone through. + +So Herbert found himself a half owner of the Blazing Star Mine, of Deer +Creek, Colorado. + +“I hope your mine will turn out well, Herbert,” said Melville, smiling. + +“I wish it might for mother's sake!” said Herbert, seriously. + +“It won't be my fault if it don't,” said his partner. “I shall stay here +now, and get to work.” + +“Ought I not to help you?” asked Herbert. + +“No; Mr. Melville will want you. I will hire a man here to help me, and +charge it to your share of the expenses.” + +So the matter was arranged; but Herbert rode over two or three times a +week to look after his property. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. GOOD NEWS FROM THE MINE. + + + +“Well, Herbert, what news from the mine?” asked Melville, two weeks +later, on Herbert's return from Deer Creek, whither he had gone alone. + +“There are some rich developments, so Jack says. Do you know, Mr. +Melville, he says the mine is richly worth five thousand dollars.” + +“Bravo, Herbert! That would make your half worth twenty-five hundred.” + +“Yes,” said the boy complacently; “if we could sell at that figure, I +could pay you back and have two thousand dollars of my own. Think of +that, Mr. Melville,” continued Herbert, his eyes glowing with pride and +pleasure. “Shouldn't I be a rich boy?” + +“You may do even better, Herbert. Don't be in a hurry to sell. That +is my advice. If the present favorable indications continue, you may +realize a considerably larger sum.” + +“So Jack says. He says he is bound to hold on, and hopes I will.” + +“You are in luck, Herbert.” + +“Yes, Mr. Melville, and I don't forget that it is to you I am indebted +for this good fortune,” said the boy, earnestly. “If you hadn't bought +the property for me, I could not. I don't know but you ought to get some +share ef the profits.” + +George Melville shook his head. + +“My dear boy,” he said, “I have more than my share of money already. +Sometimes I feel ashamed when I compare my lot with others, and consider +that for the money I have, I have done no work. The least I can do is to +consider myself the Lord's trustee, and do good to others, when it falls +in my way.” + +“I wish all rich men thought as you do, Mr. Melville; the world would be +happier,” said Herbert. + +“True, Herbert. I hope and believe there is a considerable number who, +like myself, feel under obligations to do good.” + +“I shall be very glad, on mother's account, if I can go home with money +enough to make her independent of work. By the way, Mr. Melville, I +found a letter from mother in the Deer Creek post office. Shall I read +it to you?” + +“If there is nothing private in it, Herbert.” + +“There is nothing private from you, Mr. Melville.” + +It may be explained that Deer Creek had already obtained such prominence +that the post-office department had established an office there, and +learning this, Herbert had requested his mother to address him at that +place. + +He drew the letter from his pocket and read it aloud. + +We quote the essential portions. + +“'I am very glad to hear that you have made the long journey in safety, +and are now in health.'” + +Herbert had not mentioned in his home letter the stage-coach adventure, +for he knew that it would disturb his mother to think that he had been +exposed to such a risk. + +“It will do no good, you know,” he said to Mr. Melville, and his friend +had agreed with him. + +“'It is very satisfactory to me,' continued Herbert, reading from the +letter, 'that you are under the charge of Mr. Melville, who seems to +me an excellent, conscientious young man, from whom you can learn only +good.'” + +“Your mother thinks very kindly of me,” said Melville, evidently +pleased. + +“She is right, too, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, with emphasis. + +“'It will no doubt be improving to you, my dear Herbert, to travel under +such pleasant auspices, for a boy can learn from observation as well as +from books. I miss you very much, but since the separation is for your +advantage, I can submit to it cheerfully. + +“'You ask me about my relations with Mr. Graham. I am still in the post +office, and thus far nearly the whole work devolves upon me. Except in +one respect, I am well treated. Mr. G-. is, as you know, very penurious, +and grudges every cent that he has to pay out. When he paid me last +Saturday night the small sum for which I agreed to assist him, he had +much to say about his large expenses, fuel, lights, etc., and asked me +if I wouldn't agree to work for two dollars a week, instead of three. I +confess, I was almost struck dumb by such an exhibition of meanness, and +told him that it would be quite impossible. Since then he has spent some +of the time himself in the office, and asked me various questions +about the proper way of preparing the mail, etc., and I think it is his +intention, if possible, to get along without me. I don't know, if +he absolutely insists upon it, but it would be better to accept the +reduction than to give up altogether. Two dollars a week will count in +my small household.' + +“Did you ever hear of such meanness, Mr. Melville?” demanded Herbert, +indignantly. “Here is Mr. Graham making, I am sure, two thousand dollars +a year clear profit, and yet anxious to reduce mother from three to two +dollars a week.” + +“It is certainly a very small business, Herbert. I think some men become +meaner by indulgence of their defect.” + +“I shall write mother to give up the place sooner than submit to such a +reduction. Three dollars a week is small enough in all conscience.” + +“I approve the advice, Herbert. If Mr. Graham were really cramped for +money, and doing a poor business, it would be different. As it is, it +seems to me he has no excuse for his extreme penuriousness.” + +“How pleasant it would be to pay a flying visit to Wayneboro,” said +Herbert, thoughtfully. “One never appreciates home until he has left +it.” + +“That pleasure must be left for the future. It will keep.” + +“Very true, and when I do go home I want to go well fixed.” + +Herbert had already caught the popular Western phrase for a man well to +do. + +“We must depend on the Blazing Star Mine for that,” said Melville, +smiling. My young readers may like to know that, while Herbert was +prospering financially, he did not neglect the cultivation of his +mind. Among the books left by Mr. Falkland were a number of standard +histories, some elementary books in French, including a dictionary, a +treatise on natural philosophy, and a German grammar and reader. + +“Do you know anything of French or German, Mr. Melville?” inquired our +hero, when they made their first examination of the library. + +“Yes, Herbert, I am a tolerable scholar in each.” + +“I wish I were.” + +“Would you like to study them?” + +“Yes, very much.” + +“Then I will make you a proposal. You are likely to have considerable +time at your disposal. If you will study either, or both, I will be your +teacher.” + +“I should like nothing better,” said Herbert, eagerly. + +“Moreover, if you wish to study philosophy, I will aid you, though we +are not in a position to illustrate the subject by experiments.” + +Herbert was a sensible boy. Moreover, he was fond of study, and he saw +at once how advantageous this proposal was. He secured a private +tutor for nothing, and, as he soon found, an excellent one. Though +Mr. Melville had never been a teacher, he had an unusual aptitude for +teaching, and it is hard to decide whether he or Herbert enjoyed more +the hours which they now regularly passed in the relation of teacher and +pupil. + +It must be said, also, that while George Melville evinced an aptitude +for teaching, Herbert showed an equal aptitude for learning. The tasks +which he voluntarily undertook most boys would have found irksome, but +he only found them a source of pleasure, and had the satisfaction, after +a very short time, to find himself able to read ordinary French and +German prose with comparative ease. + +“I never had a better pupil,” said George Melville. + +“I believe I am the first you ever had,” said Herbert, laughing. + +“That is true. I spoke as if I were a veteran teacher.” + +“Then I won't be too much elated by the compliment.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. TWO OLD ACQUAINTANCES REAPPEAR. + + + +In the rude hotel kept by the outlaw, whom we have introduced under the +name of Brown, there sat two men, to neither of whom will my readers +need an introduction. They have already appeared in our story. + +One was Brown himself, the other Col. Warner, or, as we may as well +confess, Jerry Lane, known throughout the West as an unscrupulous +robber and chief of a band of road agents, whose depredations had been +characterized by audacity and success. + +Brown was ostensibly an innkeeper, but this business, honest enough in +itself, only veiled the man's real trade, in which he defied alike the +laws of honesty and of his country. The other was by turns a gentleman +of property, a merchant, a cattle owner, or a speculator, in all of +which characters he acted excellently, and succeeded in making the +acquaintance of men whom he designed to rob. + +The two men wore a sober look. In their business, as in those more +legitimate, there are good times and dull times, and of late they had +not succeeded. + +“I want some money, captain,” said Brown, sullenly, laying down a black +pipe, which he had been smoking. + +“So do I, Brown,” answered Warner, as we will continue to call him. +“It's a dry time with me.” + +“You don't understand me, captain,” continued Brown. “I want you to give +me some money.” + +“First you must tell me where I am to get it,” answered Warner, with a +shrug of his shoulders. + +“Do you mean to say you have no money?” asked Brown, frowning. + +“How should I have?” + +“Because in all our enterprises you have taken the lion's share, though +you haven't always done the chief part. You can't have spent the whole.” + +“No, not quite; but I have nothing to spare. I need to travel about, +and--” + +“You've got a soft thing,” grumbled Brown. “You go round and have a good +time while I am tied down to this fourth-rate tavern in the woods.” + +“Well, it isn't much more than that,” said Warner, musingly. + +“Do you expect me to keep a first-class hotel?” demanded Brown, +defiantly. + +“No, of course not. Brown,” continued Warner, soothingly, “don't let us +quarrel; we can't afford it. Let us talk together reasonably.” + +“What have you to say?” + +“This, that it isn't my fault if things have gone wrong. Was it my fault +that we found so little cash in that last store we broke open?” + +“Nineteen dollars!” muttered Brown, contemptuously. + +“Nineteen dollars, as you say. It didn't pay us for our trouble. Well, I +was as sorry as you. I fail to see how it was my fault. Better luck next +time.” + +“When is the next time to be?” asked Brown, somewhat placated. + +“As soon as you please.” + +“What is it?” + +“I will tell you. You remember that stagecoach full of passengers that +fooled us some time since?” + +“I ought to.” + +“I always meant to get on the track of that Melville, who spoiled our +plot by overhearing us and giving us away to the passengers. He is very +rich, so the boy who was with him told me, and I have every reason to +rely upon his statement. Well, I want to be revenged upon him, and, at +the same time, to relieve him of the doubtless large sum of money which +he keeps with him.” + +“I'm with you. Where is he?” + +“I have only recently ascertained--no matter how. He lives in a small +cabin, far from any other, about eight miles from the mining town of +Deer Creek.” + +“I know the place.” + +“Precisely. No one lives there with him except the boy, and it would be +easy enough to rob him. I saw a man from Deer Creek yesterday. He tells +me that Melville has bought for the boy a half share in a rich mine, and +is thought to have at least five thousand dollars in gold and bills in +his cabin.” + +Brown's eyes glistened with cupidity. + +“That would be a big haul,” he said. + +“Of course, it would. Now, Brown, while you have been grumbling at me I +have been saving this little affair for our benefit--yours and mine. We +won't let any of the rest of them into it, but whatever we find we will +divide, and share alike.” + +“Do you mean this, captain?” + +“Yes, I mean it, friend Brown. You shan't charge me with taking the +lion's share in this case. If there are five thousand dollars, as my +informant seems to think, your share shall be half.” + +“Twenty-five hundred dollars!” + +“Exactly; twenty-five hundred dollars.” + +“That will pay for my hard luck lately,” said Brown, his face clearing. + +“Very handsomely, too.” + +“When shall we start?” + +“To-morrow morning. We will set out early in the morning; and, by the +way, Brown, it's just as well not to let your wife or anyone else know +where we are going.” + +“All right,” answered Brown, cheerfully. + +The next morning the two worthies set out their far from meritorious +errand. Brown told his wife vaguely, in reply to her questioning, that +he was called away for a few days on business. + +If he expected to evade further question by this answer, he was +mistaken. Mrs. Brown was naturally of a jealous and suspicious +temperament, and doubt was excited in her breast. + +“Where shall I say you have gone if I am asked?” she said. + +“You may say that you don't know,” answered Brown, brusquely. + +“I don't think much of a man who keeps secrets from his wife,” said Mrs. +Brown, coldly. + +“And I don't think much of a man who tells everything to his wife,” + retorted Brown. “It's all right, Kitty, You needn't concern yourself. +But the captain and I are on an expedition, which, to be successful, +needs to be kept secret.” + +Mrs. Brown was not more than half convinced, but she was compelled to +accept this statement, for her husband would vouchsafe no other. + +That part of the State into which they journeyed was not new ground to +either. They were familiar with all the settled portion of Colorado, and +had no difficulty in finding the cabin occupied by George Melville. + +Now it happened that they reached the modest dwelling in the woods about +three o'clock in the afternoon. Herbert had ridden over to Deer Creek +to look after his mining property, and it was not yet time to expect him +back. George Melville was therefore left alone. + +Knowing, as my young readers do, his literary tastes, they will +understand that, though left alone, he was not lonely. The stock of +books which he had bought from his predecessor was to him an unfailing +resource. Moreover, he had taken up Italian, of which he knew a little, +and was reading in the original the “Divina Comedia” of Dante, a work +which consumed many hours, and was not likely soon to be over. To-day, +however, for some reason Melville found it more difficult than usual to +fix his mind upon his pleasant study. Was it a presentiment of coming +evil that made him so unusually restless? At all events, the hours, +which were wont to be fleet-footed, passed with unusual slowness, and he +found himself longing for the return of his young friend. + +“I don't know what has got into me to-day,” said Melville to himself. +“It's only three o'clock, yet the day seems very long. I wish Herbert +would return. I feel uneasy. I don't know why. I hope it is not a +presage of misfortune. I shall not be sure that something has not +happened to Herbert till I see him again.” + +As he spoke George Melville rose from his chair, and was about to put +on his hat and take a short walk in the neighboring woods, when he heard +the tramp of approaching horses. Looking out from the window, he saw two +horsemen close at hand. + +He started in dismay, for in the two men he was at no loss in +recognizing his stagecoach companion, Col. Warner, and the landlord who +had essayed the part of a road agent. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. MELVILLE IN PERIL. + + + +Col. Warner and his companion enjoyed the effect of their presence upon +their intended victim, and smiled in a manner that boded little good to +Melville, as they dismounted from their steeds and advanced to the door +of the cabin. + +“How are you, Melville?” said Warner, ironically. “I see you have not +forgotten me.” + +“No, I have not forgotten you,” answered Melville, regarding his visitor +uneasily. + +“This is my friend, Mr. Brown. Perhaps you remember him?” + +“I do remember him, and the circumstances under which I last saw him,” + replied Melville, rather imprudently. + +Brown frowned, but he did not speak. He generally left his companion to +do the talking. + +“Being in the neighborhood, we thought we'd call upon you,” continued +Col. Warner. + +“Walk in, gentlemen, if you see fit,” said Melville. “I suppose it would +be only polite to say that I am glad to see you, but I have some regard +for truth, and cannot say it.” + +“I admire your candor, Mr. Melville. Walk in, Brown. Ha! upon my word, +you have a nice home here. Didn't expect to see anything of the kind +in this wilderness. Books and pictures! Really, now, Brown, I am quite +tempted to ask our friend, Melville, to entertain us for a few days.” + +“I don't think it would suit you,” said Melville, dryly. “You are +probably more fond of exciting adventure than of books.” + +“Does the boy live with you?” asked Warner, dropping his bantering tone, +and looking about his searchingly. + +“Yes, he is still with me.” + +“I don't see him.” + +“Because he has gone to Deer Creek on business.” + +When Melville saw the rapid glance of satisfaction interchanged by the +two visitors he realized that he had made an imprudent admission. He +suspected that their design was to rob him, and he had voluntarily +assured them that he was alone, and that they could proceed without +interruption. + +“Sorry not to see him,” said Warner. “I'd like to renew our pleasant +acquaintance.” + +Melville was about to reply that Herbert would be back directly, when it +occurred to him that this would be a fresh piece of imprudence. It would +doubtless lead them to proceed at once to the object of their visit, +while if he could only keep them till his boy companion did actually +return, they would at least be two to two. Even then they would be by no +means equally matched, but something might occur to help them. + +“I suppose Herbert will return by evening,” he replied. “You can see him +if you remain till then.” + +Another expression of satisfaction appeared upon the faces of his two +visitors, but for this he was prepared. + +“Sorry we can't stay till then,” said Warner, “but business of +importance will limit our stay. Eh, Brown?” + +“I don't see the use of delaying at all!” growled Brown, who was not +as partial as his companion to the feline amusement of playing with his +intended victim. With him, on the contrary, it was a word, and a blow, +and sometimes the blow came first. + +“Come to business!” continued Brown, impatiently, addressing his +associate. + +“That is my purpose, friend Brown.” + +“Mr. Melville, it is not solely the pleasure of seeing you that has led +my friend and myself to call this afternoon.” + +Melville nodded. + +“So I supposed,” he said. + +“There is a little unfinished business between us, as you will remember. +I owe you a return for the manner in which you saw fit to throw +suspicion upon me some time since, when we were traveling together.” + +“I shall be very glad to have you convince me that I did you an +injustice,” said Melville. “I was led to believe that you and your +friend now present were leagued together to rob us of our money and +valuables. If it was not so--” + +“You were not very far from right, Mr. Melville. Still it was not polite +to express your suspicions so rudely. Besides, you were instrumental in +defeating our plan.” + +“I can't express any regret for that, Col. Warner, or Jerry Lane, as I +suppose that is your real name.” + +“I am Jerry Lane!” said Warner, proudly. “I may as well confess it, +since it is well that you should know with whom you have to deal. When I +say that I am Jerry Lane, you will understand that I mean business.” + +“I do,” answered Melville, quietly. + +“You know me by reputation?” said the outlaw, with a curious pride in +his unenviable notoriety. + +“I do.” + +“What do men say of me?” + +“That you are at the head of a gang of reckless assassins and +outlaws, and that you have been implicated in scores of robberies and +atrocities.” + +This was not so satisfactory. + +“Young man,” said Lane--to drop his false name--“I advise you to be +careful how you talk. It may be the worse for you. Now, to come to +business, how much money have you in the house?” + +“Why do you ask, and by what right?” + +“We propose to take it. Now answer my question.” + +“Gentlemen, you will be very poorly paid for the trouble you have taken +in visiting me. I have very little money.” + +“Of course, you say so. We want an answer.” + +“As well as I can remember I have between forty and fifty dollars in my +pocketbook.” + +Brown uttered an oath under his breath, and Lane looked uneasy. + +“That's a lie!” said Brown, speaking first. “We were told you had five +thousand dollars here.” + +“Your informant was badly mistaken, then. I am not very wise, perhaps, +in worldly matters, but I certainly am not such a fool as to keep so +large a sum of money in a lonely cabin like this.” + +“Perhaps not so much as that,” returned Lane. “I don't pretend to say +how much you have. That is for you to tell us.” + +George Melville drew from his pocket a wallet, and passed it to the +outlaw. + +“Count the money for yourself, if you wish,” he said. “You can verify my +statement.” + +Lane opened the wallet with avidity, and drew out the contents. It was +apparent at the first glance that the sum it contained was small. It was +counted, however, and proved to amount to forty-seven dollars and a few +silver coins. + +The two robbers looked at each other in dismay. Was it possible that +this was all? If so, they would certainly be very poorly paid for their +trouble. + +“Do you expect us to believe, Mr. Melville,” said Jerry Lane, sternly, +“that this is all the money you have?” + +“In this cabin--yes.” + +“We are not so easily fooled. It is probably all you carry about with +you; but you have more concealed somewhere about the premises. It will +be best for you to produce at once, unless you are ready to pass in your +checks.” + +“That means,” said Melville, growing pale in spite of himself, for he +knew from report the desperate character of his guests, “that means, I +suppose, that you will kill me unless I satisfy your rapacity.” + +“It does,” said Lane, curtly. “Now for your answer!” + +“Gentlemen, I cannot accomplish impossibilities. It is as I say. The +money in your hands is all that I have by me.” + +“Do you mean to deny that you are rich?” asked Lane. + +“No, I do not deny it. That is not the point in question. You ask me to +produce all the money I have with me. I have done so.” + +“Do you believe this, Brown?” asked the captain, turning to his +subordinate. + +“No, I don't.” + +“It is strictly true.” + +“Then,” said Brown, “you deserve to die for having no more money for +us.” + +“True,” chimed in Lane. “Once more, will you produce your secret hoard?” + +“I have none.” + +“Then you must be dealt with in the usual way. Brown, have you a rope?” + +“Yes.” + +“Is there a convenient tree near by.” + +“We'll find one.” + +The two seized Melville, and, despite his resistance, dragged him +violently from the cabin, and adjusted a rope about his neck. The young +man was pale, and gave himself up for lost. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. THE MINE IS SOLD. + + + +While his friend was in peril, where was Herbert? + +For him, too, it had been an exciting day--Deer Creek had been excited +by the arrival of a capitalist from New York, whose avowed errand it was +to buy a mine. Reports from Deer Creek had turned his steps thither, and +all the mine owners were on the qui vive to attract the attention of the +monied man. It was understood that he intended to capitalize the mine, +when purchased, start a company, and work it by the new and improved +methods, which had replaced the older and ruder appliances at first +employed. + +Mr. Compton, though not a mining expert, was a shrewd man, who weighed +carefully the representations that were made to him, and reserved his +opinion. It was clear that he was not a man who would readily be taken +in, though there were not wanting men at Deer Creek who were ready to +palm off upon him poor or worthless mines. About the only mine owners +who did not seek him were the owners of the Blazing Star, both of +whom were on the ground. The mine was looking up. The most recent +developments were the most favorable, and the prospects were excellent. +They might, indeed, “peter out” as the expression is, but it did not +seem likely. + +“Jack,” said Herbert, “shall we invite Mr. Compton to visit our mine?” + +“No,” answered Jack Holden; “I am willing to keep it.” + +“Wouldn't you sell?” + +“Yes, if I could get my price.” + +“What is your price?” + +“Twenty-five thousand dollars for the whole mine!” + +“That is twelve thousand five hundred for mine,” said Herbert, his cheek +flushing with the excitement he felt. + +“You've figured it out right, my lad,” said his partner. + +“That would leave me twelve thousand after I have paid up Mr. Melville +for the sum I paid in the beginning.” + +“Right again, my lad.” + +“Why, Jack!” exclaimed Herbert. “Do you know what that means? It means +that I should be rich--that my mother could move into a nicer house, +that we could live at ease for the rest of our lives.” + +“Would twelve thousand dollars do all that?” + +“No; but it would give me a fund that would establish me in business, +and relieve me of all anxiety. Jack, it's too bright to be real.” + +“We may not be able to sell the mine at that figure, Herbert. Don't +let us count our chickens before they are hatched, or we may be +disappointed. I'm as willin' to keep the mine as to sell it.” + +“Jack, here is Mr. Compton coming,” said Herbert. + +The capitalist paused, and addressing Herbert, said: + +“Have you anything to do with the mine, my lad?” + +“I am half owner,” answered Herbert, promptly, and not without pride. + +“Who is the other half owner?” + +“Mr. Holden,” answered Herbert, pointing out Jack. + +“May I examine the mine?” + +“You are quite welcome to, sir.” + +Possibly the fact that this mine alone had not been pressed upon him +for purchase, predisposed Mr. Compton to regard it with favor. Every +facility was offered him, and Jack Holden, who thoroughly understood his +business, gave him the necessary explanations. + +After an hour spent in the examination, Mr. Compton came to business. + +“Is the mine for sale?” he asked. + +“Yes, sir.” + +“What is your price?” + +“Twenty-five thousand dollars.” + +“Is that your lowest price?” + +“It is.” + +Jack Holden wasted no words in praising the mine, and this produced a +favorable impression on the capitalist with whom he was dealing. + +“I'll take it,” he answered. + +“Then it's a bargain.” + +Herbert found it difficult to realize that these few words had made him +a rich boy. He remained silent, but in his heart he was deeply thankful, +not so much for himself, as because he knew that he was now able to +rejoice his mother's heart, and relieve her from all pecuniary cares or +anxieties. + +“You've made a good bargain, sir, if I do say it,” said Jack Holden. +“For my own part, I wasn't so particular about selling the mine, but my +young partner here is differently placed, and the money will come handy +to him.” + +“You are rather young for a mine owner,” said Mr. Compton, regarding +Herbert with some curiosity. + +“Yes, sir; I believe I am the youngest mine owner here.” + +“Are you a resident of this State?” + +“Only temporarily, sir. I came here with a friend whose lungs are weak.” + +“You expect to return to the East soon?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“When you do, come to see me. I am a commission merchant in Boston. If +it is your intention to follow a business life, I may be able to find +you a place.” + +“Thank you, sir; I should like nothing better.” + +“To-morrow,” said Mr. Compton, “I will come here and complete the +purchase.” + +“Jack,” said Herbert, when the new purchaser of the mine had left them, +“there is no work for us here. Come with me, and let us together tell +Mr. Melville the good news.” + +“A good thought, my lad!” + +So the two mounted their horses, and left Deer Creek behind them. They +little suspected how sorely they were needed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. TO THE RESCUE. + + + +Herbert and his companion drew near the forest cabin, which had been the +home of the former, without a suspicion that George Melville was in such +dire peril. The boy was, indeed, thinking of him, but it was rather of +the satisfaction his employer would feel at his good fortune. + +“Somehow I feel in a great hurry to get there, Jack,” said Herbert. “I +shall enjoy telling Mr. Melville of my good luck.” + +“He's a fine chap, that Melville,” said Jack Holden, meaning no +disrespect by this unceremonious fashion of speech. + +“That he is! He's the best friend I ever had, Jack,” returned Herbert, +warmly. + +“It's a pity he's ailing.” + +“Oh, he's much stronger than he was when he came out here. All the +unfavorable symptoms have disappeared.” + +“Maybe he'll outgrow it. I had an uncle that was given up to die of +consumption, when he was about Melville's age, and he died only last +year at the age of seventy-five.” + +“That must have been slow consumption, Jack,” said Herbert, smiling. +“If Mr. Melville can live as long as that, I think neither he nor his +friends will have reason to complain.” + +“Is he so rich, lad?” + +“I don't know how rich, but I know he has plenty of money. How much +power a rich man has,” said Herbert, musingly. “Now, Mr. Melville has +changed my whole life for me. When I first met him I was working for +three dollars a week. Now I am worth twelve thousand dollars!” + +Herbert repeated this with a beaming face. The good news had not lost +the freshness of novelty. There was so much that he could do now that +he was comparatively rich. To do Herbert justice, it was not of himself +principally that he thought. It was sweet to reflect that he could bring +peace, and joy, and independence to his mother. After all, it is the +happiness we confer that brings us the truest enjoyment. The selfish man +who eats and drinks and lodges like a prince, but is unwilling to share +his abundance with others, knows not what he loses. Even boys and girls +may try the experiment for themselves, for one does not need to be rich +to give pleasure to others. + +“Come, Jack, let us ride faster; I am in a hurry,” said Herbert, when +they were perhaps a quarter of a mile distant from the cabin. + +They emerged from the forest, and could now see the cottage and its +surroundings. They saw something that almost paralyzed them. + +George Melville, with a rope round his neck, stood beneath a tree. Col. +Warner was up in the tree swinging the rope over a branch, while Brown, +big, burly and brutal, pinioned the helpless young man in his strong +arms. + +“Good heavens! Do you see that?” exclaimed Herbert. “It is the road +agents. Quick, or we shall be too late!” + +Jack had seen. He had not only seen, but he had already acted. Quick +as thought he raised his weapon, and covered Brown. There was a sharp +report, and the burly ruffian fell, his heart pierced by the unerring +bullet. + +Herbert dashed forward, and, seizing the rope, released his friend. + +“Thank Heaven, Herbert! You have saved my life!” murmured Melville, in +tones of heartfelt gratitude. + +“There's another of them!” exclaimed Jack Holden, looking up into the +tree, and he raised his gun once more. + +“Don't shoot!” exclaimed the man, whom we know best as Col. Warner; +“I'll come down.” + +So he did, but not in the manner he expected. In his flurry, for he was +not a brave man, outlaw though he was, he lost his hold and fell at the +feet of Holden. + +“What shall we do with him, Mr. Melville?” asked Jack. “He deserves to +die.” + +“Don't kill him! Bind him, and give him up to the authorities.” + +“I hate to let him off so easy,” said Jack, but he did as Melville +wished. But the colonel had a short reprieve. On his way to jail, a +bullet from some unknown assailant pierced his temple, and Jerry Lane, +the notorious road agent, died, as he had lived, by violence. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. CONCLUSION. + + + +It had been the intention of George Melville to remain in Colorado all +winter, but his improved health, and the tragic event which I have just +narrated, conspired to change his determination. + +“Herbert,” he said, when the business connected with the sale of the +mine had been completed, “how would you like to go home?” + +“With you?” + +“Yes, you don't suppose I would remain here alone?” + +“If you feel well enough, Mr. Melville, there is nothing I should like +better.” + +“I do feel well enough. If I find any unfavorable symptoms coming back, +I can travel again, but I am anxious to get away from this place, where +I have come so near losing my life at the hands of the outlaws.” + +There was little need of delay. Their preparations were soon made. There +was an embarrassment about the cottage, but that was soon removed. + +“I'll buy it of you, Mr. Melville,” said Jack Holden. + +“I can't sell it to you, Mr. Holden.” + +“I will give you a fair price.” + +“You don't understand me,” said George Melville, smiling. “I will not +sell it, because I prefer to give it.” + +“Thank you, Mr Melville, but you know I am not exactly a poor man. The +sale of the mine---” + +“Jack,” said Melville, with emotion, “would you have me forget that +it is to you and Herbert that I owe my rescue from a violent and +ignominious death?” + +“I want no pay for that, Mr. Melville.” + +“No, I am sure you don't. But you will accept the cabin, not as pay, but +as a mark of my esteem.” + +Upon that ground Jack accepted the cottage with pleasure. Herbert tried +to tempt him to make a visit to the East, but he was already in treaty +for another mine, and would not go. + +The two stayed a day in Chicago on their way to Boston. + +“I wonder if Eben is still here?” thought Herbert. + +He soon had his question answered. In passing through a suburban portion +of the great city, he saw a young man sawing wood in front of a mean +dwelling, while a stout negro was standing near, with his hands in +his pockets, surveying the job. He was the proprietor of a colored +restaurant, and Eben was working for him. + +Alas, for Eben! The once spruce dry-goods clerk was now a +miserable-looking tramp, so far as outward appearances went. His clothes +were not only ragged, but soiled, and the spruce city acquaintances whom +he once knew would have passed him without recognition. + +“Eben!” + +Eben turned swiftly as he heard his name called, and a flush of shame +overspread his face. + +“Is it you, Herbert?” he asked, faintly. + +“Yes, Eben. You don't seem very prosperous.” + +“I never thought I should sink so low,” answered Eben, mournfully, “as +to saw wood for a colored man.” + +“What are you talkin' about?” interrupted his boss, angrily. “Ain't I as +good as a worfless white man that begged a meal of vittles of me, coz he +was starvin'? You jest shut up your mouf, and go to work.” + +Eben sadly resumed his labor. Herbert pitied him, in spite of his folly +and wickedness. + +“Eben, do you owe this man anything?” he added. + +“Yes, he does. He owes me for his dinner. Don't you go to interfere!” + returned the colored man. + +“How much was your dinner worth?” asked Herbert, putting his hand into +his pocket. + +“It was wuf a quarter.” + +“There is your money! Now, Eben, come with me.” + +“I've been very unfortunate,” wailed Eben. + +“Would you like to go back to Wayneboro?” asked Herbert. + +“Yes, anywhere,” answered Eben, eagerly. “I can't make a livin' here. I +have almost starved sometimes.” + +“Eben, I'll make a bargain with you. If I will take you home, will you +turn over a new leaf, and try to lead a regular and industrious life?” + +“Yes, I'll do it,” answered Eben. + +“Then I'll take you with me to-morrow.” + +“I shouldn't like my old friends to see me in these rags,” said Eben, +glancing with shame at his tattered clothes. + +“They shall not. Come with me, and I will rig you out anew.” + +“You're a good fellow, Herbert,” said Eben, gratefully. “I'm sorry for +the way I treated you.” + +“Then it's all right,” said Herbert. Herbert kept his promise. He took +Eben to a barber shop, where there were also baths, having previously +purchased him a complete outfit, and Eben emerged looking once more like +the spruce dry-goods salesman of yore. + + ***** + +One day not long afterwards Mrs. Carr was sitting in her little sitting +room, sewing. She had plenty of leisure for this work now, for Mr. +Graham had undertaken to attend to the post-office duties himself. It +was natural that she should think of her absent boy, from whom she had +not heard for a long time. + +“When shall I see him again?” she thought, wearily. + +There was a knock at the outer door. + +She rose to open it, but, before she could reach it, it flew open, and +her boy, taller and handsomer than ever, was in her arms. + +“Oh, Herbert!” + +It was all she could say, but the tone was full of joy. + +“How I have missed you!” + +“We will be together now, mother.” + +“I hope so, Herbert. Perhaps you can find something to do in Wayneboro, +and even if it doesn't pay as well--” + +“Mother,” interrupted Herbert, laughing, “is that the way to speak to a +rich boy like me?” + +“Rich?” + +“Yes, mother, I bring home twelve thousand dollars.” + +Mrs. Carr could not believe it at first, but Herbert told his story, and +she gave joyful credence at last. + +Eben did not receive as warm a welcome, but finally his father was +propitiated, and agreed to give his son employment in his own store. +He's there yet. His hard experience in the West has subdued his pride, +and he has really “turned over a new leaf,” as he promised Herbert. His +father will probably next year give him a quarter interest in the firm, +and the firm's name will be + +“EBENEZER GRAHAM & SON.” + +Herbert and his mother have moved to Boston. Our hero is learning +business in the counting room of Mr. Compton. They live in a pleasant +house at the South End, and Mr. Melville, restored to a very fair +measure of health, is boarding, or, rather, has his home with them. He +is devoting his time to literary pursuits, and I am told that he is the +author of a brilliant paper in a recent number of the North American +Review. Herbert finds some time for study, and, under the guidance of +his friend and former employer, he has already become a very creditable +scholar in French, German and English literature. He enjoys his present +prosperity all the better for the hardships through which he passed +before reaching it. + +THE END + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + +***** This file should be named 5747-0.txt or 5747-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/4/5747/ + +Produced by Carrie Fellman + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/5747-0.zip b/5747-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84e4957 --- /dev/null +++ b/5747-0.zip diff --git a/5747-h.zip b/5747-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6798bae --- /dev/null +++ b/5747-h.zip diff --git a/5747-h/5747-h.htm b/5747-h/5747-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d35ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/5747-h/5747-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10396 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Do and Dare + A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: March 27, 2009 [EBook #5747] +Last Updated: March 3, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + + + + +Produced by Carrie Fellman, and David Widger + + + + + + +</pre> + + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + DO AND DARE <br /> or <br /> A BRAVE BOY'S FIGHT FOR FORTUNE + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Horatio Alger, Jr. + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h3> + NEW YORK + </h3> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </a> THE POST + OFFICE AT WAYNEBORO <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. </a> HERBERT'S + CHANCE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a> A + PRODIGAL SON <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a> HERBERT + LOSES HIS PLACE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </a> EBEN'S + SCHEME <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a> HERBERT'S + GOOD LUCK <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a> EBEN + GROWS ENVIOUS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a> EBEN'S + ASSURANCE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a> THE + SOLITARY FARMHOUSE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a> AN + EXCITING SCENE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a> TRIED + FOR THEFT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a> EBEN'S + TRUMP CARD <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a> EBEN'S + LAST HOPE FAILS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. </a> A + TRIP TO BOSTON <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </a> AN + OBLIGING GUIDE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. </a> A + NEW BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER + XVII. </a> AN ACCEPTABLE PRESENT <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </a> A THIEF IN TROUBLE + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </a> EBENEZER + GRAHAM'S GRIEF <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. </a> AN + OLD ACQUAINTANCE IN CHICAGO <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER + XXI. </a> COL. WARNER <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0022"> + CHAPTER XXII. </a> A MOUNTAIN STAGE <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. </a> A STARTLING + REVELATION <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. </a> A + MORNING WALK <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. </a> MELVILLE + MAKES A SENSATION <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. </a> A + COUNCIL OF WAR <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII. </a> COL. + WARNER CHANGES FRONT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII. + </a> THE CONSPIRATORS IN COUNCIL <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX. </a> A NEW HOME IN THE + WOODS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX. </a> A + TERRIBLE MOMENT <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI. </a> JACK + HOLDEN ON THE INDIAN QUESTION <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0032"> + CHAPTER XXXII. </a> THE BLAZING STAR MINE <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0033"> CHAPTER XXXIII. </a> GOOD NEWS FROM THE + MINE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0034"> CHAPTER XXXIV. </a> TWO + OLD ACQUAINTANCES REAPPEAR <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0035"> CHAPTER + XXXV. </a> MELVILLE IN PERIL <br /><br /> <a + href="#link2HCH0036"> CHAPTER XXXVI. </a> THE MINE IS SOLD + <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0037"> CHAPTER XXXVII. </a> TO + THE RESCUE <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0038"> CHAPTER XXXVIII. </a> CONCLUSION + <br /><br /> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. THE POST OFFICE AT WAYNEBORO. + </h2> + <p> + “If we could only keep the post office, mother, we should be all right,” + said Herbert Carr, as he and his mother sat together in the little sitting + room of the plain cottage which the two had occupied ever since he was a + boy of five. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Herbert, but I am afraid there won't be much chance of it.” + </p> + <p> + “Who would want to take it from you, mother?” + </p> + <p> + “Men are selfish, Herbert, and there is no office, however small, that is + not sought after.” + </p> + <p> + “What was the income last year?” inquired Herbert. + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Carr referred to a blank book lying on the table in which the + post-office accounts were kept, and answered: + </p> + <p> + “Three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and fifty cents.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't think that would be much of an inducement to an able-bodied + man, who could work at any business.” + </p> + <p> + “Your father was glad to have it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, mother, but he had lost an arm in the war, and could not engage in + any business that required both hands.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true, Herbert, but I am afraid there will be more than one who + will be willing to relieve me of the duties. Old Mrs. Allen called at the + office to-day, and told me she understood that there was a movement on + foot to have Ebenezer Graham appointed.” + </p> + <p> + “Squire Walsingham's nephew?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; it is understood that the squire will throw his influence into the + scale, and that will probably decide the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it's very mean of Squire Walsingham,” said Herbert, indignantly. “He + knows that you depend on the office for a living.” + </p> + <p> + “Most men are selfish, my dear Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “But he was an old schoolfellow of father's, and it was as his substitute + that father went to the war where he was wounded.” + </p> + <p> + “True, Herbert, but I am afraid that consideration won't weigh much with + John Walsingham.” + </p> + <p> + “I have a great mind to go and see him, mother. Have you any objections?” + </p> + <p> + “I have no objections, but I am afraid it will do no good.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Graham ought to be ashamed, with the profits of his store, to want + the post office also. His store alone pays him handsomely.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Graham is fond of money. He means to be a rich man.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true enough. He is about the meanest man in town.” + </p> + <p> + A few words are needed in explanation, though the conversation explains + itself pretty well. + </p> + <p> + Herbert's father, returning from the war with the loss of an arm, was + fortunate enough to receive the appointment of postmaster, and thus earn a + small, but, with strict economy, adequate income, until a fever terminated + his earthly career at middle age. Mr. Graham was a rival applicant for the + office, but Mr. Carr's services in the war were thought to give him + superior claims, and he secured it. During the month that had elapsed + since his death, Mrs. Carr had carried on the post office under a + temporary appointment. She was a woman of good business capacity, and + already familiar with the duties of the office, having assisted her + husband, especially during his sickness, when nearly the whole work + devolved upon her. Most of the village people were in favor of having her + retained, but the local influence of Squire Walsingham and his nephew was + so great that a petition in favor of the latter secured numerous + signatures, and was already on file at the department in Washington, and + backed by the congressman of the district, who was a political friend of + the squire. Mrs. Carr was not aware that the movement for her displacement + had gone so far. + </p> + <p> + It was already nine o'clock when Herbert's conversation with his mother + ended, and he resolved to defer his call upon Squire Walsingham till the + next morning. + </p> + <p> + About nine o'clock in the forenoon our young hero rang the bell of the + village magnate, and with but little delay was ushered into his presence. + </p> + <p> + Squire Walsingham was a tall, portly man of fifty, sleek and evidently on + excellent terms with himself. Indeed, he was but five years older than his + nephew, Ebenezer Graham, and looked the younger of the two, despite the + relationship. If he had been a United States Senator he could not have + been more dignified in his deportment, or esteemed himself of greater + consequence. He was a selfish man, but he was free from the mean traits + that characterized his nephew. + </p> + <p> + “You are the Carr boy,” said the squire, pompously, looking over his + spectacles at Herbert, as he entered the door. + </p> + <p> + “My name is Herbert Carr,” said Herbert, shortly. “You have known me all + my life.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” said the squire, a little ruffled at the failure of his grand + manner to impose upon his young visitor. “Did I not call you the Carr + boy?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not fancy being called the Carr boy, but he was there to ask a + favor, and he thought it prudent not to show his dissatisfaction. He + resolved to come to the point at once. + </p> + <p> + “I have called, Squire Walsingham,” he commenced, “to ask if you will use + your influence to have my mother retained in charge of the post office.” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem!” said the squire, somewhat embarrassed. “I am not in charge of the + post-office department.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, I am aware of that; but the postmaster general will be + influenced by the recommendations of people in the village.” + </p> + <p> + “Very true!” said the squire, complacently. “Very true, and very proper. I + do not pretend to say that my recommendation would not weigh with the + authorities at Washington. Indeed, the member from our district is a + personal friend of mine.” + </p> + <p> + “You know how we are situated,” continued Herbert, who thought it best to + state his case as briefly as possible. “Father was unable to save + anything, and we have no money ahead. If mother can keep the post office, + we shall get along nicely, but if she loses it, we shall have a hard + time.” + </p> + <p> + “I am surprised that in your father's long tenure of office he did not + save something,” said the squire, in a tone which indicated not only + surprise but reproof. + </p> + <p> + “There was not much chance to save on a salary of four hundred dollars a + year,” said Herbert, soberly, “after supporting a family of three.” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem!” said the squire, sagely; “where there's a will there's a way. + Improvidence is the great fault of the lower classes.” + </p> + <p> + “We don't belong to the lower classes,” said Herbert, flushing with + indignation. + </p> + <p> + Squire Walmsgham was secretly ambitious of representing his district some + day in Congress, and he felt that he had made a mistake. It won't do for + an aspirant to office to speak of the lower classes, and the squire + hastened to repair his error. + </p> + <p> + “That was not the term I intended to imply,” he condescended to explain. + “I meant to say that improvidence is the prevailing fault of those whose + income is small.” + </p> + <p> + “We haven't had much chance to be improvident!” said Herbert “We have had + to spend all our income, but we are not in debt—that is, we have no + debts that we are unable to pay.” + </p> + <p> + “That is well,” said Squire Walsingham, “but, my young constituent—I + mean my young friend—I apprehend that you do not take a right view + of public office. It is not designed to support a privileged class in + luxury.” + </p> + <p> + “Luxury, on four hundred a year!” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I am speaking in general terms,” said the squire, hastily. “I mean to say + that I cannot recommend a person to office simply because he or she needs + the income.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, I know that; but my mother understands the duties of the office, + and no complaint has been made that she does not make a good postmaster.” + </p> + <p> + “Possibly,” said the squire, non-commitally; “but I am opposed upon + principle to conferring offices upon women. Men are more efficient, and + better qualified to discharge responsible duties.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, sir,” said Herbert, his heart sinking, “I am to understand that you + do not favor the appointment of my mother?” + </p> + <p> + “I should be glad to hear that your mother was doing well,” said the + squire, “but I cannot conscientiously favor the appointment of a woman to + be postmaster of Wayneboro.” + </p> + <p> + “That means that he prefers the appointment should go to his nephew,” + thought Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “If my mother were not competent to discharge the duties,” he said, his + face showing his disappointment in spite of himself, “I would not ask your + influence, notwithstanding you were a schoolmate of father's, and he lost + his arm while acting as your substitute.” + </p> + <p> + “I have already said that I wish your mother well,” said the squire, + coloring, “and in any other way I am ready to help her and you. Indeed, I + may be able to secure you a situation.” + </p> + <p> + “Where, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Graham needs a boy in his store, and I think he will take you on my + recommendation.” + </p> + <p> + “Is Tom Tripp going away?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “The Tripp boy is unsatisfactory, so Mr. Graham tells me.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert knew something of what it would be to be employed by Mr. Graham. + Tom Tripp worked early and late for a dollar and a half per week, without + board, for a hard and suspicious taskmaster, who was continually finding + fault with him. But for sheer necessity, he would have left Mr. Graham's + store long ago. He had confided the unpleasantness of his position to + Herbert more than once, and enlisted his sympathy and indignation. Herbert + felt that he would not like to work for Mr. Graham at any price, more + especially as it seemed likely that the storekeeper was likely to deprive + his mother of her office and income. + </p> + <p> + “I should not like to work for Mr. Graham, sir,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “It appears to me that you are very particular, young man,” said Squire + Walsingham. + </p> + <p> + “I would be willing to work for you, sir, but not for him.” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem!” said the squire, somewhat mollified, “I will think of your case.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert left the house, feeling that his mother's removal was only a + matter of time. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. HERBERT'S CHANCE. + </h2> + <p> + Herbert left the house of Squire Walsingham in a sober frame of mind. He + saw clearly that his mother would not long remain in office, and without + her official income they would find it hard to get along. To be sure, she + received a pension of eight dollars a month, in consideration of her + husband's services in the war, but eight dollars would not go far towards + supporting their family, small as it was. There were other means of + earning a living, to be sure, but Wayneboro was an agricultural town + mainly, and unless he hired out on a farm there seemed no way open to him, + while the little sewing his mother might be able to procure would probably + pay her less than a dollar a week. + </p> + <p> + The blow fell sooner than he expected. In the course of the next week Mrs. + Carr was notified that Ebenezer Graham had been appointed her successor, + and she was directed to turn over the papers and property of the office to + him. + </p> + <p> + She received the official notification by the afternoon mail, and in the + evening she was favored by a call from her successor. + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer Graham was a small man, with insignificant, mean-looking + features, including a pair of weazel-like eyes and a turn-up nose. It did + not require a skillful physiognomist to read his character in his face. + Meanness was stamped upon it in unmistakable characters. + </p> + <p> + “Good-evening, Mr. Graham,” said the widow, gravely. + </p> + <p> + “Good-evening, ma'am,” said the storekeeper. “I've called to see you, Mrs. + Carr, about the post office, I presume you have heard—” + </p> + <p> + “I have heard that you are to be my successor.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so. As long as your husband was alive, I didn't want to step into + his shoes.” + </p> + <p> + “But you are willing to step into mine,” said Mrs. Carr, smiling faintly. + </p> + <p> + “Just so—that is, the gov'ment appear to think a man ought to be in + charge of so responsible a position.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad if you manage the office better than I have done.” + </p> + <p> + “You see, ma'am, it stands to reason that a man is better fitted for + business than a woman,” said Ebenezer Graham, in a smooth tone for he + wanted to get over this rather awkward business as easily as possible. + “Women, you know, was made to adorn the domestic circles, et cetery.” + </p> + <p> + “Adorning the domestic circle won't give me a living,” said Mrs. Carr, + with some bitterness, for she knew that but for the grasping spirit of the + man before her she would have been allowed to retain her office. + </p> + <p> + “I was comin' to that,” said the new postmaster. “Of course, I appreciate + your position as a widder, without much means, and I'm going to make you + an offer; that is, your boy, Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert looked up from a book he was reading, and listened with interest + to hear the benevolent intentions of the new postmaster. + </p> + <p> + “I am ready to give him a place in my store,” proceeded Ebenezer. “I + always keep a boy, and thinks I to myself, the wages I give will help + along the widder Carr. You see, I like to combine business with + consideration for my feller creeters.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Carr smiled faintly, for in spite of her serious strait she could not + help being amused at the notion of Ebenezer Graham's philanthropy. + </p> + <p> + “What's going to become of Tom Tripp?” asked Herbert, abruptly. + </p> + <p> + “Thomas Tripp isn't exactly the kind of boy I want in my store,” said Mr. + Graham. “He's a harum-scarum sort of boy, and likes to shirk his work. + Then I suspect he stops to play on the way when I send him on errands. + Yesterday he was five minutes longer than he need to have been in goin' to + Sam Dunning's to carry some groceries. Thomas doesn't seem to appreciate + his privileges in bein' connected with a business like mine.” + </p> + <p> + Tom Tripp was hardly to blame for not recognizing his good luck in + occupying a position where he received a dollar and a half a week for + fourteen hours daily work, with half a dozen scoldings thrown in. + </p> + <p> + “How do you know I will suit you any better than Tom?” asked Herbert, who + did not think it necessary to thank Mr. Graham for the proffered + engagement until he learned just what was expected of him, and what his + pay was to be. + </p> + <p> + “You're a different sort of a boy,” said Ebenezer, with an attempt at a + pleasant smile. “You've been brought up different. I've heard you're a + smart, capable boy, that isn't afraid of work.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, I am not, if I am fairly paid for my work.” + </p> + <p> + The new postmaster's jaw fell, and he looked uneasy, for he always grudged + the money he paid out, even the paltry dollar and a half which went to + poor Tom. + </p> + <p> + “I always calkerlate to pay fair wages,” he said; “but I ain't rich, and I + can't afford to fling away money.” + </p> + <p> + “How much do you pay Tom Tripp?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + He knew, but he wanted to draw Mr. Graham out. + </p> + <p> + “I pay Thomas a dollar and fifty cents a week,” answered the storekeeper, + in a tone which indicated that he regarded this, on the whole, as rather a + munificent sum. + </p> + <p> + “And he works from seven in the morning till nine o'clock at night,” + proceeded Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Them are the hours,” said Ebenezer, who knew better how to make money + than to speak grammatically. + </p> + <p> + “It makes a pretty long day,” observed Mrs. Carr. + </p> + <p> + “So it does, ma'am, but it's no longer than I work myself.” + </p> + <p> + “You get paid rather better, I presume.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, ma'am, as I am the proprietor.” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't think of working for any such sum,” said Herbert, decidedly. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Graham looked disturbed, for he had reasons for desiring to secure + Herbert, who was familiar with the routine of post-office work. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he said, “I might be able to offer you a leetle more, as you know + how to tend the post office. That's worth somethin'! I'll give you—lemme + see—twenty-five cents more; that is, a dollar and seventy-five cents + a week.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and his mother exchanged glances. They hardly knew whether to feel + more amused or disgusted at their visitor's meanness. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, “if you wish to secure my services, you will + have to pay me three dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + The storekeeper held up both hands in dismay. + </p> + <p> + “Three dollars a week for a boy!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I will come for a short time for that sum, till you get used to + the management of the post office, but I shall feel justified in leaving + you when I can do better.” + </p> + <p> + “You must think I am made of money,” said Ebenezer hastily. + </p> + <p> + “I think you can afford to pay me that salary.” + </p> + <p> + For twenty minutes the new postmaster tried to beat down his prospective + clerk, but Herbert was obstinate, and Ebenezer rather ruefully promised to + give him his price, chiefly because it was absolutely necessary that he + should engage some one who was more familiar with the post-office work + than he was. Herbert agreed to go to work the next morning. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. A PRODIGAL SON. + </h2> + <p> + Herbert did not look forward with very joyful anticipations to the new + engagement he had formed. He knew very well that he should not like + Ebenezer Graham as an employer, but it was necessary that he should earn + something, for the income was now but two dollars a week. He was sorry, + too, to displace Tom Tripp, but upon this point his uneasiness was soon + removed, for Tom dropped in just after Mr. Graham had left the house, and + informed Herbert that he was to go to work the next day for a farmer in + the neighborhood, at a dollar and a half per week, and board besides. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to hear it, Tom,” said Herbert, heartily. “I didn't want to + feel that I was depriving you of employment.” + </p> + <p> + “You are welcome to my place in the store,” said Tom. “I'm glad to give it + up. Mr. Graham seemed to think I was made of iron, and I could work like a + machine, without getting tired. I hope he pays you more than a dollar and + a half a week.” + </p> + <p> + “He has agreed to pay me three dollars,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + Tom whistled in genuine amazement. + </p> + <p> + “What! has the old man lost his senses?” he exclaimed. “He must be crazy + to offer such wages as that.” + </p> + <p> + “He didn't offer them. I told him I wouldn't come for less.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see how he came to pay such a price.” + </p> + <p> + “Because he wanted me to take care of the post office. I know all about + it, and he doesn't.” + </p> + <p> + “As soon as he learns, he will reduce your wages.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I shall leave him.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I hope you'll like store work better than I do.” + </p> + <p> + The next two or three days were spent in removing the post office to one + corner of Eben-ezer Graham's store. The removal was superintended by + Herbert, who was not interfered with to any extent by his employer, nor + required to do much work in the store. Our hero was agreeably surprised, + and began to think he should get along better than he anticipated. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the first week the storekeeper, while they were closing the + shutters, said: “I expect, Herbert, you'd just as lieves take your pay in + groceries and goods from the store?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir,” answered Herbert, “I prefer to be paid in money, and to pay for + such goods as we buy.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see what odds it makes to you,” said Ebenezer. “It comes to the + same thing, doesn't it?” + </p> + <p> + “Then if it comes to the same thing,” retorted Herbert, “why do you want + to pay me in goods?” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem! It saves trouble. I'll just charge everything you buy, and give you + the balance Saturday night.” + </p> + <p> + “I should prefer the money, Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, firmly. + </p> + <p> + So the storekeeper, considerably against his will, drew three dollars in + bills from the drawer and handed them to his young clerk. + </p> + <p> + “It's a good deal of money, Herbert,” he said, “for a boy. There ain't + many men would pay you such a good salary.” + </p> + <p> + “I earn every cent of it, Mr. Graham,” said Herbert, whose views on the + salary question differed essentially from those of his employer. + </p> + <p> + The next morning Mr. Graham received a letter which evidently disturbed + him. Before referring to its contents, it is necessary to explain that he + had one son, nineteen years of age, who had gone to Boston two years + previous, to take a place in a dry-goods store on Washington Street. + Ebenezer Graham, Jr., or Eben, as he was generally called, was, in some + respects, like his father. He had the same features, and was quite as + mean, so far as others were concerned, but willing to spend money for his + own selfish pleasures. He was fond of playing pool, and cards, and had + contracted a dangerous fondness for whisky, which consumed all the money + he could spare from necessary expenses, and even more, so that, as will + presently appear, he failed to meet his board bills regularly. Eben had + served an apprenticeship in his father's store, having been, in fact, Tom + Tripp's predecessor; he tired of his father's strict discipline, and the + small pay out of which he was required to purchase his clothes, and went + to Boston to seek a wider sphere. + </p> + <p> + To do Eben justice, it must be admitted that he had good business + capacity, and if he had been able, like his father, to exercise + self-denial, and make money-getting his chief enjoyment, he would no doubt + have become a rich man in time. As it was, whenever he could make his + companions pay for his pleasures, he did so. + </p> + <p> + I now come to the letter which had brought disquietude to the storekeeper. + </p> + <p> + It ran thus: + </p> + <p> + “DEAR SIR: I understand that you are the father of Mr. Eben Graham, who + has been a boarder at my house for the last six months. I regret to + trouble you, but he is now owing me six weeks board, and I cannot get a + cent out of him, though he knows I am a poor widow, dependent on my board + money for my rent and house expenses. As he is a minor, the law makes you + responsible for his bills, and, though I dislike to trouble you, I am + obliged, in justice to myself, to ask you to settle his board bill, which + I inclose. + </p> + <p> + “You will do me a great favor if you will send me the amount—thirty + dollars—within a week, as my rent is coming due. + </p> + <p> + “Yours respectfully, SUSAN JONES.” + </p> + <p> + The feelings of a man like Ebenezer Graham can be imagined when he read + this unpleasant missive. + </p> + <p> + “Thirty dollars!” he groaned. “What can the graceless boy be thinking of, + to fool away his money, and leave his bills to be settled by me. If this + keeps on, I shall be ruined! It's too bad, when I am slaving here, for + Eben to waste my substance on riotous living. I've a great mind to disown + him. Let him go his own way, and fetch up in the poorhouse, if he + chooses.” + </p> + <p> + But it is not easy for a man to cast off an only son, even though he is as + poorly supplied with natural affections as Ebenezer Graham. Besides, + Eben's mother interceded for him, and the father, in bitterness of spirit, + was about to mail a registered letter to Mrs. Jones, when the cause of his + anguish suddenly made his appearance in the store. + </p> + <p> + “How are you, father?” he said, nonchalantly, taking a cigar from his + mouth. “Didn't expect to see me, did you?” + </p> + <p> + “What brings you here, Eben?” asked Mr. Graham, uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “Well, the cars brought me to Stockton, and I've walked the rest of the + way.” + </p> + <p> + “I've heard of you,” said his father, frowning. “I got a letter last night + from Mrs. Jones.” + </p> + <p> + “She said she was going to write,” said Eben, shrugging his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “How came it,” said his father, his voice trembling with anger, “that you + haven't paid your board bill for six weeks?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't have the money,” said Eben, with a composure which was + positively aggravating to his father. + </p> + <p> + “And why didn't you have the money? Your wages are ample to pay all your + expenses.” + </p> + <p> + “It costs more money to live in Boston than you think for, father.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't you get ten dollars a week, sir? At your age I got only seven, and + saved two dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “You didn't live in Boston, father.” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't smoke cigars,” said his father, angrily, as he fixed his eye on + the one his son was smoking. “How much did you pay for that miserable + weed?” + </p> + <p> + “You're mistaken, father. It's a very good article. I paid eight dollars a + hundred.” + </p> + <p> + “Eight dollars a hundred!” gasped Mr. Graham. “No wonder you can't pay + your board bill—I can't afford to spend my money on cigars.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, you can, father, if you choose. Why, you're a rich man.” + </p> + <p> + “A rich man!” repeated Mr. Graham, nervously. “It would take a rich man to + pay your bills. But you haven't told me why you have come home.” + </p> + <p> + “I lost my situation, father—some meddlesome fellow told my employer + that I occasionally played a game of pool, and my tailor came to the store + and dunned me; so old Boggs gave me a long lecture and my walking papers, + and here I am.” + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer Graham was sorely troubled, and, though he isn't a favorite of + mine, I confess, that in this matter he has my sincere sympathy. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. HERBERT LOSES HIS PLACE. + </h2> + <p> + Ebenezer Graham with some difficulty ascertained from Eben that he had + other bills, amounting in the aggregate to forty-seven dollars. This added + to the board bill, made a total of seventy-seven dollars. Mr. Graham's + face elongated perceptibly. + </p> + <p> + “That is bad enough,” he said; “but you have lost your income also, and + that makes matters worse. Isn't there a chance of the firm taking you + back?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir,” replied the prodigal. “You see, we had a flare up, and I + expressed my opinion of them pretty plainly. They wouldn't take me back if + I'd come for nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “And they won't give you a recommendation, either?” said Ebenezer, with a + half groan. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; I should say not.” + </p> + <p> + “So you have ruined your prospects so far as Boston is concerned,” said + his father, bitterly. “May I ask how you expect to get along?” + </p> + <p> + “I have a plan,” said Eben, with cheerful confidence. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “I would like to go to California. If I can't get any situation in San + Francisco, I can go to the mines.” + </p> + <p> + “Very fine, upon my word!” said his father, sarcastically. “And how do you + propose to get to California?” + </p> + <p> + “I can go either by steamer, across the isthmus, or over the Union Pacific + road.” + </p> + <p> + “That isn't what I mean. Where are you to get the money to pay your fare + with?” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you will supply that,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “You do? Well, it strikes me you have some assurance,” ejaculated Mr. + Graham. “You expect me to advance hundreds of dollars, made by working + early and late, to support a spendthrift son!” + </p> + <p> + “I'll pay you back as soon as I am able,” said Eben, a little abashed. + </p> + <p> + “No doubt! You'd pay me in the same way you pay your board bills,” said + Ebenezer, who may be excused for the sneer. “I can invest my money to + better advantage than upon you.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, if you will not do that,” said Eben, sullenly, “I will leave you to + suggest a plan.” + </p> + <p> + “There is only one plan I can think of, Eben. Go back to your old place in + the store. I will dismiss the Carr boy, and you can attend to the post + office, and do the store work.” + </p> + <p> + “What, go back to tending a country grocery, after being a salesman in a + city store!” exclaimed Eben, disdainfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it seems the only thing you have left. It's your own fault that you + are not still a salesman in the city.” + </p> + <p> + Eben took the cigar from his mouth, and thought rapidly. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he said, after a pause, “if I agree to do this, what will you pay + me?” + </p> + <p> + “What will I pay you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, will you pay me ten dollars a week—the same as I got at + Hanbury & Deane's?” + </p> + <p> + “Ten dollars a week!” ejaculated Ebenezer, “I don't get any more than that + myself.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess there's a little mistake in your calculations, father,” said + Eben, significantly. “If you don't make at least forty dollars a week, + including the post office, then I am mistaken.” + </p> + <p> + “So you are—ridiculously mistaken!” said his father, sharply. “What + you presume is entirely out of the question. You forget that you will be + getting your board, and Tom Tripp only received a dollar and a half a week + without board.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that all you pay to Herbert Carr?” + </p> + <p> + “I pay him a leetle more,” admitted Ebenezer. + </p> + <p> + “What will you give me?” + </p> + <p> + “I'll give you your board and clothes,” said Ebenezer, “and that seems to + be more than you made in Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you in earnest?” asked Eben, in genuine dismay. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly. It isn't a bad offer, either.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you suppose a young man like me can get along without money?” + </p> + <p> + “You ought to get along without money for the next two years, after the + sums you've wasted in Boston. It will cripple me to pay your bills,” and + the storekeeper groaned at the thought of the inroads the payment would + make on his bank account. + </p> + <p> + “You're poorer than I thought, if seventy-five dollars will cripple you,” + said Eben, who knew his father's circumstances too well to be moved by + this representation. + </p> + <p> + “I shall be in the poorhouse before many years if I undertake to pay all + your bills, Eben.” + </p> + <p> + After all, this was not, perhaps, an exaggeration, for a spendthrift son + can get through a great deal of money. + </p> + <p> + “I can't get along without money, father,” said Eben, decidedly. “How can + I buy cigars, let alone other things?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't want you to smoke cigars. You'll be a great deal better off + without them,” said his father, sharply. + </p> + <p> + “I understand; it's necessary to my health,” said Eben, rather absurdly. + </p> + <p> + “You won't smoke at my expense,” said Ebenezer, decidedly. “I don't smoke + myself, and I never knew any good come of it.” + </p> + <p> + “All the same, I must have some money. What will people say about a young + man of my age not having a cent in his pocket? They think my father is + very mean.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll allow you fifty cents a week,” said Mr. Graham, after a pause. + </p> + <p> + “That won't do! You seem to think I am only six or seven years old!” + </p> + <p> + Finally, after considerable haggling, Mr. Graham agreed to pay his son a + dollar and a half a week, in cash, besides board and clothes. He reflected + that he should be obliged to board and clothe his son at any rate, and + should save a dollar and a half from Herbert's wages. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he said, “when will you be ready to go to work?” + </p> + <p> + “I must have a few days to loaf, father. I have been hard at work for a + long time, and need some rest.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you can begin next Monday morning. I'll get Herbert to show you how + to prepare the mail, so that you won't have any trouble about the + post-office work.” + </p> + <p> + “By the way, father, how do you happen to have the post office? I thought + Mrs. Carr was to carry it on.” + </p> + <p> + “So she did, for a time, but a woman ain't fit for a public position of + that kind. So I applied for the position, and got it.” + </p> + <p> + “What's Mrs. Carr going to do?” + </p> + <p> + “She's got her pension,” said Ebenezer, shortly. + </p> + <p> + “Eight dollars a month, isn't it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “That ain't much to support a family.” + </p> + <p> + “She'll have to do something else, then, I suppose.” + </p> + <p> + “There isn't much to do in Wayneboro.” + </p> + <p> + “That isn't my lookout. She can take in sewing, or washing,” suggested + Ebenezer, who did not trouble himself much about the care of his + neighbors. “Besides there's Herbert—he can earn something.” + </p> + <p> + “But I'm to take his place.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh well, I ain't under any obligations to provide them a livin'. I've got + enough to take care of myself and my family.” + </p> + <p> + “You'd better have let her keep the post office,” said Eben. He was not + less selfish than his father, but then his own interests were not + concerned. He would not have scrupled, in his father's case, to do + precisely the same. + </p> + <p> + “It's lucky I've got a little extra income,” said Ebenezer, bitterly; “now + I've got your bills to pay.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose I shall have to accept your offer, father,” said Eben, “for the + present; but I hope you'll think better of my California plan after a + while. Why, there's a fellow I know went out there last year, went up to + the mines, and now he's worth five thousand dollars!” + </p> + <p> + “Then he must be a very different sort of a person from you,” retorted his + father, sagaciously. “You would never succeed there, if you can't in + Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “I've never had a chance to try,” grumbled Eben. + </p> + <p> + There was sound sense in what his father said. Failure at home is very + likely to be followed by failure away from home. There have been cases + that seemed to disprove my assertion, but in such cases failure has only + been changed into success by earnest work. I say to my young readers, + therefore, never give up a certainty at home to tempt the chances of + success in a distant State, unless you are prepared for disappointment. + </p> + <p> + When the engagement had been made with Eben, Mr. Graham called Herbert to + his presence. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” said he, “I won't need you after Saturday night. My son is + going into the store, and will do all I require. You can tell him how to + prepare the mails, et cetery.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir,” answered Herbert. It was not wholly a surprise, but it + was a disappointment, for he did not know how he could make three dollars + a week in any other way, unless he left Wayneboro. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. EBEN'S SCHEME. + </h2> + <p> + Saturday night came, and with it the end of Herbert's engagement in the + post office. + </p> + <p> + He pocketed the three dollars which his employer grudgingly gave him, and + set out on his way home. + </p> + <p> + “Wait a minute, Herbert,” said Eben. “I'll walk with you.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert didn't care much for Eben's company but he was too polite to say + so. He waited therefore, till Eben appeared with hat and cane. + </p> + <p> + “I'm sorry to cut you out of your place, Herbert,” said the young man. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “It isn't my fault, for I don't want to go into the store,” proceeded + Eben. “A fellow that's stood behind the counter in a city store is fit for + something better, but it's the old man's fault.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert made no comment, and Eben proceeded: + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said he, “it's the old man's fault. He's awfully stingy, you know + that yourself.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did know it, but thought it would not be in good taste to say so. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose Wayneboro is rather dull for you after living in the city,” he + remarked. + </p> + <p> + “I should say so. This village is a dull hole, and yet father expects me + to stay here cooped up in a little country store. I won't stay here long, + you may be sure of that.” + </p> + <p> + “Where will you go?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know yet. I want to go to California, but I can't unless the old + man comes down with the requisite amount of tin. You'll soon have your + situation back again. I won't stand in your way.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm not very particular about going back,” said Herbert, “but I must find + something to do.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so!” said Eben. “The place will do well enough for a boy like you, + but I am a young man, and entitled to look higher. By the way, I've got + something in view that may bring me in five thousand dollars within a + month.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert stared at his companion in surprise, not knowing any short cut to + wealth. + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean it?” he asked, incredulously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you don't care to tell what it is?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I don't mind—it's a lottery.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” said Herbert, in a tone of disappointment. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Eben. “You may think lotteries are a fraud and all that, + but I know a man in Boston who drew last month a prize of fifteen thousand + dollars. The ticket only cost him a dollar. What do you say to that?” + </p> + <p> + “Such cases can't be very common,” said Herbert, who had a good share of + common sense. + </p> + <p> + “Not so uncommon as you think,” returned Eben, nodding. “I don't mean to + say that many draw prizes as large as that, but there are other prizes of + five thousand dollars, and one thousand, and so on. It would be very + comfortable to draw a prize of even five hundred, wouldn't it now?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert admitted that it would. + </p> + <p> + “I'd send for a ticket by Monday morning's mail,” continued Eben, “if I + wasn't so hard up. The old man's mad because I ran into debt, and he won't + give me a cent. Will you do me a favor?” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked Herbert, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “Lend me two dollars. You've got it, I know, because you were paid off + to-night. I would send for two tickets, and agree to give you quarter of + what I draw. Isn't that fair?” + </p> + <p> + “It may be,” said Herbert, “but I haven't any money to lend.” + </p> + <p> + “You have three dollars in your pocket at this moment.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but it isn't mine. I must hand it to mother.” + </p> + <p> + “And give up the chance of winning a prize. I'll promise to give you half + of whatever I draw, besides paying back the money.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, but I can't spare the money.” + </p> + <p> + “You are getting as miserly as the old man,” said Eben, with a forced + laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Eben,” said Herbert, seriously, “you don't seem to understand our + position. Mother has lost the post office, and has but eight dollars a + month income. I've earned three dollars this week, but next week I may + earn nothing. You see, I can't afford to spend money for lottery tickets.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose by your caution you lose five hundred dollars. Nothing risk, + nothing gain!” + </p> + <p> + “I have no money to risk,” said Herbert, firmly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, well, do as you please!” said Eben, evidently disappointed. “I + thought I'd make you the offer, because I should like to see you win a big + prize.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you for your friendly intention,” said Herbert, “but I am afraid + there are a good many more blanks than prizes. If there were not, it + wouldn't pay the lottery men to carry on the business.” + </p> + <p> + This was common sense, and I cannot forbear at this point to press it upon + the attention of my young reader. Of all schemes of gaining wealth, about + the most foolish is spending money for lottery tickets. It has been + estimated by a sagacious writer that there is about as much likelihood of + drawing a large prize in a lottery as of being struck by lightning and + that, let us hope, is very small. + </p> + <p> + “I guess I won't go any farther,” said Eben, abruptly, having become + convinced that Herbert could not be prevailed upon to lend him money. + </p> + <p> + “Good-night, then,” said Herbert “Good-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, mother, I'm out of work,” said Herbert, as he entered the little + sitting room, and threw down his week's wages. Our young hero was of a + cheerful temperament but he looked and felt sober when he said this. + </p> + <p> + “But for the Grahams we should have a comfortable living,” the boy + proceeded. “First, the father took away the post office from you, and now + the son has robbed me of my place.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't be discouraged, Herbert,” said his mother. “God will find us a way + out of our troubles.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert had been trained to have a reverence for religion, and had faith + in the providential care of his heavenly Father, and his mother's words + recalled his cheerfulness. + </p> + <p> + “You are right, mother,” he said, more hopefully. “I was feeling + low-spirited to-night, but I won't feel so any more. I don't see how we + are to live, but I won't let it trouble me tonight.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us do our part, and leave the rest to God,” said Mrs. Carr. “He won't + support us in idleness, but I am sure that in some way relief will come if + we are ready to help ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “God helps them that help themselves,” repeated Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Exactly so. To-morrow is Sunday, and we won't let any worldly anxieties + spoil that day for us. When Monday comes, we will think over what is best + to be done.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Herbert and his mother attended church in neat apparel, and + those who saw their cheerful faces were not likely to guess the serious + condition of their affairs. They were not in debt, to be sure, but, unless + employment came soon, they were likely to be ere long, for they had barely + enough money ahead to last them two weeks. + </p> + <p> + Monday morning came, and brought its burden of care. + </p> + <p> + “I wish there was a factory in Wayneboro,” said Herbert. “I am told that + boys of my age sometimes earn six or seven dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “I have heard so. Here there seems nothing, except working on a farm.” + </p> + <p> + “And the farmers expect boys to take their pay principally in board.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a consideration, but, if possible, I hope we shall not be + separated at meals.” + </p> + <p> + “I will try other things first,” said Herbert. “How would you like some + fish for dinner, mother? My time isn't of any particular value, and I + might as well go fishing.” + </p> + <p> + “Do so, Herbert. It will save our buying meat, which, indeed, we can + hardly afford to do.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert felt that anything was better than idleness, so he took his pole + from the shed, and, after digging a supply of bait, set out for the banks + of the river half a mile away. + </p> + <p> + Through a grassy lane leading from the main street, he walked down to the + river with the pole on his shoulder. + </p> + <p> + He was not destined to solitude, for under a tree whose branches hung over + the river sat a young man, perhaps twenty-five years of age, with a book + in his hand. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. HERBERT'S GOOD LUCK. + </h2> + <p> + “Good-morning,” said the young man, pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “Good-morning,” answered Herbert, politely. + </p> + <p> + He recognized the young man, though he had never seen him before, as a + visitor from the city, who was boarding at the hotel, if the village + tavern could be so designated. He seemed to be a studious young man, for + he always had a book in his hand. He had a pleasant face, but was pale and + slender, and was evidently in poor health. + </p> + <p> + “I see you are going to try your luck at fishing,” said the young man. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I have nothing else to do, and that brings me here.” + </p> + <p> + “I, too, have nothing else to do; but I judge from your appearance that + you have not the same reason for being idle.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Poor health.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; I have never been troubled in that way.” + </p> + <p> + “You are fortunate. Health is a blessing not to be overestimated. It is + better than money.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose it is, sir; but at present I think I should value a little + money.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you in want of it?” asked the young man, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I have just lost my place in the post office.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I have seen you in the post office.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; my mother had charge of the office till two weeks since, when + it was transferred to Mr. Graham. He employed me to attend to the duties, + and serve the customers in the store, till Saturday night, when I was + succeeded by his son, who had just returned from the city.” + </p> + <p> + “Your mother is a widow, is she not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I know where you live; I have had it pointed out to me. Your father + served in the war, did he not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; and the injuries he received hastened his death.” + </p> + <p> + The young man looked thoughtful. Then he said: “How much did Mr. Graham + pay you for your services?” + </p> + <p> + “Three dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “That was not—excuse the question—all you and your mother had + to depend upon, was it?” + </p> + <p> + “Not quite; mother receives a pension of eight dollars per month.” + </p> + <p> + “Five dollars a week altogether—that is very little.” + </p> + <p> + “It is only two dollars now, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “True; but you have health and strength, and those will bring money. In + one respect you are more fortunate than I. You have a mother—I have + neither father nor mother.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm sorry for you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you; anyone is to be pitied who has lost his parents. Now, as I + have asked about your affairs, it is only fair that I should tell you + about myself. To begin with, I am rich. Don't look envious, for there is + something to counterbalance. I am of feeble constitution, and the doctors + say that my lungs are affected. I have studied law, but the state of my + health has obliged me to give up, for the present at least, the practice + of my profession.” + </p> + <p> + “But if you are rich you do not need to practice,” said Herbert, who may + be excused for still thinking his companion's lot a happy one. + </p> + <p> + “No, I do not need to practice my profession, so far as the earning of + money is concerned; but I want something to occupy my mind. The doctors + say I ought to take considerable out-door exercise; but I suppose my + physical condition makes me indolent, for my chief exercise has been, thus + far, to wander to the banks of the river and read under the trees.” + </p> + <p> + “That isn't very severe exercise,” said Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “No; still it keeps me out in the open air, and that is something. Now + tell me, what are your plans?” + </p> + <p> + “My hope is to find something to do that will enable me to help mother; + but there doesn't seem much chance of finding anything in Wayneboro. Do + you think I could get a place in the city?” + </p> + <p> + “You might; but even if you did, you would find it difficult to earn your + own living, and there would be no chance of your helping your mother.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert, though naturally sanguine and hopeful, looked sober. Just then he + had a bite, and drew out a good-sized pickerel. This gave a new direction + to his thoughts, and he exclaimed, triumphantly: + </p> + <p> + “Look at this pickerel! He must weigh over two pounds.” + </p> + <p> + “All of that,” said the young man, rising and examining the fish with + interest. “Let me use your pole, and see what luck I have.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly.” + </p> + <p> + The young man, some ten minutes later, succeeded in catching a smaller + pickerel, perhaps half the size of Herbert's. + </p> + <p> + “That will do for me,” he said, “though it doesn't come up to your catch.” + </p> + <p> + For two hours Herbert and his friend alternately used the pole, and the + result was quite a handsome lot of fish. + </p> + <p> + “You have more fish than you want,” said the young man. “You had better + bring what you don't want to the hotel. I heard the landlord say he would + like to buy some.” + </p> + <p> + “That would suit me,” said Herbert. “If he wants fish, I want money.” + </p> + <p> + “Come along with me, then. Really, I don't know when I have passed a + forenoon so pleasantly. Usually I get tired of my own company, and the day + seems long to me. I believe I see my way clear to a better way of spending + my time. You say you want a place. How would you like me for an employer?” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure I should like you, but you are not in any business.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said the young man, smiling; “or, rather, my business is the pursuit + of health and pleasure just now. In that I think you can help me.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very glad to, if I can, Mr.—-” + </p> + <p> + “My name is George Melville. Let me explain my idea to you. I want your + company to relieve my solitude. In your company I shall have enterprise + enough to go hunting and fishing, and follow out in good faith my doctor's + directions. What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert smiled. + </p> + <p> + “I would like that better than being in the post office,” he said. “It + would seem like being paid for having a good time.” + </p> + <p> + “How much would you consider your services worth?” asked Mr. Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I am content to leave that to you,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Suppose we say six dollars a week, then?” + </p> + <p> + “Six dollars a week!” exclaimed Herbert, amazed. + </p> + <p> + “Isn't that enough?” asked Melville, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “It is more than I can earn. Mr. Graham thought he was over-paying me with + three dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “You will find me a different man from Mr. Graham, Herbert. I am aware + that six dollars is larger pay than is generally given to boys of your + age. But I can afford to pay it, and I have no doubt you will find the + money useful.” + </p> + <p> + “It will quite set us on our feet again, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, + earnestly. “You are very generous.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you don't know what a hard taskmaster you may find me,” said the + young man, playfully. “By the way, I consider that you have already + entered upon your duties. To-day is the first day. Now come to the hotel + with me, and see what you can get for the fish. I happen to know that two + of the guests, a lady and her daughter, are anxious for a good fish dinner + and, as there is no market here, I think the landlord will be glad to buy + from you.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Melville was right. Mr. Barton, the landlord, purchased the fish that + Herbert had to sell, for sixty cents, which he promptly paid. + </p> + <p> + “Don't that pay you for your morning's work?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know but the money ought to go to you, Mr. Melville,” said + Herbert, “as I am now in your employ. Besides, you caught a part of them.” + </p> + <p> + “I waive all claim to compensation,” said the young man, “though it would + be a novel sensation to receive money for services rendered. What will you + say, Herbert, when I tell you that I never earned a dollar in my life?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert looked incredulous. + </p> + <p> + “It is really true,” said George Melville, “my life has been passed at + school and college, and I have never had occasion to work for money.” + </p> + <p> + “You are in luck, then.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know that; I think those who work for the money they receive are + happy. Tell me, now, don't you feel more satisfaction in the sixty cents + you have just been paid because you have earned it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought so. The happiest men are those who are usefully employed. Don't + forget that, and never sigh for the opportunity to lead an idle life. But + I suppose your dinner is ready. You may go home, and come back at three + o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert made good time going home. He was eager to tell his mother the + good news of his engagement. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. EBEN GROWS ENVIOUS. + </h2> + <p> + “Well, mother,” said Herbert, as he entered the house, “I have brought you + enough fish for dinner.” + </p> + <p> + “I waited to see what luck you would have, Herbert, and therefore have not + got dinner ready. You will have to wait a little while.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be all the hungrier, mother,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Carr could not help noticing the beaming look on her som's face. + </p> + <p> + “You look as if you had received a legacy, Herbert,” she said. + </p> + <p> + Herbert laughed. + </p> + <p> + “There it is,” he said, displaying the sixty cents he had received from + the landlord. + </p> + <p> + “There are ten cents more than I should have received for a whole day's + work at the store,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Where did you get it, Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “I sold a mess of fish to Mr. Barton, of the hotel.” + </p> + <p> + “You must have had good luck in fishing,” said his mother, looking + pleased. + </p> + <p> + “I had help, mother. Mr. Melville, the young man from the city, who boards + at the hotel, helped me fish.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Herbert, you have made a good beginning. I couldn't help feeling a + little depressed when you left me this morning, reflecting that we had but + my pension to depend upon. It seemed so unlucky that Eben Graham should + have come home just at this time to deprive you of your place in the + store.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a piece of good luck for me, mother.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see how,” said Mrs. Carr, naturally puzzled. + </p> + <p> + “Because I have a better situation already.” + </p> + <p> + Then Herbert, who had been saving the best news for the last, told his + mother of his engagement as Mr. Melville's companion, and the handsome + compensation he was to receive. + </p> + <p> + “Six dollars a week!” repeated his mother. “That is indeed generous. + Herbert, we did well to trust in Providence.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, mother; and we have not trusted in vain.” + </p> + <p> + After dinner Herbert did some chores for his mother, and then went to the + hotel to meet his new employer. He found him occupying a large and + pleasant room on the second floor. The table near the window was covered + with books, and there were some thirty or forty volumes arranged on + shelves. + </p> + <p> + “I always bring books with me, Herbert,” said the young man. “I am very + fond of reading, and hitherto I have occupied too much time, perhaps, in + that way—too much, because it has interfered with necessary + exercise. Hereafter I shall devote my forenoon to some kind of outdoor + exercise in your company, and in the afternoon you can read to me, or we + can converse.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I read to you now, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; here is a recent magazine. I will select an article for you to read. + It will rest my eyes, and besides it is pleasanter to have a companion + than to read one's self.” + </p> + <p> + The article was one that interested Herbert as well as Mr. Melville, and + he was surprised when he had finished to find that it was nearly five + o'clock. + </p> + <p> + “Didn't the reading tire you, Herbert?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; not at all.” + </p> + <p> + “It is evident that your lungs are stronger than mine.” + </p> + <p> + At five o'clock Melville dismissed his young companion. + </p> + <p> + “Do you wish me to come this evening?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no. I wouldn't think of taking up your evenings.” + </p> + <p> + “At the post office I had to stay till eight o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably it was necessary there; I won't task you so much.” + </p> + <p> + “When shall I come to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “At nine o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “That isn't very early,” said Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “No, I don't get up very early. My health won't allow me to cultivate + early rising. I shall not be through breakfast much before nine.” + </p> + <p> + “I see you don't mean to overwork me, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + “No, for it would involve overworking myself.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall certainly have an easy time,” thought Herbert, as he walked + homeward. + </p> + <p> + He reflected with satisfaction that he was being paid at the rate of a + dollar a day, which was quite beyond anything he had ever before earned. + Indeed, to-day he had earned sixty cents besides. The sum received for the + fish. + </p> + <p> + After supper Herbert went to the store to purchase some articles for his + mother. He was waited on by Mr. Graham in person. As the articles called + for would amount to nearly one dollar, the storekeeper said, cautiously: + “Of course, you are prepared to pay cash?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, sir,” returned Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I mentioned it because I knew your income was small,” said Ebenezer, + apologetically. + </p> + <p> + “It is more than it was last week,” said Herbert, rather enjoying the + prospect of surprising the storekeeper. + </p> + <p> + “Why, you ain't found anything to do, have you?” asked Mr. Graham, his + face indicating curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I am engaged as companion by Mr. Melville, who is staying at + the hotel.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know what he wants of a companion,” said the storekeeper, with + that disposition to criticise the affairs of his neighbors often found in + country places. + </p> + <p> + “He thinks he needs one,” answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “And how much does he pay you now?” queried Ebenezer. + </p> + <p> + “Six dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't mean it!” ejaculated the storekeeper. “Why, the man must be + crazy!” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think he is,” said Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “Got plenty of money, I take it?” continued Ebenezer, who had a good share + of curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; he tells me he is rich.” + </p> + <p> + “How much money has he got?” + </p> + <p> + “He didn't tell me that.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I declare! You're lucky, that's a fact!” + </p> + <p> + There was an interested listener to this conversation in the person of + Eben, who had been in the store all day, taking Herbert's place. As we + know, the position by no means suited the young man. He had been employed + in a store in Boston, and to come back to a small country grocery might + certainly be considered a descent. Besides, the small compensation allowed + him was far from satisfying Eben. + </p> + <p> + He was even more dissatisfied when he learned how fortunate Herbert was. + To be selected as a companion by a rich young man was just what he would + have liked himself, and he flattered himself that he should make a more + desirable companion than a mere boy like Herbert. + </p> + <p> + As our hero was leaving the store, Eben called him back. + </p> + <p> + “What was that you were telling father about going round with a young man + from the city?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + Herbert repeated it. + </p> + <p> + “And he pays you six dollars a week?” asked Eben, enviously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; of course, I shouldn't have asked so much, but he fixed the price + himself.” + </p> + <p> + “You think he is very rich?” said Eben, thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think so.” + </p> + <p> + “What a splendid chance it would be for me!” thought Eben. “If I could get + intimate with a man like that, he might set me up in business some day; + perhaps take me to Europe, or round the world!” “How much of the time do + you expect to be with this Mr. Melville?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + Herbert answered the question. + </p> + <p> + “Does he seem like a man easy to get along with?” + </p> + <p> + “Very much so.” + </p> + <p> + Eben inwardly decided that, if he could, he would oust Herbert from his + desirable place, and substitute himself. It was a very mean thought, but + Eben inherited meanness from his father. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” he said, “will you do me a favor?” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked our hero. + </p> + <p> + “Will you take my place in the store this evening? I am not feeling well, + and want to take a walk.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Herbert, “as soon as I have run home to tell mother where + I am.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a good fellow. You shan't lose anything by it. I'll give you ten + cents.” + </p> + <p> + “You needn't pay me anything, Eben. I'll do it as a favor.” + </p> + <p> + “You're a trump, Herbert. Come back as soon as you can.” + </p> + <p> + When Eben was released from the store, he went over to the hotel, and + inquired for Mr. Melville, leaving his unsuspecting young substitute in + the post office. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. EBEN'S ASSURANCE. + </h2> + <p> + “A young man wishes to see you, Mr. Melville,” said the servant. + </p> + <p> + George Melville looked up in some surprise from his book, and said: “You + may show him up.” + </p> + <p> + “It must be Herbert,” he thought. + </p> + <p> + But when the door was opened, and the visitor shown in, Mr. Melville found + it was an older person than Herbert. Eben, for it was he, distorted his + mean features into what he regarded as a pleasant smile, and, without + waiting to receive a welcome, came forward with extended hand. + </p> + <p> + “I believe you are Mr. Melville,” he said, inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is my name,” said Melville, looking puzzled; “I don't remember + you. Have I met you before?” + </p> + <p> + “You saw me in father's store, very likely,” said Eben. “I am Eben Graham, + son of Ebenezer Graham, the postmaster.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! That accounts for your face looking familiar. You resemble your + father very closely.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm a chip off the old block with modern improvements,” said Eben, + smirking. “Father's always lived in the country, and he ain't very + stylish. I've been employed in Boston for a couple of years past, and got + a little city polish.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't show much of it,” thought Melville, but he refrained from + saying so. + </p> + <p> + “So you have come home to assist your father,” he said, politely. + </p> + <p> + “Well, no, not exactly,” answered Eben, “I feel that a country store isn't + my sphere.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you propose to go back to the city?” + </p> + <p> + “Probably I shall do so eventually, but I may stay here in Wayneboro a + while if I can make satisfactory arrangements. I assure you that it was + not my wish to take Herbert Carr's place.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert told me that you had assumed his duties.” + </p> + <p> + “It is only ad interim. I assure you, it is only ad interim. I am quite + ready to give back the place to Herbert, who is better suited to it than + I.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder what the fellow is driving at,” thought Melville. Eben did not + long leave him in doubt. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert tells me that he has made an engagement with you,” continued + Eben, desiring to come to his business as soon as possible. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we have made a mutual arrangement.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, it is very nice for him; and so I told him.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I am quite as much a gainer by it as he is,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert was right. He is easily suited,” said Eben, to himself. + </p> + <p> + “Of course,” Eben added, clearing his throat, “Herbert isn't so much of a + companion to you as if he were a few years older.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know that; it seems to me that he is a very pleasant companion, + young as he is.” + </p> + <p> + “To be sure, Herbert is a nice boy, and father was glad to help him along + by giving him a place, with a larger salary than he ever paid before.” + </p> + <p> + “What is he driving at?” thought Melville. + </p> + <p> + “To come to the point, Mr. Melville,” said Eben, “I have made bold to call + upon you to suggest a little difference in your arrangements.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed!” said Melville, coldly. Though he had no idea what his singular + visitor was about to propose, it struck him emphatically that Eben was + interfering in an unwarrantable manner with his affairs. + </p> + <p> + “You see,” continued Eben, “I'm a good deal nearer your age than Herbert, + and I've had the advantage of residing in the city, which Herbert hasn't, + and naturally should be more company to you. Then, again, Herbert could do + the work in the post office and store, which I am doing, nearly as well as + I can. I'll undertake to get father to give him back his place, and then I + shall be happy to make an arrangement with you to go hunting and fishing, + or anything else that you choose. I am sure I should enjoy your company, + Mr. Melville,” concluded Eben, rubbing his hands complacently and + surveying George Melville with an insinuating smile. + </p> + <p> + “You have certainly taken considerable trouble to arrange this matter for + me,” said Melville, with a sarcasm which Eben did not detect. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no trouble at all!” said Eben, cheerfully. “You see, the idea came + into my head when Herbert told me of his arrangements with you, and I + thought I'd come and see you about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you mention it to Herbert?” asked George Melville, with some + curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “Well, no, I didn't. I didn't know how Herbert would look at it. I got + Herbert to take my place in the store while I ran over to see you about + the matter. By the way, though I am some years older than Herbert, I + shan't ask more than you pay him. In fact, I am willing to leave the pay + to your liberality.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very considerate!” said Melville, hardly knowing whether to be + amused or provoked by the cool assurance of his visitor. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, not at all!” returned Eben, complacently. “I guess I've fetched him!” + he reflected, looking at Mr. Melville through his small, half-closed eyes. + </p> + <p> + “You have certainly surprised me very much, Mr. Graham,” said Melville, + “by the nature of your suggestion. I won't take into consideration the + question whether you have thought more of your own pleasure or mine. So + far as the latter is concerned, you have made a mistake in supposing that + Herbert's youth is any drawback to his qualification as a companion. + Indeed, his youth and cheerful temperament make him more attractive in my + eyes. I hope, Mr. Graham, you will excuse me for saying that he suits me + better than you possibly could.” + </p> + <p> + Eben's countenance fell, and he looked quite discomfited and mortified. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't suppose a raw, country boy would be likely to suit a gentleman + of taste, who has resided in the city,” he said, with asperity. + </p> + <p> + “Then you will have a chance to correct your impression,” said Melville, + with a slight smile. + </p> + <p> + “Then you don't care to accept my offer?” said Eben, regretfully. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, no. If you will excuse me for suggesting it, Mr. Graham, it + would have been more considerate for you to have apprised Herbert of your + object in asking him to take your place this evening. Probably he had no + idea that you meant to supersede him with me.” + </p> + <p> + Eben tossed his head. + </p> + <p> + “You mustn't think, Mr. Melville,” he said, “that I was after the extra + pay. Six dollars doesn't seem much to me. I was earning ten dollars a week + in Boston, and if I had stayed, should probably have been raised to + twelve.” + </p> + <p> + “So that you were really consenting to a sacrifice in offering to enter my + employment at six dollars a week?” + </p> + <p> + “Just so!” + </p> + <p> + “Then I am all the more convinced that I have decided for the best in + retaining Herbert. I do not wish to interfere with your prospects in the + city.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, as for that,” said Eben, judging that he had gone too far, “I don't + care to go back to the city just yet. I've been confined pretty steadily, + and a few weeks in the country, hunting and fishing, will do me good.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville bowed, but said nothing. + </p> + <p> + Eben felt that he had no excuse for staying longer, and reluctantly rose. + </p> + <p> + “If you should think better of what I've proposed,” he said, “you can let + me know.” + </p> + <p> + “I will do so,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “He's rather a queer young man,” muttered Eben, as he descended the + stairs. “It's funny that he should prefer a country boy like Herbert to a + young man like me who's seen life, and got some city polish—at the + same price, too! He don't seem to see his own interest. I'm sorry, for it + would have been a good deal more interesting to me, going round with him a + few hours a day, than tending store for father. There's one thing sure, I + won't do it long. I'm fitted for a higher position than that, I hope.” + </p> + <p> + “For downright impudence and cool assurance, I think that young man will + bear off the palm,” thought George Melville, as his unwelcome visitor left + the room. “Herbert is in no danger from him. It would probably surprise + him if he knew that I should consider his company as an intolerable bore. + I will tell Herbert to-morrow the good turn his friend has tried to do + him.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. THE SOLITARY FARMHOUSE. + </h2> + <p> + If Eben had been sensitive, the cool reception which he met with at the + hands of Mr. Melville would have disturbed him. As it was, he felt angry + and disappointed, and desirous of “coming up with” Herbert, as he + expressed it, though it was hard to see in what way the boy had injured + him. It did not seem quite clear at present how he was to punish Herbert, + but he only waited for an occasion. + </p> + <p> + When Herbert learned, the next morning, from Mr. Melville, in what manner + Eben had tried to undermine him, and deprive him of his situation, he was + naturally indignant. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think Eben Graham could be so mean,” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “It was certainly a mean thing to do, Herbert,” said George Melville; “but + you can afford to treat young Graham with contempt, as he has been unable + to do you any injury.” + </p> + <p> + “What shall we do this morning, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I should like a row on the river,” said Melville. “Do you know of any + boat we can have?” + </p> + <p> + “Walter Ingalls has a boat; I think we can hire that.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you may go and ascertain whether we can have it, or I will go with + you to avoid loss of time.” + </p> + <p> + The boat was readily loaned, and the two were soon on the river. Mr. + Melville first took the oars, but he was quickly fatigued, and resigned + them to Herbert, who was strong and muscular for his age. As his companion + observed his strong and steady strokes, he said: + </p> + <p> + “Herbert, I am disposed to envy you your strength and endurance. I get + tired very easily.” + </p> + <p> + “Were you not strong when a boy?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I never had much endurance. My mother had a feeble constitution and was + consumptive, and I inherit something of her weakness.” + </p> + <p> + “It is fortunate that you have money, Mr. Melville, so that you are not + obliged to work.” + </p> + <p> + “True; but I would give half my fortune to be strong and well.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert noticed the hectic flush upon Mr. Melville's cheeks, and his + white, transparent hands, and his sympathy was aroused. + </p> + <p> + “I see,” he said, thoughtfully, “that I am more fortunate than I thought + in my health and strength.” + </p> + <p> + “They are blessings not to be overestimated, Herbert. However, my lot is, + on the whole, a happy one, even though my life will probably be brief, and + I have still many sources of satisfaction and enjoyment.” + </p> + <p> + The river led away from the village, flowing between wooded banks, with + here and there a cottage set in the midst of the fields. Lying back in the + stern, Melville enjoyed their tranquil passage, when their attention was + suddenly attracted by a boy who stood on the bank, frantically waving his + hat. Melville was the first to see him. + </p> + <p> + “What can that boy want?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + Herbert immediately looked around, and exclaimed in surprise: + </p> + <p> + “It's Tom Tripp!” + </p> + <p> + “Row to shore, and see what he wants,” said Melville, quickly. + </p> + <p> + They were already near, and in a brief space of time they touched the + bank. + </p> + <p> + “What's the matter, Tom?” + </p> + <p> + “There's a tramp in the house, stealing all he can lay hands on,” answered + Tom, in excitement. + </p> + <p> + “What house?” + </p> + <p> + “Farmer Cole's.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Cole was the farmer for whom Tom Tripp was working. + </p> + <p> + Tom explained that the farmer was gone to the village, leaving his wife + alone. A tramp had come to the door and asked for a meal. While Mrs. Cole + was getting something for him, the visitor looked about him and, finding + that there was no man about, boldly demanded money, after unceremoniously + possessing himself of the silver spoons. + </p> + <p> + “Is he armed?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know; I don't think so.” + </p> + <p> + “Does he know that you have gone for help?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he did not see me. I came from the fields, and saw him through the + window. Mrs. Cole thinks I am in the field and there is no help near.” + </p> + <p> + Physical courage and physical strength do not always go together, and a + weak man often excels a strong man in bravery. George Melville was + thoroughly roused. For injustice or brutality he had a hearty contempt, + and he was not one to stand by and see a ruffian triumph. + </p> + <p> + “Come, Herbert,” he said; “let us go to the help of this poor woman.” + </p> + <p> + “With all my heart,” answered Herbert, his eyes flashing. + </p> + <p> + Before describing the appearance of Herbert and George Melville upon the + scene, I will go back a few minutes and relate what happened at the + farmhouse. + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Cole was engaged in ironing when she heard a knock at the door. + </p> + <p> + Answering the summons, she found herself confronted by an ill-looking + fellow whose dusty and travel-soiled garments revealed the character of + the wearer. + </p> + <p> + “What is it you wish?” asked the farmer's wife. + </p> + <p> + “I'm hungry!” said the tramp. “Can you give me something to eat?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Mrs. Cole, cheerfully, for the good woman could not find + it in her heart to turn away a fellow creature suffering from hunger. “We + have enough and to spare. Come in, and sit down at the table.” + </p> + <p> + The visitor followed her into the kitchen and took a seat at the table, + while the farmer's wife went to the pantry and brought out half a loaf of + bread and a plate of cold meat. + </p> + <p> + The tramp was not long in attacking it, but after a few mouthfuls laid + down his knife and fork. + </p> + <p> + “Where's the coffee?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I have no warm coffee,” she answered. + </p> + <p> + “Don't you drink coffee in the morning?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but breakfast was over two or three hours since. Shall I get you a + glass of water?” + </p> + <p> + “Haven't you any cider?” + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me you are particular,” said Mrs. Cole, growing indignant. + </p> + <p> + “All the same I want some cider,” said the tramp, impudently. + </p> + <p> + “I have no cider,” answered Mrs. Cole, shortly. + </p> + <p> + “A pretty farmhouse this is, without cider,” growled the tramp. “You can + make me some coffee, then!” + </p> + <p> + “Who are you to order me round in my own house?” demanded Mrs. Cole, + angrily. “One would think you took this for a hotel.” + </p> + <p> + “I take it for what I please,” said the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “If my husband were here you wouldn't dare to talk to me like this!” + </p> + <p> + It was an unguarded admission, made on the impulse of the moment, and Mrs. + Cole felt its imprudence as soon as she had uttered the words, but it was + too late to recall them. + </p> + <p> + “Where is your husband?” asked the tramp, his face lighting up with a + gleam of exultation. + </p> + <p> + “Near by,” answered Mrs. Cole, evasively; but her visitor saw that this + was not correct. + </p> + <p> + “How much money have you in the house?” he demanded, abruptly. + </p> + <p> + “Money?” gasped the farmer's wife, turning pale. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, money! Didn't I speak plain enough?” asked the tramp, angrily. + </p> + <p> + “Are you a thief, then?” + </p> + <p> + “Don't you dare to call me a thief!” said the tramp, menacingly. + </p> + <p> + “Then, if you are an honest man, why do you ask that question?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I am going to borrow what money you have.” + </p> + <p> + “Borrow!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the man, with a grin. “I'll hand it back when I come around + again.” + </p> + <p> + Under ordinary circumstances there would not have been money enough in the + farmhouse to be anxious about, but it so happened that Farmer Cole had + sold a yoke of oxen, and the money received, a hundred dollars, was + upstairs in a bureau drawer. The thought of this, though she didn't + suppose the tramp to be aware of it, was enough to terrify Mrs. Cole, and + she sank back in the chair in a panic. Of course the tramp inferred that + there was a considerable sum in the house. + </p> + <p> + “Come, hurry up!” he said, roughly, “I can't wait here all day. Where do + you keep the money?” + </p> + <p> + “It is my husband's,” said Mrs. Cole, terrified out of all prudence. + </p> + <p> + “All right! I'll pay it back to him. While you're about it, you may + collect all the spoons, too. I'm going to open a boarding house,” he + continued, with a chuckle, “and I shall need them.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, heavens! What shall I do?” ejaculated the frightened woman. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. AN EXCITING SCENE. + </h2> + <p> + “You'd better go upstairs and get that money, or I will go up myself,” + said the tramp, boldly. + </p> + <p> + “I will go,” said Mrs. Cole, terrified. + </p> + <p> + It was at this time that Tom Tripp, looking in at the window, got an idea + of the situation, but he was unobserved. The river bank was near, and he + ran down to it, hoping, but not expecting, to see some one who could + interfere with the impudent robber. We have already seen that he was + luckier than he anticipated. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Mrs. Cole went upstairs, not knowing how to save the money from + being carried away. She wished heartily that her husband had taken it with + him. One hundred dollars, as she well knew, would be a serious loss to her + husband, who was only moderately well to do. She thought it possible that + the tramp might know how large a sum there was in the house, but could not + be sure. She resolved, however, to make an effort to save the larger part + of the money. From the wallet she took two five-dollar bills, and then, + removing it from the drawer, put it between the beds. She lingered as long + as she dared, and then went downstairs with the two bills in her hand. + </p> + <p> + “Well, have you got the money?” growled the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “Don't take it,” she said; “be satisfied with the breakfast I have given + you.” + </p> + <p> + “You're a fool!” said the tramp, rudely. “How much have you got there?” + </p> + <p> + “Ten dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Ten dollars!” said the tramp, disdainfully. “What do you take me for?” + </p> + <p> + “It is a large sum of money to me and my husband, sir,” said the poor + woman, nervously. + </p> + <p> + “It isn't enough for me! You have got more money in the house. Don't lie + to me! You know you have.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not used to be talked to in that way,” said Mrs. Cole, forgetting + her timidity for the moment. + </p> + <p> + “I can't help what you are used to; you'd better not trifle with me. Go + upstairs and bring down the rest of the money—do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, sir!” + </p> + <p> + “'Oh, sir!'” repeated the tramp, impatiently. “I can't stay here all day. + Are you going to do as I tell you?” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose I must,” said the poor woman. + </p> + <p> + “That's sensible. You'll find out after a while that nothing is to be + gained by trying to fool me. I'll give you just three minutes to find that + money and bring it down.” + </p> + <p> + “You'll leave the spoons, then?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I want them, as I've already told you. Come, two minutes are passed. + I don't want to kill you, but—” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Cole uttered a shriek of dismay, and turned to obey the command of + her unwelcome visitor, when a loud, clear voice was heard from just + outside the window. + </p> + <p> + “Stay where you are, Mrs. Cole! There is help at hand. This ruffian shall + not harm you.” + </p> + <p> + It was the voice of George Melville. The tramp turned swiftly and stared + in ill-disguised dismay at Melville and Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “What business is it of yours?” he demanded, in a blustering tone. + </p> + <p> + “We make it our business to defend this lady from your thievish designs,” + said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “You!” exclaimed the tramp, contemptuously. “Why, I could twist either of + you round my little finger.” + </p> + <p> + “You'd better not try it!” said Melville, not showing the least + trepidation. “Mrs. Cole, has this man anything of yours in his + possession?” + </p> + <p> + “He has my spoons and I have just handed him ten dollars.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville turned to the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “Be kind enough to lay the spoons on the table,” he said, “and give back + the ten dollars Mrs. Cole handed you.” + </p> + <p> + “You must think I'm a fool!” said the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “No; but I think you are a prudent man. If you do as I say we will let you + go; if not—” + </p> + <p> + “Well, if not?” blustered the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “If not, you may regret it.” + </p> + <p> + All this time George Melville had spoken in his usual tone of voice, and + the tramp was puzzled to know whether he had any weapon with him. For + himself, he was unarmed, and this made him feel rather ill at ease, + notwithstanding his superiority in physical strength. He was rather + disposed to think that George Melville had a pistol, for he could not + understand how otherwise he should dare to confront a man of twice his + size and strength. + </p> + <p> + “I don't care for the spoons,” he said, “but I will take the money.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you will return the money,” said Melville, calmly. + </p> + <p> + “Who will make me?” demanded the tramp, defiantly. + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “We'll see about that!” said the tramp, desperately, and he sprang towards + Melville, who had in the meantime entered the house and stood only six + feet distant. + </p> + <p> + “Stay where you are!” exclaimed Melville, resolutely, and he drew a + pistol, which he leveled at his formidable antagonist. + </p> + <p> + “That settles it, stranger!” said the tramp, “You've got the advantage of + me this time. Just wait till we meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “I am willing to wait for some time,” said Melville, shrugging his + shoulders. “I have no desire to cultivate your acquaintance, my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “There are the spoons!” said the tramp, throwing them down on the table. + </p> + <p> + “Now for the money!” + </p> + <p> + The tramp looked at George Melville. Melville still held the pistol in his + hand leveled at his breast. The thief was a large man, but he was not a + brave one. He cowered before the resolute glance of his small opponent. + </p> + <p> + “Won't you interfere with me if I give back the money?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you let me go without firing at me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you won't keep your agreement,” suggested the tramp, nervously. + </p> + <p> + “I am a man of my word,” said Melville, calmly. + </p> + <p> + His calm, resolute tone, free from all excitement, impressed the tramp + with confidence. He drew the notes from his vest pocket, where he had + thrust them, and threw them on the table. + </p> + <p> + “Now, may I go?” he said. + </p> + <p> + In answer, George Melville, who stood between him and the door, drew + aside, still, however, holding the pistol in position, and the tramp + passed out, not sorry, it may be said, to get out of range of the weapon. + </p> + <p> + They watched him striding through the yard, and when he was fairly gone + Mrs. Cole said: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, how can I thank you for saving me from this wretch?” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to have been the instrument of deliverance,” said Melville, + politely. + </p> + <p> + “It was fortunate you had the pistol with you, Mr. Melville,” said + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, yes, perhaps it was,” said Melville, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “Pray, put it up, Mr. Melville,” said the farmer's wife, “it always makes + me nervous to see a loaded pistol.” + </p> + <p> + Melville bowed, and put back the pistol in his pocket. + </p> + <p> + “As your unpleasant visitor has gone,” he said, “I may as well relieve + your fears by saying that the pistol is not loaded.” + </p> + <p> + “Not loaded!” exclaimed Herbert and Tom Tripp in concert. + </p> + <p> + “No; it has not been loaded to my knowledge for a year.” + </p> + <p> + “Then how could you stand up against that man?” asked the farmer's wife, + in wonder. + </p> + <p> + “He thought it was loaded!” replied Melville, “and that answered the + purpose. I should be very reluctant to use a loaded pistol, for I have a + high idea of the sacredness of human life, but I have no objection to + playing upon the fears of a man like that.” + </p> + <p> + Melville and Herbert remained at the farmhouse for half an hour, till the + return of the farmer, when they resumed their river trip. They returned + about noon. When they were walking through the main street, Herbert saw + the town constable approaching with the air of a man who had business with + him. + </p> + <p> + “Did you wish to speak to me, Mr. Bruce?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Herbert. I have a warrant for your arrest.” + </p> + <p> + “For my arrest!” exclaimed Herbert, in amazement. “What for?” + </p> + <p> + “On complaint of Eben Graham, for abstracting postage stamps and money + from the post office last evening.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. TRIED FOR THEFT. + </h2> + <p> + Herbert stared at the constable in blank amazement. + </p> + <p> + “I am charged with stealing stamps and money from the post office?” he + said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Who makes the charge?” demanded Herbert, in great excitement. + </p> + <p> + “Eben Graham.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know what it means,” said our hero, turning to George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “It means,” said Melville, “that the fellow is envious of you, and angry + because he cannot supersede you with me. He evidently wants to do you an + injury.” + </p> + <p> + “It must be so; but I did not imagine that Eben could be so mean. Mr. + Bruce, do you believe that I am a thief?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I don't, Herbert,” said the constable, “and it was very much against + my will that I started out to arrest you, you may be sure.” + </p> + <p> + “When do you want me to go with you?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “You will go before Justice Slocum at two o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it necessary for me to go to the lockup?” asked Herbert, shrinking, + with natural repugnance, from entering the temporary house of tramps and + law breakers. + </p> + <p> + “No, Herbert,” answered the constable, in a friendly tone. “I'll take it + upon myself to let you go home to dinner. I will call for you at quarter + of two. Of course I shall find you ready to accompany me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Bruce, I am impatient to meet Eben Graham, and tell him to his + face that he has been guilty of a mean and contemptible falsehood, in + charging me with theft. Not a person in the village who knows me will + believe it.” + </p> + <p> + “I will also call at your house, Herbert,” said George Melville, “and + accompany you to the office of the justice. I shall ask leave to give the + details of Eben Graham's visit to me last evening.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, “I am glad you do not believe a + word of this story.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not so easily deceived, Herbert. It is quite possible that stamps + and money have been stolen, but, if so, it is your false friend and + accuser who is guilty.” + </p> + <p> + Of course Herbert had to tell his mother what had happened. She was + agitated and alarmed, but became calmer when Herbert told her what was + Eben's probable motive in making the charge. + </p> + <p> + “How can he behave so shamefully!” exclaimed the indignant parent. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think him capable of it, myself, mother, although I had a poor + opinion of him.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose that you can't prove that you are innocent, Herbert?” said Mrs. + Carr, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “It is for him to prove that I am guilty, mother,” answered Herbert, who + knew this much of law. + </p> + <p> + At a quarter of two Constable Bruce and Mr. Melville walked to the house + together. + </p> + <p> + The door was opened for them by Herbert himself. + </p> + <p> + “So you haven't taken leg bail, Herbert,” said the constable, jocosely. + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Bruce, I am on hand; I am in a hurry to meet Mr. Eben Graham and + see whether he can look me in the face after his shameful behavior.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Mr. Bruce, I never thought you would call at my home on such an + errand,” said Mrs. Carr, on the point of breaking down. + </p> + <p> + “Don't worry, Mrs. Carr,” said the constable; “anybody may be charged with + theft, however innocent. Your son has good friends who won't see him + treated with injustice.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert's mother was desirous of accompanying them to the office of the + justice, but was persuaded to remain behind. Herbert knew that in her + indignation she would not be able to be silent when she saw Eben Graham. + </p> + <p> + Justice Slocum was an elderly man, with a mild face and gray hair. When + Herbert entered he greeted him in a friendly way. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry to see you here, my boy,” he said, “but I am sure there is + some mistake. I have known you ever since you were a baby, and I don't + believe you are guilty of theft now.” + </p> + <p> + “I submit, Judge Slocum,” said Eben Graham, who sat in a corner, his mean + features looking meaner and more insignificant than usual, “I submit that + you are prejudging the case.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, sir!” said Judge Slocum, warmly. “How dare you impugn my + conduct? Though Herbert were my own son, I would give you a chance to + prove him guilty.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you'll excuse me, judge,” said Eben, cringing. “I am as sorry as + you are to believe the boy guilty of stealing.” + </p> + <p> + “Do your worst and say your worst, Eben Graham!” said Herbert, + contemptuously, “but be very careful that you do not swear falsely.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't need any instructions from you, Herbert Carr, considering that + you are a criminal on trial,” said Eben, maliciously. + </p> + <p> + “You are mistaken, sir,” said George Melville. “To be under arrest does + not make a man or boy a criminal.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure I am much obliged for the information, Mr. Melville,” said + Eben, spitefully. “You've chosen a nice companion.” + </p> + <p> + “There you are right,” said Melville, gravely. “I have done much better + than if I had hired you.” + </p> + <p> + Eben winced, but did not reply. + </p> + <p> + George Melville whispered to Herbert: + </p> + <p> + “Are you willing to accept me as your lawyer? I am not much of one, to be + sure, but this case is very simple.” + </p> + <p> + “I am very grateful for your offer, and accept it,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + I do not propose to record the whole scene in detail, but only to give a + general idea of the proceedings. + </p> + <p> + Eben Graham was sworn as a witness, and deposed that he had left Herbert + in charge of the post office the previous evening. On his return he + examined the stamps and contents of the money drawer, and found, to his + surprise, that five dollars in money and six dollars' worth of stamps were + missing. + </p> + <p> + “How did you know they were missing?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Because I knew precisely how much money was in the drawer and how many + stamps were there.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you counted them just before you went out?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “That was rather a singular time to make the count, was it not?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know that it was, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I should suppose the end of the day would be a more appropriate time.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think so,” answered Eben, shortly. + </p> + <p> + “Were you led to make the count because you suspected Herbert's honesty?” + asked Mr. Melville. + </p> + <p> + “That was the very reason I did it,” said Eben, with a malicious glance at + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Isn't it a little curious that you should have selected a boy whose + honesty you doubted, to fill your place?” asked George Melville, + carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “There wasn't anybody else; he knew all about post-office work.” answered + Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Very good! Now, Mr. Graham, if you have no objection, will you tell why + you wanted to get away from the post office last evening?” + </p> + <p> + Eben fidgeted, for he saw what was coming, and it made him nervous. + </p> + <p> + “I wanted a little rest,” he answered, after a pause. + </p> + <p> + “Where did you go?” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you ask me that question?” asked Eben, moving about uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “Because I desire an answer.” + </p> + <p> + “You know where I went,” returned Eben, sullenly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but I wish you to tell me.” + </p> + <p> + “Answer the question, witness!” said the judge, briefly. + </p> + <p> + “I went to the hotel,” replied Eben, evasively. + </p> + <p> + “On whom did you call?” + </p> + <p> + “On you!” answered Eben, reluctantly. + </p> + <p> + “We have come to it at last. Now, what was your business with me?” + </p> + <p> + “To tell you that Herbert would not suit you as a companion,” said the + witness, who thought this answer rather a clever one. + </p> + <p> + “Whom did you recommend in his place?” pursued the questioner, + relentlessly. + </p> + <p> + Eben hesitated, but his cleverness came again to his aid. + </p> + <p> + “I told you that I would be willing to come just to oblige you,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Did Herbert know that you were going to make this proposal?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “You asked him, then, to remain in the post office while you absented + yourself with a view of depriving him of the position he had just secured + in my employ?” + </p> + <p> + “I would have got father to take him again in the store and post office,” + said Eben, defending himself from the implied charge of treachery. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you told me so.” + </p> + <p> + Eben nodded triumphantly. Even Melville had to admit that he was not + treating Herbert meanly. + </p> + <p> + “By the way,” said Melville, “isn't it rather strange that you should have + been ready to recommend in your place a boy whose honesty you doubted?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't know he was a thief,” said Eben, somewhat abashed. + </p> + <p> + “No, but you suspected his honesty. That was your reason for counting the + money and stamps before you left the office. At least, that is the reason + you have given.” + </p> + <p> + “He had been in the office before I was there,” said Eben, uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “While he was there, were any stamps missing? Was he suspected of taking + any stamps or money?” + </p> + <p> + “Not that I know of.” + </p> + <p> + “Now, Mr. Graham, what answer did I make to your application?” + </p> + <p> + “What application?” + </p> + <p> + “To take you into my employ instead of Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “You wanted to keep him,” said the witness, sullenly. + </p> + <p> + “Precisely. Having failed, then, in your application, you went home and + discovered that some money and stamps had been stolen.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I was very much surprised—” + </p> + <p> + “That will do, sir. Your discovery was remarkably well-timed. Herbert + having obtained the position you sought, you straightway discovered proof + of his dishonesty.” + </p> + <p> + Eben colored, for the insinuation was plain enough for even him to + understand. + </p> + <p> + “The two things had nothing to do with each other!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “That may be, but I call the attention of the judge to a very remarkable + coincidence. Have the missing stamps or money been found on the person of + the defendant?” + </p> + <p> + “He hasn't been searched.” + </p> + <p> + “I will take it upon me to say that he is ready to submit to an + examination,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + Herbert said, emphatically, “I am.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, it isn't likely you'd find anything now.” said Eben, with a sneer. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “He has had plenty of time to put 'em away.” + </p> + <p> + “I am willing to have my mother's house searched,” said Herbert, promptly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, they ain't there!” said Eben, significantly. + </p> + <p> + “Where are they, then?” + </p> + <p> + Eben's answer took Herbert and his lawyer, and the judge himself, by + surprise. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. EBEN'S TRUMP CARD. + </h2> + <p> + “I guess they're—a part of them—inside this letter,” he said. + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he produced a letter, stamped and sealed, but not postmarked. + The letter was addressed: + </p> + <p> + “Messrs. Jones & Fitch, + </p> + <p> + “—-Chestnut Street, + </p> + <p> + “Philadelphia.” + </p> + <p> + “What makes you think this letter contains money or postage stamps, Mr. + Graham?” asked George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Because I've seen an advertisement of Jones & Fitch in one of the + weekly papers. They advertise to send several articles to any address on + receipt of seventy-five cents in postage stamps.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well. What inference do you draw from this?” + </p> + <p> + “Don't you see?” answered Eben, in malicious triumph. “That's where part + of the stamps went. This letter was put into the post office by Herbert + Carr this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “That is not true,” said Herbert, quietly. + </p> + <p> + “Maybe it isn't, but I guess you'll find Herbert Carr's name signed to the + letter,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Have you seen the inside of the letter, Mr. Graham?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then how do you know Herbert Carr's name is signed to it?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know, but I am pretty sure it is.” + </p> + <p> + “You think Herbert Carr wrote the letter?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “If there is no objection,” said Melville, “I will settle the matter by + opening it.” + </p> + <p> + “That's what I want you to do.” said Eben Graham. + </p> + <p> + “And I also,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Melville deliberately cut open one end of the envelope with a small + penknife, and drew out the folded sheet which it contained. As he did so, + a small sheet of postage stamps fell upon the floor. + </p> + <p> + “There, do you see that?” said Eben in triumph. + </p> + <p> + The sheet of stamps contained twenty-five three-cent stamps, representing + in value seventy-five cents. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I read the letter, sir?” asked Melville, of the judge. + </p> + <p> + “If there is no objection.” + </p> + <p> + Melville read it aloud, as follows: + </p> + <p> + “WAYNEBORO, August 2lst. MESSRS. JONES & FITCH: I inclose seventy-five + cents in stamps, and will be glad to have you send me the articles you + advertise in the Weekly Gazette. Yours truly, + </p> + <p> + “HERBERT CARR.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert listened to the reading of this letter in amazement. + </p> + <p> + “I never wrote that letter,” he said, “and I never heard of Jones & + Fitch before.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a likely story!” sneered Eben Graham. “I submit to Judge Slocum + that I have proved my case. I haven't found out when all the stamps left, + but I have shown where some are. One who will steal seventy-five cents' + worth of stamps will steal six dollars' worth.” + </p> + <p> + “I agree with you there, Mr. Graham,” said George Melville. “Will you be + kind enough to sit down at that table, and write to my dictation?” + </p> + <p> + “What should I do that for?” asked Eben, suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “Never mind. Surely you can have no objection.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, no; I don't know as I have, though I think it's all foolishness.” + </p> + <p> + He sat down, and a pen was handed him. + </p> + <p> + “What shall I write?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Write 'Messrs. Jones & Fitch.'” + </p> + <p> + “What for?” demanded Eben, looking discomposed. + </p> + <p> + “That's my affair. Write.” + </p> + <p> + Eben wrote the words, but he seemed to find some difficulty in doing so. + It was clear that he was trying to disguise his handwriting. + </p> + <p> + “What next?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “'I inclose seventy-five cents in stamps,'” proceeded George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Do you want to throw suspicion on me?” asked Eben, throwing down the pen. + </p> + <p> + “Keep on writing!” said the judge. + </p> + <p> + Eben did so, but was very deliberate about it, and seemed very particular + as to how he penned his letter. + </p> + <p> + “Very well!” said Melville. “Now, I wish Herbert Carr to take the pen, and + I will dictate the same letter.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert readily took the seat just vacated by Eben, and rapidly wrote the + words dictated to him. + </p> + <p> + When he had finished his task, Mr. Melville took the two copies, and, + first examining them himself, handed them, together with the original + letter, to Justice Slocum. + </p> + <p> + “I have only to ask your honor,” he said, “to compare these three notes + and decide for yourself whether the original was written by Herbert Carr + or Mr. Eben Graham, the witness against him.” + </p> + <p> + Eben Graham looked very ill at ease, flushing and paling by turns while + the examination was going on. + </p> + <p> + “I submit,” he said, “that this is a very extraordinary way of treating a + witness.” + </p> + <p> + Justice Slocum, after a pause, said: “I find that Mr. Eben Graham's copy + is unmistakably in the same handwriting as the original letter, purporting + to be written by Herbert Carr.” + </p> + <p> + “It's not so!” faltered Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said George Melville, triumphantly, “as it seems clear that my + young client is the victim of a base conspiracy, engineered by the man who + has brought this charge of dishonesty against him, I have only to ask that + he be honorably discharged.” + </p> + <p> + “The request is granted,” said Justice Slocum. “Herbert, you can go. It is + clear that you are innocent of the charge made against you.” + </p> + <p> + “I protest,” began Eben Graham. + </p> + <p> + “As for you, Mr. Graham,” said the justice, severely, “I have no words to + express my scorn and detestation of your conduct in deliberately + contriving a plot to ruin the reputation of an innocent boy, who has never + done you any harm. Should Herbert Carr desire it, he is at liberty to sue + you for having him arrested on a false charge trumped up by yourself.” + </p> + <p> + Eben began to look frightened. + </p> + <p> + “I do not wish to punish Mr. Graham,” said Herbert. “It is enough for me + that my honesty has been vindicated.” + </p> + <p> + “Go, then,” said the justice to Eben. “It is fortunate for you that this + boy is so forbearing.” + </p> + <p> + Eben Graham slunk out of the justice's office, looking meaner and more + contemptible than ever, while Herbert was surrounded by his friends, who + congratulated him upon the happy issue of the trial. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. EBEN'S LAST HOPE FAILS. + </h2> + <p> + Ebenezer Graham had taken no stock in his son's charge against Herbert. He + was not prejudiced in favor of Herbert, nor did he feel particularly + friendly to him, but he was a man of shrewdness and common sense, and he + knew that Herbert was not a fool. When Eben made known to him the fact + that the stamps and money were missing, he said keenly: “What has become + of 'em?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know,” answered Eben, “but I can guess well enough.” + </p> + <p> + “Guess, then,” said his father, shortly. + </p> + <p> + “You know Herbert Carr took my place last evening?” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “There's no doubt that he took the stamps and money.” + </p> + <p> + “That isn't very likely.” + </p> + <p> + “I feel sure of it—so sure that I mean to charge him with it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, you can see what he says.” + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer did not understand that Eben intended to have the boy arrested, + and would not have consented to it had he known. But Eben slipped out of + the store, and arranged for the arrest without his father's knowledge. + Indeed, he did not learn till the trial had already commenced, Eben having + made some excuse for his absence. + </p> + <p> + When Eben returned his father greeted him in a tone very far from cordial. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Eben, I hear you've gone and made a fool of yourself?” + </p> + <p> + “I have only been defending your property, father,” said Eben, sullenly. + “I thought you'd appreciate it better than this.” + </p> + <p> + “You've charged an innocent boy with theft, and now all his friends will + lay it up agin' us.” + </p> + <p> + “Were you going to be robbed without saying a word?” asked Eben. + </p> + <p> + “No, I'm not, Eben Graham; I'm goin' to say a word, and now's the time to + say it. You can't pull wool over my eyes. The money's gone, and the stamps + are gone, and somebody's got 'em.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert Carr!” + </p> + <p> + “No, it isn't Herbert Carr. It's somebody nearer to me, I'm ashamed to + say, than Herbert Carr.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean to say I took them?” asked Eben. + </p> + <p> + “I won't bring a charge unless I can prove it, but I shall watch you + pretty closely after this.” + </p> + <p> + “In that case, I don't wish to work for you any longer; I throw up the + situation,” said Eben, loftily. + </p> + <p> + “Verv well. When are you going to leave town?” + </p> + <p> + “I ain't going to leave town at present.” + </p> + <p> + “Where are you going to board, then?” + </p> + <p> + Eben regarded his father in dismay. + </p> + <p> + “You're not going to send me adrift, are you?” he asked, in consternation. + </p> + <p> + “I'm not going to support you in idleness; if you give up your situation + in the store, you'll have to go to work for somebody else.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I could,” thought Eben, thinking of the rich young man at the + hotel, from whom he had sought a position as companion. + </p> + <p> + “Then I shall have to leave Wayneboro,” he said; “there's nothing to do + here.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there is; Farmer Collins wants a hired man.” + </p> + <p> + “A hired man!” repeated Eben, scornfully. “Do you think I am going—to + hire out on a farm?” + </p> + <p> + “You might do a great deal worse,” answered Ebenezer, sensibly. + </p> + <p> + “After being a dry-goods salesman in Boston, I haven't got down to that, I + beg to assure you,” said Eben, with an air of consequence. + </p> + <p> + “Then you will have to work in the store if you expect to stay at home,” + said his father. “And hark you, Eben Graham,” he added, “don't report any + more losses of money or stamps. I make you responsible for both.” + </p> + <p> + Eben went back to his work in an uneasy frame of mind. He saw that he had + not succeeded in imposing upon his father, and that the clear-sighted old + gentleman strongly suspected where the missing articles had gone. Eben + might have told, had he felt inclined, that the five-dollar bill had been + mailed to a lottery agent in New York in payment for a ticket in a + Southern lottery, and that the stamps were even now in his possession, and + would be sold at the first opportunity. His plan to throw suspicion upon + Herbert had utterly failed, and the cold looks with which he had been + greeted showed what the villagers thought of his attempt. + </p> + <p> + “I won't stay in Wayneboro much longer,” Eben inwardly resolved. “It's the + dullest hole in creation. I can get along somehow in a large place, but + here there's positively nothing. Hire out on a farm, indeed! My father + ought to be ashamed to recommend such a thing to his only son, when he's + so well off. If he would only give me two hundred dollars, I would go to + California and trouble him no more. Plenty of people make money in + California, and why shouldn't I? If that ticket draws a prize—” + </p> + <p> + And then Eben went into calculations of what he would do if only he drew a + prize of a thousand dollars. That wasn't too much to expect, for there + were several of that amount, and several considerably larger. He pictured + how independent he would be with his prize, and how he would tell his + father that he could get along without him, displaying at the same time a + large roll of bills. When he reached California he could buy an interest + in a mine, and perhaps within three or four years he could return home + twenty times as rich as his father. It was pleasant to think over all + this, and almost to persuade himself that the good luck had actually come. + However, he must wait a few days, for the ticket had not yet come, and the + lottery would not be drawn for a week. + </p> + <p> + The ticket arrived two days later; Eben took care to slip the envelope + into his pocket without letting his father or anyone else see it, for + unpleasant questions might have been asked as to where he got the money + that paid for it, Mr. Graham knowing very well that his son had not five + dollars by him. + </p> + <p> + For a few days Eben must remain in Wayneboro, until the lottery was drawn. + If he was unlucky, he would have to consider some other plan for raising + money to get away from Wayneboro. + </p> + <p> + It was not till the day after the trial and his triumphant acquittal, that + Herbert saw Eben. He came to the store to buy some groceries for his + mother. + </p> + <p> + “Good-evening, Herbert,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Eben,” said Herbert, coldly, “except in the way of business, I don't want + to speak to you.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't bear malice on account of that little affair, do you, Herbert?” + said Eben, smoothly. + </p> + <p> + “That little affair, as you call it, might have been a very serious affair + to me.” + </p> + <p> + “I only did my duty,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Was it your duty to charge an innocent person with theft?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't see who else could have taken the things,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Probably you know as well as anybody,” said Herbert, contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” demanded Eben, coloring. + </p> + <p> + “You know better than I do. How much do I owe you?” + </p> + <p> + “Thirty-three cents.” + </p> + <p> + “There is your money,” said Herbert, and walked out of the store. + </p> + <p> + “I hate that boy!” said Eben, scowling at Herbert's retreating figure. “He + puts on too many airs, just because a city man's taken him in charity and + is paying his expenses. Some time I'll be able to come up with him, I + hope.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was not of an unforgiving nature, but he felt that Eben had + wronged him deeply, and saw no reason why he would not repeat the injury + if he ever got the chance. He had at least a partial understanding of + Eben's mean nature and utter selfishness, and felt that he wished to have + nothing to do with him. Ebenezer Graham was very “close,” but he was a + hard-working man and honest as the world goes. He was tolerably respected + in Wayneboro, though not popular, but Eben seemed on the high road to + become a rascal. + </p> + <p> + A week slipped by, and a circular containing the list of prizes drawn was + sent to Eben. + </p> + <p> + He ran his eyes over it in a flutter of excitement. Alas! for his hopes. + In the list of lucky numbers the number on his ticket was not included. + </p> + <p> + “I have drawn a blank! Curse the luck!” he muttered, savagely. “The old + man needn't think I am going to stay here in Wayneboro. If he won't give + me money to go out West, why, then—” + </p> + <p> + But he did not say what then. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. A TRIP TO BOSTON. + </h2> + <p> + “To-morrow, Herbert,” said George Melville, as they parted for the day, “I + shall propose a new excursion to you.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert regarded him inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “I want to go to Boston to make a few purchases, but principally to + consult my physician.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you are not feeling any worse, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, with + genuine concern, for he had come to feel a regard for his employer, who + was always kind and considerate to him. + </p> + <p> + “No, I am feeling as well as usual; but I wish to consult Dr. Davies about + the coming winter—whether he would advise me to spend it in + Massachusetts.” + </p> + <p> + “If Mr. Melville goes away, I shall have to look for another place,” + thought Herbert, soberly. It was hardly likely, he knew, that he would + obtain a position so desirable as the one he now filled. + </p> + <p> + “I hope he will be able to do so, Mr. Melville,” he said, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “I hope so; but I shall not be surprised if the doctor ordered me away.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you won't want me to come to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, unless you object to going to Boston with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Object?” repeated Herbert, eagerly. “I should like nothing better.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, our hero, though a well-grown boy of sixteen, had never been to + Boston but three times, and the trip, commonplace as it may seem to my + traveled young readers, promised him a large amount of novelty and + pleasurable excitement. + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad of your company, Herbert. I hardly feel the strength or + enterprise to travel alone, even for so trifling a trip as going to + Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “At what hour will you go, Mr. Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “I will take the second train, at nine o'clock. It will afford me time + enough, and save my getting up before my usual time.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert would have preferred going by the first train, starting at + half-past seven, as it would have given him a longer day in the city, but + of course he felt that his employer had decided wisely. + </p> + <p> + “It will be quite a treat to me, going to Boston,” he said. “I have only + been there three times in my life.” + </p> + <p> + “You certainly have not been much of a traveler, Herbert,” said George + Melville, smiling. “However, you are young, and you may see a good deal of + the world yet before you die.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope I will. It must be delightful to travel.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, when you are young and strong,” said Melville, thoughtfully. “That + makes a great deal of difference in the enjoyment.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not fail to put in an appearance at the hotel considerably + before it was time to leave for the train. George Melville smiled at his + punctuality. + </p> + <p> + “I wish, Herbert,” he said, “that I could look forward with as much + pleasure as you feel to our trip to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish so, too, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, I shall enjoy it better for having a companion.” + </p> + <p> + The tickets were bought, and they took their places in one of the + passenger cars. + </p> + <p> + Just as the train was ready to start, Herbert saw a young man with a + ticket in his hand hurrying along the platform. + </p> + <p> + “Why, there's Eben Graham!” he said, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Is he entering the cars?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he has just got into the car behind us.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder if he is going to leave Wayneboro for good?” + </p> + <p> + “Probably he is only going to Boston for the day, perhaps to buy goods.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert thought it doubtful whether Ebenezer Graham would trust his son so + far, but did not say so. Eben, on his part, had not seen Herbert on board + the train, and was not aware that he was a fellow passenger. + </p> + <p> + The journey was a tolerably long one—forty miles—and consumed + an hour and a half. At last they rolled into the depot, and before the + train had fairly stopped the passengers began to crowd toward the doors of + the car. + </p> + <p> + “Let us remain till the crowd has passed out,” said George Melville. “It + is disagreeable to me to get into the throng, and it saves very little + time.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Looking out of the car window, Herbert saw Eben Graham walking swiftly + along the platform, and could not forbear wondering what had brought him + to the city. + </p> + <p> + “My doctor's office is on Tremont Street,” said Mr. Melville. “I shall go + there immediately, and may have to wait some time. It will be tiresome to + you, and I shall let you go where you please. You can meet me at the + Parker House, in School Street, at two o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know where the hotel is?” + </p> + <p> + “No, but I can find it,” answered Herbert, confidently. + </p> + <p> + “I believe I will also get you to attend to a part of my business for me.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very glad to do so,” said Herbert, sincerely. It made him feel + more important to be transacting business in Boston. + </p> + <p> + “Here is a check for a hundred and fifty dollars on the Merchants' Bank,” + continued George Melville. “It is payable to the bearer, and you will have + no trouble in getting the money on it. You may present it at the bank, and + ask for fives and tens and a few small bills.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert felt rather proud to have so much confidence reposed in him, for + to him a hundred and fifty dollars seemed a large sum of money, and he + felt that George Melville was a rich man to draw so much at one time. + </p> + <p> + “Had I better go to the bank at once?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think so; of course, I need not caution you to take good care of + the money.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll be sure to do that, sir.” + </p> + <p> + They walked together to Tremont Street, and Mr. Melville paused at a + doorway opposite the Common. + </p> + <p> + “My doctor's office is upstairs,” he said. “We will part here and meet at + the hotel. If you are late, I may go into the dining room; so if you don't + see me in the reading room, go to the door of the dining room and look + in.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir; but I think I shall be on time.” + </p> + <p> + “The bank is open now, and you can cash the check if you go down there.” + </p> + <p> + Left to himself, Herbert walked slowly along, looking into shop windows + and observing with interested attention the people whom he met. + </p> + <p> + “It must be very pleasant to live in the city,” he thought; “there is so + much going on all the time.” + </p> + <p> + It is no wonder that country boys are drawn toward the city, and feel that + their cup of happiness would be full if they could get a position in some + city store. They do not always find the reality equal to their + anticipations. The long hours and strict discipline of a city office or + mercantile establishment are not much like the freedom they pictured to + themselves, and after they have paid their board bill in some shabby + boarding house they seldom find much left over, either for amusement or + needful expenses. The majority of boys would do better to remain in their + country homes, where at least they can live comfortably and at small + expense, and take such employment as may fall in their way. They will + stand a much better chance of reaching a competence in middle life than if + they helped to crowd the ranks of city clerks and salesmen. There is many + a hard-working clerk of middle age, living poorly, and with nothing laid + by, in the city, who, had he remained in his native village, might have + reached a modest independence. It was hardly to be expected, however, that + Herbert would feel thus. Upon him the show and glitter of the city shops + and streets produced their natural effect, and he walked on buoyantly, + seeing three times as much as a city boy would have done. + </p> + <p> + He turned down School Street, passing the Parker House, where he was to + meet Mr. Melville. Just before he reached it he saw Eben Graham emerge + from the hotel and walk towards Washington Street. Eben did not look + behind him, and therefore did not see Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder where he is going?” thought our hero, as he followed a few steps + behind Eben. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. AN OBLIGING GUIDE. + </h2> + <p> + On Washington Street, not far from Old South Church, is an office for the + sale of railroad tickets to western points. It was this office which Eben + entered. + </p> + <p> + “He is going to inquire the price of a ticket to some western city,” + thought Herbert. “I heard him say one day that he wanted to go West.” + </p> + <p> + Our hero's curiosity was naturally aroused, and he stood at the entrance, + where he could not only see but hear what passed within. + </p> + <p> + “What do you charge for a ticket to Chicago?” he heard Eben ask. + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-two dollars,” was the answer of the young man behind the counter. + </p> + <p> + “You may give me one,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he drew from his vest pocket a roll of bills, and began to + count off the requisite sum. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was surprised. He had supposed that Eben was merely making + inquiries about the price of tickets. He had not imagined that he was + really going. + </p> + <p> + “Can Mr. Graham have given him money to go?” he asked himself. + </p> + <p> + “When can I start?” asked Eben, as he received a string of tickets from + the clerk. + </p> + <p> + “At three this afternoon.” + </p> + <p> + Eben seemed well pleased with this reply. He carefully deposited the + tickets in an inside vest pocket, and turned to go out of the office. As + he emerged from it he caught sight of Herbert, who had not yet started to + go. He looked surprised and annoyed. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert Carr!” he exclaimed. “How came you here?” + </p> + <p> + Mingled with his surprise there was a certain nervousness of manner, as + Herbert thought. + </p> + <p> + “I came to Boston with Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, coldly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” ejaculated Eben, with an air of perceptible relief. “Where is Mr. + Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “He has gone to the office of his physician, on Tremont Street.” + </p> + <p> + “Leaving you to your own devices, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Look out you don't get lost!” said Eben, with affected gayety. “I am here + on a little business for the old man.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not believe this, in view of what he had seen, but he did not + think it necessary to say so. + </p> + <p> + “Good-morning!” said Herbert, in a tone polite but not cordial. + </p> + <p> + “Good-morning! Oh, by the way, I have just been inquiring the cost of a + ticket to St. Louis,” said Eben, carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! Do you think of going out there?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if the old man will let me,” said Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Do you prefer St. Louis to Chicago?” asked Herbert, watching the face of + Eben attentively. + </p> + <p> + Eben's face changed, and he looked searchingly at our hero, but could read + nothing in his face. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, decidedly!” he answered, after a slight pause. “I don't think I would + care for Chicago.” + </p> + <p> + “And all the while you have a ticket for Chicago in your pocket!” thought + Herbert, suspiciously, “Well, that's your own affair entirely, not mine.” + </p> + <p> + “What train do you take back to Wayneboro?” asked Eben, not without + anxiety. + </p> + <p> + “We shall not go before four o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “I may be on the train with you,” said Eben, “though possibly I shall get + through in time to take an earlier one.” + </p> + <p> + “He is trying to deceive me,” thought Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Good-morning,” he said, formally, and walked away. + </p> + <p> + “I wish I hadn't met him,” muttered Eben to himself. “He may give the old + man a clew. However, I shall be safe out of the way before anything can be + done.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert kept on his way, and found the bank without difficulty. + </p> + <p> + He entered and looked about him. Though unaccustomed to banks, he watched + to see where others went to get checks cashed, and presented himself in + turn. + </p> + <p> + “How will you have it?” asked the paying teller. + </p> + <p> + “Fives and tens, and a few small bills,” answered Herbert, promptly. + </p> + <p> + The teller selected the requisite number of bank bills quickly, and passed + them out to Herbert. Our hero counted them, to make sure that they were + correct, and then put them away in his inside pocket. It gave him a + feeling of responsibility to be carrying about so much money, and he felt + that it was incumbent on him to be very careful. + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I go now?” he asked himself. + </p> + <p> + He would have liked to go to Charlestown, and ascend Bunker Hill Monument, + but did not know how to go. Besides, he feared he would not get back to + the Parker House at the time fixed by Mr. Melville. Still, he might be + able to do it. He addressed himself to a rather sprucely dressed man of + thirty-five whom he met at the door of the bank. + </p> + <p> + “I beg your pardon, sir, but can you tell me how far it is to Bunker Hill + Monument?” + </p> + <p> + “About a mile and a half,” answered the stranger. + </p> + <p> + “Could I go there and get back to the Parker House before one o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Could you?” repeated the man, briskly. “Why, to be sure you could!” + </p> + <p> + “But I don't know the way.” + </p> + <p> + “You have only to take one of the Charlestown horse cars, and it will land + you only a couple of minutes' walk from the monument.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you tell me what time it is, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Only a little past eleven. So you have never been to Bunker Hill + Monument, my lad?” + </p> + <p> + “No sir; I live in the country, forty miles away and seldom come to + Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “I see, I see,” said the stranger, his eyes snapping in a very peculiar + way. “Every patriotic young American ought to see the place where Warren + fell.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to if you could tell me where to take the cars.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, certainly I will,” said the other, quickly. “In fact—let me + see,” and he pulled out a silver watch from his vest pocket, “I've a great + mind to go over with you myself.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't like to trouble you, sir,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, it will be no trouble. Business isn't pressing this morning, and I + haven't been over for a long time myself. If you don't object to my + company, I will accompany you.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind,” said Herbert. “If you are quite sure that you are not + inconveniencing yourself, I shall be very glad to go with you—that + is, if you think I can get back to the Parker House by one o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “I will guarantee that you do,” said the stranger, confidently. “My young + friend, I am glad to see that you are particular to keep your business + engagements. In a varied business experience, I have observed that it is + precisely that class who are destined to win the favor of their employer + and attain solid success.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems a very sensible man,” thought Herbert; “and his advice is + certainly good.” + </p> + <p> + “Come this way,” said the stranger, crossing Washington Street. “Scollay's + Square is close at hand, and there we shall find a Charlestown horse car.” + </p> + <p> + Of course Herbert yielded himself to the guidance of his new friend, and + they walked up Court Street together. + </p> + <p> + “That,” said the stranger, pointing out a large, somber building to the + left, “is the courthouse. The last time I entered it was to be present at + the trial of a young man of my acquaintance who had fallen into evil + courses, and, yielding to temptation, had stolen from his employer. It was + a sad sight,” said the stranger, shaking his head. + </p> + <p> + “I should think it must have been,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, why, why will young men yield to the seductions of pleasure?” + exclaimed the stranger, feelingly. + </p> + <p> + “Was he convicted?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and sentenced to a three years term in the State prison,” answered + his companion. “It always makes me feel sad when I think of the fate of + that young man.” + </p> + <p> + “I should think it would, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I have mentioned it as a warning to one who is just beginning life,” + continued the stranger. “But here is our car.” + </p> + <p> + A Charlestown car, with an outside sign, Bunker Hill, in large letters, + came by, and the two got on board. + </p> + <p> + They rode down Cornhill, and presently the stranger pointed out Faneuil + Hall. + </p> + <p> + “Behold the Cradle of Liberty,” he said. “Of course, you have heard of + Faneuil Hall?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” and Herbert gazed with interest at the building of which he + had heard so much. + </p> + <p> + It was but a short ride to Charlestown. They got out at the foot of a + steep street, at the head of which the tall, granite column which crowns + the summit of Bunker Hill stood like a giant sentinel ever on guard. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. A NEW BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL. + </h2> + <p> + Just opposite the monument is a small, one-story structure, where views of + the shaft may be purchased and tickets obtained. + </p> + <p> + “There is a small admission fee,” said Herbert's companion. + </p> + <p> + “How much is it?” asked our hero. + </p> + <p> + “Twenty cents.” + </p> + <p> + As Herbert thrust his hand into his pocket for the necessary money, his + companion said: + </p> + <p> + “You had better let me pay for both tickets.” + </p> + <p> + Though he said this, he didn't make any motion to do so. + </p> + <p> + “No, I will pay for both,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “But I really cannot permit you to pay for mine.” + </p> + <p> + And still the speaker made no movement to purchase his ticket. + </p> + <p> + Herbert settled the matter by laying half a dollar on the desk, and asking + for two tickets. He began to see that, in spite of his disclaimer, his + guide intended him to do so. On the whole, this didn't please him. He + would rather have had his offer frankly accepted. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't mean to have you pay,” said the young man, as they passed + through the door admitting them to an inner apartment, from which there + was an exit into a small, inclosed yard, through which they were to reach + the entrance to a spiral staircase by which the ascent was made. + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not answer, for he understood that his guide was not telling + the truth, and he did not like falsehood or deceit. + </p> + <p> + They entered the monument and commenced the ascent. + </p> + <p> + “We have a tiresome ascent before us,” said the other. + </p> + <p> + “How many steps are there?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “About three hundred,” was the reply. + </p> + <p> + At different points in the ascent they came to landings where they could + catch glimpses of the outward world through long, narrow, perpendicular + slits in the sides of the monument. + </p> + <p> + At last they reached the top. + </p> + <p> + Herbert's guide looked about him sharply, and seemed disappointed to find + a lady and gentleman and child also enjoying the view. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had never been so high before. Indeed, he had never been in any + high building, and he looked about him with a novel sense of enjoyment. + </p> + <p> + “What a fine view there is here!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “True,” assented his companion. “Let me point out to you the different + towns visible to the naked eye.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you would,” said the boy. + </p> + <p> + So his guide pointed out Cambridge, Chelsea, Malden, the Charles and + Mystic Rivers, gleaming in the sunshine, the glittering dome of the Boston + State House and other conspicuous objects. Herbert felt that it was worth + something to have a companion who could do him this service, and he felt + the extra twenty cents he had paid for his companion's ticket was a + judicious investment. + </p> + <p> + He noticed with some surprise that his companion seemed annoyed by the + presence of the other party already referred to. He scowled and shrugged + his shoulders when he looked at them, and in a low voice, inaudible to + those of whom he spoke, he said to Herbert: “Are they going to stay here + all day?” + </p> + <p> + “What does it matter to me if they do?” returned Herbert, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, to him they seemed very pleasant people, and he was especially + attracted by the sweet face of the little girl. He wished he had been + fortunate enough to possess such a sister. + </p> + <p> + At last, however, they finished their sightseeing, and prepared to + descend. Herbert's companion waited till the sound of their descending + steps died away, and then, turning to Herbert, said in a quick, stern + tone: “Now give me the money you have in your pocket.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” he said. + </p> + <p> + Herbert recoiled, and stared at the speaker in undisguised astonishment. + </p> + <p> + “I mean just what I say,” returned the other. “You have one hundred and + fifty dollars in your pocket. You need not deny it, for I saw you draw it + from the bank and put it away.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a thief, then?” demanded Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No matter what I am, I must have that money,” said the stranger. “I came + over with you exclusively to get it, and I mean business.” + </p> + <p> + He made a step towards Herbert, but the boy faced him unflinchingly, and + answered resolutely: “I mean business, too. The money is not mine, and I + shall not give it up.” + </p> + <p> + “Take care!” said the other, menacingly, “we are alone here. You are a boy + and I am a man.” + </p> + <p> + “I know that; but you will have to fight to get the money,” said Herbert, + without quailing. + </p> + <p> + He looked to the staircase, but his treacherous guide stood between him + and it, and he was practically a prisoner at the top of the monument. + </p> + <p> + “Don't be a fool!” said the stranger. “You may as well give up the money + to me first as last.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't propose to give it up to you at all,” said Herbert. “My employer + trusted me with it, and I mean to be true to my trust.” + </p> + <p> + “You can tell him that it was taken from you—that you could not help + yourself. Now hand it over!” + </p> + <p> + “Never!” exclaimed Herbert, resolutely. + </p> + <p> + “We'll see about that,” said his companion, seizing the boy and grappling + with him. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was a strong boy for his age, and he accepted the challenge. + Though his antagonist was a man, he found that the boy was powerful, and + not to be mastered as easily as he anticipated. + </p> + <p> + “Confound you!” he muttered, “I wish I had a knife!” + </p> + <p> + Though Herbert made a vigorous resistance, his opponent was his superior + in strength, and would ultimately have got the better of him. He had + thrown Herbert down, and was trying to thrust his hand into his coat + pocket, when a step was heard, and a tall man of Western appearance + stepped on the scene. + </p> + <p> + “Hello!” he said, surveying the two combatants in surprise. “What's all + this? Let that boy alone, you skunk, you!” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke, he seized the man by the collar and jerked him to his feet. + </p> + <p> + “What does all this mean?” he asked, turning from one to the other. + </p> + <p> + “This boy has robbed me of one hundred and fifty dollars,” said the man, + glibly. “I fell in with him in the Boston cars, and he relieved me of a + roll of bills which I had drawn from a bank in Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “What have you got to say to this?” asked the Western man, turning to + Herbert, who was now on his feet. + </p> + <p> + “Only this,” answered Herbert, “that it is a lie. It was I who drew the + money from the Merchants' Bank in Boston. This man saw me cash the check, + followed me, and offered to come here with me, when I asked him for + directions.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a likely story!” sneered the young man. “My friend here is too + sharp to believe it.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't call me your friend!” said the Western man, bluntly. “I'm more than + half convinced you're a scamp.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't propose to stay here and be insulted. Let the boy give me my + money, and I won't have him arrested.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't be in too much of a hurry, young man! I want to see about this + thing. What bank did you draw the money from?” + </p> + <p> + “From the Merchants' Bank—the boy has got things reversed. He saw me + draw it, inveigled himself into my confidence, and picked my pocket.” + </p> + <p> + “Look here—stop right there! Your story doesn't hang together!” said + the tall Westerner, holding up his finger. “You said you met this boy in a + horse car.” + </p> + <p> + “We came over together in a Charlestown horse car,” said the rogue, + abashed. + </p> + <p> + “You've given yourself away. Now make yourself scarce! Scoot!” + </p> + <p> + The rascal looked in the face of the tall, resolute man from the West, and + thought it prudent to obey. He started to descend, but a well-planted kick + accelerated his progress, and he fell down several steps, bruising his + knees. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir!” said Herbert, gratefully. “It was lucky you came up just + as you did. The rascal had got his hand on the money.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a miserable scamp!” answered Herbert's new friend. “If there'd been + a police-man handy, I'd have given him in charge. I've come clear from + Wisconsin to see where Warren fell, but I didn't expect to come across + such a critter as that on Bunker Hill.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert pointed out to his new friend the objects in view, repeating the + information he had so recently acquired. Then, feeling that he could spare + no more time, he descended the stairs and jumped on board a horse car + bound for Boston. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. AN ACCEPTABLE PRESENT. + </h2> + <p> + As the clock at the Old South Church struck one, Herbert ascended the + steps of Parker's Hotel, and walked into the reading room. George Melville + was already there. + </p> + <p> + “You are on time, Herbert,” he said, with a smile, as our hero made his + appearance. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; but I began to think I should miss my appointment.” + </p> + <p> + “Where have you been?” + </p> + <p> + “To Bunker Hill.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you ascend the monument?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, and had a fight at the summit.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Melville looked at Herbert in amazement. + </p> + <p> + “Had a fight at the top of Bunker Hill Monument?” he ejaculated. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; let me tell you about it.” + </p> + <p> + When the story was told, Mr. Melville said: “That was certainly a + remarkable adventure, Herbert. Still, I am not sorry that it occurred.” + </p> + <p> + It was Herbert's turn to look surprised. + </p> + <p> + “I will tell you why. It proves to me that you are worthy of my + confidence, and can be trusted with the care of money. It has also taught + you a lesson, to beware of knaves, no matter how plausible they may be.” + </p> + <p> + “I haven't got over my surprise yet, sir, at discovering the real + character of the man who went with me. I am sorry I met him. I don't like + to distrust people.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor I. But it is not necessary to distrust everybody. In your journey + through the world you will make many agreeable and trustworthy + acquaintances in whom it will be safe to confide. It is only necessary to + be cautious and not give your confidence too soon.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I didn't mention that I met somebody from Wayneboro,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Was it Eben Graham?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I met him myself on Washington Street. Did you speak to him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose he goes back to-night?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think he will go back at all, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + His employer looked at him inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “I saw him buy a ticket to Chicago, though he does not know it,” continued + Herbert. “When he spoke with me he didn't admit it, but spoke of going + back by an afternoon train.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid he has appropriated some of his father's funds,” said + Melville. “I doubt if Ebenezer Graham would voluntarily furnish him the + means of going West.” + </p> + <p> + “That was just what occurred to me,” said Herbert; “but I didn't like to + think that Eben would steal.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps he has not. We shall be likely to hear when we return. But you + must be hungry. We will go in to dinner.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert followed Mr. Melville into the dining room, where a good dinner + was ordered, and partaken of. Herbert looked over the bill of fare, but + the high prices quite startled him. He was not used to patronizing hotels, + and it seemed to him that the price asked for a single dish ought to be + enough to pay for a whole dinner for two. He knew about what it cost for a + meal at home, and did not dream that it would amount to so much more at a + hotel. + </p> + <p> + When the check was brought Herbert looked at it. + </p> + <p> + “Two dollars and a half!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “It costs an awful amount to live in Boston.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh a dinner can be got much cheaper at most places in Boston,” said + George Melville, smiling, “but I am used to Parker's, and generally come + here.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad it doesn't cost so much to live in Wayneboro,” said Herbert. + “We couldn't afford even one meal a day.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven't asked me what the doctor said,” remarked Melville, as they + left the dining room. + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me, Mr. Melville. It wasn't from any lack of interest.” + </p> + <p> + “He advises me to go West by the first of October, either to Colorado or + Southern California.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert's countenance fell. The first of October would soon come, and his + pleasant and profitable engagement with Mr. Melville would close. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry,” he said, gravely. + </p> + <p> + “I am not so sorry as I should have been a few weeks ago,” said Melville. + “Then I should have looked forward to a journey as lonely and monotonous. + Now, with a companion, I think I may have a pleasant time.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is going with you, Mr. Melville?” asked Herbert, feeling, it must be + confessed, a slight twinge of jealousy. + </p> + <p> + “I thought perhaps you would be willing to accompany me,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Would you really take me, Mr. Melville?” cried Herbert, joyfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you will go.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like nothing better. I have always wanted to travel. It quite + takes my breath away to think of going so far away.” + </p> + <p> + “I should hardly venture to go alone,” continued George Melville. “I shall + need some one to look after the details of the journey, and to look after + me if I fall sick. Do you think you would be willing to do that?” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you won't fall sick, Mr. Melville; but if you do, I will take the + best care of you I know how.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure you will, Herbert, and I would rather have you about me than a + man. Indeed, I already begin to think of you as a younger brother.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, gratefully. “I am glad you do.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think your mother will object to your leaving home, Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “Not with you. She knows I shall be well provided for with you. Can I + arrange to send money regularly to mother?” asked the boy. “I shouldn't + like to think of her as suffering for want of it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but to guard against emergencies, we can leave her a sum of money + before you start.” + </p> + <p> + After dinner Mr. Melville proposed to Herbert to accompany him on a walk + up Washington Street, They walked slowly, Herbert using his eyes + diligently, for to him the display in the shop windows was novel and + attractive. + </p> + <p> + At length they paused at the door of a large and handsome jewelry store—one + of the two finest in Boston. + </p> + <p> + “I want to go in here, Herbert,” said his employer. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I stay outside?” + </p> + <p> + “No, come in with me. You may like to look about.” + </p> + <p> + Though Herbert had no idea of the cost of the fine stock with which the + store was provided, he saw that it must be valuable, and wondered where + purchasers enough could be found to justify keeping so large a supply of + watches, chains, rings and the numberless other articles in gold and + silver which he saw around him. + </p> + <p> + “I would like to look at your watches,” said Melville to the salesman who + came forward to inquire his wishes. + </p> + <p> + “Gold or silver, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Silver.” + </p> + <p> + “This way, if you please.” + </p> + <p> + He led the way to a case where through the glass covering Herbert saw + dozens of silver watches of all sizes and grades lying ready for + inspection. + </p> + <p> + “For what price can I get a fair silver watch?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Swiss or Waltham?” + </p> + <p> + “Waltham. I may as well patronize home manufactures.” + </p> + <p> + “Here is a watch I will sell you for fifteen dollars,” said the salesman, + drawing out a neat-looking watch, of medium size. “It will keep excellent + time, and give you good satisfaction.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well; I will buy it on your recommendation. Have you any silver + chains?” + </p> + <p> + One was selected of pretty pattern, and George Melville paid for both. + </p> + <p> + “How do you like the watch and chain, Herbert?” said his employer, as they + left the store. + </p> + <p> + “They are very pretty, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you wonder what I want of two watches,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you don't like to take your gold watch with you when you go out + West, for fear of thieves.” + </p> + <p> + “No, that is not the reason. If I am so unfortunate as to lose my gold + watch, I will buy another. The fact is, I have bought this silver watch + and chain for you.” + </p> + <p> + “For me!” exclaimed Herbert, intensely delighted. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; it will be convenient for you, as well as me, to be provided with a + watch. Every traveler needs one. There; put it in your pocket, and see how + it looks.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind to me, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, gratefully. “You + couldn't have bought me anything which I should value more.” + </p> + <p> + When Herbert had arranged the watch and chain to suit him, it must be + confessed that it engrossed a large part of his attention, and it was + wonderful how often he had occasion to consult it during the first walk + after it came into his possession. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. A THIEF IN TROUBLE. + </h2> + <p> + “Have you ever visited the suburbs of Boston?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Herbert. “I know very little of the city, and nothing of + the towns near it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, as we have time to spare, we will board the next horse car and ride + out to Roxbury.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like it very much, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, in a tone of + satisfaction. I may remark that Roxbury was at that time a separate + municipality, and had not been annexed to Boston. + </p> + <p> + They did not have to wait long for a car. An open car, of the kind in + common use during the pleasant season, drew near, and they secured seats + in it. After leaving Dover Street, Washington Street, still then narrow, + broadens into a wide avenue, and is called the Neck. It was gay with + vehicles of all sorts, and Herbert found much to attract his attention. + </p> + <p> + “The doctor tells me I ought to be a good deal in the open air,” said + Melville, “and I thought I would act at once upon his suggestion. It is + much pleasanter than taking medicine.” + </p> + <p> + “I should think so,” answered Herbert, emphatically. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the end of the route, Melville and Herbert remained on the car, + and returned at once to the city. When they reached the crowded part of + Washington Street a surprise awaited Herbert. + </p> + <p> + From a small jewelry store they saw a man come out, and walk rapidly away. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, in excitement, “do you see that man?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. What of him?” + </p> + <p> + “It is the man who tried to rob me on Bunker Hill Monument.” + </p> + <p> + He had hardly uttered these words when another man darted from the shop, + bareheaded, and pursued Herbert's morning acquaintance, crying, “Stop, + thief!” + </p> + <p> + The thief took to his heels, but a policeman was at hand, and seized him + by the collar. + </p> + <p> + “What has this man been doing?” he asked, as the jeweler's clerk came up, + panting. + </p> + <p> + “He has stolen a diamond ring from the counter,” answered the clerk. “I + think he has a watch besides.” + </p> + <p> + “It's a lie!” said the thief, boldly. + </p> + <p> + “Search him!” said the clerk, “and you'll find that I have made no + mistake.” + </p> + <p> + “Come with me to the station house, and prepare your complaint,” said the + policeman. + </p> + <p> + By this time a crowd had gathered, and the thief appealed to them. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” he said, “I am a reputable citizen of St. Louis, come to + Boston to buy goods, and I protest against this outrage. It is either a + mistake or a conspiracy, I don't know which.” + </p> + <p> + The thief was well dressed, and some of the bystanders were disposed to + put confidence in him. He had not seen Herbert and George Melville, who + had left the car and joined the throng, or he might not have spoken so + confidently. + </p> + <p> + “He doesn't look like a thief,” said one of the bystanders, a + benevolent-looking old gentleman. + </p> + <p> + “I should say not,” said the thief, more boldly. “It's a pretty state of + things if a respectable merchant can't enter a store here in Boston + without being insulted and charged with theft. If I only had some of my + friends or acquaintances here, they would tell you that it is simply + ridiculous to make such a charge against me.” + </p> + <p> + “You can explain this at the station house,” said the policeman. “It is my + duty to take you there.” + </p> + <p> + “Is there no one who knows the gentleman?” said the philanthropist before + referred to. “Is there no one to speak up for him?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert pressed forward, and said, quietly: + </p> + <p> + “I know something of him; I passed the morning in his company.” + </p> + <p> + The thief turned quickly, but he didn't seem gratified to see Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “The boy is mistaken,” he said, hurriedly; “I never saw him before.” + </p> + <p> + “But I have seen you, sir,” retorted our hero. “You saw me draw some money + from a bank in State Street, scraped acquaintance with me, and tried to + rob me of it on Bunker Hill.” + </p> + <p> + “It's a lie!” said the prisoner, hoarsely. + </p> + <p> + “Do you wish to make a charge to that effect?” asked the policeman. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; I only mentioned what I knew of him to support the charge of + this gentleman,” indicating the jeweler's clerk. + </p> + <p> + The old gentleman appeared to lose his interest in the prisoner after + Herbert's statement, and he was escorted without further delay to the + station house, where a gold watch and the diamond ring were both found on + his person. It is scarcely needful to add that he was tried and sentenced + to a term of imprisonment in the very city—Charlestown—where + he had attempted to rob Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “It is not always that retribution so quickly overtakes the wrongdoer,” + said Melville. “St. Louis will hardly be proud of the man who claims her + citizenship.” + </p> + <p> + “Dishonesty doesn't seem to pay in his case,” said Herbert, thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “It never pays in any case, Herbert,” said George Melville, emphatically. + “Even if a man could steal enough to live upon, and were sure not to be + found out, he would not enjoy his ill-gotten gain, as an honest man enjoys + the money he works hard for. But when we add the risk of detection and the + severe penalty of imprisonment, it seems a fatal mistake for any man to + overstep the bounds of honesty and enroll himself as a criminal.” + </p> + <p> + “I agree with you, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, thoughtfully. “I don't + think I shall ever be tempted, but if I am, I will think of this man and + his quick detection.” + </p> + <p> + When they reached the depot, a little before four o'clock, George Melville + sent Herbert to the ticket office to purchase tickets, while he remained + in the waiting room. + </p> + <p> + “I might as well accustom you to the duties that are likely to devolve + upon you,” he said, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had purchased the tickets and was turning away, when to his + surprise he saw Ebenezer Graham enter the depot, laboring evidently under + considerable excitement. He did not see Herbert, so occupied was he with + thoughts of an unpleasant nature, till the boy greeted him respectfully. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert Carr!” he said; “when did you come into Boston?” + </p> + <p> + “This morning, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you seen anything of my son, Eben, here?” gasped Mr. Graham. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; he was on the same train, but I did not see him to speak to him + till after I reached the city.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know what he has been doing here?” asked Ebenezer, his face + haggard with anxiety. + </p> + <p> + “I only saw him for five minutes,” answered Herbert, reluctant to tell the + father what he knew would confirm any suspicion he might entertain. + </p> + <p> + “Where did you see him?” demanded Ebenezer, quickly. + </p> + <p> + “At a railroad ticket office not far from the Old South Church.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know if he bought any ticket?” asked Ebenezer, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Herbert. “I overheard him purchasing a ticket to Chicago.” + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer groaned, and his face seemed more and more wizened and puckered + up. + </p> + <p> + “It is as I thought!” he exclaimed, bitterly. “My own son has robbed me + and fled like a thief, as he is.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was shocked, but not surprised. He didn't like to ask particulars, + but Ebenezer volunteered them. + </p> + <p> + “This morning,” he said, “I foolishly gave Eben a hundred dollars, and + sent him to Boston to pay for a bill of goods which I recently bought of a + wholesale house on Milk Street. If I had only known you were going in, I + would have sent it by you.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert felt gratified at this manifestation of confidence, especially as + he had so recently been charged with robbing the post office, but did not + interrupt Mr. Graham, who continued: + </p> + <p> + “As soon as Eben was fairly gone, I began to feel sorry I sent him, for he + got into extravagant ways when he was in Boston before, and he had been + teasing me to give him money enough to go out West with. About noon I + discovered that he had taken fifty dollars more than the amount I + intrusted to him, and then I couldn't rest till I was on my way to Boston + to find out the worst. I went to the house on Milk Street and found they + had seen nothing of Eben. Then I knew what had happened. The graceless boy + has robbed his father of a hundred and fifty dollars, and is probably on + his way West by this time.” + </p> + <p> + “He was to start by the three o'clock train, I think,” said Herbert, and + gave his reasons for thinking so. + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer seemed so utterly cast down by this confirmation of his worst + suspicions, that Herbert called Mr. Melville, thinking he might be able to + say something to comfort him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. EBENEZER GRAHAM'S GRIEF. + </h2> + <p> + “How much have you lost by your son, Mr. Graham?” asked George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Nearly two hundred and fifty dollars,” groaned Ebenezer, “counting what I + paid in the city to his creditors, it is terrible, terrible!” and he wrung + his hands in his bitterness of spirit. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry for you,” said Melville, “and still more for him.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should you be sorry for him?” demanded Ebenezer, sharply. “He hasn't + lost anything.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it nothing to lose his consciousness of integrity, to leave his home + knowing that he is a thief?” + </p> + <p> + “Little he'll care for that!” said Mr. Graham, shrugging his shoulders. + “He's laughing in his sleeve, most likely, at the way he has duped and + cheated me, his father.” + </p> + <p> + “How old is Eben, Mr. Graham?” + </p> + <p> + “He will be twenty in November,” answered Ebenezer, apparently puzzled by + the question. + </p> + <p> + “Then, as he is so young, let us hope that he may see the error of his + ways, and repent.” + </p> + <p> + “That won't bring me back my money,” objected Ebenezer, querulously. It + was clear that he thought more of the money he had lost than of his son's + lack of principle. + </p> + <p> + “No, it will not give you back your money, but it may give you back a son + purified and prepared to take an honorable position in society.” + </p> + <p> + “No, no; he's bad, bad!” said the stricken father. “What did he care for + the labor and toil it took to save up that money?” + </p> + <p> + “I hope the loss of the money will not distress you, Mr. Graham.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, no, not exactly,” said Ebenezer, hesitating. “I shall have to take + some money from the savings bank to make up what that graceless boy has + stolen.” + </p> + <p> + It was clear that Ebenezer Graham would not have to go to the poorhouse in + consequence of his losses. + </p> + <p> + “I can hardly offer you consolation,” said George Melville, “but I suspect + that you will not be called upon to pay any more money for your son.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't mean to!” said Ebenezer, grimly. + </p> + <p> + “Going away as he has done, he will find it necessary to support himself, + and will hardly have courage to send to you for assistance.” + </p> + <p> + “Let him try it!” said Ebenezer, his eyes snapping. + </p> + <p> + “He may, therefore, being thrown upon his own resources, be compelled to + work hard, and that will probably be the best thing that can happen to + him.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope he will! I hope he will!” said the storekeeper. “He may find out + after a while that he had an easy time at home, and was better paid than + he will be among strangers. I won't pay any more of his debts. I'll + publish a notice saying that I have given him his time, and won't pay any + more debts of his contracting. He might run into debt enough to ruin me, + between now and the time he becomes of age.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville considered that the storekeeper was justified in taking + this step, and said so. + </p> + <p> + While they were on the train, Ebenezer got measurably reconciled to his + loss, and his busy brain began to calculate how much money he would save + by ceasing to be responsible for Eben's expenses of living and prospective + debts. Without this drawback, he knew he would grow richer every year. He + knew also that notwithstanding the sum it had just cost him, he would be + better off at the end of the year than the beginning, and to a man of his + character this was perhaps the best form of consolation that he could + have. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly it occurred to Mr. Graham that he should need a clerk in place of + his son. + </p> + <p> + “Now that Eben has gone, Herbert,” he said, “I am ready to take you back.” + </p> + <p> + This was a surprise, for Herbert had not thought of the effect upon his + own business prospects. + </p> + <p> + “I have got a place, thank you, Mr. Graham,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “You don't call trampin' round huntin' and fishin' work, do you?” said + Ebenezer. + </p> + <p> + “It is very agreeable work, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “But it stands to reason that you can't earn much that way. I wouldn't + give you twenty-five cents a week for such doings.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you willing to pay me more than Mr. Melville does?” asked Herbert, + demurely, smiling to himself. + </p> + <p> + “How much does he pay you now?” asked Ebenezer, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “Six dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “Six dollars a week!” repeated the storekeeper, in incredulous amazement. + “Sho! you're joking!” + </p> + <p> + “You can ask Mr. Melville, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Ebenezer regarded George Melville with an inquiring look. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I pay Herbert six dollars a week,” said he, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I never!” ejaculated Ebenezer. “That's the strangest thing I ever + heard. How in the name of conscience can a boy earn so much money trampin' + round?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it would not be worth as much to anyone else,” said Melville, + “but Herbert suits me, and I need cheerful company.” + </p> + <p> + “You ain't goin' to keep him long at that figger, be you, Mr. Melville?” + asked Mr. Graham, bluntly. + </p> + <p> + “I think we shall be together a considerable time, Mr. Graham. If, + however, you should be willing to pay Herbert a larger salary, I might + feel it only just to release him from his engagement to me.” + </p> + <p> + “Me pay more'n six dollars a week!” gasped Ebenezer. “I ain't quite crazy. + Why, it would take about all I get from the post office.” + </p> + <p> + “You wouldn't expect me to take less than I can earn elsewhere, Mr. + Graham,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No-o!” answered the storekeeper, slowly. He was evidently nonplused by + the absolute necessity of getting another clerk, and his inability to + think of a suitable person. + </p> + <p> + “If Tom Tripp was with me, I might work him into the business,” said + Ebenezer, thoughtfully, “but he's bound out to a farmer.” + </p> + <p> + An inspiration came to Herbert. He knew that his mother would be glad to + earn something, and there was little else to do in Wayneboro. + </p> + <p> + “I think,” he said, “you might make an arrangement with my mother, to make + up and sort the mail, for a time, at least.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, so I could; I didn't think of that,” answered Ebenezer, relieved. + “Do you think she'd come over to-morrow mornin'?” + </p> + <p> + “If she can't, I will,” said Herbert. “I don't meet Mr. Melville till nine + o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “So do! I'll expect you. I guess I'll come over and see your mother this + evenin', and see if I can't come to some arrangement with her.” + </p> + <p> + It may be added that Mr. Graham did as proposed, and Mrs. Carr agreed to + render him the assistance he needed for three dollars a week. It required + only her mornings, and a couple of hours at the close of the afternoon, + and she was very glad to convert so much time into money. + </p> + <p> + “It makes me feel more independent,” she said. “I don't want to feel that + you do all the work, Herbert, and maintain the family single-handed.” + </p> + <p> + The same evening Herbert broached the plan of traveling with Mr. Melville. + As might have been expected, his mother was at first startled, and + disposed to object, but Herbert set before her the advantages, both to + himself and the family, and touched upon the young man's need of a + companion so skillfully and eloquently that she was at last brought to + regard the proposal favorably. She felt that George Melville was one to + whom she could safely trust her only boy. Moreover, her own time would be + partly occupied, owing to the arrangement she had just made to assist in + the post office, so that Herbert carried his point. + </p> + <p> + The tenth of October arrived, the date which George Melville had fixed + upon for his departure. Mrs. Carr had put Herbert's wardrobe in order, and + he had bought himself a capacious carpetbag and an umbrella, and looked + forward with eagerness to the day on which their journey was to commence. + He had long thought and dreamed of the West, its plains and cities, but + had never supposed that it would be his privilege to make acquaintance + with them, at any rate, until he should have become twice his present age. + But the unexpected had happened, and on Monday he and George Melville were + to start for Chicago. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. AN OLD ACQUAINTANCE IN CHICAGO. + </h2> + <p> + In due time our travelers reached Chicago, and put up at the Palmer House. + Herbert was much impressed by the elegance of the hotel, its sumptuous + furniture, and luxurious table. It must be considered that he was an + inexperienced traveler, though had he been otherwise he might be excused + for his admiration. + </p> + <p> + “I have some business in Chicago, and shall remain two or three days,” + said George Melville. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was quite reconciled to the delay, and, as his services were not + required, employed his time in making himself familiar with the famous + Western city. He kept his eyes open, and found something new and + interesting at every step. One day, as he was passing through the lower + portion of the city, his attention was called to a young man wheeling a + barrow of cabbages and other vegetables, a little in advance of him. Of + course, there was nothing singular about this, but there seemed something + familiar in the figure of the young man. Herbert quickened his step, and + soon came up with him. + </p> + <p> + One glance was enough. Though disguised by a pair of overalls, and without + a coat, Herbert recognized the once spruce dry-goods clerk, Eben Graham. + </p> + <p> + Eben recognized Herbert at the same time. He started, and flushed with + shame, not because of the theft of which he had been guilty, but because + he was detected in an honest, but plebeian labor. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert Carr!” he exclaimed, stopping short. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Eben; it is I!” + </p> + <p> + “You find me changed,” said Eben, dolefully. + </p> + <p> + “No, I should recognize you anywhere.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't mean that. I have sunk very low,” and he glanced pathetically at + the wheelbarrow. + </p> + <p> + “If you refer to your employment, I don't agree with you. It is an honest + business.” + </p> + <p> + “True, but I never dreamed when I stood behind the counter in Boston, and + waited on fashionable ladies, that I should ever come to this.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems more ashamed of wheeling vegetables than of stealing,” thought + Herbert, and he was correct. + </p> + <p> + “How do you happen to be in this business, Eben?” he asked, with some + curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “I must do it or starve. I was cheated out of my money soon after I came + here, and didn't know where to turn.” + </p> + <p> + Eben did not explain that he lost his money in a gambling house. He might + have been cheated out of it, but it was his own fault, for venturing into + competition with older and more experienced knaves than himself. + </p> + <p> + “I went for thirty-six hours without food,” continued Eben, “when I fell + in with a man who kept a vegetable store, and he offered to employ me. I + have been with him ever since.” + </p> + <p> + “You were fortunate to find employment,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Fortunate!” repeated Eben, in a tragic tone. “How much wages do you think + I get?” + </p> + <p> + “I can't guess.” + </p> + <p> + “Five dollars a week, and have to find myself,” answered Eben, mournfully. + “What would my fashionable friends in Boston say if they could see me?” + </p> + <p> + “I wouldn't mind what they said as long as you are getting an honest + living.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you happen to be out here?” asked Eben. + </p> + <p> + His story was told in a few words. + </p> + <p> + “You are always in luck!” said Eben, enviously. “I wish I had your chance. + Is Mr. Melville very rich?” + </p> + <p> + “He is rich; but I don't know how rich.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think he'd lend me money enough to get home?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you ask him?” + </p> + <p> + “I will tell him that you made the request, Eben,” answered Herbert, + cautiously. “Have you applied to your father?” + </p> + <p> + “To the old man? Yes. He hasn't any more heart than a grindstone,” said + Eben, bitterly. “What do you think he wrote me?” + </p> + <p> + “He refused, I suppose.” + </p> + <p> + “Here is his letter,” said Eben, drawing from his pocket a greasy half + sheet of note paper. “See what he has to say to his only son.” + </p> + <p> + This was the letter: + </p> + <p> + “EBEN GRAHAM: I have received your letter, and am not surprised to hear + that you are in trouble. 'As a man sows, so also shall he reap.' A young + man who will rob his father of his hard earnings is capable of anything. + You have done what you could to ruin me, and deserve what you have got. + You want me to send you money to come home, and continue your wicked work—I + shall not do it. I wash my hands of you; I have already given notice, + through the country paper that I have given you your time, and shall pay + no more debts of your contracting. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to hear that you are engaged in an honest employment. It is + better than I expected. I would not have been surprised if I had heard + that you were in jail. My advice to you is to stay where you are and make + yourself useful to your employer. He may in time raise your wages. Five + years hence, if you have turned over a new leaf and led an honest life, I + may give you a place in my store. At present, I would rather leave you + where you are. + </p> + <p> + “EBENEZER GRAHAM.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say to that? Isn't that rather rough on an only son, eh?” + said Eben. + </p> + <p> + It occurred to Herbert that Eben hardly deserved very liberal treatment + from his father, notwithstanding he was an only son. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, the old man is awfully mean and close-fisted,” said Eben. “He cares + more for money than for anything else. By the way, how does Melville treat + you?” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, emphasizing the Mr., “is always kind and + considerate.” + </p> + <p> + “Pays you well, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “He pays me more than I could get anywhere else.” + </p> + <p> + “Pays all your hotel and traveling expenses, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course.” + </p> + <p> + “And a good salary besides?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” said Eben, suddenly, “I want you to do me a favor.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “You've always known me, you know. When you was a little chap, and came + into the store, I used to give you sticks of candy.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't remember it,” answered Herbert, truthfully. + </p> + <p> + “I did, all the same. You were so young that you don't remember it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Eben, what of it?” + </p> + <p> + “I want you to lend me ten dollars, Herbert, in memory of old times.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was generously inclined, on ordinary occasions, but did not feel + so on this occasion. He felt that Eben was not a deserving object, even + had he felt able to make so large a loan. Besides, he could not forget + that the young man who now asked a favor had brought a false charge of + stealing against him. + </p> + <p> + “You will have to excuse me, Eben,” he answered. “To begin with, I cannot + afford to lend so large a sum.” + </p> + <p> + “I would pay you back as soon as I could.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you would,” said Herbert, “though I have not much confidence in + it. But you seem to forget that you charged me with stealing only a short + time since. I wonder how you have the face to ask me to lend you ten + dollars, or any sum.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a mistake,” muttered Eben, showing some signs of confusion. + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, I won't say anything more about it while you are in trouble. + But you must excuse my declining to lend you.” + </p> + <p> + “Lend me five dollars, then,” pleaded Eben. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want to do with it?” + </p> + <p> + “To buy lottery tickets. I am almost sure I should win a prize, and then I + can pay you five dollars for one.” + </p> + <p> + “I wouldn't lend any money for that purpose to my dearest friend,” said + Herbert “Buying lottery tickets is about the most foolish investment you + could make.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I won't buy any,” said Eben. “Lend me the money and I will use it to + buy clothes.” + </p> + <p> + “You will have to excuse me,” said Herbert, coldly. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think you'd be so mean,” whined Eben, “to a friend in distress.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't look upon you as a friend, and for very good reasons,” retorted + Herbert, as he walked away. + </p> + <p> + Eben looked after him with a scowl of hatred. + </p> + <p> + “I'd like to humble that boy's pride,” he muttered, as he slowly resumed + his march. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. COL. WARNER. + </h2> + <p> + When Herbert returned to the hotel he found George Melville in the reading + room in conversation with a tall and dignified-looking stranger. + </p> + <p> + “Is that your brother, Mr. Melville?” asked the latter, as Herbert came + forward and spoke to Melville. + </p> + <p> + “No, Colonel, he is my young friend and confidential clerk, Herbert Carr.” + </p> + <p> + “Glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Carr,” said the colonel, affably, + extending his hand as he spoke. + </p> + <p> + “This is Col. Warner, Herbert,” explained George Melville. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, who was naturally polite, shook hands with the colonel, and said + he was glad to make his acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + “I have been talking with Mr. Melville,” said the colonel. “I am sorry to + hear that he is traveling in search of health.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I hope he will find his journey beneficial.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, not a doubt of it! Not a doubt of it! I've been there myself. Do you + know, when I was twenty-five, which I take to be about the age of your + employer, I thought I should die of consumption?” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't have supposed it, sir,” said Herbert, and Melville, too, felt + surprised, as he noticed the stalwart proportions of the former + consumptive. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! ha! I dare say not,” said the colonel, laughing. “I don't look much + like it now, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “No, you certainly don't, colonel,” said Melville. “I am curious to know + how you overcame the threatened danger.” + </p> + <p> + “I did what you are doing, sir; I came West.” + </p> + <p> + “But the mere coming West did not cure you, did it?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; it was the life I lived,” returned Col. \Varner. “I didn't stay + in the cities; I went into the wilderness. I lived in a log-cabin. I + bought a horse, and rode every day. I kept in the open air, and, after a + while, I found my strength returning and my chest expanding, and in a + twelvemonth I could afford to laugh at doctors.” + </p> + <p> + “And you have never had a return of the old symptoms?” asked Melville, + with interest. + </p> + <p> + “Never, except four years afterwards, when I went to New York and remained + nearly a year. I am now fifty, and rather hale and hearty for my years, + eh?” + </p> + <p> + “Decidedly so.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me advise you to follow my example, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + “It was my intention when I started West to live very much as you + indicated,” said Melville. “Now that I have heard your experience, I am + confirmed in my resolve.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! I am glad to hear it. When do you leave Chicago?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow, probably.” + </p> + <p> + “And how far West do you intend to go?” + </p> + <p> + “I have thought of Colorado.” + </p> + <p> + “Couldn't do better. I know Colorado like a book. In fact, I own some + valuable mining property there, up in—ahem! Gilpin County. By the + way—I take it you are a rich man—why don't you invest in that + way? Perhaps, however, you have it in view?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I haven't thought of it,” answered Melville. “The fact is, I am not + anxious to become richer, having enough for all my present needs.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so,” said the colonel. “But you might marry.” + </p> + <p> + “Even if I did—” + </p> + <p> + “You would have money enough,” said Col. Warner, finishing the sentence + for him. “Well, I am delighted to hear it. I am very well fixed myself—in + fact, some of my friends call me, ha! ha!—the nabob. But, as I was + saying I am rich enough and to spare, and still—you may be surprised—still + I have no objection to making a little more money.” + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner nodded his head vigorously, and watched George Melville to see + the effect upon him of this extraordinary statement. + </p> + <p> + “Very natural, colonel,” said Melville. “I believe most people want to be + richer. Perhaps if I had vigorous health I might have the same wish. At + present my chief wish is to recover my health.” + </p> + <p> + “You'll do it, sir, you'll do it—and in short order, too! Then you + can turn your attention to money-making.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps so,” said Melville, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “If not for yourself, for your young friend here,” added the colonel. “I + take it he is not rich.” + </p> + <p> + “I have my fortune still to make, Col. Warner,” said Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “The easiest thing in the world out here, my boy!” said the colonel, + paternally. “So you start to-morrow?” he inquired, turning to Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I think of it.” + </p> + <p> + “Egad! I've a great mind to accompany you,” said the colonel. “Why + shouldn't I? I've got through all my business in Chicago, and I like the + pure air of the prairies best.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall be glad of your company, colonel,” said Melville, politely. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir; that decides me. I'll see you again and fix the hour of + going, or rather I'll conform myself to your arrangements.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, colonel.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you think of my new acquaintance, Col. Warner, Herbert?” asked + Melville when they were alone. + </p> + <p> + “He seems to have a very good opinion of himself,” answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he is very well pleased with himself. He isn't a man exactly to my + taste, but he seems a representative Western man. He does not look much + like a consumptive?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I feel an interest in him on that account,” said Melville, seriously. “If + at any time I could become as strong and stalwart I would willingly + surrender one-half, nay nine-tenths of my fortune. Ill health is a great + drag upon a man; it largely curtails his enjoyments, and deprives him of + all ambition.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see why his remedy wouldn't work well in your case, Mr. + Melville,” said Herbert, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it may. At any rate, I feel inclined to try it. I am glad the + colonel is going to travel with us, as I shall be able to question him + about the details of his cure. He seems a bluff, genial fellow, and though + I don't expect to enjoy his companionship much, I hope to derive some + benefit from it.” + </p> + <p> + “By the way, Mr. Melville, I met an old acquaintance while I was out + walking,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed!” + </p> + <p> + “Eben Graham.” + </p> + <p> + “How did he look—prosperous?” + </p> + <p> + “Hardly—he was wheeling a barrow of vegetables.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you speak with him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; he wanted to borrow money.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not surprised at that; I thought it time for him to be out of money. + Did you lend him?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I found he wanted money to buy a lottery ticket. I told him I + wouldn't lend money to my best friend for that purpose.” + </p> + <p> + “Very sensible in you, Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “If he had been in distress, I might have let him have a few dollars, + notwithstanding he treated me so meanly at Wayneboro, but he seems to be + earning a living.” + </p> + <p> + “I presume he doesn't enjoy the business he is in?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he complains that he has lowered himself by accepting such a place.” + </p> + <p> + “It doesn't occur to him that he lowered himself when he stole money from + his father, I suppose.” + </p> + <p> + “It doesn't seem to.” + </p> + <p> + Later in the day Herbert came across Col. Warner in the corridor of the + hotel. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! my young friend!” he said, affably. “I am glad to meet you.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “And how is your friend?” + </p> + <p> + “No change since morning,” answered Herbert, slightly smiling. + </p> + <p> + “By the way, Herbert—your name is Herbert, isn't it—may I + offer you a cigar?” said Col. Warner. + </p> + <p> + The colonel opened his cigar-case and extended it to Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir, but I don't smoke.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't smoke? That is, you don't smoke cigars. May I offer you a + cigarette?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't smoke at all, colonel.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed, remarkable! Why, sir, before I was your age I smoked.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think it good for consumption?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Ha, ha, you have me there! Well, perhaps not. Do you know,” said the + colonel, changing the conversation, “I feel a great interest in your + friend.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind.” + </p> + <p> + “'Upon my soul, I do. He is a most interesting young man. Rich, too! I am + glad he is rich!” + </p> + <p> + “He would value health more than money,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “To be sure, to be sure! By the way, you don't know how much property your + friend has?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, he never told me,” answered Herbert, surprised at the question. + </p> + <p> + “Keeps such matters close, eh? Now, I don't. I never hesitate to own up to + a quarter of a million. Yes, quarter of a million! That's the size of my + pile.” + </p> + <p> + “You are fortunate, Col. Warner,” said Herbert, sincerely. + </p> + <p> + “So I am, so I am! Two years hence I shall have half a million, if all + goes well. So you won't have a cigar; no? Well, I'll see you later.” + </p> + <p> + “He's a strange man,” thought Herbert. “I wonder if his statements can be + relied upon.” Somehow Herbert doubted it. He was beginning to distrust the + colonel. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. A MOUNTAIN STAGE. + </h2> + <p> + We pass over several days, and change the scene. We left Herbert and + Melville in the Palmer House in Chicago, surrounded by stately edifices + and surging crowds. Now everything is changed. They are in a mountainous + district, where a man might ride twenty miles without seeing a house. They + are, in fact, within the limits of what was then known as the Territory of + Colorado. It is not generally known that Colorado contains over a hundred + mountain summits over ten thousand feet above the sea level. It is perhaps + on account of the general elevation that it is recommended by physicians + as a good health resort for all who are troubled with lung complaints. + </p> + <p> + At the time of which I speak most of the traveling was done by stage. Now + railroads unite the different portions with links of steel, and make + traveling less cumbersome and laborious. There was one of the party, + however, who did not complain, but rather enjoyed the jolting of the + lumbering stage-coach. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner was of the party. He professed to feel an extraordinary + interest in George Melville, and was anxious to show him the country where + he had himself regained his health. + </p> + <p> + “Lonely, sir!” repeated the colonel, in answer to a remark of George + Melville. “Why, sir, it's a populous city compared with what it was in + '55, when I was out here. I built myself a cabin in the woods, and once + for twelve months I didn't see a white face.” + </p> + <p> + “Were there many Indians, Colonel?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Indians? I should say so. Only twenty miles from my cabin was an Indian + village.” + </p> + <p> + “Did they trouble you any?” asked Herbert, curiously. + </p> + <p> + “Well, they tried to,” answered the colonel. “One night as I lay awake I + heard stealthy steps outside, and peeping through a crevice between the + logs just above the head of my bed—by the way, my bed was the skin + of a bear I had myself killed—I could see a string of Utes preparing + to besiege me.” + </p> + <p> + “Were you afraid?” asked Herbert, a little mischievously, for he knew + pretty well what the colonel would say. + </p> + <p> + “Afraid!” repeated the colonel, indignantly. “What do you take me for? I + have plenty of faults,” continued Col. Warner, modestly, “but cowardice + isn't one of them. No, sir; I never yet saw the human being, white, black, + or red, that I stood in fear of. But, as I was saying, the redskins + collected around my cabin, and were preparing to break in the door, when I + leveled my revolver and brought down their foremost man. This threw them + into confusion. They retreated a little way, then advanced again with a + horrible yell, and I gave myself up for lost. But I got in another shot, + bringing down another warrior, this time the son of their chief. The same + scene was repeated. Well, to make a long story short, I repulsed them at + every advance, and finally when but three were left, they concluded that + prudence was the better part of valor, and fled, leaving their dead and + wounded behind them.” + </p> + <p> + “How many were there of them?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, in the morning when I went out I found seven dead redskins, and two + others lying at the point of death.” + </p> + <p> + “That was certainly a thrilling adventure, Colonel,” said George Melville, + smiling. + </p> + <p> + “Egad, I should say so.” + </p> + <p> + “I confess I don't care to meet with any such.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no danger, no danger!” said the colonel, airily. “That is, + comparatively speaking. In fact, the chief danger is of a different sort.” + </p> + <p> + “Of the sleigh upsetting and tipping us out into some of the canyons, I + suppose you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I speak of the gentlemen of the road—road agents as they are + generally called.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean highwaymen?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Is there much danger of meeting them?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Well, there's a chance. They are quite in the habit of attacking + stage-coaches, and plundering the passengers. Sometimes they make rich + hauls.” + </p> + <p> + “That must be rather inconvenient to the passengers.” said Melville. + “Can't the laws reach these outlaws?” + </p> + <p> + “They don't seem to. Why, there are men who have been in the business for + years, and have never been caught.” + </p> + <p> + “Very true,” said a fellow traveler. “There's Jerry Lane, for instance. He + has succeeded thus far in eluding the vigilance of the authorities.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the colonel, “I once saw Lane myself. Indeed he did me the + honor of relieving me of five hundred dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Couldn't you help it?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No; he covered me with his revolver, and if I had drawn mine I shouldn't + have lived to take aim at him.” + </p> + <p> + “Were you in a stage at the time?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I was riding on horseback.” + </p> + <p> + “Is this Lane a large man?” asked George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Not larger than myself,” continued the colonel. + </p> + <p> + “Where does he live—in some secret haunt in the forest, I suppose?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no, he doesn't confine himself to one place. He travels a good deal. + Sometimes he goes to St. Louis. I have heard that he sometimes even visits + New York.” + </p> + <p> + “And is he not recognized?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he looks like anything but an outlaw. If you should see him you might + think him a prosperous merchant, or banker.” + </p> + <p> + “That's curious!” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “The fact is,” said the colonel, “when you travel by stage-coaches in + these solitudes you have to take the chances. Now I carry my money + concealed in an inner pocket, where it isn't very likely to be found. Of + course I have another wallet, just for show, and I give that up when I + have to.” + </p> + <p> + There was a stout, florid gentleman present, who listened to the above + conversation with ill-disguised nervousness. He was a New York capitalist, + of German birth, going out to inspect a mine in which he proposed + purchasing an interest. His name was Conrad Stiefel. + </p> + <p> + “Good gracious!” said he, “I had no idea a man ran such a risk, or I would + have stayed at home. I decidedly object to being robbed.” + </p> + <p> + “Men are robbed in a different way in New York,” said George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “How do you mean, Mr. Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “By defaulting clerks, absconding cashiers, swindlers of excellent social + position.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, we don't mind those things,” said Mr. Stiefel. “We can look out for + ourselves. But when a man points at you with a revolver, that is + terrible!” + </p> + <p> + “I hope, my dear sir, you take good care of your money.” + </p> + <p> + “That I do,” said Stiefel, complacently. “I carry it in a belt around my + waist. That's a good place, hey?” + </p> + <p> + “I commend your prudence, sir,” said the colonel. “You are evidently a + wise and judicious man.” + </p> + <p> + “They won't think of looking there, hey?” laughed Stiefel. + </p> + <p> + “I should say not.” + </p> + <p> + “You may think what you like, Mr. Stiefel,” said a tall, thin passenger, + who looked like a book peddler, “but I contend that my money is in a safer + place than yours.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed, Mr. Parker, I should like to know where you keep it,” said Col. + Warner, pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “You can't get at it without taking off my stockings,” said the tall man, + looking about him in a self-satisfied manner. + </p> + <p> + “Very good, 'pon my soul!” said the colonel. “I really don't know but I + shall adopt your hiding place. I am an old traveler, but not too old to + adopt new ideas when I meet with good ones.” + </p> + <p> + “I think you would find it to your interest, Colonel,” said Parker, + looking flattered. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well,” said the colonel, genially, “suppose we change the subject. + There isn't much chance of our being called upon to produce our money, or + part with it. Still, as I said a while since, it's best to be cautious, + and I see that you all are so. I begin to feel hungry, gentlemen. How is + it with you?” + </p> + <p> + “Are we anywhere near the place for supper?” asked Stiefel. “I wish I + could step into a good Broadway restaurant; I feel empty.” + </p> + <p> + “Only a mile hence, gentlemen, we shall reach Echo Gulch, where we halt + for the night. There's a rude cabin there, where they will provide us with + supper and shelter.” + </p> + <p> + This announcement gave general satisfaction. The colonel proved to be + right. The stage soon drew up in front of a long one-story building, which + bore the pretentious name of the Echo Gulch Hotel. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. A STARTLING REVELATION. + </h2> + <p> + A stout, black-bearded man stood in front of the hotel to welcome the + stage passengers. He took a clay pipe from his lips and nodded a welcome. + </p> + <p> + “Glad to see you, strangers,” he said. “Here, Peter, you black rascal, + help the gentlemen with their baggage.” + </p> + <p> + The door was thrown open, and the party filed into a comfortless looking + apartment, at one end of which was a rude bar. + </p> + <p> + One of the passengers, at least, seemed to know the landlord, for Col. + Warner advanced to greet him, his face beaming with cordiality. + </p> + <p> + “How are you, John?” he said. “How does the world use you?” + </p> + <p> + The landlord growled something inaudible. + </p> + <p> + “Have a drink, colonel?” was the first audible remark. + </p> + <p> + “Don't care if I do. It's confounded dry traveling over these mountain + roads. Walk up, gentlemen. Col. Warner doesn't drink alone.” + </p> + <p> + With the exception of Herbert and George Melville, the passengers seemed + inclined to accept the offer. + </p> + <p> + “Come along, Melville,” said the colonel; “you and your friend must join + us.” + </p> + <p> + “Please excuse me, colonel,” answered Melville. “I would prefer not to + drink.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, nonsense! To oblige me, now.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you; but I am traveling for my health, and it would not be + prudent.” + </p> + <p> + “Just as you say, Melville; but a little whisky would warm you up and do + you good, in my opinion.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you all the same, colonel; but I think you must count me out.” + </p> + <p> + The colonel shrugged his shoulders and beckoned Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “You can come, anyway; your health won't prevent.” + </p> + <p> + Melville did not interfere, for he knew it would give offense, but he + hoped his young clerk would refuse. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” said Herbert; “I won't object to a glass of sarsaparilla.” + </p> + <p> + “Sarsaparilla!” repeated the colonel, in amazement. “What's that?” + </p> + <p> + “We don't keep no medicine,” growled the landlord. + </p> + <p> + “Have you root-beer?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “What do you take me for?” said the landlord, contemptuously. “I haven't + got no root-beer. Whisky's good enough for any man.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you'll excuse me, then,” said Herbert. “I am not used to any + strong drinks.” + </p> + <p> + “How old are you?” asked the colonel, rather contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “Sixteen.” + </p> + <p> + “Sixteen years old and don't drink whisky! My young friend, your education + has been sadly neglected.” + </p> + <p> + “I dare say it has,” answered Herbert, good-naturedly. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said Col. Warner, apologetically, “the boy is a stranger, and + isn't used to our free Western ways. He's got the makings of a man in him, + and it won't be long before he'll get over his squeamishness, and walk up + to the bar as quick as any one of us.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Melville stood apart, while the rest of the company emptied + their glasses, apparently at a gulp. It was clear that their refusal had + caused them to be regarded with dislike and suspicion. + </p> + <p> + The accommodations of the Echo Gulch Hotel were far from luxurious. The + chambers were scarcely larger than a small closet, clap-boarded but not + plastered, and merely contained a bedstead. Washing accommodations were + provided downstairs. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and George Melville were assigned to a single room, to which they + would not have objected had the room been larger. It was of no use to + indulge in open complaints, however, since others had to fare in the same + way. + </p> + <p> + “This isn't luxury, Herbert,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the boy; “but I don't mind it if you don't.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid I may keep you awake by my coughing, Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “Not if I once get to sleep. I sleep as sound as a top.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I did; but I am one of the wakeful kind. Being an invalid, I am + more easily annoyed by small inconveniences. You, with your sturdy health, + are more easily suited.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville, I had just as lief sleep downstairs in a chair, and give + you the whole of the bed.” + </p> + <p> + “Not on my account, Herbert. I congratulate myself on having you for a + roommate. If I had been traveling alone I might have been packed away with + the colonel, who, by this time, would be even less desirable as a + bedfellow than usual.” + </p> + <p> + The worthy colonel had not been content with a single glass of whisky, but + had followed it up several times, till his utterance had become thick, and + his face glowed with a dull, brick-dust color. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner had been assigned to the adjoining chamber, or closet, + whichever it may be called. He did not retire early, however, while + Herbert and George Melville did. + </p> + <p> + Strangely enough, Herbert, who was usually so good a sleeper, after a + short nap woke up. He turned to look at his companion, for it was a + moonlight night, and saw that he was sleeping quietly. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder what's got into me?” he thought; “I thought I should sleep till + morning.” + </p> + <p> + He tried to compose himself to sleep, but the more effort he made the + broader awake he became. Sometimes it seems as if such unaccountable + deviations from our ordinary habits were Heaven-sent. As Herbert lay awake + he suddenly became aware of a conversation which was being carried on, in + low tones, in the next room. The first voice he heard, he recognized as + that of the colonel. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he said, “some of the passengers have got money. There's that + Stiefel probably carries a big sum in gold and notes. When I was speaking + of the chance of the stage being robbed, he was uncommon nervous.” + </p> + <p> + “Who's Stiefel?” was growled in another voice, which Herbert had no + difficulty in recognizing as the landlord's. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, he's the fat, red-faced German. From his talk, I reckon he's come out + to buy mines somewhere in Colorado.” + </p> + <p> + “We'll save him the trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “So we will—good joke, John. Oh, about this Stiefel, he carries his + money in a belt round his waist. I infer that it is gold.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! What about the others?” + </p> + <p> + “There's a tall, thin man—his name is Parker,” proceeded the + colonel; “he's smart, or thinks he is; you'll have to pull his stockings + off to get his money. Ha, ha!” + </p> + <p> + “How did you find out, colonel?” asked the landlord, in admiration. + </p> + <p> + “Drew it out of him, sir. He didn't know who he was confiding in. He'll + wonder how the deuce his hiding place was suspected.” + </p> + <p> + Other passengers were referred to who have not been mentioned, and in each + case the colonel was able to tell precisely where their money was kept. + </p> + <p> + “How about that milksop that wouldn't drink with us?” inquired the + landlord, after a while. + </p> + <p> + “Melville? I couldn't find out where he keeps his cash. Probably he keeps + it in his pocket. He doesn't look like a cautious man.” + </p> + <p> + “Who's the boy?” + </p> + <p> + “Only a clerk or secretary of Melville's. He hasn't any money, and isn't + worth attention.” + </p> + <p> + “Very glad to hear it,” thought Herbert. “I don't care to receive any + attention from such gentry. But who would have thought the colonel was in + league with stage robbers? I thought him a gentleman.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert began to understand why it was that Col. Warner, if that was his + real name, had drawn the conversation to stage robbers, and artfully + managed to discover where each of the passengers kept his supply of money. + It was clear that he was in league with the landlord of the Echo Gulch + Hotel, who, it was altogether probable, intended to waylay the stage the + next day. + </p> + <p> + This was a serious condition of affairs. The time had been when, in + reading stories of adventure, Herbert had wished that he, too, might have + some experience of the kind. Now that the opportunity had come, our hero + was disposed to regard the matter with different eyes. + </p> + <p> + “What can be done,” he asked himself, anxiously, “to escape the danger + which threatens us to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. A MORNING WALK. + </h2> + <p> + Herbert found it difficult to sleep from anxiety. He felt that the burden + was too great for him alone to bear, and he desired to speak on the + subject to George Melville. But there was a difficulty about doing this + undetected, on account of the thinness of the partitions between the + rooms. If he could hear Col. Warner, the latter would also be able to hear + him. + </p> + <p> + The stage was to start at seven o'clock the next morning, and before that + time some decision must be made. The first question was, should they, or + should they not, take passage, as they had anticipated? + </p> + <p> + At half-past five, Herbert, turning in bed, found his bedfellow awake. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville,” he whispered, “I have something important to communicate, + and cannot do so here on account of the danger of being heard in the next + room. Are you willing to dress and take a little walk with me before + breakfast?” + </p> + <p> + George Melville's physical condition did not make him usually favorable to + early rising, but he knew Herbert well enough to understand that he had a + satisfactory reason for his request. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Herbert,” he said, “I will get up.” + </p> + <p> + Not a word was exchanged, for Mr. Melville's discretion prevailed over his + curiosity. In ten minutes both were fully dressed and descended the + stairs. + </p> + <p> + There was no one stirring except a woman, the landlord's wife, who was + lighting the fire in order to prepare breakfast. + </p> + <p> + She regarded the two with surprise, and perhaps a little distrust. + </p> + <p> + “You're stirrin' early, strangers,” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Melville, courteously, “we are going to take a little walk + before breakfast; it may sharpen our appetites.” + </p> + <p> + “Humph!” said the woman; “that's curious. I wouldn't get up so early if I + wasn't obliged. There ain't much to see outdoors.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a new part of the country to us,” said Melville, “and we may not + have another chance to see it.” + </p> + <p> + “When will breakfast be ready?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Half an hour, more or less,” answered the woman, shortly. + </p> + <p> + “We will be back in time,” he said. + </p> + <p> + The landlady evidently thought their early-rising a singular proceeding, + but her suspicions were not aroused. She resumed her work, and Herbert and + his friend walked out through the open door. + </p> + <p> + When they had reached a spot a dozen rods or more distant, Melville turned + to his young clerk and asked: + </p> + <p> + “Well, Herbert, what is it?” + </p> + <p> + “I have discovered, Mr. Melville, that our stage is to be stopped to-day + and the passengers plundered.” + </p> + <p> + “How did you discover this?” asked Melville, startled. + </p> + <p> + “By a conversation which I overheard in the next chamber to us.” + </p> + <p> + “But that chamber is occupied by Col. Warner.” + </p> + <p> + “And he is one of the conspirators,” said Herbert, quietly. + </p> + <p> + “Is it possible?” ejaculated Melville. “Can we have been so deceived in + him? Does he propose to waylay the stage?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I presume he will be one of the passengers.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me all you know about this matter, Herbert. Who is engaged with him + in this plot?” + </p> + <p> + “The landlord.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not much surprised at this,” said Melville, thoughtfully. “He is an + ill-looking man, whose appearance fits the part of highwayman very well. + Then you think the colonel is in league with him?” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure of that. Don't you remember how skillfully Col. Warner drew out + of the passengers the hiding places of their money yesterday?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “He has told all to the landlord, and he will no doubt make use of the + knowledge. That is all, Mr. Melville. I could not rest till I had told + you, so that you might decide what to do.” + </p> + <p> + “It seems quite providential that you were kept awake last night, Herbert, + otherwise this blow would have come upon us unprepared. Even with the + knowledge that it impends, I hardly know what it is best for us to do.” + </p> + <p> + “We might decide not to go in the stage,” suggested Hebert. + </p> + <p> + “But we should have to go to-morrow. We cannot stay here, and there is no + other way of traveling. As the colonel seems to think I have money, there + would be another attack to-morrow. Besides, where could we stay except at + this hotel, which is kept, as it appears, by the principal robber.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” said Herbert, puzzled; “I didn't think of that.” + </p> + <p> + “I would quite as soon stand my chance of being robbed in the stage, as be + attacked here. Besides, I cannot make up my mind to desert my fellow + passengers. It seems cowardly to send them off to be plundered without + giving them a hint of their danger.” + </p> + <p> + “Couldn't we do that?” + </p> + <p> + “The result would be that they would not go, and there is no knowing how + long we should be compelled to remain in this secluded spot.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, suddenly, “a thought has just struck me.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope it may show us a way out of our danger.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am sorry to say that it won't do that.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “You remember that mention was made yesterday in the stage of a certain + famous bandit named Jerry Lane?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I remember.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think it is possible that he and Col. Warner may be one and the + same?” + </p> + <p> + “That is certainly a startling suggestion, Herbert. What reason have you + for thinking so?” + </p> + <p> + “It was only a guess on my part; but you remember that the colonel said he + was a man about his size.” + </p> + <p> + “That might be.” + </p> + <p> + “And he did not confine himself to the Western country, but might be met + with in New York, or St. Louis. We met the colonel in Chicago.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be as you surmise, Herbert,” said George Melville, after a pause. + “It did occur to me that our worthy landlord might be the famous outlaw in + question, but the description to which you refer seems to fit the colonel + better. There is one thing, however, that makes me a little incredulous.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that, Mr. Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “This Jerry Lane I take to be cool and courageous, while the colonel + appears to be more of a boaster. He looks like one who can talk better + than he can act. If I had ever seen a description of his appearance, I + could judge better.” + </p> + <p> + The two had been walking slowly and thoughtfully, when they were startled + by a rough voice. + </p> + <p> + “You're out early, strangers?” + </p> + <p> + Turning swiftly, they saw the dark, forbidding face of the landlord, who + had approached them unobserved. + </p> + <p> + “Did he hear anything?” thought Herbert, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we are taking a little walk,” said Melville, pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “Breakfast will be ready soon. You'd better be back soon, if you're goin' + by the stage this morning. You are goin', I reckon?” said the landlord, + eyeing them sharply. + </p> + <p> + “We intend to do so,” said Melville. “We will walk a little farther, and + then return to the house.” + </p> + <p> + The landlord turned and retraced his steps to the Echo Gulch Hotel. + </p> + <p> + “Do you think he heard anything that we were saying?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I think not.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder what brought him out here?” + </p> + <p> + “Probably he wanted to make sure that we were going in the stage. He is + laudably anxious to have as many victims and as much plunder as possible.” + </p> + <p> + “You told him you were going in the stage?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have decided to do so.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you decided upon anything else, Mr. Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “Not positively; but there will be time to think of that. Did you hear + where we were to be attacked?” + </p> + <p> + “At a point about five miles from here,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + This he had gathered from the conversation he had overheard. + </p> + <p> + When the two friends reached the hotel, they found Col. Warner already + downstairs. + </p> + <p> + “Good-morning, gentlemen!” he said. “So you have taken a walk? I never + walk before breakfast, for my part.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor do I often,” said Melville. “In this case I was persuaded by my young + friend. I am repaid by a good appetite.” + </p> + <p> + “Can't I persuade you to try a glass of bitters, Mr. Melville?” asked the + colonel. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, colonel. You will have to excuse me.” + </p> + <p> + “Breakfast's ready!” announced the landlady, and the stage passengers sat + down at a long, unpainted, wooden table, where the food was of the + plainest. In spite of the impending peril of which they, only, had + knowledge, Herbert ate heartily, but Melville seemed preoccupied. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. MELVILLE MAKES A SENSATION. + </h2> + <p> + Col. Warner seemed in very good spirits. He ate and drank with violent + enjoyment, and was as affable as usual. George Melville regarded him with + curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “The man does not appear like a desperado or outlaw,” he thought. “There + is nothing to distinguish him from the majority of men one meets in + ordinary intercourse. He is a problem to me, I should like to study him.” + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner did not fail to observe the unconscious intentness with which + Melville regarded him, and, for some reason, it did not please him. + </p> + <p> + “You have lost your appetite, Mr. Melville,” he said, lightly. “You have + been looking at me until—egad!—if I were a vain man, I should + conclude there was something striking about my appearance.” + </p> + <p> + “I won't gainsay that, Colonel,” answered Melville, adroitly. “I confess I + am not very hungry, and I will further confess that I have something on my + mind.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! Better make me your father confessor,” said the colonel, whose + suspicion or annoyance was removed by this ready reply. + </p> + <p> + “So I may, after a while,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + He took the hint, and ceased to regard the colonel. + </p> + <p> + The latter made himself generally social, and generally popular. + </p> + <p> + The stage drove round to the door after breakfast, and there was the usual + bustle, as the passengers bestowed themselves inside. + </p> + <p> + George Melville had intended to watch narrowly the landlord and Col. + Warner, to detect, if possible, the secret understanding which must exist + between them. But he was deprived of an opportunity, for the very good + reason that the landlord had disappeared, and was not again seen before + their departure. + </p> + <p> + The driver gathered up his reins, cracked his whip, and the stage started. + Herbert looked at George Melville a little anxiously, not knowing what + course he had decided to take. They two, it will be remembered, were the + only ones who knew of the intended attack. + </p> + <p> + Before the stage started, Melville quietly took the opportunity to hand + his pocketbook to Herbert, saying, briefly: “It will be safer with you in + case of an attack.” + </p> + <p> + “But won't it be considered suspicious that you have no money about you?” + suggested Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I have a roll of bills in my pocket-fifty dollars,” answered Melville. + </p> + <p> + They had no further opportunity of speaking, as one of the passengers came + up where they were standing. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had already taken his seat in the coach, when his employer said: + “Herbert, wouldn't you like to ride outside with the driver?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Herbert, promptly, for he understood, that this was + Mr. Melville's wish. + </p> + <p> + “It will give us more room, and you will have a better view.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I shall like it.” + </p> + <p> + In a quick manner Herbert made the change, taking care not to look + significantly at Melville, as some boys might have done, and thus excited + suspicion. + </p> + <p> + For the first mile there was very little conversation. + </p> + <p> + Then Col. Warner spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Well, gentlemen,” he said, “we are fairly on our way. Let us hope nothing + will mar our pleasure.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you anticipate anything?” asked George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I! Why should I? We have a skillful driver, and I guarantee he won't tip + us over.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville was, perhaps, referring to the chance of the stage being + stopped by some enterprising road agent,” suggested Parker. + </p> + <p> + “Oho! Sits the wind in that quarter?” said the Colonel, laughing lightly. + “Not the least chance of that—that is, the chance is very slight.” + </p> + <p> + “You spoke differently yesterday,” said the German capitalist. + </p> + <p> + “Did I? I didn't mean it, I assure you. We are as safe here as if we were + riding in the interior of New York. I suppose I was only whiling away a + few idle minutes.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to hear it,” said the German. “I shouldn't like to meet any of + these gentlemen.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor I,” answered Melville; “but I am prepared to give him or them a warm + reception.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he drew a revolver from his pocket. He sat next to the door, + and in an exposed situation. + </p> + <p> + “Put up your shooting iron, Mr. Melville,” said Col. Warner, exhibiting a + slight shade of annoyance. “Let me exchange places with you. I should + prefer the post of danger, if' there is any.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind, Colonel,” said Melville, quietly, “but I don't care to + change. I am quite satisfied with my seat.” + </p> + <p> + “But, my dear sir, I insist—” said the Colonel, making a motion to + rise. + </p> + <p> + “Keep your seat, Colonel! I insist upon staying where I am,” answered + Melville. + </p> + <p> + He was physically far from formidable, this young man, but there was a + resolute ring in his voice that showed he was in earnest. + </p> + <p> + “Really, my dear sir,” said the Colonel, trying to conceal his annoyance, + “you have been quite misled by my foolish talk. I did not suppose you were + so nervous.” + </p> + <p> + “Possibly I may have a special reason for being so,” returned George + Melville. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” demanded the Colonel, quickly. “If you have, we are + all interested, and ought to know it.” + </p> + <p> + “The Colonel is right,” said the German. “If you know of any danger, it is + only fair to inform us all.” + </p> + <p> + “I am disposed to agree with you, gentlemen,” said Melville. “Briefly, + then, I have good reason to think that this company of passengers has been + marked for plunder.” + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner started, but, quickly recovering himself, he laughed uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “Tush!” he said, “I put no faith in it. Some one has been deceiving you, + my friend.” + </p> + <p> + But the other passengers took it more seriously. + </p> + <p> + “You evidently know something that we do not,” said Parker. + </p> + <p> + “I do,” answered Melville. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner looked at him searchingly, but did not speak. + </p> + <p> + Now was the time to test George Melville's nerve. He was about to take a + bold step. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” he said, “I regret to say that I have every reason to believe + there is a man in this stage who is in league with the road agents.” + </p> + <p> + This statement naturally made a sensation. + </p> + <p> + There were seven passengers, and each regarded the rest with new-born + suspicion. There seemed, on the whole, about as much reason to suspect one + man as another, and each, with the exception of Melville, found himself + looked upon with distrust. + </p> + <p> + “Pooh, Melville! You must have had bad dreams!” said Col. Warner, who was + the first to recover his self-possession. “Really, I give you credit for a + first-class sensation. As for you, gentlemen, you may take stock in this + cock-and-bull story, if you like; I shall not. I, for one, have no fear of + my fellow passengers. I regard them all as gentlemen, and shall not allow + myself to be disturbed by any silly fears.” + </p> + <p> + The air of calm composure with which the Colonel spoke served to + tranquilize the rest of the passengers, who wished to put credit in his + assurance. + </p> + <p> + “The Colonel speaks sensibly,” said Mr. Parker, “and unless Mr. Melville + assigns a reason for his remarkable belief, I am disposed to think we have + taken alarm too quick.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, of course; all sensible men will think so,” said the Colonel. + “My friend, we shall be tempted to laugh at you if you insist on + entertaining us with such hobgoblin fancies. My advice is, to put up that + weapon of yours, and turn your attention to the scenery, which I can + assure you, gentlemen, is well worthy of your admiration. Just observe the + walls of yonder canyon, and the trees growing on the points.” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said Melville, “I should be glad to take the view of the last + speaker, if I had not positive proof that he is the man who has agreed to + deliver us into the hands of a road agent within the space of half an I + hour!” + </p> + <p> + “Sir, you shall answer for this!” exclaimed the Colonel, furiously, as he + struggled to secure the weapon, his face livid with passion. + </p> + <p> + But two passengers, one the German, who, though short, was very powerful, + forcibly prevented him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. A COUNCIL OF WAR. + </h2> + <p> + “Are you sure of what you say?” asked a passenger, turning with a puzzled + look from George Melville, who, in the midst of the general excitement + produced by his revelation, sat, not unmoved indeed, but comparatively + calm. Courage and physical strength are by no means inseparable, and this + frail young man, whose strength probably was not equal to Herbert's, was + fearless in the face of peril which would daunt many a stalwart + six-footer. + </p> + <p> + In reply to this very natural question, George Melville repeated the + essential parts of the conversation which had taken place between Col. + Warner and the landlord. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner's countenance changed, and he inwardly execrated the + imprudence that had made his secret plan known to one of the intended + victims. + </p> + <p> + “Is this true, Col. Warner?” asked Parker. + </p> + <p> + “No, it's a lie!” returned the colonel, with an oath. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen!” said George Melville, calmly, “you can choose which you will + believe. I will only suggest that this man managed very adroitly to find + out where each one of us kept his money. You can also consider whether I + have any cause to invent this story.” + </p> + <p> + It was clear that the passengers were inclined to put faith in Melville's + story. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen!” said the Colonel, angrily, “I never was so insulted in my + life. I am a man of wealth, traveling on business; I am worth a quarter of + a million at least. To associate me with road agents, whom I have as much + reason to fear as you, is most ridiculous. This young man may be + well-meaning, but he is under a most extraordinary hallucination. It is my + belief that he dreamed the nonsense he has been retailing to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Ask the driver to stop the stage,” said Mr. Benson, a gentleman from + Philadelphia. “If Mr. Melville's story is trustworthy, we may at any time + reach the spot where the highwayman is lurking. We must have a general + consultation, and decide what is to be done.” + </p> + <p> + This proposal was approved, and the driver drew up the stage. + </p> + <p> + “I don't propose to remain in the company of men who so grossly misjudge + me,” said the Colonel, with dignity, as he made a motion to leave his + fellow passengers. + </p> + <p> + “Stay here, sir!” said Mr. Benson, in a tone of authority. “We cannot + spare you yet.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you dare to detain me, sir?” exclaimed Warner, menacingly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we do,” said the German. “Just stay where you are, Mr. Colonel, till + we decide what to do.” + </p> + <p> + As each one of the company had produced his revolver, the Colonel thought + it prudent to obey. + </p> + <p> + “I am disgusted with this fooling,” he said, “You're all a pack of + cowards.” + </p> + <p> + “Driver,” said George Melville, “has this stage ever been robbed?” + </p> + <p> + “Several times,” the driver admitted. + </p> + <p> + “When was the last time?” + </p> + <p> + “Two months since.” + </p> + <p> + “Where did it happen?” + </p> + <p> + “About a mile further on.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you ever see this gentleman before?” he asked, pointing to the + colonel. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the driver, reluctantly. + </p> + <p> + “When did he last ride with you?” + </p> + <p> + “On the day the stage was robbed,” answered the driver. + </p> + <p> + The passengers exchanged glances, and then, as by a common impulse, all + turned to Col. Warner, to see how he would take this damaging revelation. + Disguise it as he might, he was clearly disconcerted. + </p> + <p> + “Is this true, colonel?” asked Benson. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is,” answered Col. Warner, with some hesitation. “I was robbed, + with the rest. I had four hundred dollars in my wallet, and the road agent + made off with it.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet you just now pooh-poohed the idea of a robbery, and said such + things were gone by.” + </p> + <p> + “I say so now,” returned the colonel, sullenly. “I have a good deal of + money with me, but I am willing to take my chances.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless. Your money would be returned to you, in all probability, if, + as we have reason to believe, you have a secret understanding with the + thieves who infest this part of the country.” + </p> + <p> + “Your words are insulting. Let go my arm, sir, or it will be the worse for + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Softly, softly, my good friend,” said the German. “Have you any proposal + to make, Mr. Melville?” + </p> + <p> + “Only this. Let us proceed on our journey, but let each man draw his + revolver, and be ready to use it, if need be.” + </p> + <p> + “What about the colonel?” + </p> + <p> + “He must go along with us. We cannot have him communicating with our + enemies outside.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose I refuse, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Then, my very good friend, I think we shall use a little force,” said the + German, carelessly pointing his weapon at the captive. + </p> + <p> + “I will go upon compulsion,” said the colonel, “but I protest against this + outrage. I am a wealthy capitalist from Chicago, who knows no more about + road agents than you do. You have been deceived by this unsophisticated + young man, who knows about as much of the world as a four-year-old child. + It's a fine mare's nest he has found.” + </p> + <p> + This sneer did not disturb the equanimity of George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I should be glad to believe the colonel were as innocent as he claims,” + he said, “but his own words, overheard last night, contradict what he is + now saying. When we have passed the spot indicated for the attack, we will + release him, and give him the opportunity he seeks of leaving our + company.” + </p> + <p> + The passengers resumed their places in the stage, with the exception of + Herbert, who again took his seat beside the driver. George Melville had + not mentioned that it was Herbert, not himself, who had overheard the + conversation between the colonel and the land lord, fearing to expose the + boy to future risk. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner sat sullenly between the German and Benson. He was evidently + ill at ease and his restless glances showed that he was intent upon some + plan of escape. Of this, however, such was the vigilance of his guards, + there did not seem much chance. + </p> + <p> + The stage kept on its way till it entered a narrow roadway, lined on one + side by a thick growth of trees. + </p> + <p> + Melville, watching the colonel narrowly, saw that, in spite of his attempt + at calmness, his excitement was at fever heat. + </p> + <p> + The cause was very evident, for at this point a tall figure bounded from + the underbrush, disguised by a black half mask, through which a pair of + black eyes blazed fiercely. + </p> + <p> + “Stop the stage!” he thundered to the driver, “or I will put a bullet + through your head.” + </p> + <p> + The driver, as had been directed, instantly obeyed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII. COL. WARNER CHANGES FRONT. + </h2> + <p> + It may seem a daring thing for one man to stop a stage full of passengers, + and require them to surrender their money and valuables, but this has been + done time and again in unsettled portions of the West. For the most part + the stage passengers are taken by surprise, and the road agent is known to + be a desperado, ready to murder in cold blood anyone who dares oppose him. + </p> + <p> + In the present instance, however, the passengers had been warned of their + danger and were ready to meet it. + </p> + <p> + Brown—for, of course, the masked man was the landlord—saw four + revolvers leveled at him from inside the stage. + </p> + <p> + “Let go that horse, my friend, or you are a dead man!” said Conrad + Stiefel, calmly. “Two can play at your game.” + </p> + <p> + Brown was taken by surprise, but he was destined to be still more + astonished. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner protruded his head from the window, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friend, you had better give up your little plan. It won't work.” + </p> + <p> + Such language from his confederate, on whom he fully relied, wholly + disconcerted the masked robber. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I'll be blowed!” he muttered, staring, in ludicrous perplexity, at + his fellow conspirator. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friend,” said the colonel, “I shall really be under the necessity + of shooting you myself if you don't leave us alone. We are all armed and + resolute. I think you had better defer your little scheme.” + </p> + <p> + Brown was not quick-witted. He did not see that his confederate was trying + cunningly to avert suspicion from himself, and taking the only course that + remained to him. Of course, he thought he was betrayed, and was, as a + natural consequence, exasperated. + </p> + <p> + He released his hold on the horses, but, fixing his eyes on the colonel + fiercely, muttered: + </p> + <p> + “Wait till I get a chance at you! I'll pay you for this.” + </p> + <p> + “What an idiot!” thought Warner, shrugging his shoulders. “Why can't he + see that I am forced to do as I am doing? I must make things plain to + him.” + </p> + <p> + He spoke a few words rapidly in Spanish, which Brown evidently understood. + His face showed a dawning comprehension of the state of affairs, and he + stood aside while the stage drove on. + </p> + <p> + “What did you say?” asked Conrad Stiefel, suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “You heard me, sir,” said the colonel, loftily. “You owe your rescue from + this ruffian to me. Now, you can understand how much you have misjudged + me.” + </p> + <p> + Conrad Stiefel was not so easily satisfied of this. + </p> + <p> + “I heard what you said in Mexican, or whatever lingo it is, but I didn't + understand it.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor I,” said Benson. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, gentlemen; I am ready to explain. I told this man that if he + ever attempted to molest me I should shoot him in his track.” + </p> + <p> + “Why didn't you speak to him in English?” asked Stiefel. + </p> + <p> + “Because I had a suspicion that the fellow was the same I met once in + Mexico, and I spoke to him in Spanish to make sure. As he understood, I am + convinced I was right.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is it, then?” asked Benson. + </p> + <p> + “His name, sir, is Manuel de Cordova, a well-known Mexican bandit, who + seems to have found his way to this neighborhood. He is a reckless + desperado, and, though I addressed him boldly, I should be very sorry to + meet him in a dark night.” + </p> + <p> + This explanation was very fluently spoken, but probably no one present + believed what the colonel said, or exonerated him from the charge which + George Melville had made against him. + </p> + <p> + Five miles further on Col. Warner left the stage. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” he said, “I am sorry to leave this pleasant company, but I + have a mining claim in this neighborhood, and must bid you farewell. I + trust that when you think of me hereafter, you will acquit me of the + injurious charges which have been made against me. I take no credit to + myself for driving away the ruffian who stopped us, but hope you won't + forget it.” + </p> + <p> + “No one interfered with the colonel when he proposed to leave the stage. + Indeed, the passengers were unanimous in accepting his departure as a + relief. In spite of his plausible representations, he was regarded with + general suspicion. + </p> + <p> + “I wish I knew the meaning of that Spanish lingo,” said the German, Conrad + Stiefel. + </p> + <p> + “I can interpret it for you, Mr. Stiefel,” said George Melville, quietly. + “I have some knowledge of Spanish.” + </p> + <p> + “What did he say?” asked more than one, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “He said: 'You fool! Don't you see the plot has been discovered? It wasn't + my fault. I will soon join you and explain.'” + </p> + <p> + This revelation made a sensation. + </p> + <p> + “Then he was in league with the road agent, after all?” said Parker. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly he was. Did you for a moment doubt it?” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I was staggered when I saw him order the rascal away.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a shrewd villain!” said Benson. “I hope we shan't encounter him + again.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII. THE CONSPIRATORS IN COUNCIL. + </h2> + <p> + It is needless to say that Col. Warner's intention in leaving the stage + was to join his fellow conspirator. There was no advantage in remaining + longer with his fellow travelers, since the opportunity of plundering them + had passed, and for the present was not likely to return. He had been a + little apprehensive that they would try to detain him on suspicion, which + would have been awkward, since they had numbers on their side, and all + were armed. But in that unsettled country he would have been an elephant + on their hands, and if the idea entered the minds of any one of the stage + passengers, it was instantly dismissed. + </p> + <p> + When the stage was fairly on the way, Col. Warner went to a house where he + was known, and asked for a horse. + </p> + <p> + “Any news, colonel?” asked the farmer, as he called himself. Really he was + in league with the band of which Warner was the chief. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Colonel, gloomily. “No, worse luck! There might have + been, but for an unfortunate circumstance.” + </p> + <p> + “What's that?” + </p> + <p> + “There's plenty of good money in that stage coach and Brown and I meant to + have it, but some sharp-eared rascal heard us arranging the details of the + plan, and that spoiled it.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it too late now?” asked the farmer, eagerly. “We can follow them, and + overtake them yet, if you say so.” + </p> + <p> + “And be shot for our pains. No, thank you. They are all on the alert, and + all have their six-shooters in readiness. No, we must postpone our plan. + There's one of the fellows that I mean to be revenged upon yet—the + one that ferreted out our secret plan. I must bide my time, but I shall + keep track of him.” + </p> + <p> + Soon the Colonel, well-mounted, was on his way back to the rude inn where + he had slept the night before. + </p> + <p> + Dismounting he entered without ceremony, and his eyes fell upon the + landlord's wife, engaged in some household employment. + </p> + <p> + “Where's Brown?” he asked, abruptly. + </p> + <p> + “Somewheres round,” was the reply. + </p> + <p> + “How long has he been home?” + </p> + <p> + “A matter of two hours. He came home awfully riled, but he wouldn't tell + me what it was about. What's happened?” + </p> + <p> + “We've met with a disappointment—that's what's the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Did the passengers get the better of you?” asked the woman, for she was + in her husband's guilty secrets, and knew quite well what manner of man + she had married. + </p> + <p> + “They found out our little game,” answered Warner, shortly, for he did not + see any advantage in wasting words on his confederate's wife. “Which way + did Brown go?” + </p> + <p> + “Yonder,” answered Mrs. Brown, pointing in a particular direction. + </p> + <p> + Col. Warner tied his horse to a small sapling, and walked in the direction + indicated. + </p> + <p> + He found the landlord sullenly reclining beneath a large tree. + </p> + <p> + “So you're back?” he said, surveying Warner with a lowering brow. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And a pretty mess you've made of the job!” said the landlord, bitterly. + </p> + <p> + “It's as much your fault—nay, more!” said his superior, coolly. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” demanded Brown, not over cordially. + </p> + <p> + “You would persist in discussing our plan last night in my room, though I + warned you we might be overheard.” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “We were overheard.” + </p> + <p> + “What spy listened to our talk?” + </p> + <p> + “The young man, Melville—the one traveling with a boy. He kept it to + himself till the stage was well on its way, and then he blabbed the whole + thing to all in the stage.” + </p> + <p> + “Did he mention you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and you.” + </p> + <p> + “Why didn't you tell him he lied, and shoot him on the spot?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I shouldn't have survived him five minutes,” answered the + colonel, coolly, “or, if I had, his companions would have lynched me.” + </p> + <p> + Brown didn't look as if he would have been inconsolable had this occurred. + In fact, he was ambitious to succeed to the place held by the colonel, as + chief of a desperate gang of outlaws. + </p> + <p> + “I might have been dangling from a branch of a tree at this moment, had I + followed your plan, my good friend Brown, and that would have been + particularly uncomfortable.” + </p> + <p> + “They might have shot me,” said Brown, sullenly. + </p> + <p> + “I prevented that, and gave you timely warning. Of course it's a + disappointment, but we shall have better luck next time.” + </p> + <p> + “They've got away.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but I propose to keep track of Melville and the boy, and have my + revenge upon them in time. I don't care so much about the money, but they + have foiled me, and they must suffer for it. Meanwhile, I want your help + in another plan.” + </p> + <p> + The two conferred together, and mutual confidence was re-established. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX. A NEW HOME IN THE WOODS. + </h2> + <p> + George Melville had no definite destination. He was traveling, not for + pleasure, but for health, and his purpose was to select a residence in + some high location, where the dry air would be favorable for his pulmonary + difficulties. + </p> + <p> + A week later he had found a temporary home. One afternoon Herbert and he, + each on horseback, for at that time public lines of travel were fewer than + at present, came suddenly upon a neat, one-story cottage in the edge of + the forest. It stood alone, but it was evidently the home of one who aimed + to add something of the graces of civilization to the rudeness of frontier + life. + </p> + <p> + They reined up simultaneously, and Melville, turning to Herbert, said: + “There, Herbert, is my ideal of a residence. I should not be satisfied + with a rude cabin. There I should find something of the comfort which we + enjoy in New England.” + </p> + <p> + “The situation is fine, too,” said Herbert, looking about him admiringly. + </p> + <p> + The cottage stood on a knoll. On either side were tall and stately trees. + A purling brook at the left rolled its silvery current down a gentle + declivity, and in front, for half a mile, was open country. + </p> + <p> + “I have a great mind to call and inquire who lives here.” said Melville. + “Perhaps we can arrange to stay here all night.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a good plan, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville dismounted from his horse, and, approaching, tapped with + the handle of his whip on the door. + </p> + <p> + “Who's there?” inquired a smothered voice, as of one rousing himself from + sleep. + </p> + <p> + “A stranger, but a friend,” answered Melville. + </p> + <p> + There was a sound as of some one moving, and a tall man, clad in a rough + suit, came to the door, and looked inquiringly at Melville and his boy + companion. + </p> + <p> + Though his attire was rude, his face was refined, and had the indefinable + air of one who would be more at home in the city than in the country. + </p> + <p> + “Delighted to see you both,” he said, cordially, offering his hand. “I + don't live in a palace, and my servants are all absent, but if you will + deign to become my guests I will do what I can for your comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “You have anticipated my request,” said Melville. “Let me introduce myself + as George Melville, an invalid by profession, just come from New England + in search of health. My young friend here is Herbert Carr, my private + secretary and faithful companion, who has not yet found out what it is to + be in poor-health. Without him I should hardly have dared to come so far + alone.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very welcome, Herbert,” said the host, with pleasant familiarity. + “Come in, both of you, and make yourselves at home.” + </p> + <p> + The cottage contained two rooms. One was used as a bedchamber, the other + as a sitting room. On the walls were a few pictures, and on a small + bookcase against one side of the room were some twenty-five books. There + was an easel and an unfinished picture in one corner, and a small + collection of ordinary furniture. + </p> + <p> + “You are probably an artist,” suggested Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you have hit it. I use both pen and pencil,” and he mentioned a name + known to Melville as that of a popular magazine writer. + </p> + <p> + I do not propose to give his real name, but we will know him as Robert + Falkland. + </p> + <p> + “I am familiar with your name, Mr. Falkland,” said Melville, “but I did + not expect to find you here.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably not,” answered Falkland. “I left the haunts of civilization + unexpectedly, some months ago, and even my publishers don't know where I + am.” + </p> + <p> + “In search of health?” queried Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Not exactly. I did, however, feel in need of a change. I had been running + in a rut, and wanted to get out of it, so I left my lodgings in New York + and bought a ticket to St. Louis; arrived there, I determined to come + farther. So here I have been, living in communion with nature, seeing + scarcely anybody, enjoying myself, on the whole, but sometimes longing to + see a new face.” + </p> + <p> + “And you have built this cottage?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I bought it of its former occupant, but have done something towards + furnishing it; so that it has become characteristic of me and my tastes.” + </p> + <p> + “How long have you lived here?” + </p> + <p> + “Three months; but my stay is drawing to a close.” + </p> + <p> + “How is that?” + </p> + <p> + “Business that will not be put off calls me back to New York. In fact, I + had appointed to-morrow for my departure.” + </p> + <p> + Melville and Herbert exchanged a glance. It was evident that the same + thought was in the mind of each. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Falkland,” said George Melville, “I have a proposal to make to you.” + </p> + <p> + The artist eyed him in some surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Go on,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “I will buy this cottage of you, if you are willing.” + </p> + <p> + Falkland smiled. + </p> + <p> + “This seems providential,” he said. “We artists and men of letters are apt + to be short of money, and I confess I was pondering whether my credit was + good with anybody for a hundred dollars to pay my expenses East. Once + arrived there, there are plenty of publishers who will make me advances on + future work.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we can probably make a bargain,” said Mr. Melville. “Please name + your price.” + </p> + <p> + Now, I do not propose to show my ignorance of real estate values in + Colorado by naming the price which George Melville paid for his home in + the wilderness. In fact, I do not know. I can only say that he gave + Falkland a check for the amount on a Boston bank, and a hundred in cash + besides. + </p> + <p> + “You are liberal, Mr. Melville,” said Falkland, gratified. “I am afraid + you are not a business man. I have not found that business men overpay.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, I am not a business man,” answered Melville, “though I + wish my health would admit of my being so. As to the extra hundred + dollars, I think it worth that much to come upon so comfortable a home + ready to my hand. It will really be a home, such as the log cabin I looked + forward to could not be.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” said Falkland; “I won't pretend that I am indifferent to + money, for I can't afford to be. I earn considerable sums, but, + unfortunately, I never could keep money, or provide for the future.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know how it would be with me,” said Melville, “for I am one of + those, fortunate or otherwise, who are born to a fortune. I have sometimes + been sorry that I had not the incentive of poverty to induce me to work.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, suppose we exchange lots,” said the artist, lightly. “I shouldn't + object to being wealthy.” + </p> + <p> + “With all my heart,” answered Melville. “Give me your health, your + literary and artistic talent, and it is a bargain.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid they are not transferable,” said the artist, “but we won't + prolong the discussion now. I am neglecting the rites of hospitality; I + must prepare supper for my guests. You must know that here in the + wilderness I am my own cook and dishwasher.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me help you?” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, “it is more in my line. I have often + helped mother at home, and I don't believe you have had any experience.” + </p> + <p> + “I confess I am a green hand,” said Melville, laughing, “but, as Irish + girls just imported say, 'I am very willing.'” + </p> + <p> + “On the whole, I think the boy can assist me better,” said Falkland. “So, + Mr. Melville, consider yourself an aristocratic visitor, while Herbert and + myself, sons of toil, will minister to your necessities.” + </p> + <p> + “By the way, where do you get your supplies?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Eight miles away there is a mining camp and store. I ride over there once + a week or oftener, and bring home what I need.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the name of the camp?” + </p> + <p> + “Deer Creek. I will point out to Herbert, before I leave you, the bridle + path leading to it.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you. It will be a great advantage to us to know just how to live.” + </p> + <p> + With Herbert's help an appetizing repast was prepared, of which all three + partook with keen zest. + </p> + <p> + The next day Falkland took leave of them, and Melville and his boy + companion were left to settle down in their new home. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXX. A TERRIBLE MOMENT. + </h2> + <p> + Melville's purchase comprised not only the cottage, but its contents, + pictures and books included. This was fortunate, for though Herbert, who + was strong, and fond of outdoor sports, such as hunting and fishing, could + have contented himself, Melville was easily fatigued, and spent at least + half of the day in the cabin. The books, most of which were new to him, + were a great and unfailing resource. + </p> + <p> + Among the articles which Falkland left behind him were two guns, of which + Herbert and Melville made frequent use. Herbert had a natural taste for + hunting, though, at home, having no gun of his own, he had not been able + to gratify his taste as much as he desired. Often after breakfast the two + sallied forth, and wandered about in the neighboring woods, gun in hand. + Generally Melville returned first, leaving Herbert, not yet fatigued, to + continue the sport. In this way our hero acquired a skill and precision of + aim which enabled him to make a very respectable figure even among old and + practiced hunters. + </p> + <p> + One morning, after Melville had returned home, Herbert was led, by the + ardor of the chase, to wander farther than usual. He was aware of this, + but did not fear being lost, having a compass and knowing his bearings. + All at once, as he was making his way along a wooded path, he was startled + by hearing voices. He hurried forward, and the scene upon which he + intruded was dramatic enough. + </p> + <p> + With arms folded, a white man, a hunter, apparently, stood erect, and + facing him, at a distance of seventy-five or eighty feet, was an Indian, + with gun raised, and leveled at the former. + </p> + <p> + “Why don't you shoot, you red rascal!” said the white man. “You've got the + drop on me, I allow, and I am in your power.” + </p> + <p> + The Indian laughed in his guttural way; but though he held the gun poised, + he did not shoot. He was playing with his victim as a cat plays with a + mouse before she kills it. + </p> + <p> + “Is white man afraid?” said the Indian, not tauntingly, but with real + curiosity, for among Indians it is considered a great triumph if a warrior + can inspire fear in his foe, and make him show the white feather. + </p> + <p> + “Afraid!” retorted the hunter. “Who should I be afraid of?” + </p> + <p> + “Of Indian.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't flatter yourself, you pesky savage,” returned the white man, + coolly, ejecting a flood of tobacco juice from his mouth, for though he + was a brave man, he had some drawbacks. “You needn't think I am afraid of + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Indian shoot!” suggested his enemy, watching the effect of this + announcement. + </p> + <p> + “Well, shoot, then, and be done with it.” + </p> + <p> + “White man no want to live?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course I want to live. Never saw a healthy white man that didn't. If I + was goin' to die at all, I wouldn't like to die by the hands of a red + rascal like you.” + </p> + <p> + “Indian great warrior,” said the dusky denizen of the woods, straightening + up, and speaking complacently. + </p> + <p> + “Indian may be great warrior, but he is a horse thief, all the same,” said + the hunter, coolly. + </p> + <p> + “White man soon die, and Indian wear his scalp,” remarked the Indian, in a + manner likely to disturb the composure of even the bravest listener. + </p> + <p> + The hunter's face changed. It was impossible to reflect upon such a fate + without a pang. Death was nothing to that final brutality. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! White man afraid now!” said the Indian, triumphantly—quick to + observe the change of expression in his victim. + </p> + <p> + “No, I am not afraid,” said the hunter, quickly recovering himself; “but + it's enough to disgust any decent man to think that his scalp will soon be + dangling from the belt of a filthy heathen like you. However, I suppose I + won't know it after I'm dead. You have skulked and dogged my steps, you + red hound, ever since I punished you for trying to steal my horse. I made + one great mistake. Instead of beating you, I should have shot you, and rid + the earth of you once for all.” + </p> + <p> + “Indian no forget white man's blows. White man die, and Indian be + revenged.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I s'pose that's what it's coming to,” said the hunter, in a tone of + resignation. “I was a 'tarnal fool to come out this mornin' without my + gun. If I had it you would sing a different song.” + </p> + <p> + Again the Indian laughed, a low, guttural, unpleasant laugh, which Herbert + listened to with a secret shudder. It was so full of malignity, and + cunning triumph, and so suggestive of the fate which he reserved for his + white foe, that it aggravated the latter, and made him impatient to have + the blow fall, since it seemed to be inevitable. + </p> + <p> + “Why don't you shoot, you red savage?” he cried. “What are you waiting + for?” + </p> + <p> + The Indian wished to gloat over the mental distress of his foe. He liked + to prolong his own feeling of power—to enjoy the consciousness that, + at any moment, he could put an end to the life of the man whom he hated + for the blows which he felt had degraded him, and which he was resolved + never to forget or forgive. It was the same feeling that has often led + those of his race to torture their hapless victims, that they may, as long + as possible, enjoy the spectacle of their agonies. For this reason he was + in no hurry to speed on its way the fatal bullet. + </p> + <p> + Again the Indian laughed, and, taking aim, made a feint of firing, but + withheld his shot. Pale and resolute his intended victim continued to face + him. He thought that the fatal moment had come, and braced himself to meet + his fate; but he was destined to be disappointed. + </p> + <p> + “How long is this goin' to last, you red hound?” he demanded. “If I've got + to die, I am ready.” + </p> + <p> + “Indian can wait!” said the savage, with a smile of enjoyment. + </p> + <p> + “You wouldn't find it prudent to wait if I were beside you,” said the + hunter. “It's easy enough to threaten an unarmed man. If some friend would + happen along to foil you in your cowardly purpose—-” + </p> + <p> + “White man send for friend!” suggested the Indian, tauntingly. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had listened to this colloquy with varying emotions, and his anger + and indignation were stirred by the cold-blooded cruelty of the savage. He + stood motionless, seen by neither party, but he held his weapon leveled at + the Indian, ready to shoot at an instant's warning. Brought up, as he had + been, with a horror for scenes of violence, and a feeling that human life + was sacred, he had a great repugnance to use his weapon, even where it + seemed his urgent duty to do so. He felt that on him, young as he was, + rested a weighty responsibility. He could save the life of a man of his + own color, but only by killing or disabling a red man. Indian though he + was, his life, too, was sacred; but when he threatened the life of another + he forfeited his claim to consideration. + </p> + <p> + Herbert hesitated till he saw it was no longer safe to do so—till he + saw that it was the unalterable determination of the Indian to kill the + hunter, and then, his face pale and fixed, he pulled the trigger. + </p> + <p> + His bullet passed through the shoulder of the savage. The latter uttered a + shrill cry of surprise and dismay, and his weapon fell at his feet, while + he pressed his left hand to his wounded shoulder. + </p> + <p> + The hunter, amazed at the interruption, which had been of such essential + service to him, lost not a moment in availing himself of it. He bounded + forward, and before the savage well knew what he purposed, he had picked + up his fallen weapon, and, leveling it at his wounded foe, fired. + </p> + <p> + His bullet was not meant to disable, but to kill. It penetrated the heart + of the savage, and, staggering back, he fell, his face distorted with rage + and disappointment. + </p> + <p> + “The tables are turned, my red friend!” said the hunter, coolly. “It's + your life, not mine, this time!” + </p> + <p> + At that moment Herbert, pale and shocked, but relieved as well, pressed + forward, and the hunter saw him for the first time. + </p> + <p> + “Was it you, boy, who fired the shot?” asked the hunter, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Then I owe you my life, and that's a debt Jack Holden isn't likely to + forget!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXI. JACK HOLDEN ON THE INDIAN QUESTION. + </h2> + <p> + It is a terrible thing to see a man stretched out in death who but a + minute before stood full of life and strength. Herbert gazed at the dead + Indian with a strange sensation of pity and relief, and could hardly + realize that, but for his interposition, it would have been the hunter, + not the Indian, who would have lost his life. + </p> + <p> + The hunter was more used to such scenes, and his calmness was unruffled. + </p> + <p> + “That's the end of the dog!” he said, touching with his foot the dead + body. + </p> + <p> + “What made him want to kill you?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Revenge,” answered Holden. + </p> + <p> + “For what? Had you injured him?” + </p> + <p> + “That's the way he looked at it. One day I caught the varmint stealin' my + best hoss. He'd have got away with him, too, if I hadn't come home just as + I did. I might have shot him—most men would—but I hate to take + a man's life for stealin'; and I took another way. My whip was lyin' + handy, and I took it and lashed the rascal over his bare back a dozen + times, and then told him to dust, or I'd serve him worse. He left, but + there was an ugly look in his eyes, and I knew well enough he'd try to get + even.” + </p> + <p> + “How long ago was this?” + </p> + <p> + “Most a year. It's a long time, but an Indian never forgets an injury or + an insult, and I knew that he was only bidin' his time. So I always went + armed, and kept a good lookout. It was only this mornin' that he caught me + at a disadvantage. I'd been taking a walk, and left my gun at home. He was + prowlin' round, and soon saw how things stood. He'd have killed me sure, + if you hadn't come in the nick of time.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad I was near,” said Herbert, “but it seems to me a terrible thing + to shoot a man. I'm glad it wasn't I that killed him.” + </p> + <p> + “Mebbe it was better for me, as he was my enemy,” said Jack Holden. “It + won't trouble my conscience a mite. I don't look upon an Indian as a man.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “He's a snake in the grass—a poisonous serpent, that's what I call + him,” said Jack Holden. + </p> + <p> + Herbert shook his head. He couldn't assent to this. + </p> + <p> + “You feel different, no doubt. You're a tenderfoot. You ain't used to the + ways of these reptiles. You haven't seen what I have,” answered Holden. + </p> + <p> + “What have you seen?” asked Herbert, judging correctly that Holden + referred to some special experience. + </p> + <p> + “I'll tell you. You see, I'm an old settler in this Western country. I've + traveled pretty much all over the region beyond the Rockies, and I've seen + a good deal of the red men. I know their ways as well as any man. Well, I + was trampin' once in Montany, when, one afternoon, I and my pard—he + was prospectin'—came to a clearin', and there we saw a sight that + made us all feel sick. It was the smokin' ruins of a log cabin, which them + devils had set on fire. But that wasn't what I referred to. Alongside + there lay six dead bodies—the man, his wife, two boys, somewhere + near your age, a little girl, of maybe ten, and a baby—all butchered + by them savages, layin'—in the hunter's vernacular—in their + gore. It was easy to see how they'd killed the baby, by his broken skull. + They had seized the poor thing by the feet, and swung him against the side + of the house, dashin' out his brains.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert shuddered, and felt sick, as the picture of the ruined home and + the wretched family rose before his imagination. + </p> + <p> + “It was Indians that did it, of course,” proceeded Holden. “They're born + savage, and such things come natural to them.” + </p> + <p> + “Are there no good Indians?” asked the boy. + </p> + <p> + “There may be,” answered Jack Holden, doubtfully, “though I haven't seen + many. They're as scarce as plums in a boardin' house puddin', I reckon.” + </p> + <p> + I present this as Jack Holden's view, not mine. He had the prejudices of + the frontier, and frontiersmen are severe judges of their Indian + neighbors. They usually look at but one side of the picture, and are not + apt to take into consideration the wrongs which the Indians have + undeniably received. There is another extreme, however, and the + sentimentalists who deplore Indian wrongs, and represent them as a brave, + suffering and oppressed people, are quite as far away from a just view of + the Indian question. + </p> + <p> + “What's your name, youngster?” asked Holden, with the curiosity natural + under the circumstances. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert Carr.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you live nigh here?” + </p> + <p> + Herbert indicated, as well as he could, the location of his home. + </p> + <p> + “I know—you live with Mr. Falkland. Are you his son?” + </p> + <p> + “No; Mr. Falkland has gone away.” + </p> + <p> + “You're not living there alone, be you?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I came out here with a young man—Mr. Melville. He bought the + cottage of Mr. Falkland, who was obliged to go East.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't say so. Why, we're neighbors. I live three miles from here.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you know Mr. Falkland?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; we used to see each other now and then. He was a good fellow, but + mighty queer. What's the use of settin' down and paintin' pictures? What's + the good of it all?” + </p> + <p> + “Don't you admire pictures, Mr. Holden?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “That's that you called me? I didn't quite catch on to it.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Holden. Isn't that your name?” + </p> + <p> + “Don't call me mister. I'm plain Jack Holden. Call me Jack.” + </p> + <p> + “I will if you prefer it,” said Herbert, dubiously. + </p> + <p> + “Of course I do. We don't go much on style in the woods. Won't you come + home with me, and take a look at my cabin? I ain't used to company, but we + can sit down and have a social smoke together, and then I'll manage to + find something to eat.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Mr. Holden—I mean, Jack—but I must be getting + home; Mr. Melville will be feeling anxious, for, as it is, I shall be + late.” + </p> + <p> + “Is Mr. Melville, as you call him, any way kin to you?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he is my friend and employer.” + </p> + <p> + “Young man?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; he is about twenty-five.” + </p> + <p> + “How long have you two been out here?” + </p> + <p> + “Not much over a week.” + </p> + <p> + “Why isn't Melville with you this morning?” + </p> + <p> + “He is in delicate health—consumption—and he gets tired sooner + than I do.” + </p> + <p> + “I must come over and see you, I reckon.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you will. We get lonely sometimes. If you would like to borrow + something to read, Mr. Melville has plenty of books.” + </p> + <p> + “Read!” repeated Jack. “No, thank you. I don't care much for books. A + newspaper, now, is different. A man likes to know what's going on in the + world; but I leave books to ministers, schoolmasters, and the like.” + </p> + <p> + “If you don't read, how do you fill up your time, Jack?” + </p> + <p> + “My pipe's better than any book, lad. I'm goin' to set down and have a + smoke now. Wish I had an extra pipe for you.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” said Herbert, politely, “but I don't smoke.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't smoke! How old are you?” + </p> + <p> + “Sixteen.” + </p> + <p> + “Sixteen years old, and don't smoke! Why, where was you raised?” + </p> + <p> + “In the East,” answered Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “Why, I smoked before I was three foot high, I was goin' to say. I + couldn't get along without smokin'.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor I without reading.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, folks will have their different tastes, I allow. I reckon I'll be + goin' back.” + </p> + <p> + “Shan't you bury him?” asked Herbert, with a glance at the dead Indian. + </p> + <p> + “No; he wouldn't have buried me.” + </p> + <p> + “But you won't leave him here? If you'll bury him, I'll help you.” + </p> + <p> + “Not now, boy. Since you make a point of it, I'll come round to-morrow, + and dig a hole to put him in. I'll take the liberty of carryin' home his + shootin' iron. He won't need it where he's gone.” + </p> + <p> + The two parted in a friendly manner, and Herbert turned his face homeward, + grave and thoughtful. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXII. THE BLAZING STAR MINE. + </h2> + <p> + Toward noon the next day George Melville and Herbert were resting from a + country trip, sitting on a rude wooden settee which our hero had made of + some superfluous boards, and placed directly in front of the house, when a + figure was seen approaching with long strides from the shadow of the + neighboring woods. It was not until he was close at hand that Herbert + espied him. + </p> + <p> + “Why, it's Mr. Holden!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Jack Holden, my lad,” said the hunter, correcting him. “Is this the man + you're living with?” + </p> + <p> + Jack Holden was unconventional, and had been brought up in a rude school + so far as manners were concerned. It did not occur to him that his + question might have been better framed. + </p> + <p> + “I am Mr. Melville,” answered that gentleman, seeing that Herbert looked + embarrassed. “Herbert is my constant and valued companion.” + </p> + <p> + “He's a trump, that boy!” continued Holden. “Why, if it hadn't been for + him, there'd been an end of Jack Holden yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert told me about it. It was indeed a tragic affair. The sacrifice of + life is deplorable, but seemed to have been necessary, unless, indeed, you + could have disabled him.” + </p> + <p> + “Disabled him!” echoed the hunter. “That wouldn't have answered by a long + shot. As soon as the reptile got well he'd have been on my trail ag'in. + No, sir; it was my life or his, and I don't complain of the way things + turned out.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you buried him?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I've shoved him under, and it's better than he deserved, the + sneakin' rascal. I'm glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Melville. Didn't + know I had changed neighbors till the boy there told me yesterday. I've + tramped over this mornin' to give you a call.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind, Mr. Holden. Sit down here beside us.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm more at home here,” answered Holden, stretching himself on the + ground, and laying his gun beside him. “How do you like Colorado?” + </p> + <p> + “Very much, as far as I have seen it,” said Melville. “Herbert probably + told you my object, in coming here?” + </p> + <p> + “He said you were ailin' some way.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my lungs are weak. Since I have been here, I am feeling better and + stronger, however.” + </p> + <p> + “There don't seem to be anything the matter with the boy.” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing but a healthy appetite,” answered Herbert, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “That won't hurt anybody. Mr. Melville, do you smoke?” + </p> + <p> + “No, thank you.” + </p> + <p> + “Queer! Don't see how you can do without it? Why, sir, I'd been homesick + without my pipe. It's company, I tell you, when a chap's alone and got no + one to speak to.” + </p> + <p> + “I take it, Mr. Holden, you are not here for your health?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I should say not; I'm tough as a hickory nut. When I drop off it's + more likely to be an Indian bullet than any disease. I'm forty-seven years + old, and I don't know what it is to be sick.” + </p> + <p> + “You are fortunate, Mr. Holden.” + </p> + <p> + “I expect I am. But I haven't answered your question. I'm interested in + mines, Mr. Melville. Have you ever been to Deer Creek?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I went over with Herbert to visit the store there one day last + week.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you ever hear of the Blazing Star Mine?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I believe not.” + </p> + <p> + “I own it,” said Holden. “It's a good mine, and would make me rich if I + had a little more money to work it.” + </p> + <p> + “Are the indications favorable, then?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “It looks well, if that's what you mean. Yes, sir; the Star is a + first-class property.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it's a pity you don't work it.” + </p> + <p> + “That's what I say myself. Mr. Melville, I've a proposal to make to you.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, Mr. Holden?” + </p> + <p> + “If you could manage to call me Jack, it would seem more social like.” + </p> + <p> + “By all means, then, Jack!” said Melville smiling. + </p> + <p> + “You give me money enough to develop the mine, and I'll make half of it + over to you.” + </p> + <p> + “How much is needed?” asked Melville. + </p> + <p> + “Not over five hundred dollars. It's a bargain, I tell you.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not myself wish to assume any business cares,” said Melville. + </p> + <p> + Jack Holden looked disappointed. + </p> + <p> + “Just as you say,” he responded. + </p> + <p> + “But Herbert may feel differently,” continued Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I'd like the lad for a partner,” said Holden, briskly. + </p> + <p> + “But I have no money!” said Herbert, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + George Melville smiled. + </p> + <p> + “If the mine is a good one,” he said, “I will advance you the money + necessary for the purchase of a half interest. If it pays you, you may + become rich. Then you can repay the money.” + </p> + <p> + “But suppose it doesn't, Mr. Melville,” objected Herbert, “how can I ever + repay you so large a sum?” + </p> + <p> + “On the whole, Herbert, I will take the risk.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, his face glowing with + anticipation. To be half owner of a mine, with the chance of making a + large sum of money, naturally elated him. + </p> + <p> + “Why shouldn't I be, Herbert? But I want to see the mine first.” + </p> + <p> + “Can't you go over this afternoon?” asked Holden, eager to settle the + matter as soon as possible. + </p> + <p> + “It is a long journey,” said Melville, hesitating. + </p> + <p> + “You can stay overnight,” said Jack Holden, “and come back in the + morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well; let us go then—that is, after dinner. Herbert, if you + will set the table, we will see if we can't offer our friend here some + refreshment. He is hungry, I am sure, after his long walk.” + </p> + <p> + “You've hit it, Mr. Melville,” said Holden. “I allow I'm as hungry as a + wolf. But you don't set down to table, do you?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes,” answered Mr. Melville, smiling pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “I ain't used to it,” said Holden; “but I was once. Anyhow, it won't make + no difference in the victuals.” + </p> + <p> + When dinner was ready the three sat down, and did ample justice to it; but + Jack Holden made such furious onslaughts that the other two could hardly + keep pace with him. Fortunately, there was plenty of food, for Melville + did not believe in economical housekeeping. + </p> + <p> + After dinner they set out for Deer Creek. As has been already explained, + it was the name of a mining settlement. Now, by the way, it is a + prosperous town, though the name has been changed. Then, however, + everything was rude and primitive. + </p> + <p> + Jack Holden led the way to the Blazing Star Mine, and pointed out its + capabilities and promise. He waited with some anxiety for Melville's + decision. + </p> + <p> + “I don't understand matters very well,” said Melville, “but I am willing + to take a good deal on trust. If you desire it, I will buy half the mine, + paying you five hundred dollars for that interest. That is, I buy it for + Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “Hooray!” shouted Holden. “Give us your hand, pard. You are my partner + now, you know.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he gripped Herbert's hand in a pressure which was so strong as + to be painful, and the necessary business was gone through. + </p> + <p> + So Herbert found himself a half owner of the Blazing Star Mine, of Deer + Creek, Colorado. + </p> + <p> + “I hope your mine will turn out well, Herbert,” said Melville, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “I wish it might for mother's sake!” said Herbert, seriously. + </p> + <p> + “It won't be my fault if it don't,” said his partner. “I shall stay here + now, and get to work.” + </p> + <p> + “Ought I not to help you?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No; Mr. Melville will want you. I will hire a man here to help me, and + charge it to your share of the expenses.” + </p> + <p> + So the matter was arranged; but Herbert rode over two or three times a + week to look after his property. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0033" id="link2HCH0033"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIII. GOOD NEWS FROM THE MINE. + </h2> + <p> + “Well, Herbert, what news from the mine?” asked Melville, two weeks later, + on Herbert's return from Deer Creek, whither he had gone alone. + </p> + <p> + “There are some rich developments, so Jack says. Do you know, Mr. + Melville, he says the mine is richly worth five thousand dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Bravo, Herbert! That would make your half worth twenty-five hundred.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the boy complacently; “if we could sell at that figure, I + could pay you back and have two thousand dollars of my own. Think of that, + Mr. Melville,” continued Herbert, his eyes glowing with pride and + pleasure. “Shouldn't I be a rich boy?” + </p> + <p> + “You may do even better, Herbert. Don't be in a hurry to sell. That is my + advice. If the present favorable indications continue, you may realize a + considerably larger sum.” + </p> + <p> + “So Jack says. He says he is bound to hold on, and hopes I will.” + </p> + <p> + “You are in luck, Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Melville, and I don't forget that it is to you I am indebted for + this good fortune,” said the boy, earnestly. “If you hadn't bought the + property for me, I could not. I don't know but you ought to get some share + ef the profits.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “My dear boy,” he said, “I have more than my share of money already. + Sometimes I feel ashamed when I compare my lot with others, and consider + that for the money I have, I have done no work. The least I can do is to + consider myself the Lord's trustee, and do good to others, when it falls + in my way.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish all rich men thought as you do, Mr. Melville; the world would be + happier,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “True, Herbert. I hope and believe there is a considerable number who, + like myself, feel under obligations to do good.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very glad, on mother's account, if I can go home with money + enough to make her independent of work. By the way, Mr. Melville, I found + a letter from mother in the Deer Creek post office. Shall I read it to + you?” + </p> + <p> + “If there is nothing private in it, Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing private from you, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + It may be explained that Deer Creek had already obtained such prominence + that the post-office department had established an office there, and + learning this, Herbert had requested his mother to address him at that + place. + </p> + <p> + He drew the letter from his pocket and read it aloud. + </p> + <p> + We quote the essential portions. + </p> + <p> + “'I am very glad to hear that you have made the long journey in safety, + and are now in health.'” + </p> + <p> + Herbert had not mentioned in his home letter the stage-coach adventure, + for he knew that it would disturb his mother to think that he had been + exposed to such a risk. + </p> + <p> + “It will do no good, you know,” he said to Mr. Melville, and his friend + had agreed with him. + </p> + <p> + “'It is very satisfactory to me,' continued Herbert, reading from the + letter, 'that you are under the charge of Mr. Melville, who seems to me an + excellent, conscientious young man, from whom you can learn only good.'” + </p> + <p> + “Your mother thinks very kindly of me,” said Melville, evidently pleased. + </p> + <p> + “She is right, too, Mr. Melville,” said Herbert, with emphasis. + </p> + <p> + “'It will no doubt be improving to you, my dear Herbert, to travel under + such pleasant auspices, for a boy can learn from observation as well as + from books. I miss you very much, but since the separation is for your + advantage, I can submit to it cheerfully. + </p> + <p> + “'You ask me about my relations with Mr. Graham. I am still in the post + office, and thus far nearly the whole work devolves upon me. Except in one + respect, I am well treated. Mr. G-. is, as you know, very penurious, and + grudges every cent that he has to pay out. When he paid me last Saturday + night the small sum for which I agreed to assist him, he had much to say + about his large expenses, fuel, lights, etc., and asked me if I wouldn't + agree to work for two dollars a week, instead of three. I confess, I was + almost struck dumb by such an exhibition of meanness, and told him that it + would be quite impossible. Since then he has spent some of the time + himself in the office, and asked me various questions about the proper way + of preparing the mail, etc., and I think it is his intention, if possible, + to get along without me. I don't know, if he absolutely insists upon it, + but it would be better to accept the reduction than to give up altogether. + Two dollars a week will count in my small household.' + </p> + <p> + “Did you ever hear of such meanness, Mr. Melville?” demanded Herbert, + indignantly. “Here is Mr. Graham making, I am sure, two thousand dollars a + year clear profit, and yet anxious to reduce mother from three to two + dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “It is certainly a very small business, Herbert. I think some men become + meaner by indulgence of their defect.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall write mother to give up the place sooner than submit to such a + reduction. Three dollars a week is small enough in all conscience.” + </p> + <p> + “I approve the advice, Herbert. If Mr. Graham were really cramped for + money, and doing a poor business, it would be different. As it is, it + seems to me he has no excuse for his extreme penuriousness.” + </p> + <p> + “How pleasant it would be to pay a flying visit to Wayneboro,” said + Herbert, thoughtfully. “One never appreciates home until he has left it.” + </p> + <p> + “That pleasure must be left for the future. It will keep.” + </p> + <p> + “Very true, and when I do go home I want to go well fixed.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert had already caught the popular Western phrase for a man well to + do. + </p> + <p> + “We must depend on the Blazing Star Mine for that,” said Melville, + smiling. My young readers may like to know that, while Herbert was + prospering financially, he did not neglect the cultivation of his mind. + Among the books left by Mr. Falkland were a number of standard histories, + some elementary books in French, including a dictionary, a treatise on + natural philosophy, and a German grammar and reader. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know anything of French or German, Mr. Melville?” inquired our + hero, when they made their first examination of the library. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Herbert, I am a tolerable scholar in each.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I were.” + </p> + <p> + “Would you like to study them?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, very much.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will make you a proposal. You are likely to have considerable time + at your disposal. If you will study either, or both, I will be your + teacher.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like nothing better,” said Herbert, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “Moreover, if you wish to study philosophy, I will aid you, though we are + not in a position to illustrate the subject by experiments.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was a sensible boy. Moreover, he was fond of study, and he saw at + once how advantageous this proposal was. He secured a private tutor for + nothing, and, as he soon found, an excellent one. Though Mr. Melville had + never been a teacher, he had an unusual aptitude for teaching, and it is + hard to decide whether he or Herbert enjoyed more the hours which they now + regularly passed in the relation of teacher and pupil. + </p> + <p> + It must be said, also, that while George Melville evinced an aptitude for + teaching, Herbert showed an equal aptitude for learning. The tasks which + he voluntarily undertook most boys would have found irksome, but he only + found them a source of pleasure, and had the satisfaction, after a very + short time, to find himself able to read ordinary French and German prose + with comparative ease. + </p> + <p> + “I never had a better pupil,” said George Melville. + </p> + <p> + “I believe I am the first you ever had,” said Herbert, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “That is true. I spoke as if I were a veteran teacher.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I won't be too much elated by the compliment.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0034" id="link2HCH0034"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIV. TWO OLD ACQUAINTANCES REAPPEAR. + </h2> + <p> + In the rude hotel kept by the outlaw, whom we have introduced under the + name of Brown, there sat two men, to neither of whom will my readers need + an introduction. They have already appeared in our story. + </p> + <p> + One was Brown himself, the other Col. Warner, or, as we may as well + confess, Jerry Lane, known throughout the West as an unscrupulous robber + and chief of a band of road agents, whose depredations had been + characterized by audacity and success. + </p> + <p> + Brown was ostensibly an innkeeper, but this business, honest enough in + itself, only veiled the man's real trade, in which he defied alike the + laws of honesty and of his country. The other was by turns a gentleman of + property, a merchant, a cattle owner, or a speculator, in all of which + characters he acted excellently, and succeeded in making the acquaintance + of men whom he designed to rob. + </p> + <p> + The two men wore a sober look. In their business, as in those more + legitimate, there are good times and dull times, and of late they had not + succeeded. + </p> + <p> + “I want some money, captain,” said Brown, sullenly, laying down a black + pipe, which he had been smoking. + </p> + <p> + “So do I, Brown,” answered Warner, as we will continue to call him. “It's + a dry time with me.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't understand me, captain,” continued Brown. “I want you to give + me some money.” + </p> + <p> + “First you must tell me where I am to get it,” answered Warner, with a + shrug of his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean to say you have no money?” asked Brown, frowning. + </p> + <p> + “How should I have?” + </p> + <p> + “Because in all our enterprises you have taken the lion's share, though + you haven't always done the chief part. You can't have spent the whole.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not quite; but I have nothing to spare. I need to travel about, and—” + </p> + <p> + “You've got a soft thing,” grumbled Brown. “You go round and have a good + time while I am tied down to this fourth-rate tavern in the woods.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, it isn't much more than that,” said Warner, musingly. + </p> + <p> + “Do you expect me to keep a first-class hotel?” demanded Brown, defiantly. + </p> + <p> + “No, of course not. Brown,” continued Warner, soothingly, “don't let us + quarrel; we can't afford it. Let us talk together reasonably.” + </p> + <p> + “What have you to say?” + </p> + <p> + “This, that it isn't my fault if things have gone wrong. Was it my fault + that we found so little cash in that last store we broke open?” + </p> + <p> + “Nineteen dollars!” muttered Brown, contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “Nineteen dollars, as you say. It didn't pay us for our trouble. Well, I + was as sorry as you. I fail to see how it was my fault. Better luck next + time.” + </p> + <p> + “When is the next time to be?” asked Brown, somewhat placated. + </p> + <p> + “As soon as you please.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “I will tell you. You remember that stagecoach full of passengers that + fooled us some time since?” + </p> + <p> + “I ought to.” + </p> + <p> + “I always meant to get on the track of that Melville, who spoiled our plot + by overhearing us and giving us away to the passengers. He is very rich, + so the boy who was with him told me, and I have every reason to rely upon + his statement. Well, I want to be revenged upon him, and, at the same + time, to relieve him of the doubtless large sum of money which he keeps + with him.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm with you. Where is he?” + </p> + <p> + “I have only recently ascertained—no matter how. He lives in a small + cabin, far from any other, about eight miles from the mining town of Deer + Creek.” + </p> + <p> + “I know the place.” + </p> + <p> + “Precisely. No one lives there with him except the boy, and it would be + easy enough to rob him. I saw a man from Deer Creek yesterday. He tells me + that Melville has bought for the boy a half share in a rich mine, and is + thought to have at least five thousand dollars in gold and bills in his + cabin.” + </p> + <p> + Brown's eyes glistened with cupidity. + </p> + <p> + “That would be a big haul,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Of course, it would. Now, Brown, while you have been grumbling at me I + have been saving this little affair for our benefit—yours and mine. + We won't let any of the rest of them into it, but whatever we find we will + divide, and share alike.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean this, captain?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I mean it, friend Brown. You shan't charge me with taking the lion's + share in this case. If there are five thousand dollars, as my informant + seems to think, your share shall be half.” + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-five hundred dollars!” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly; twenty-five hundred dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “That will pay for my hard luck lately,” said Brown, his face clearing. + </p> + <p> + “Very handsomely, too.” + </p> + <p> + “When shall we start?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow morning. We will set out early in the morning; and, by the way, + Brown, it's just as well not to let your wife or anyone else know where we + are going.” + </p> + <p> + “All right,” answered Brown, cheerfully. + </p> + <p> + The next morning the two worthies set out their far from meritorious + errand. Brown told his wife vaguely, in reply to her questioning, that he + was called away for a few days on business. + </p> + <p> + If he expected to evade further question by this answer, he was mistaken. + Mrs. Brown was naturally of a jealous and suspicious temperament, and + doubt was excited in her breast. + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I say you have gone if I am asked?” she said. + </p> + <p> + “You may say that you don't know,” answered Brown, brusquely. + </p> + <p> + “I don't think much of a man who keeps secrets from his wife,” said Mrs. + Brown, coldly. + </p> + <p> + “And I don't think much of a man who tells everything to his wife,” + retorted Brown. “It's all right, Kitty, You needn't concern yourself. But + the captain and I are on an expedition, which, to be successful, needs to + be kept secret.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Brown was not more than half convinced, but she was compelled to + accept this statement, for her husband would vouchsafe no other. + </p> + <p> + That part of the State into which they journeyed was not new ground to + either. They were familiar with all the settled portion of Colorado, and + had no difficulty in finding the cabin occupied by George Melville. + </p> + <p> + Now it happened that they reached the modest dwelling in the woods about + three o'clock in the afternoon. Herbert had ridden over to Deer Creek to + look after his mining property, and it was not yet time to expect him + back. George Melville was therefore left alone. + </p> + <p> + Knowing, as my young readers do, his literary tastes, they will understand + that, though left alone, he was not lonely. The stock of books which he + had bought from his predecessor was to him an unfailing resource. + Moreover, he had taken up Italian, of which he knew a little, and was + reading in the original the “Divina Comedia” of Dante, a work which + consumed many hours, and was not likely soon to be over. To-day, however, + for some reason Melville found it more difficult than usual to fix his + mind upon his pleasant study. Was it a presentiment of coming evil that + made him so unusually restless? At all events, the hours, which were wont + to be fleet-footed, passed with unusual slowness, and he found himself + longing for the return of his young friend. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know what has got into me to-day,” said Melville to himself. + “It's only three o'clock, yet the day seems very long. I wish Herbert + would return. I feel uneasy. I don't know why. I hope it is not a presage + of misfortune. I shall not be sure that something has not happened to + Herbert till I see him again.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke George Melville rose from his chair, and was about to put on + his hat and take a short walk in the neighboring woods, when he heard the + tramp of approaching horses. Looking out from the window, he saw two + horsemen close at hand. + </p> + <p> + He started in dismay, for in the two men he was at no loss in recognizing + his stagecoach companion, Col. Warner, and the landlord who had essayed + the part of a road agent. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0035" id="link2HCH0035"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXV. MELVILLE IN PERIL. + </h2> + <p> + Col. Warner and his companion enjoyed the effect of their presence upon + their intended victim, and smiled in a manner that boded little good to + Melville, as they dismounted from their steeds and advanced to the door of + the cabin. + </p> + <p> + “How are you, Melville?” said Warner, ironically. “I see you have not + forgotten me.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have not forgotten you,” answered Melville, regarding his visitor + uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “This is my friend, Mr. Brown. Perhaps you remember him?” + </p> + <p> + “I do remember him, and the circumstances under which I last saw him,” + replied Melville, rather imprudently. + </p> + <p> + Brown frowned, but he did not speak. He generally left his companion to do + the talking. + </p> + <p> + “Being in the neighborhood, we thought we'd call upon you,” continued Col. + Warner. + </p> + <p> + “Walk in, gentlemen, if you see fit,” said Melville. “I suppose it would + be only polite to say that I am glad to see you, but I have some regard + for truth, and cannot say it.” + </p> + <p> + “I admire your candor, Mr. Melville. Walk in, Brown. Ha! upon my word, you + have a nice home here. Didn't expect to see anything of the kind in this + wilderness. Books and pictures! Really, now, Brown, I am quite tempted to + ask our friend, Melville, to entertain us for a few days.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think it would suit you,” said Melville, dryly. “You are probably + more fond of exciting adventure than of books.” + </p> + <p> + “Does the boy live with you?” asked Warner, dropping his bantering tone, + and looking about his searchingly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he is still with me.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see him.” + </p> + <p> + “Because he has gone to Deer Creek on business.” + </p> + <p> + When Melville saw the rapid glance of satisfaction interchanged by the two + visitors he realized that he had made an imprudent admission. He suspected + that their design was to rob him, and he had voluntarily assured them that + he was alone, and that they could proceed without interruption. + </p> + <p> + “Sorry not to see him,” said Warner. “I'd like to renew our pleasant + acquaintance.” + </p> + <p> + Melville was about to reply that Herbert would be back directly, when it + occurred to him that this would be a fresh piece of imprudence. It would + doubtless lead them to proceed at once to the object of their visit, while + if he could only keep them till his boy companion did actually return, + they would at least be two to two. Even then they would be by no means + equally matched, but something might occur to help them. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose Herbert will return by evening,” he replied. “You can see him + if you remain till then.” + </p> + <p> + Another expression of satisfaction appeared upon the faces of his two + visitors, but for this he was prepared. + </p> + <p> + “Sorry we can't stay till then,” said Warner, “but business of importance + will limit our stay. Eh, Brown?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see the use of delaying at all!” growled Brown, who was not as + partial as his companion to the feline amusement of playing with his + intended victim. With him, on the contrary, it was a word, and a blow, and + sometimes the blow came first. + </p> + <p> + “Come to business!” continued Brown, impatiently, addressing his + associate. + </p> + <p> + “That is my purpose, friend Brown.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Melville, it is not solely the pleasure of seeing you that has led my + friend and myself to call this afternoon.” + </p> + <p> + Melville nodded. + </p> + <p> + “So I supposed,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “There is a little unfinished business between us, as you will remember. I + owe you a return for the manner in which you saw fit to throw suspicion + upon me some time since, when we were traveling together.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very glad to have you convince me that I did you an + injustice,” said Melville. “I was led to believe that you and your friend + now present were leagued together to rob us of our money and valuables. If + it was not so—” + </p> + <p> + “You were not very far from right, Mr. Melville. Still it was not polite + to express your suspicions so rudely. Besides, you were instrumental in + defeating our plan.” + </p> + <p> + “I can't express any regret for that, Col. Warner, or Jerry Lane, as I + suppose that is your real name.” + </p> + <p> + “I am Jerry Lane!” said Warner, proudly. “I may as well confess it, since + it is well that you should know with whom you have to deal. When I say + that I am Jerry Lane, you will understand that I mean business.” + </p> + <p> + “I do,” answered Melville, quietly. + </p> + <p> + “You know me by reputation?” said the outlaw, with a curious pride in his + unenviable notoriety. + </p> + <p> + “I do.” + </p> + <p> + “What do men say of me?” + </p> + <p> + “That you are at the head of a gang of reckless assassins and outlaws, and + that you have been implicated in scores of robberies and atrocities.” + </p> + <p> + This was not so satisfactory. + </p> + <p> + “Young man,” said Lane—to drop his false name—“I advise you to + be careful how you talk. It may be the worse for you. Now, to come to + business, how much money have you in the house?” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you ask, and by what right?” + </p> + <p> + “We propose to take it. Now answer my question.” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen, you will be very poorly paid for the trouble you have taken in + visiting me. I have very little money.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, you say so. We want an answer.” + </p> + <p> + “As well as I can remember I have between forty and fifty dollars in my + pocketbook.” + </p> + <p> + Brown uttered an oath under his breath, and Lane looked uneasy. + </p> + <p> + “That's a lie!” said Brown, speaking first. “We were told you had five + thousand dollars here.” + </p> + <p> + “Your informant was badly mistaken, then. I am not very wise, perhaps, in + worldly matters, but I certainly am not such a fool as to keep so large a + sum of money in a lonely cabin like this.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not so much as that,” returned Lane. “I don't pretend to say how + much you have. That is for you to tell us.” + </p> + <p> + George Melville drew from his pocket a wallet, and passed it to the + outlaw. + </p> + <p> + “Count the money for yourself, if you wish,” he said. “You can verify my + statement.” + </p> + <p> + Lane opened the wallet with avidity, and drew out the contents. It was + apparent at the first glance that the sum it contained was small. It was + counted, however, and proved to amount to forty-seven dollars and a few + silver coins. + </p> + <p> + The two robbers looked at each other in dismay. Was it possible that this + was all? If so, they would certainly be very poorly paid for their + trouble. + </p> + <p> + “Do you expect us to believe, Mr. Melville,” said Jerry Lane, sternly, + “that this is all the money you have?” + </p> + <p> + “In this cabin—yes.” + </p> + <p> + “We are not so easily fooled. It is probably all you carry about with you; + but you have more concealed somewhere about the premises. It will be best + for you to produce at once, unless you are ready to pass in your checks.” + </p> + <p> + “That means,” said Melville, growing pale in spite of himself, for he knew + from report the desperate character of his guests, “that means, I suppose, + that you will kill me unless I satisfy your rapacity.” + </p> + <p> + “It does,” said Lane, curtly. “Now for your answer!” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen, I cannot accomplish impossibilities. It is as I say. The money + in your hands is all that I have by me.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean to deny that you are rich?” asked Lane. + </p> + <p> + “No, I do not deny it. That is not the point in question. You ask me to + produce all the money I have with me. I have done so.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe this, Brown?” asked the captain, turning to his + subordinate. + </p> + <p> + “No, I don't.” + </p> + <p> + “It is strictly true.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said Brown, “you deserve to die for having no more money for us.” + </p> + <p> + “True,” chimed in Lane. “Once more, will you produce your secret hoard?” + </p> + <p> + “I have none.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you must be dealt with in the usual way. Brown, have you a rope?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Is there a convenient tree near by.” + </p> + <p> + “We'll find one.” + </p> + <p> + The two seized Melville, and, despite his resistance, dragged him + violently from the cabin, and adjusted a rope about his neck. The young + man was pale, and gave himself up for lost. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0036" id="link2HCH0036"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVI. THE MINE IS SOLD. + </h2> + <p> + While his friend was in peril, where was Herbert? + </p> + <p> + For him, too, it had been an exciting day—Deer Creek had been + excited by the arrival of a capitalist from New York, whose avowed errand + it was to buy a mine. Reports from Deer Creek had turned his steps + thither, and all the mine owners were on the qui vive to attract the + attention of the monied man. It was understood that he intended to + capitalize the mine, when purchased, start a company, and work it by the + new and improved methods, which had replaced the older and ruder + appliances at first employed. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Compton, though not a mining expert, was a shrewd man, who weighed + carefully the representations that were made to him, and reserved his + opinion. It was clear that he was not a man who would readily be taken in, + though there were not wanting men at Deer Creek who were ready to palm off + upon him poor or worthless mines. About the only mine owners who did not + seek him were the owners of the Blazing Star, both of whom were on the + ground. The mine was looking up. The most recent developments were the + most favorable, and the prospects were excellent. They might, indeed, + “peter out” as the expression is, but it did not seem likely. + </p> + <p> + “Jack,” said Herbert, “shall we invite Mr. Compton to visit our mine?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Jack Holden; “I am willing to keep it.” + </p> + <p> + “Wouldn't you sell?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if I could get my price.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your price?” + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-five thousand dollars for the whole mine!” + </p> + <p> + “That is twelve thousand five hundred for mine,” said Herbert, his cheek + flushing with the excitement he felt. + </p> + <p> + “You've figured it out right, my lad,” said his partner. + </p> + <p> + “That would leave me twelve thousand after I have paid up Mr. Melville for + the sum I paid in the beginning.” + </p> + <p> + “Right again, my lad.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, Jack!” exclaimed Herbert. “Do you know what that means? It means + that I should be rich—that my mother could move into a nicer house, + that we could live at ease for the rest of our lives.” + </p> + <p> + “Would twelve thousand dollars do all that?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but it would give me a fund that would establish me in business, and + relieve me of all anxiety. Jack, it's too bright to be real.” + </p> + <p> + “We may not be able to sell the mine at that figure, Herbert. Don't let us + count our chickens before they are hatched, or we may be disappointed. I'm + as willin' to keep the mine as to sell it.” + </p> + <p> + “Jack, here is Mr. Compton coming,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The capitalist paused, and addressing Herbert, said: + </p> + <p> + “Have you anything to do with the mine, my lad?” + </p> + <p> + “I am half owner,” answered Herbert, promptly, and not without pride. + </p> + <p> + “Who is the other half owner?” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Holden,” answered Herbert, pointing out Jack. + </p> + <p> + “May I examine the mine?” + </p> + <p> + “You are quite welcome to, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Possibly the fact that this mine alone had not been pressed upon him for + purchase, predisposed Mr. Compton to regard it with favor. Every facility + was offered him, and Jack Holden, who thoroughly understood his business, + gave him the necessary explanations. + </p> + <p> + After an hour spent in the examination, Mr. Compton came to business. + </p> + <p> + “Is the mine for sale?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your price?” + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-five thousand dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that your lowest price?” + </p> + <p> + “It is.” + </p> + <p> + Jack Holden wasted no words in praising the mine, and this produced a + favorable impression on the capitalist with whom he was dealing. + </p> + <p> + “I'll take it,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Then it's a bargain.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert found it difficult to realize that these few words had made him a + rich boy. He remained silent, but in his heart he was deeply thankful, not + so much for himself, as because he knew that he was now able to rejoice + his mother's heart, and relieve her from all pecuniary cares or anxieties. + </p> + <p> + “You've made a good bargain, sir, if I do say it,” said Jack Holden. “For + my own part, I wasn't so particular about selling the mine, but my young + partner here is differently placed, and the money will come handy to him.” + </p> + <p> + “You are rather young for a mine owner,” said Mr. Compton, regarding + Herbert with some curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; I believe I am the youngest mine owner here.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a resident of this State?” + </p> + <p> + “Only temporarily, sir. I came here with a friend whose lungs are weak.” + </p> + <p> + “You expect to return to the East soon?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “When you do, come to see me. I am a commission merchant in Boston. If it + is your intention to follow a business life, I may be able to find you a + place.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir; I should like nothing better.” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow,” said Mr. Compton, “I will come here and complete the + purchase.” + </p> + <p> + “Jack,” said Herbert, when the new purchaser of the mine had left them, + “there is no work for us here. Come with me, and let us together tell Mr. + Melville the good news.” + </p> + <p> + “A good thought, my lad!” + </p> + <p> + So the two mounted their horses, and left Deer Creek behind them. They + little suspected how sorely they were needed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0037" id="link2HCH0037"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVII. TO THE RESCUE. + </h2> + <p> + Herbert and his companion drew near the forest cabin, which had been the + home of the former, without a suspicion that George Melville was in such + dire peril. The boy was, indeed, thinking of him, but it was rather of the + satisfaction his employer would feel at his good fortune. + </p> + <p> + “Somehow I feel in a great hurry to get there, Jack,” said Herbert. “I + shall enjoy telling Mr. Melville of my good luck.” + </p> + <p> + “He's a fine chap, that Melville,” said Jack Holden, meaning no disrespect + by this unceremonious fashion of speech. + </p> + <p> + “That he is! He's the best friend I ever had, Jack,” returned Herbert, + warmly. + </p> + <p> + “It's a pity he's ailing.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, he's much stronger than he was when he came out here. All the + unfavorable symptoms have disappeared.” + </p> + <p> + “Maybe he'll outgrow it. I had an uncle that was given up to die of + consumption, when he was about Melville's age, and he died only last year + at the age of seventy-five.” + </p> + <p> + “That must have been slow consumption, Jack,” said Herbert, smiling. “If + Mr. Melville can live as long as that, I think neither he nor his friends + will have reason to complain.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he so rich, lad?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know how rich, but I know he has plenty of money. How much power + a rich man has,” said Herbert, musingly. “Now, Mr. Melville has changed my + whole life for me. When I first met him I was working for three dollars a + week. Now I am worth twelve thousand dollars!” + </p> + <p> + Herbert repeated this with a beaming face. The good news had not lost the + freshness of novelty. There was so much that he could do now that he was + comparatively rich. To do Herbert justice, it was not of himself + principally that he thought. It was sweet to reflect that he could bring + peace, and joy, and independence to his mother. After all, it is the + happiness we confer that brings us the truest enjoyment. The selfish man + who eats and drinks and lodges like a prince, but is unwilling to share + his abundance with others, knows not what he loses. Even boys and girls + may try the experiment for themselves, for one does not need to be rich to + give pleasure to others. + </p> + <p> + “Come, Jack, let us ride faster; I am in a hurry,” said Herbert, when they + were perhaps a quarter of a mile distant from the cabin. + </p> + <p> + They emerged from the forest, and could now see the cottage and its + surroundings. They saw something that almost paralyzed them. + </p> + <p> + George Melville, with a rope round his neck, stood beneath a tree. Col. + Warner was up in the tree swinging the rope over a branch, while Brown, + big, burly and brutal, pinioned the helpless young man in his strong arms. + </p> + <p> + “Good heavens! Do you see that?” exclaimed Herbert. “It is the road + agents. Quick, or we shall be too late!” + </p> + <p> + Jack had seen. He had not only seen, but he had already acted. Quick as + thought he raised his weapon, and covered Brown. There was a sharp report, + and the burly ruffian fell, his heart pierced by the unerring bullet. + </p> + <p> + Herbert dashed forward, and, seizing the rope, released his friend. + </p> + <p> + “Thank Heaven, Herbert! You have saved my life!” murmured Melville, in + tones of heartfelt gratitude. + </p> + <p> + “There's another of them!” exclaimed Jack Holden, looking up into the + tree, and he raised his gun once more. + </p> + <p> + “Don't shoot!” exclaimed the man, whom we know best as Col. Warner; “I'll + come down.” + </p> + <p> + So he did, but not in the manner he expected. In his flurry, for he was + not a brave man, outlaw though he was, he lost his hold and fell at the + feet of Holden. + </p> + <p> + “What shall we do with him, Mr. Melville?” asked Jack. “He deserves to + die.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't kill him! Bind him, and give him up to the authorities.” + </p> + <p> + “I hate to let him off so easy,” said Jack, but he did as Melville wished. + But the colonel had a short reprieve. On his way to jail, a bullet from + some unknown assailant pierced his temple, and Jerry Lane, the notorious + road agent, died, as he had lived, by violence. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0038" id="link2HCH0038"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVIII. CONCLUSION. + </h2> + <p> + It had been the intention of George Melville to remain in Colorado all + winter, but his improved health, and the tragic event which I have just + narrated, conspired to change his determination. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” he said, when the business connected with the sale of the mine + had been completed, “how would you like to go home?” + </p> + <p> + “With you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you don't suppose I would remain here alone?” + </p> + <p> + “If you feel well enough, Mr. Melville, there is nothing I should like + better.” + </p> + <p> + “I do feel well enough. If I find any unfavorable symptoms coming back, I + can travel again, but I am anxious to get away from this place, where I + have come so near losing my life at the hands of the outlaws.” + </p> + <p> + There was little need of delay. Their preparations were soon made. There + was an embarrassment about the cottage, but that was soon removed. + </p> + <p> + “I'll buy it of you, Mr. Melville,” said Jack Holden. + </p> + <p> + “I can't sell it to you, Mr. Holden.” + </p> + <p> + “I will give you a fair price.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't understand me,” said George Melville, smiling. “I will not sell + it, because I prefer to give it.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Mr Melville, but you know I am not exactly a poor man. The + sale of the mine—-” + </p> + <p> + “Jack,” said Melville, with emotion, “would you have me forget that it is + to you and Herbert that I owe my rescue from a violent and ignominious + death?” + </p> + <p> + “I want no pay for that, Mr. Melville.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am sure you don't. But you will accept the cabin, not as pay, but + as a mark of my esteem.” + </p> + <p> + Upon that ground Jack accepted the cottage with pleasure. Herbert tried to + tempt him to make a visit to the East, but he was already in treaty for + another mine, and would not go. + </p> + <p> + The two stayed a day in Chicago on their way to Boston. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder if Eben is still here?” thought Herbert. + </p> + <p> + He soon had his question answered. In passing through a suburban portion + of the great city, he saw a young man sawing wood in front of a mean + dwelling, while a stout negro was standing near, with his hands in his + pockets, surveying the job. He was the proprietor of a colored restaurant, + and Eben was working for him. + </p> + <p> + Alas, for Eben! The once spruce dry-goods clerk was now a + miserable-looking tramp, so far as outward appearances went. His clothes + were not only ragged, but soiled, and the spruce city acquaintances whom + he once knew would have passed him without recognition. + </p> + <p> + “Eben!” + </p> + <p> + Eben turned swiftly as he heard his name called, and a flush of shame + overspread his face. + </p> + <p> + “Is it you, Herbert?” he asked, faintly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Eben. You don't seem very prosperous.” + </p> + <p> + “I never thought I should sink so low,” answered Eben, mournfully, “as to + saw wood for a colored man.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you talkin' about?” interrupted his boss, angrily. “Ain't I as + good as a worfless white man that begged a meal of vittles of me, coz he + was starvin'? You jest shut up your mouf, and go to work.” + </p> + <p> + Eben sadly resumed his labor. Herbert pitied him, in spite of his folly + and wickedness. + </p> + <p> + “Eben, do you owe this man anything?” he added. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does. He owes me for his dinner. Don't you go to interfere!” + returned the colored man. + </p> + <p> + “How much was your dinner worth?” asked Herbert, putting his hand into his + pocket. + </p> + <p> + “It was wuf a quarter.” + </p> + <p> + “There is your money! Now, Eben, come with me.” + </p> + <p> + “I've been very unfortunate,” wailed Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Would you like to go back to Wayneboro?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, anywhere,” answered Eben, eagerly. “I can't make a livin' here. I + have almost starved sometimes.” + </p> + <p> + “Eben, I'll make a bargain with you. If I will take you home, will you + turn over a new leaf, and try to lead a regular and industrious life?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I'll do it,” answered Eben. + </p> + <p> + “Then I'll take you with me to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't like my old friends to see me in these rags,” said Eben, + glancing with shame at his tattered clothes. + </p> + <p> + “They shall not. Come with me, and I will rig you out anew.” + </p> + <p> + “You're a good fellow, Herbert,” said Eben, gratefully. “I'm sorry for the + way I treated you.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it's all right,” said Herbert. Herbert kept his promise. He took + Eben to a barber shop, where there were also baths, having previously + purchased him a complete outfit, and Eben emerged looking once more like + the spruce dry-goods salesman of yore. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + One day not long afterwards Mrs. Carr was sitting in her little sitting + room, sewing. She had plenty of leisure for this work now, for Mr. Graham + had undertaken to attend to the post-office duties himself. It was natural + that she should think of her absent boy, from whom she had not heard for a + long time. + </p> + <p> + “When shall I see him again?” she thought, wearily. + </p> + <p> + There was a knock at the outer door. + </p> + <p> + She rose to open it, but, before she could reach it, it flew open, and her + boy, taller and handsomer than ever, was in her arms. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Herbert!” + </p> + <p> + It was all she could say, but the tone was full of joy. + </p> + <p> + “How I have missed you!” + </p> + <p> + “We will be together now, mother.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so, Herbert. Perhaps you can find something to do in Wayneboro, + and even if it doesn't pay as well—” + </p> + <p> + “Mother,” interrupted Herbert, laughing, “is that the way to speak to a + rich boy like me?” + </p> + <p> + “Rich?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, mother, I bring home twelve thousand dollars.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Carr could not believe it at first, but Herbert told his story, and + she gave joyful credence at last. + </p> + <p> + Eben did not receive as warm a welcome, but finally his father was + propitiated, and agreed to give his son employment in his own store. He's + there yet. His hard experience in the West has subdued his pride, and he + has really “turned over a new leaf,” as he promised Herbert. His father + will probably next year give him a quarter interest in the firm, and the + firm's name will be + </p> + <p> + “EBENEZER GRAHAM & SON.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and his mother have moved to Boston. Our hero is learning business + in the counting room of Mr. Compton. They live in a pleasant house at the + South End, and Mr. Melville, restored to a very fair measure of health, is + boarding, or, rather, has his home with them. He is devoting his time to + literary pursuits, and I am told that he is the author of a brilliant + paper in a recent number of the North American Review. Herbert finds some + time for study, and, under the guidance of his friend and former employer, + he has already become a very creditable scholar in French, German and + English literature. He enjoys his present prosperity all the better for + the hardships through which he passed before reaching it. + </p> + <p> + THE END <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + +***** This file should be named 5747-h.htm or 5747-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/4/5747/ + +Produced by Carrie Fellman, and David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/5747.txt b/5747.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cf16df --- /dev/null +++ b/5747.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7944 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Do and Dare + A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5747] +Posting Date: March 27, 2009 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + + + + +Produced by Carrie Fellman + + + + + + + + + +DO AND DARE + +or + +A BRAVE BOY'S FIGHT FOR FORTUNE + +By Horatio Alger, Jr. + + +NEW YORK + + + + +CHAPTER I. THE POST OFFICE AT WAYNEBORO. + + +"If we could only keep the post office, mother, we should be all right," +said Herbert Carr, as he and his mother sat together in the little +sitting room of the plain cottage which the two had occupied ever since +he was a boy of five. + +"Yes, Herbert, but I am afraid there won't be much chance of it." + +"Who would want to take it from you, mother?" + +"Men are selfish, Herbert, and there is no office, however small, that +is not sought after." + +"What was the income last year?" inquired Herbert. + +Mrs. Carr referred to a blank book lying on the table in which the +post-office accounts were kept, and answered: + +"Three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and fifty cents." + +"I shouldn't think that would be much of an inducement to an able-bodied +man, who could work at any business." + +"Your father was glad to have it." + +"Yes, mother, but he had lost an arm in the war, and could not engage in +any business that required both hands." + +"That is true, Herbert, but I am afraid there will be more than one who +will be willing to relieve me of the duties. Old Mrs. Allen called at +the office to-day, and told me she understood that there was a movement +on foot to have Ebenezer Graham appointed." + +"Squire Walsingham's nephew?" + +"Yes; it is understood that the squire will throw his influence into the +scale, and that will probably decide the matter." + +"Then it's very mean of Squire Walsingham," said Herbert, indignantly. +"He knows that you depend on the office for a living." + +"Most men are selfish, my dear Herbert." + +"But he was an old schoolfellow of father's, and it was as his +substitute that father went to the war where he was wounded." + +"True, Herbert, but I am afraid that consideration won't weigh much with +John Walsingham." + +"I have a great mind to go and see him, mother. Have you any +objections?" + +"I have no objections, but I am afraid it will do no good." + +"Mr. Graham ought to be ashamed, with the profits of his store, to want +the post office also. His store alone pays him handsomely." + +"Mr. Graham is fond of money. He means to be a rich man." + +"That is true enough. He is about the meanest man in town." + +A few words are needed in explanation, though the conversation explains +itself pretty well. + +Herbert's father, returning from the war with the loss of an arm, was +fortunate enough to receive the appointment of postmaster, and thus +earn a small, but, with strict economy, adequate income, until a fever +terminated his earthly career at middle age. Mr. Graham was a rival +applicant for the office, but Mr. Carr's services in the war were +thought to give him superior claims, and he secured it. During the month +that had elapsed since his death, Mrs. Carr had carried on the post +office under a temporary appointment. She was a woman of good business +capacity, and already familiar with the duties of the office, having +assisted her husband, especially during his sickness, when nearly the +whole work devolved upon her. Most of the village people were in favor +of having her retained, but the local influence of Squire Walsingham and +his nephew was so great that a petition in favor of the latter secured +numerous signatures, and was already on file at the department in +Washington, and backed by the congressman of the district, who was +a political friend of the squire. Mrs. Carr was not aware that the +movement for her displacement had gone so far. + +It was already nine o'clock when Herbert's conversation with his mother +ended, and he resolved to defer his call upon Squire Walsingham till the +next morning. + +About nine o'clock in the forenoon our young hero rang the bell of +the village magnate, and with but little delay was ushered into his +presence. + +Squire Walsingham was a tall, portly man of fifty, sleek and evidently +on excellent terms with himself. Indeed, he was but five years older +than his nephew, Ebenezer Graham, and looked the younger of the two, +despite the relationship. If he had been a United States Senator he +could not have been more dignified in his deportment, or esteemed +himself of greater consequence. He was a selfish man, but he was free +from the mean traits that characterized his nephew. + +"You are the Carr boy," said the squire, pompously, looking over his +spectacles at Herbert, as he entered the door. + +"My name is Herbert Carr," said Herbert, shortly. "You have known me all +my life." + +"Certainly," said the squire, a little ruffled at the failure of his +grand manner to impose upon his young visitor. "Did I not call you the +Carr boy?" + +Herbert did not fancy being called the Carr boy, but he was there to ask +a favor, and he thought it prudent not to show his dissatisfaction. He +resolved to come to the point at once. + +"I have called, Squire Walsingham," he commenced, "to ask if you will +use your influence to have my mother retained in charge of the post +office." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, somewhat embarrassed. "I am not in charge of +the post-office department." + +"No, sir, I am aware of that; but the postmaster general will be +influenced by the recommendations of people in the village." + +"Very true!" said the squire, complacently. "Very true, and very proper. +I do not pretend to say that my recommendation would not weigh with the +authorities at Washington. Indeed, the member from our district is a +personal friend of mine." + +"You know how we are situated," continued Herbert, who thought it best +to state his case as briefly as possible. "Father was unable to save +anything, and we have no money ahead. If mother can keep the post +office, we shall get along nicely, but if she loses it, we shall have a +hard time." + +"I am surprised that in your father's long tenure of office he did not +save something," said the squire, in a tone which indicated not only +surprise but reproof. + +"There was not much chance to save on a salary of four hundred dollars a +year," said Herbert, soberly, "after supporting a family of three." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, sagely; "where there's a will there's a way. +Improvidence is the great fault of the lower classes." + +"We don't belong to the lower classes," said Herbert, flushing with +indignation. + +Squire Walmsgham was secretly ambitious of representing his district +some day in Congress, and he felt that he had made a mistake. It won't +do for an aspirant to office to speak of the lower classes, and the +squire hastened to repair his error. + +"That was not the term I intended to imply," he condescended to explain. +"I meant to say that improvidence is the prevailing fault of those whose +income is small." + +"We haven't had much chance to be improvident!" said Herbert "We have +had to spend all our income, but we are not in debt--that is, we have no +debts that we are unable to pay." + +"That is well," said Squire Walsingham, "but, my young constituent--I +mean my young friend--I apprehend that you do not take a right view +of public office. It is not designed to support a privileged class in +luxury." + +"Luxury, on four hundred a year!" replied Herbert. + +"I am speaking in general terms," said the squire, hastily. "I mean to +say that I cannot recommend a person to office simply because he or she +needs the income." + +"No, sir, I know that; but my mother understands the duties of the +office, and no complaint has been made that she does not make a good +postmaster." + +"Possibly," said the squire, non-commitally; "but I am opposed upon +principle to conferring offices upon women. Men are more efficient, and +better qualified to discharge responsible duties." + +"Then, sir," said Herbert, his heart sinking, "I am to understand that +you do not favor the appointment of my mother?" + +"I should be glad to hear that your mother was doing well," said the +squire, "but I cannot conscientiously favor the appointment of a woman +to be postmaster of Wayneboro." + +"That means that he prefers the appointment should go to his nephew," +thought Herbert. + +"If my mother were not competent to discharge the duties," he said, his +face showing his disappointment in spite of himself, "I would not ask +your influence, notwithstanding you were a schoolmate of father's, and +he lost his arm while acting as your substitute." + +"I have already said that I wish your mother well," said the squire, +coloring, "and in any other way I am ready to help her and you. Indeed, +I may be able to secure you a situation." + +"Where, sir?" + +"Mr. Graham needs a boy in his store, and I think he will take you on my +recommendation." + +"Is Tom Tripp going away?" asked Herbert. + +"The Tripp boy is unsatisfactory, so Mr. Graham tells me." + +Herbert knew something of what it would be to be employed by Mr. Graham. +Tom Tripp worked early and late for a dollar and a half per week, +without board, for a hard and suspicious taskmaster, who was continually +finding fault with him. But for sheer necessity, he would have left +Mr. Graham's store long ago. He had confided the unpleasantness of +his position to Herbert more than once, and enlisted his sympathy and +indignation. Herbert felt that he would not like to work for Mr. Graham +at any price, more especially as it seemed likely that the storekeeper +was likely to deprive his mother of her office and income. + +"I should not like to work for Mr. Graham, sir," he said. + +"It appears to me that you are very particular, young man," said Squire +Walsingham. + +"I would be willing to work for you, sir, but not for him." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, somewhat mollified, "I will think of your +case." + +Herbert left the house, feeling that his mother's removal was only a +matter of time. + + + + +CHAPTER II. HERBERT'S CHANCE. + + + +Herbert left the house of Squire Walsingham in a sober frame of mind. He +saw clearly that his mother would not long remain in office, and without +her official income they would find it hard to get along. To be sure, +she received a pension of eight dollars a month, in consideration of +her husband's services in the war, but eight dollars would not go far +towards supporting their family, small as it was. There were other means +of earning a living, to be sure, but Wayneboro was an agricultural town +mainly, and unless he hired out on a farm there seemed no way open to +him, while the little sewing his mother might be able to procure would +probably pay her less than a dollar a week. + +The blow fell sooner than he expected. In the course of the next week +Mrs. Carr was notified that Ebenezer Graham had been appointed her +successor, and she was directed to turn over the papers and property of +the office to him. + +She received the official notification by the afternoon mail, and in the +evening she was favored by a call from her successor. + +Ebenezer Graham was a small man, with insignificant, mean-looking +features, including a pair of weazel-like eyes and a turn-up nose. It +did not require a skillful physiognomist to read his character in his +face. Meanness was stamped upon it in unmistakable characters. + +"Good-evening, Mr. Graham," said the widow, gravely. + +"Good-evening, ma'am," said the storekeeper. "I've called to see you, +Mrs. Carr, about the post office, I presume you have heard--" + +"I have heard that you are to be my successor." + +"Just so. As long as your husband was alive, I didn't want to step into +his shoes." + +"But you are willing to step into mine," said Mrs. Carr, smiling +faintly. + +"Just so--that is, the gov'ment appear to think a man ought to be in +charge of so responsible a position." + +"I shall be glad if you manage the office better than I have done." + +"You see, ma'am, it stands to reason that a man is better fitted for +business than a woman," said Ebenezer Graham, in a smooth tone for he +wanted to get over this rather awkward business as easily as possible. +"Women, you know, was made to adorn the domestic circles, et cetery." + +"Adorning the domestic circle won't give me a living," said Mrs. Carr, +with some bitterness, for she knew that but for the grasping spirit of +the man before her she would have been allowed to retain her office. + +"I was comin' to that," said the new postmaster. "Of course, I +appreciate your position as a widder, without much means, and I'm going +to make you an offer; that is, your boy, Herbert." + +Herbert looked up from a book he was reading, and listened with interest +to hear the benevolent intentions of the new postmaster. + +"I am ready to give him a place in my store," proceeded Ebenezer. "I +always keep a boy, and thinks I to myself, the wages I give will +help along the widder Carr. You see, I like to combine business with +consideration for my feller creeters." + +Mrs. Carr smiled faintly, for in spite of her serious strait she could +not help being amused at the notion of Ebenezer Graham's philanthropy. + +"What's going to become of Tom Tripp?" asked Herbert, abruptly. + +"Thomas Tripp isn't exactly the kind of boy I want in my store," said +Mr. Graham. "He's a harum-scarum sort of boy, and likes to shirk his +work. Then I suspect he stops to play on the way when I send him on +errands. Yesterday he was five minutes longer than he need to have been +in goin' to Sam Dunning's to carry some groceries. Thomas doesn't seem +to appreciate his privileges in bein' connected with a business like +mine." + +Tom Tripp was hardly to blame for not recognizing his good luck in +occupying a position where he received a dollar and a half a week for +fourteen hours daily work, with half a dozen scoldings thrown in. + +"How do you know I will suit you any better than Tom?" asked Herbert, +who did not think it necessary to thank Mr. Graham for the proffered +engagement until he learned just what was expected of him, and what his +pay was to be. + +"You're a different sort of a boy," said Ebenezer, with an attempt at a +pleasant smile. "You've been brought up different. I've heard you're a +smart, capable boy, that isn't afraid of work." + +"No, sir, I am not, if I am fairly paid for my work." + +The new postmaster's jaw fell, and he looked uneasy, for he always +grudged the money he paid out, even the paltry dollar and a half which +went to poor Tom. + +"I always calkerlate to pay fair wages," he said; "but I ain't rich, and +I can't afford to fling away money." + +"How much do you pay Tom Tripp?" asked Herbert. + +He knew, but he wanted to draw Mr. Graham out. + +"I pay Thomas a dollar and fifty cents a week," answered the +storekeeper, in a tone which indicated that he regarded this, on the +whole, as rather a munificent sum. + +"And he works from seven in the morning till nine o'clock at night," +proceeded Herbert. + +"Them are the hours," said Ebenezer, who knew better how to make money +than to speak grammatically. + +"It makes a pretty long day," observed Mrs. Carr. + +"So it does, ma'am, but it's no longer than I work myself." + +"You get paid rather better, I presume." + +"Of course, ma'am, as I am the proprietor." + +"I couldn't think of working for any such sum," said Herbert, decidedly. + +Mr. Graham looked disturbed, for he had reasons for desiring to secure +Herbert, who was familiar with the routine of post-office work. + +"Well," he said, "I might be able to offer you a leetle more, as you +know how to tend the post office. That's worth somethin'! I'll +give you--lemme see--twenty-five cents more; that is, a dollar and +seventy-five cents a week." + +Herbert and his mother exchanged glances. They hardly knew whether to +feel more amused or disgusted at their visitor's meanness. + +"Mr. Graham," said Herbert, "if you wish to secure my services, you will +have to pay me three dollars a week." + +The storekeeper held up both hands in dismay. + +"Three dollars a week for a boy!" he exclaimed. + +"Yes, sir; I will come for a short time for that sum, till you get used +to the management of the post office, but I shall feel justified in +leaving you when I can do better." + +"You must think I am made of money," said Ebenezer hastily. + +"I think you can afford to pay me that salary." + +For twenty minutes the new postmaster tried to beat down his prospective +clerk, but Herbert was obstinate, and Ebenezer rather ruefully promised +to give him his price, chiefly because it was absolutely necessary that +he should engage some one who was more familiar with the post-office +work than he was. Herbert agreed to go to work the next morning. + + + + +CHAPTER III. A PRODIGAL SON. + + + +Herbert did not look forward with very joyful anticipations to the new +engagement he had formed. He knew very well that he should not like +Ebenezer Graham as an employer, but it was necessary that he should earn +something, for the income was now but two dollars a week. He was sorry, +too, to displace Tom Tripp, but upon this point his uneasiness was soon +removed, for Tom dropped in just after Mr. Graham had left the house, +and informed Herbert that he was to go to work the next day for a farmer +in the neighborhood, at a dollar and a half per week, and board besides. + +"I am glad to hear it, Tom," said Herbert, heartily. "I didn't want to +feel that I was depriving you of employment." + +"You are welcome to my place in the store," said Tom. "I'm glad to give +it up. Mr. Graham seemed to think I was made of iron, and I could work +like a machine, without getting tired. I hope he pays you more than a +dollar and a half a week." + +"He has agreed to pay me three dollars," said Herbert. + +Tom whistled in genuine amazement. + +"What! has the old man lost his senses?" he exclaimed. "He must be crazy +to offer such wages as that." + +"He didn't offer them. I told him I wouldn't come for less." + +"I don't see how he came to pay such a price." + +"Because he wanted me to take care of the post office. I know all about +it, and he doesn't." + +"As soon as he learns, he will reduce your wages." + +"Then I shall leave him." + +"Well, I hope you'll like store work better than I do." + +The next two or three days were spent in removing the post office to +one corner of Eben-ezer Graham's store. The removal was superintended by +Herbert, who was not interfered with to any extent by his employer, nor +required to do much work in the store. Our hero was agreeably surprised, +and began to think he should get along better than he anticipated. + +At the end of the first week the storekeeper, while they were closing +the shutters, said: "I expect, Herbert, you'd just as lieves take your +pay in groceries and goods from the store?" + +"No, sir," answered Herbert, "I prefer to be paid in money, and to pay +for such goods as we buy." + +"I don't see what odds it makes to you," said Ebenezer. "It comes to the +same thing, doesn't it?" + +"Then if it comes to the same thing," retorted Herbert, "why do you want +to pay me in goods?" + +"Ahem! It saves trouble. I'll just charge everything you buy, and give +you the balance Saturday night." + +"I should prefer the money, Mr. Graham," said Herbert, firmly. + +So the storekeeper, considerably against his will, drew three dollars in +bills from the drawer and handed them to his young clerk. + +"It's a good deal of money, Herbert," he said, "for a boy. There ain't +many men would pay you such a good salary." + +"I earn every cent of it, Mr. Graham," said Herbert, whose views on the +salary question differed essentially from those of his employer. + +The next morning Mr. Graham received a letter which evidently disturbed +him. Before referring to its contents, it is necessary to explain that +he had one son, nineteen years of age, who had gone to Boston two years +previous, to take a place in a dry-goods store on Washington Street. +Ebenezer Graham, Jr., or Eben, as he was generally called, was, in some +respects, like his father. He had the same features, and was quite as +mean, so far as others were concerned, but willing to spend money for +his own selfish pleasures. He was fond of playing pool, and cards, and +had contracted a dangerous fondness for whisky, which consumed all the +money he could spare from necessary expenses, and even more, so that, as +will presently appear, he failed to meet his board bills regularly. +Eben had served an apprenticeship in his father's store, having been, +in fact, Tom Tripp's predecessor; he tired of his father's strict +discipline, and the small pay out of which he was required to purchase +his clothes, and went to Boston to seek a wider sphere. + +To do Eben justice, it must be admitted that he had good business +capacity, and if he had been able, like his father, to exercise +self-denial, and make money-getting his chief enjoyment, he would no +doubt have become a rich man in time. As it was, whenever he could make +his companions pay for his pleasures, he did so. + +I now come to the letter which had brought disquietude to the +storekeeper. + +It ran thus: + +"DEAR SIR: I understand that you are the father of Mr. Eben Graham, +who has been a boarder at my house for the last six months. I regret to +trouble you, but he is now owing me six weeks board, and I cannot get +a cent out of him, though he knows I am a poor widow, dependent on my +board money for my rent and house expenses. As he is a minor, the law +makes you responsible for his bills, and, though I dislike to trouble +you, I am obliged, in justice to myself, to ask you to settle his board +bill, which I inclose. + +"You will do me a great favor if you will send me the amount--thirty +dollars--within a week, as my rent is coming due. + +"Yours respectfully, SUSAN JONES." + +The feelings of a man like Ebenezer Graham can be imagined when he read +this unpleasant missive. + +"Thirty dollars!" he groaned. "What can the graceless boy be thinking +of, to fool away his money, and leave his bills to be settled by me. If +this keeps on, I shall be ruined! It's too bad, when I am slaving here, +for Eben to waste my substance on riotous living. I've a great mind to +disown him. Let him go his own way, and fetch up in the poorhouse, if he +chooses." + +But it is not easy for a man to cast off an only son, even though he is +as poorly supplied with natural affections as Ebenezer Graham. Besides, +Eben's mother interceded for him, and the father, in bitterness of +spirit, was about to mail a registered letter to Mrs. Jones, when the +cause of his anguish suddenly made his appearance in the store. + +"How are you, father?" he said, nonchalantly, taking a cigar from his +mouth. "Didn't expect to see me, did you?" + +"What brings you here, Eben?" asked Mr. Graham, uneasily. + +"Well, the cars brought me to Stockton, and I've walked the rest of the +way." + +"I've heard of you," said his father, frowning. "I got a letter last +night from Mrs. Jones." + +"She said she was going to write," said Eben, shrugging his shoulders. + +"How came it," said his father, his voice trembling with anger, "that +you haven't paid your board bill for six weeks?" + +"I didn't have the money," said Eben, with a composure which was +positively aggravating to his father. + +"And why didn't you have the money? Your wages are ample to pay all your +expenses." + +"It costs more money to live in Boston than you think for, father." + +"Don't you get ten dollars a week, sir? At your age I got only seven, +and saved two dollars a week." + +"You didn't live in Boston, father." + +"I didn't smoke cigars," said his father, angrily, as he fixed his eye +on the one his son was smoking. "How much did you pay for that miserable +weed?" + +"You're mistaken, father. It's a very good article. I paid eight dollars +a hundred." + +"Eight dollars a hundred!" gasped Mr. Graham. "No wonder you can't pay +your board bill--I can't afford to spend my money on cigars." + +"Oh, yes, you can, father, if you choose. Why, you're a rich man." + +"A rich man!" repeated Mr. Graham, nervously. "It would take a rich man +to pay your bills. But you haven't told me why you have come home." + +"I lost my situation, father--some meddlesome fellow told my employer +that I occasionally played a game of pool, and my tailor came to the +store and dunned me; so old Boggs gave me a long lecture and my walking +papers, and here I am." + +Ebenezer Graham was sorely troubled, and, though he isn't a favorite of +mine, I confess, that in this matter he has my sincere sympathy. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. HERBERT LOSES HIS PLACE. + + + +Ebenezer Graham with some difficulty ascertained from Eben that he had +other bills, amounting in the aggregate to forty-seven dollars. This +added to the board bill, made a total of seventy-seven dollars. Mr. +Graham's face elongated perceptibly. + +"That is bad enough," he said; "but you have lost your income also, and +that makes matters worse. Isn't there a chance of the firm taking you +back?" + +"No, sir," replied the prodigal. "You see, we had a flare up, and I +expressed my opinion of them pretty plainly. They wouldn't take me back +if I'd come for nothing." + +"And they won't give you a recommendation, either?" said Ebenezer, with +a half groan. + +"No, sir; I should say not." + +"So you have ruined your prospects so far as Boston is concerned," said +his father, bitterly. "May I ask how you expect to get along?" + +"I have a plan," said Eben, with cheerful confidence. + +"What is it?" + +"I would like to go to California. If I can't get any situation in San +Francisco, I can go to the mines." + +"Very fine, upon my word!" said his father, sarcastically. "And how do +you propose to get to California?" + +"I can go either by steamer, across the isthmus, or over the Union +Pacific road." + +"That isn't what I mean. Where are you to get the money to pay your fare +with?" + +"I suppose you will supply that," said Eben. + +"You do? Well, it strikes me you have some assurance," ejaculated Mr. +Graham. "You expect me to advance hundreds of dollars, made by working +early and late, to support a spendthrift son!" + +"I'll pay you back as soon as I am able," said Eben, a little abashed. + +"No doubt! You'd pay me in the same way you pay your board bills," said +Ebenezer, who may be excused for the sneer. "I can invest my money to +better advantage than upon you." + +"Then, if you will not do that," said Eben, sullenly, "I will leave you +to suggest a plan." + +"There is only one plan I can think of, Eben. Go back to your old place +in the store. I will dismiss the Carr boy, and you can attend to the +post office, and do the store work." + +"What, go back to tending a country grocery, after being a salesman in a +city store!" exclaimed Eben, disdainfully. + +"Yes, it seems the only thing you have left. It's your own fault that +you are not still a salesman in the city." + +Eben took the cigar from his mouth, and thought rapidly. + +"Well," he said, after a pause, "if I agree to do this, what will you +pay me?" + +"What will I pay you?" + +"Yes, will you pay me ten dollars a week--the same as I got at Hanbury & +Deane's?" + +"Ten dollars a week!" ejaculated Ebenezer, "I don't get any more than +that myself." + +"I guess there's a little mistake in your calculations, father," said +Eben, significantly. "If you don't make at least forty dollars a week, +including the post office, then I am mistaken." + +"So you are--ridiculously mistaken!" said his father, sharply. "What +you presume is entirely out of the question. You forget that you will +be getting your board, and Tom Tripp only received a dollar and a half a +week without board." + +"Is that all you pay to Herbert Carr?" + +"I pay him a leetle more," admitted Ebenezer. + +"What will you give me?" + +"I'll give you your board and clothes," said Ebenezer, "and that seems +to be more than you made in Boston." + +"Are you in earnest?" asked Eben, in genuine dismay. + +"Certainly. It isn't a bad offer, either." + +"Do you suppose a young man like me can get along without money?" + +"You ought to get along without money for the next two years, after the +sums you've wasted in Boston. It will cripple me to pay your bills," and +the storekeeper groaned at the thought of the inroads the payment would +make on his bank account. + +"You're poorer than I thought, if seventy-five dollars will cripple +you," said Eben, who knew his father's circumstances too well to be +moved by this representation. + +"I shall be in the poorhouse before many years if I undertake to pay all +your bills, Eben." + +After all, this was not, perhaps, an exaggeration, for a spendthrift son +can get through a great deal of money. + +"I can't get along without money, father," said Eben, decidedly. "How +can I buy cigars, let alone other things?" + +"I don't want you to smoke cigars. You'll be a great deal better off +without them," said his father, sharply. + +"I understand; it's necessary to my health," said Eben, rather absurdly. + +"You won't smoke at my expense," said Ebenezer, decidedly. "I don't +smoke myself, and I never knew any good come of it." + +"All the same, I must have some money. What will people say about a +young man of my age not having a cent in his pocket? They think my +father is very mean." + +"I'll allow you fifty cents a week," said Mr. Graham, after a pause. + +"That won't do! You seem to think I am only six or seven years old!" + +Finally, after considerable haggling, Mr. Graham agreed to pay his son +a dollar and a half a week, in cash, besides board and clothes. He +reflected that he should be obliged to board and clothe his son at any +rate, and should save a dollar and a half from Herbert's wages. + +"Well," he said, "when will you be ready to go to work?" + +"I must have a few days to loaf, father. I have been hard at work for a +long time, and need some rest." + +"Then you can begin next Monday morning. I'll get Herbert to show you +how to prepare the mail, so that you won't have any trouble about the +post-office work." + +"By the way, father, how do you happen to have the post office? I +thought Mrs. Carr was to carry it on." + +"So she did, for a time, but a woman ain't fit for a public position of +that kind. So I applied for the position, and got it." + +"What's Mrs. Carr going to do?" + +"She's got her pension," said Ebenezer, shortly. + +"Eight dollars a month, isn't it?" + +"Yes." + +"That ain't much to support a family." + +"She'll have to do something else, then, I suppose." + +"There isn't much to do in Wayneboro." + +"That isn't my lookout. She can take in sewing, or washing," suggested +Ebenezer, who did not trouble himself much about the care of his +neighbors. "Besides there's Herbert--he can earn something." + +"But I'm to take his place." + +"Oh well, I ain't under any obligations to provide them a livin'. I've +got enough to take care of myself and my family." + +"You'd better have let her keep the post office," said Eben. He was +not less selfish than his father, but then his own interests were not +concerned. He would not have scrupled, in his father's case, to do +precisely the same. + +"It's lucky I've got a little extra income," said Ebenezer, bitterly; +"now I've got your bills to pay." + +"I suppose I shall have to accept your offer, father," said Eben, "for +the present; but I hope you'll think better of my California plan after +a while. Why, there's a fellow I know went out there last year, went up +to the mines, and now he's worth five thousand dollars!" + +"Then he must be a very different sort of a person from you," retorted +his father, sagaciously. "You would never succeed there, if you can't in +Boston." + +"I've never had a chance to try," grumbled Eben. + +There was sound sense in what his father said. Failure at home is very +likely to be followed by failure away from home. There have been cases +that seemed to disprove my assertion, but in such cases failure has only +been changed into success by earnest work. I say to my young readers, +therefore, never give up a certainty at home to tempt the chances of +success in a distant State, unless you are prepared for disappointment. + +When the engagement had been made with Eben, Mr. Graham called Herbert +to his presence. + +"Herbert," said he, "I won't need you after Saturday night. My son is +going into the store, and will do all I require. You can tell him how to +prepare the mails, et cetery." + +"Very well, sir," answered Herbert. It was not wholly a surprise, but +it was a disappointment, for he did not know how he could make three +dollars a week in any other way, unless he left Wayneboro. + + + + +CHAPTER V. EBEN'S SCHEME. + + + +Saturday night came, and with it the end of Herbert's engagement in the +post office. + +He pocketed the three dollars which his employer grudgingly gave him, +and set out on his way home. + +"Wait a minute, Herbert," said Eben. "I'll walk with you." + +Herbert didn't care much for Eben's company but he was too polite to say +so. He waited therefore, till Eben appeared with hat and cane. + +"I'm sorry to cut you out of your place, Herbert," said the young man. + +"Thank you," answered Herbert. + +"It isn't my fault, for I don't want to go into the store," proceeded +Eben. "A fellow that's stood behind the counter in a city store is fit +for something better, but it's the old man's fault." + +Herbert made no comment, and Eben proceeded: + +"Yes," said he, "it's the old man's fault. He's awfully stingy, you know +that yourself." + +Herbert did know it, but thought it would not be in good taste to say +so. + +"I suppose Wayneboro is rather dull for you after living in the city," +he remarked. + +"I should say so. This village is a dull hole, and yet father expects +me to stay here cooped up in a little country store. I won't stay here +long, you may be sure of that." + +"Where will you go?" + +"I don't know yet. I want to go to California, but I can't unless the +old man comes down with the requisite amount of tin. You'll soon have +your situation back again. I won't stand in your way." + +"I'm not very particular about going back," said Herbert, "but I must +find something to do." + +"Just so!" said Eben. "The place will do well enough for a boy like you, +but I am a young man, and entitled to look higher. By the way, I've got +something in view that may bring me in five thousand dollars within a +month." + +Herbert stared at his companion in surprise, not knowing any short cut +to wealth. + +"Do you mean it?" he asked, incredulously. + +"Yes," said Eben. + +"I suppose you don't care to tell what it is?" + +"Oh, I don't mind--it's a lottery." + +"Oh!" said Herbert, in a tone of disappointment. + +"Yes," answered Eben. "You may think lotteries are a fraud and all +that, but I know a man in Boston who drew last month a prize of fifteen +thousand dollars. The ticket only cost him a dollar. What do you say to +that?" + +"Such cases can't be very common," said Herbert, who had a good share of +common sense. + +"Not so uncommon as you think," returned Eben, nodding. "I don't mean to +say that many draw prizes as large as that, but there are other prizes +of five thousand dollars, and one thousand, and so on. It would be very +comfortable to draw a prize of even five hundred, wouldn't it now?" + +Herbert admitted that it would. + +"I'd send for a ticket by Monday morning's mail," continued Eben, "if +I wasn't so hard up. The old man's mad because I ran into debt, and he +won't give me a cent. Will you do me a favor?" + +"What is it?" asked Herbert, cautiously. + +"Lend me two dollars. You've got it, I know, because you were paid off +to-night. I would send for two tickets, and agree to give you quarter of +what I draw. Isn't that fair?" + +"It may be," said Herbert, "but I haven't any money to lend." + +"You have three dollars in your pocket at this moment." + +"Yes, but it isn't mine. I must hand it to mother." + +"And give up the chance of winning a prize. I'll promise to give you +half of whatever I draw, besides paying back the money." + +"Thank you, but I can't spare the money." + +"You are getting as miserly as the old man," said Eben, with a forced +laugh. + +"Eben," said Herbert, seriously, "you don't seem to understand our +position. Mother has lost the post office, and has but eight dollars a +month income. I've earned three dollars this week, but next week I +may earn nothing. You see, I can't afford to spend money for lottery +tickets." + +"Suppose by your caution you lose five hundred dollars. Nothing risk, +nothing gain!" + +"I have no money to risk," said Herbert, firmly. + +"Oh, well, do as you please!" said Eben, evidently disappointed. "I +thought I'd make you the offer, because I should like to see you win a +big prize." + +"Thank you for your friendly intention," said Herbert, "but I am afraid +there are a good many more blanks than prizes. If there were not, it +wouldn't pay the lottery men to carry on the business." + +This was common sense, and I cannot forbear at this point to press it +upon the attention of my young reader. Of all schemes of gaining wealth, +about the most foolish is spending money for lottery tickets. It +has been estimated by a sagacious writer that there is about as much +likelihood of drawing a large prize in a lottery as of being struck by +lightning and that, let us hope, is very small. + +"I guess I won't go any farther," said Eben, abruptly, having become +convinced that Herbert could not be prevailed upon to lend him money. + +"Good-night, then," said Herbert "Good-night." + +"Well, mother, I'm out of work," said Herbert, as he entered the little +sitting room, and threw down his week's wages. Our young hero was of a +cheerful temperament but he looked and felt sober when he said this. + +"But for the Grahams we should have a comfortable living," the boy +proceeded. "First, the father took away the post office from you, and +now the son has robbed me of my place." + +"Don't be discouraged, Herbert," said his mother. "God will find us a +way out of our troubles." + +Herbert had been trained to have a reverence for religion, and had faith +in the providential care of his heavenly Father, and his mother's words +recalled his cheerfulness. + +"You are right, mother," he said, more hopefully. "I was feeling +low-spirited to-night, but I won't feel so any more. I don't see how we +are to live, but I won't let it trouble me tonight." + +"Let us do our part, and leave the rest to God," said Mrs. Carr. "He +won't support us in idleness, but I am sure that in some way relief will +come if we are ready to help ourselves." + +"God helps them that help themselves," repeated Herbert. + +"Exactly so. To-morrow is Sunday, and we won't let any worldly anxieties +spoil that day for us. When Monday comes, we will think over what is +best to be done." + +The next day Herbert and his mother attended church in neat apparel, and +those who saw their cheerful faces were not likely to guess the serious +condition of their affairs. They were not in debt, to be sure, but, +unless employment came soon, they were likely to be ere long, for they +had barely enough money ahead to last them two weeks. + +Monday morning came, and brought its burden of care. + +"I wish there was a factory in Wayneboro," said Herbert. "I am told that +boys of my age sometimes earn six or seven dollars a week." + +"I have heard so. Here there seems nothing, except working on a farm." + +"And the farmers expect boys to take their pay principally in board." + +"That is a consideration, but, if possible, I hope we shall not be +separated at meals." + +"I will try other things first," said Herbert. "How would you like some +fish for dinner, mother? My time isn't of any particular value, and I +might as well go fishing." + +"Do so, Herbert. It will save our buying meat, which, indeed, we can +hardly afford to do." + +Herbert felt that anything was better than idleness, so he took his +pole from the shed, and, after digging a supply of bait, set out for the +banks of the river half a mile away. + +Through a grassy lane leading from the main street, he walked down to +the river with the pole on his shoulder. + +He was not destined to solitude, for under a tree whose branches hung +over the river sat a young man, perhaps twenty-five years of age, with a +book in his hand. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. HERBERT'S GOOD LUCK. + + + +"Good-morning," said the young man, pleasantly. + +"Good-morning," answered Herbert, politely. + +He recognized the young man, though he had never seen him before, as +a visitor from the city, who was boarding at the hotel, if the village +tavern could be so designated. He seemed to be a studious young man, for +he always had a book in his hand. He had a pleasant face, but was pale +and slender, and was evidently in poor health. + +"I see you are going to try your luck at fishing," said the young man. + +"Yes, sir; I have nothing else to do, and that brings me here." + +"I, too, have nothing else to do; but I judge from your appearance that +you have not the same reason for being idle." + +"What is that, sir?" + +"Poor health." + +"No, sir; I have never been troubled in that way." + +"You are fortunate. Health is a blessing not to be overestimated. It is +better than money." + +"I suppose it is, sir; but at present I think I should value a little +money." + +"Are you in want of it?" asked the young man, earnestly. + +"Yes, sir; I have just lost my place in the post office." + +"I think I have seen you in the post office." + +"Yes, sir; my mother had charge of the office till two weeks since, +when it was transferred to Mr. Graham. He employed me to attend to the +duties, and serve the customers in the store, till Saturday night, when +I was succeeded by his son, who had just returned from the city." + +"Your mother is a widow, is she not?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I know where you live; I have had it pointed out to me. Your father +served in the war, did he not?" + +"Yes, sir; and the injuries he received hastened his death." + +The young man looked thoughtful. Then he said: "How much did Mr. Graham +pay you for your services?" + +"Three dollars a week." + +"That was not--excuse the question--all you and your mother had to +depend upon, was it?" + +"Not quite; mother receives a pension of eight dollars per month." + +"Five dollars a week altogether--that is very little." + +"It is only two dollars now, sir." + +"True; but you have health and strength, and those will bring money. +In one respect you are more fortunate than I. You have a mother--I have +neither father nor mother." + +"I'm sorry for you, sir." + +"Thank you; anyone is to be pitied who has lost his parents. Now, as I +have asked about your affairs, it is only fair that I should tell you +about myself. To begin with, I am rich. Don't look envious, for there +is something to counterbalance. I am of feeble constitution, and the +doctors say that my lungs are affected. I have studied law, but the +state of my health has obliged me to give up, for the present at least, +the practice of my profession." + +"But if you are rich you do not need to practice," said Herbert, who may +be excused for still thinking his companion's lot a happy one. + +"No, I do not need to practice my profession, so far as the earning of +money is concerned; but I want something to occupy my mind. The doctors +say I ought to take considerable out-door exercise; but I suppose my +physical condition makes me indolent, for my chief exercise has been, +thus far, to wander to the banks of the river and read under the trees." + +"That isn't very severe exercise," said Herbert, smiling. + +"No; still it keeps me out in the open air, and that is something. Now +tell me, what are your plans?" + +"My hope is to find something to do that will enable me to help mother; +but there doesn't seem much chance of finding anything in Wayneboro. Do +you think I could get a place in the city?" + +"You might; but even if you did, you would find it difficult to earn +your own living, and there would be no chance of your helping your +mother." + +Herbert, though naturally sanguine and hopeful, looked sober. Just +then he had a bite, and drew out a good-sized pickerel. This gave a new +direction to his thoughts, and he exclaimed, triumphantly: + +"Look at this pickerel! He must weigh over two pounds." + +"All of that," said the young man, rising and examining the fish with +interest. "Let me use your pole, and see what luck I have." + +"Certainly." + +The young man, some ten minutes later, succeeded in catching a smaller +pickerel, perhaps half the size of Herbert's. + +"That will do for me," he said, "though it doesn't come up to your +catch." + +For two hours Herbert and his friend alternately used the pole, and the +result was quite a handsome lot of fish. + +"You have more fish than you want," said the young man. "You had better +bring what you don't want to the hotel. I heard the landlord say he +would like to buy some." + +"That would suit me," said Herbert. "If he wants fish, I want money." + +"Come along with me, then. Really, I don't know when I have passed a +forenoon so pleasantly. Usually I get tired of my own company, and the +day seems long to me. I believe I see my way clear to a better way of +spending my time. You say you want a place. How would you like me for an +employer?" + +"I am sure I should like you, but you are not in any business." + +"No," said the young man, smiling; "or, rather, my business is the +pursuit of health and pleasure just now. In that I think you can help +me." + +"I shall be very glad to, if I can, Mr.---" + +"My name is George Melville. Let me explain my idea to you. I want your +company to relieve my solitude. In your company I shall have enterprise +enough to go hunting and fishing, and follow out in good faith my +doctor's directions. What do you say?" + +Herbert smiled. + +"I would like that better than being in the post office," he said. "It +would seem like being paid for having a good time." + +"How much would you consider your services worth?" asked Mr. Melville. + +"I am content to leave that to you," said Herbert. + +"Suppose we say six dollars a week, then?" + +"Six dollars a week!" exclaimed Herbert, amazed. + +"Isn't that enough?" asked Melville, smiling. + +"It is more than I can earn. Mr. Graham thought he was over-paying me +with three dollars a week." + +"You will find me a different man from Mr. Graham, Herbert. I am aware +that six dollars is larger pay than is generally given to boys of your +age. But I can afford to pay it, and I have no doubt you will find the +money useful." + +"It will quite set us on our feet again, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, +earnestly. "You are very generous." + +"Oh, you don't know what a hard taskmaster you may find me," said the +young man, playfully. "By the way, I consider that you have already +entered upon your duties. To-day is the first day. Now come to the hotel +with me, and see what you can get for the fish. I happen to know that +two of the guests, a lady and her daughter, are anxious for a good fish +dinner and, as there is no market here, I think the landlord will be +glad to buy from you." + +Mr. Melville was right. Mr. Barton, the landlord, purchased the fish +that Herbert had to sell, for sixty cents, which he promptly paid. + +"Don't that pay you for your morning's work?" asked Melville. + +"I don't know but the money ought to go to you, Mr. Melville," said +Herbert, "as I am now in your employ. Besides, you caught a part of +them." + +"I waive all claim to compensation," said the young man, "though it +would be a novel sensation to receive money for services rendered. What +will you say, Herbert, when I tell you that I never earned a dollar in +my life?" + +Herbert looked incredulous. + +"It is really true," said George Melville, "my life has been passed at +school and college, and I have never had occasion to work for money." + +"You are in luck, then." + +"I don't know that; I think those who work for the money they receive +are happy. Tell me, now, don't you feel more satisfaction in the sixty +cents you have just been paid because you have earned it?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I thought so. The happiest men are those who are usefully employed. +Don't forget that, and never sigh for the opportunity to lead an idle +life. But I suppose your dinner is ready. You may go home, and come back +at three o'clock." + +"Very well, sir." + +Herbert made good time going home. He was eager to tell his mother the +good news of his engagement. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. EBEN GROWS ENVIOUS. + + + +"Well, mother," said Herbert, as he entered the house, "I have brought +you enough fish for dinner." + +"I waited to see what luck you would have, Herbert, and therefore have +not got dinner ready. You will have to wait a little while." + +"I shall be all the hungrier, mother," said Herbert. + +Mrs. Carr could not help noticing the beaming look on her som's face. + +"You look as if you had received a legacy, Herbert," she said. + +Herbert laughed. + +"There it is," he said, displaying the sixty cents he had received from +the landlord. + +"There are ten cents more than I should have received for a whole day's +work at the store," he said. + +"Where did you get it, Herbert?" + +"I sold a mess of fish to Mr. Barton, of the hotel." + +"You must have had good luck in fishing," said his mother, looking +pleased. + +"I had help, mother. Mr. Melville, the young man from the city, who +boards at the hotel, helped me fish." + +"Well, Herbert, you have made a good beginning. I couldn't help feeling +a little depressed when you left me this morning, reflecting that we +had but my pension to depend upon. It seemed so unlucky that Eben Graham +should have come home just at this time to deprive you of your place in +the store." + +"It was a piece of good luck for me, mother." + +"I don't see how," said Mrs. Carr, naturally puzzled. + +"Because I have a better situation already." + +Then Herbert, who had been saving the best news for the last, told his +mother of his engagement as Mr. Melville's companion, and the handsome +compensation he was to receive. + +"Six dollars a week!" repeated his mother. "That is indeed generous. +Herbert, we did well to trust in Providence." + +"Yes, mother; and we have not trusted in vain." + +After dinner Herbert did some chores for his mother, and then went to +the hotel to meet his new employer. He found him occupying a large and +pleasant room on the second floor. The table near the window was covered +with books, and there were some thirty or forty volumes arranged on +shelves. + +"I always bring books with me, Herbert," said the young man. "I am very +fond of reading, and hitherto I have occupied too much time, perhaps, in +that way--too much, because it has interfered with necessary exercise. +Hereafter I shall devote my forenoon to some kind of outdoor exercise +in your company, and in the afternoon you can read to me, or we can +converse." + +"Shall I read to you now, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes; here is a recent magazine. I will select an article for you to +read. It will rest my eyes, and besides it is pleasanter to have a +companion than to read one's self." + +The article was one that interested Herbert as well as Mr. Melville, and +he was surprised when he had finished to find that it was nearly five +o'clock. + +"Didn't the reading tire you, Herbert?" asked Melville. + +"No, sir; not at all." + +"It is evident that your lungs are stronger than mine." + +At five o'clock Melville dismissed his young companion. + +"Do you wish me to come this evening?" asked Herbert. + +"Oh, no. I wouldn't think of taking up your evenings." + +"At the post office I had to stay till eight o'clock." + +"Probably it was necessary there; I won't task you so much." + +"When shall I come to-morrow?" + +"At nine o'clock." + +"That isn't very early," said Herbert, smiling. + +"No, I don't get up very early. My health won't allow me to cultivate +early rising. I shall not be through breakfast much before nine." + +"I see you don't mean to overwork me, Mr. Melville." + +"No, for it would involve overworking myself." + +"I shall certainly have an easy time," thought Herbert, as he walked +homeward. + +He reflected with satisfaction that he was being paid at the rate of a +dollar a day, which was quite beyond anything he had ever before earned. +Indeed, to-day he had earned sixty cents besides. The sum received for +the fish. + +After supper Herbert went to the store to purchase some articles for his +mother. He was waited on by Mr. Graham in person. As the articles called +for would amount to nearly one dollar, the storekeeper said, cautiously: +"Of course, you are prepared to pay cash?" + +"Certainly, sir," returned Herbert. + +"I mentioned it because I knew your income was small," said Ebenezer, +apologetically. + +"It is more than it was last week," said Herbert, rather enjoying the +prospect of surprising the storekeeper. + +"Why, you ain't found anything to do, have you?" asked Mr. Graham, his +face indicating curiosity. + +"Yes, sir; I am engaged as companion by Mr. Melville, who is staying at +the hotel." + +"I don't know what he wants of a companion," said the storekeeper, with +that disposition to criticise the affairs of his neighbors often found +in country places. + +"He thinks he needs one," answered Herbert. + +"And how much does he pay you now?" queried Ebenezer. + +"Six dollars a week." + +"You don't mean it!" ejaculated the storekeeper. "Why, the man must be +crazy!" + +"I don't think he is," said Herbert, smiling. + +"Got plenty of money, I take it?" continued Ebenezer, who had a good +share of curiosity. + +"Yes; he tells me he is rich." + +"How much money has he got?" + +"He didn't tell me that." + +"Well, I declare! You're lucky, that's a fact!" + +There was an interested listener to this conversation in the person of +Eben, who had been in the store all day, taking Herbert's place. As +we know, the position by no means suited the young man. He had been +employed in a store in Boston, and to come back to a small country +grocery might certainly be considered a descent. Besides, the small +compensation allowed him was far from satisfying Eben. + +He was even more dissatisfied when he learned how fortunate Herbert was. +To be selected as a companion by a rich young man was just what he would +have liked himself, and he flattered himself that he should make a more +desirable companion than a mere boy like Herbert. + +As our hero was leaving the store, Eben called him back. + +"What was that you were telling father about going round with a young +man from the city?" he asked. + +Herbert repeated it. + +"And he pays you six dollars a week?" asked Eben, enviously. + +"Yes; of course, I shouldn't have asked so much, but he fixed the price +himself." + +"You think he is very rich?" said Eben, thoughtfully. + +"Yes, I think so." + +"What a splendid chance it would be for me!" thought Eben. "If I could +get intimate with a man like that, he might set me up in business some +day; perhaps take me to Europe, or round the world!" "How much of the +time do you expect to be with this Mr. Melville?" he asked. + +Herbert answered the question. + +"Does he seem like a man easy to get along with?" + +"Very much so." + +Eben inwardly decided that, if he could, he would oust Herbert from his +desirable place, and substitute himself. It was a very mean thought, but +Eben inherited meanness from his father. + +"Herbert," he said, "will you do me a favor?" + +"What is it?" asked our hero. + +"Will you take my place in the store this evening? I am not feeling +well, and want to take a walk." + +"Yes," answered Herbert, "as soon as I have run home to tell mother +where I am." + +"That's a good fellow. You shan't lose anything by it. I'll give you ten +cents." + +"You needn't pay me anything, Eben. I'll do it as a favor." + +"You're a trump, Herbert. Come back as soon as you can." + +When Eben was released from the store, he went over to the hotel, and +inquired for Mr. Melville, leaving his unsuspecting young substitute in +the post office. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. EBEN'S ASSURANCE. + + + +"A young man wishes to see you, Mr. Melville," said the servant. + +George Melville looked up in some surprise from his book, and said: "You +may show him up." + +"It must be Herbert," he thought. + +But when the door was opened, and the visitor shown in, Mr. Melville +found it was an older person than Herbert. Eben, for it was he, +distorted his mean features into what he regarded as a pleasant smile, +and, without waiting to receive a welcome, came forward with extended +hand. + +"I believe you are Mr. Melville," he said, inquiringly. + +"Yes, that is my name," said Melville, looking puzzled; "I don't +remember you. Have I met you before?" + +"You saw me in father's store, very likely," said Eben. "I am Eben +Graham, son of Ebenezer Graham, the postmaster." + +"Indeed! That accounts for your face looking familiar. You resemble your +father very closely." + +"I'm a chip off the old block with modern improvements," said Eben, +smirking. "Father's always lived in the country, and he ain't very +stylish. I've been employed in Boston for a couple of years past, and +got a little city polish." + +"You don't show much of it," thought Melville, but he refrained from +saying so. + +"So you have come home to assist your father," he said, politely. + +"Well, no, not exactly," answered Eben, "I feel that a country store +isn't my sphere." + +"Then you propose to go back to the city?" + +"Probably I shall do so eventually, but I may stay here in Wayneboro a +while if I can make satisfactory arrangements. I assure you that it was +not my wish to take Herbert Carr's place." + +"Herbert told me that you had assumed his duties." + +"It is only ad interim. I assure you, it is only ad interim. I am quite +ready to give back the place to Herbert, who is better suited to it than +I." + +"I wonder what the fellow is driving at," thought Melville. Eben did not +long leave him in doubt. + +"Herbert tells me that he has made an engagement with you," continued +Eben, desiring to come to his business as soon as possible. + +"Yes, we have made a mutual arrangement." + +"Of course, it is very nice for him; and so I told him." + +"I think I am quite as much a gainer by it as he is," said Melville. + +"Herbert was right. He is easily suited," said Eben, to himself. + +"Of course," Eben added, clearing his throat, "Herbert isn't so much of +a companion to you as if he were a few years older." + +"I don't know that; it seems to me that he is a very pleasant companion, +young as he is." + +"To be sure, Herbert is a nice boy, and father was glad to help him +along by giving him a place, with a larger salary than he ever paid +before." + +"What is he driving at?" thought Melville. + +"To come to the point, Mr. Melville," said Eben, "I have made bold to +call upon you to suggest a little difference in your arrangements." + +"Indeed!" said Melville, coldly. Though he had no idea what his singular +visitor was about to propose, it struck him emphatically that Eben was +interfering in an unwarrantable manner with his affairs. + +"You see," continued Eben, "I'm a good deal nearer your age than +Herbert, and I've had the advantage of residing in the city, which +Herbert hasn't, and naturally should be more company to you. Then, +again, Herbert could do the work in the post office and store, which I +am doing, nearly as well as I can. I'll undertake to get father to give +him back his place, and then I shall be happy to make an arrangement +with you to go hunting and fishing, or anything else that you choose. +I am sure I should enjoy your company, Mr. Melville," concluded Eben, +rubbing his hands complacently and surveying George Melville with an +insinuating smile. + +"You have certainly taken considerable trouble to arrange this matter +for me," said Melville, with a sarcasm which Eben did not detect. + +"Oh, no trouble at all!" said Eben, cheerfully. "You see, the idea came +into my head when Herbert told me of his arrangements with you, and I +thought I'd come and see you about it." + +"Did you mention it to Herbert?" asked George Melville, with some +curiosity. + +"Well, no, I didn't. I didn't know how Herbert would look at it. I got +Herbert to take my place in the store while I ran over to see you about +the matter. By the way, though I am some years older than Herbert, I +shan't ask more than you pay him. In fact, I am willing to leave the pay +to your liberality." + +"You are very considerate!" said Melville, hardly knowing whether to be +amused or provoked by the cool assurance of his visitor. + +"Oh, not at all!" returned Eben, complacently. "I guess I've fetched +him!" he reflected, looking at Mr. Melville through his small, +half-closed eyes. + +"You have certainly surprised me very much, Mr. Graham," said Melville, +"by the nature of your suggestion. I won't take into consideration the +question whether you have thought more of your own pleasure or mine. +So far as the latter is concerned, you have made a mistake in supposing +that Herbert's youth is any drawback to his qualification as a +companion. Indeed, his youth and cheerful temperament make him more +attractive in my eyes. I hope, Mr. Graham, you will excuse me for saying +that he suits me better than you possibly could." + +Eben's countenance fell, and he looked quite discomfited and mortified. + +"I didn't suppose a raw, country boy would be likely to suit a gentleman +of taste, who has resided in the city," he said, with asperity. + +"Then you will have a chance to correct your impression," said Melville, +with a slight smile. + +"Then you don't care to accept my offer?" said Eben, regretfully. + +"Thank you, no. If you will excuse me for suggesting it, Mr. Graham, +it would have been more considerate for you to have apprised Herbert of +your object in asking him to take your place this evening. Probably he +had no idea that you meant to supersede him with me." + +Eben tossed his head. + +"You mustn't think, Mr. Melville," he said, "that I was after the extra +pay. Six dollars doesn't seem much to me. I was earning ten dollars a +week in Boston, and if I had stayed, should probably have been raised to +twelve." + +"So that you were really consenting to a sacrifice in offering to enter +my employment at six dollars a week?" + +"Just so!" + +"Then I am all the more convinced that I have decided for the best in +retaining Herbert. I do not wish to interfere with your prospects in the +city." + +"Oh, as for that," said Eben, judging that he had gone too far, "I +don't care to go back to the city just yet. I've been confined pretty +steadily, and a few weeks in the country, hunting and fishing, will do +me good." + +George Melville bowed, but said nothing. + +Eben felt that he had no excuse for staying longer, and reluctantly +rose. + +"If you should think better of what I've proposed," he said, "you can +let me know." + +"I will do so," said Melville. + +"He's rather a queer young man," muttered Eben, as he descended the +stairs. "It's funny that he should prefer a country boy like Herbert to +a young man like me who's seen life, and got some city polish--at the +same price, too! He don't seem to see his own interest. I'm sorry, for +it would have been a good deal more interesting to me, going round with +him a few hours a day, than tending store for father. There's one thing +sure, I won't do it long. I'm fitted for a higher position than that, I +hope." + +"For downright impudence and cool assurance, I think that young man will +bear off the palm," thought George Melville, as his unwelcome visitor +left the room. "Herbert is in no danger from him. It would probably +surprise him if he knew that I should consider his company as an +intolerable bore. I will tell Herbert to-morrow the good turn his friend +has tried to do him." + + + + +CHAPTER IX. THE SOLITARY FARMHOUSE. + + + +If Eben had been sensitive, the cool reception which he met with at the +hands of Mr. Melville would have disturbed him. As it was, he felt +angry and disappointed, and desirous of "coming up with" Herbert, as he +expressed it, though it was hard to see in what way the boy had injured +him. It did not seem quite clear at present how he was to punish +Herbert, but he only waited for an occasion. + +When Herbert learned, the next morning, from Mr. Melville, in what +manner Eben had tried to undermine him, and deprive him of his +situation, he was naturally indignant. + +"I didn't think Eben Graham could be so mean," he exclaimed. + +"It was certainly a mean thing to do, Herbert," said George Melville; +"but you can afford to treat young Graham with contempt, as he has been +unable to do you any injury." + +"What shall we do this morning, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert. + +"I should like a row on the river," said Melville. "Do you know of any +boat we can have?" + +"Walter Ingalls has a boat; I think we can hire that." + +"Do you know him?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then you may go and ascertain whether we can have it, or I will go with +you to avoid loss of time." + +The boat was readily loaned, and the two were soon on the river. Mr. +Melville first took the oars, but he was quickly fatigued, and resigned +them to Herbert, who was strong and muscular for his age. As his +companion observed his strong and steady strokes, he said: + +"Herbert, I am disposed to envy you your strength and endurance. I get +tired very easily." + +"Were you not strong when a boy?" asked Herbert. + +"I never had much endurance. My mother had a feeble constitution and was +consumptive, and I inherit something of her weakness." + +"It is fortunate that you have money, Mr. Melville, so that you are not +obliged to work." + +"True; but I would give half my fortune to be strong and well." + +Herbert noticed the hectic flush upon Mr. Melville's cheeks, and his +white, transparent hands, and his sympathy was aroused. + +"I see," he said, thoughtfully, "that I am more fortunate than I thought +in my health and strength." + +"They are blessings not to be overestimated, Herbert. However, my lot +is, on the whole, a happy one, even though my life will probably be +brief, and I have still many sources of satisfaction and enjoyment." + +The river led away from the village, flowing between wooded banks, with +here and there a cottage set in the midst of the fields. Lying back in +the stern, Melville enjoyed their tranquil passage, when their attention +was suddenly attracted by a boy who stood on the bank, frantically +waving his hat. Melville was the first to see him. + +"What can that boy want?" he asked. + +Herbert immediately looked around, and exclaimed in surprise: + +"It's Tom Tripp!" + +"Row to shore, and see what he wants," said Melville, quickly. + +They were already near, and in a brief space of time they touched the +bank. + +"What's the matter, Tom?" + +"There's a tramp in the house, stealing all he can lay hands on," +answered Tom, in excitement. + +"What house?" + +"Farmer Cole's." + +Mr. Cole was the farmer for whom Tom Tripp was working. + +Tom explained that the farmer was gone to the village, leaving his wife +alone. A tramp had come to the door and asked for a meal. While Mrs. +Cole was getting something for him, the visitor looked about him and, +finding that there was no man about, boldly demanded money, after +unceremoniously possessing himself of the silver spoons. + +"Is he armed?" asked Melville. + +"I don't know; I don't think so." + +"Does he know that you have gone for help?" + +"No; he did not see me. I came from the fields, and saw him through the +window. Mrs. Cole thinks I am in the field and there is no help near." + +Physical courage and physical strength do not always go together, and +a weak man often excels a strong man in bravery. George Melville was +thoroughly roused. For injustice or brutality he had a hearty contempt, +and he was not one to stand by and see a ruffian triumph. + +"Come, Herbert," he said; "let us go to the help of this poor woman." + +"With all my heart," answered Herbert, his eyes flashing. + +Before describing the appearance of Herbert and George Melville upon +the scene, I will go back a few minutes and relate what happened at the +farmhouse. + +Mrs. Cole was engaged in ironing when she heard a knock at the door. + +Answering the summons, she found herself confronted by an ill-looking +fellow whose dusty and travel-soiled garments revealed the character of +the wearer. + +"What is it you wish?" asked the farmer's wife. + +"I'm hungry!" said the tramp. "Can you give me something to eat?" + +"Yes," answered Mrs. Cole, cheerfully, for the good woman could not find +it in her heart to turn away a fellow creature suffering from hunger. +"We have enough and to spare. Come in, and sit down at the table." + +The visitor followed her into the kitchen and took a seat at the table, +while the farmer's wife went to the pantry and brought out half a loaf +of bread and a plate of cold meat. + +The tramp was not long in attacking it, but after a few mouthfuls laid +down his knife and fork. + +"Where's the coffee?" he asked. + +"I have no warm coffee," she answered. + +"Don't you drink coffee in the morning?" + +"Yes, but breakfast was over two or three hours since. Shall I get you a +glass of water?" + +"Haven't you any cider?" + +"It seems to me you are particular," said Mrs. Cole, growing indignant. + +"All the same I want some cider," said the tramp, impudently. + +"I have no cider," answered Mrs. Cole, shortly. + +"A pretty farmhouse this is, without cider," growled the tramp. "You can +make me some coffee, then!" + +"Who are you to order me round in my own house?" demanded Mrs. Cole, +angrily. "One would think you took this for a hotel." + +"I take it for what I please," said the tramp. + +"If my husband were here you wouldn't dare to talk to me like this!" + +It was an unguarded admission, made on the impulse of the moment, and +Mrs. Cole felt its imprudence as soon as she had uttered the words, but +it was too late to recall them. + +"Where is your husband?" asked the tramp, his face lighting up with a +gleam of exultation. + +"Near by," answered Mrs. Cole, evasively; but her visitor saw that this +was not correct. + +"How much money have you in the house?" he demanded, abruptly. + +"Money?" gasped the farmer's wife, turning pale. + +"Yes, money! Didn't I speak plain enough?" asked the tramp, angrily. + +"Are you a thief, then?" + +"Don't you dare to call me a thief!" said the tramp, menacingly. + +"Then, if you are an honest man, why do you ask that question?" + +"Because I am going to borrow what money you have." + +"Borrow!" + +"Yes," said the man, with a grin. "I'll hand it back when I come around +again." + +Under ordinary circumstances there would not have been money enough in +the farmhouse to be anxious about, but it so happened that Farmer Cole +had sold a yoke of oxen, and the money received, a hundred dollars, +was upstairs in a bureau drawer. The thought of this, though she didn't +suppose the tramp to be aware of it, was enough to terrify Mrs. Cole, +and she sank back in the chair in a panic. Of course the tramp inferred +that there was a considerable sum in the house. + +"Come, hurry up!" he said, roughly, "I can't wait here all day. Where do +you keep the money?" + +"It is my husband's," said Mrs. Cole, terrified out of all prudence. + +"All right! I'll pay it back to him. While you're about it, you may +collect all the spoons, too. I'm going to open a boarding house," he +continued, with a chuckle, "and I shall need them." + +"Oh, heavens! What shall I do?" ejaculated the frightened woman. + + + + +CHAPTER X. AN EXCITING SCENE. + + + +"You'd better go upstairs and get that money, or I will go up myself," +said the tramp, boldly. + +"I will go," said Mrs. Cole, terrified. + +It was at this time that Tom Tripp, looking in at the window, got an +idea of the situation, but he was unobserved. The river bank was near, +and he ran down to it, hoping, but not expecting, to see some one who +could interfere with the impudent robber. We have already seen that he +was luckier than he anticipated. + +Meanwhile Mrs. Cole went upstairs, not knowing how to save the money +from being carried away. She wished heartily that her husband had taken +it with him. One hundred dollars, as she well knew, would be a serious +loss to her husband, who was only moderately well to do. She thought +it possible that the tramp might know how large a sum there was in the +house, but could not be sure. She resolved, however, to make an effort +to save the larger part of the money. From the wallet she took two +five-dollar bills, and then, removing it from the drawer, put it between +the beds. She lingered as long as she dared, and then went downstairs +with the two bills in her hand. + +"Well, have you got the money?" growled the tramp. + +"Don't take it," she said; "be satisfied with the breakfast I have given +you." + +"You're a fool!" said the tramp, rudely. "How much have you got there?" + +"Ten dollars." + +"Ten dollars!" said the tramp, disdainfully. "What do you take me for?" + +"It is a large sum of money to me and my husband, sir," said the poor +woman, nervously. + +"It isn't enough for me! You have got more money in the house. Don't lie +to me! You know you have." + +"I am not used to be talked to in that way," said Mrs. Cole, forgetting +her timidity for the moment. + +"I can't help what you are used to; you'd better not trifle with me. Go +upstairs and bring down the rest of the money--do you hear?" + +"Oh, sir!" + +"'Oh, sir!'" repeated the tramp, impatiently. "I can't stay here all +day. Are you going to do as I tell you?" + +"I suppose I must," said the poor woman. + +"That's sensible. You'll find out after a while that nothing is to be +gained by trying to fool me. I'll give you just three minutes to find +that money and bring it down." + +"You'll leave the spoons, then?" + +"No; I want them, as I've already told you. Come, two minutes are +passed. I don't want to kill you, but--" + +Mrs. Cole uttered a shriek of dismay, and turned to obey the command +of her unwelcome visitor, when a loud, clear voice was heard from just +outside the window. + +"Stay where you are, Mrs. Cole! There is help at hand. This ruffian +shall not harm you." + +It was the voice of George Melville. The tramp turned swiftly and stared +in ill-disguised dismay at Melville and Herbert. + +"What business is it of yours?" he demanded, in a blustering tone. + +"We make it our business to defend this lady from your thievish +designs," said Melville. + +"You!" exclaimed the tramp, contemptuously. "Why, I could twist either +of you round my little finger." + +"You'd better not try it!" said Melville, not showing the least +trepidation. "Mrs. Cole, has this man anything of yours in his +possession?" + +"He has my spoons and I have just handed him ten dollars." + +George Melville turned to the tramp. + +"Be kind enough to lay the spoons on the table," he said, "and give back +the ten dollars Mrs. Cole handed you." + +"You must think I'm a fool!" said the tramp. + +"No; but I think you are a prudent man. If you do as I say we will let +you go; if not--" + +"Well, if not?" blustered the tramp. + +"If not, you may regret it." + +All this time George Melville had spoken in his usual tone of voice, and +the tramp was puzzled to know whether he had any weapon with him. For +himself, he was unarmed, and this made him feel rather ill at ease, +notwithstanding his superiority in physical strength. He was rather +disposed to think that George Melville had a pistol, for he could not +understand how otherwise he should dare to confront a man of twice his +size and strength. + +"I don't care for the spoons," he said, "but I will take the money." + +"No, you will return the money," said Melville, calmly. + +"Who will make me?" demanded the tramp, defiantly. + +"I will." + +"We'll see about that!" said the tramp, desperately, and he sprang +towards Melville, who had in the meantime entered the house and stood +only six feet distant. + +"Stay where you are!" exclaimed Melville, resolutely, and he drew a +pistol, which he leveled at his formidable antagonist. + +"That settles it, stranger!" said the tramp, "You've got the advantage +of me this time. Just wait till we meet again." + +"I am willing to wait for some time," said Melville, shrugging his +shoulders. "I have no desire to cultivate your acquaintance, my friend." + +"There are the spoons!" said the tramp, throwing them down on the table. + +"Now for the money!" + +The tramp looked at George Melville. Melville still held the pistol in +his hand leveled at his breast. The thief was a large man, but he was +not a brave one. He cowered before the resolute glance of his small +opponent. + +"Won't you interfere with me if I give back the money?" he asked. + +"No." + +"Will you let me go without firing at me?" + +"Yes." + +"Perhaps you won't keep your agreement," suggested the tramp, nervously. + +"I am a man of my word," said Melville, calmly. + +His calm, resolute tone, free from all excitement, impressed the tramp +with confidence. He drew the notes from his vest pocket, where he had +thrust them, and threw them on the table. + +"Now, may I go?" he said. + +In answer, George Melville, who stood between him and the door, drew +aside, still, however, holding the pistol in position, and the tramp +passed out, not sorry, it may be said, to get out of range of the +weapon. + +They watched him striding through the yard, and when he was fairly gone +Mrs. Cole said: + +"Oh, how can I thank you for saving me from this wretch?" + +"I am glad to have been the instrument of deliverance," said Melville, +politely. + +"It was fortunate you had the pistol with you, Mr. Melville," said +Herbert. + +"Well, yes, perhaps it was," said Melville, smiling. + +"Pray, put it up, Mr. Melville," said the farmer's wife, "it always +makes me nervous to see a loaded pistol." + +Melville bowed, and put back the pistol in his pocket. + +"As your unpleasant visitor has gone," he said, "I may as well relieve +your fears by saying that the pistol is not loaded." + +"Not loaded!" exclaimed Herbert and Tom Tripp in concert. + +"No; it has not been loaded to my knowledge for a year." + +"Then how could you stand up against that man?" asked the farmer's wife, +in wonder. + +"He thought it was loaded!" replied Melville, "and that answered the +purpose. I should be very reluctant to use a loaded pistol, for I have +a high idea of the sacredness of human life, but I have no objection to +playing upon the fears of a man like that." + +Melville and Herbert remained at the farmhouse for half an hour, till +the return of the farmer, when they resumed their river trip. They +returned about noon. When they were walking through the main street, +Herbert saw the town constable approaching with the air of a man who had +business with him. + +"Did you wish to speak to me, Mr. Bruce?" he asked. + +"Yes, Herbert. I have a warrant for your arrest." + +"For my arrest!" exclaimed Herbert, in amazement. "What for?" + +"On complaint of Eben Graham, for abstracting postage stamps and money +from the post office last evening." + + + + +CHAPTER XI. TRIED FOR THEFT. + + + +Herbert stared at the constable in blank amazement. + +"I am charged with stealing stamps and money from the post office?" he +said. + +"Yes." + +"Who makes the charge?" demanded Herbert, in great excitement. + +"Eben Graham." + +"I don't know what it means," said our hero, turning to George Melville. + +"It means," said Melville, "that the fellow is envious of you, and angry +because he cannot supersede you with me. He evidently wants to do you an +injury." + +"It must be so; but I did not imagine that Eben could be so mean. Mr. +Bruce, do you believe that I am a thief?" + +"No, I don't, Herbert," said the constable, "and it was very much +against my will that I started out to arrest you, you may be sure." + +"When do you want me to go with you?" asked Herbert. + +"You will go before Justice Slocum at two o'clock." + +"Is it necessary for me to go to the lockup?" asked Herbert, shrinking, +with natural repugnance, from entering the temporary house of tramps and +law breakers. + +"No, Herbert," answered the constable, in a friendly tone. "I'll take it +upon myself to let you go home to dinner. I will call for you at quarter +of two. Of course I shall find you ready to accompany me?" + +"Yes, Mr. Bruce, I am impatient to meet Eben Graham, and tell him to his +face that he has been guilty of a mean and contemptible falsehood, in +charging me with theft. Not a person in the village who knows me will +believe it." + +"I will also call at your house, Herbert," said George Melville, "and +accompany you to the office of the justice. I shall ask leave to give +the details of Eben Graham's visit to me last evening." + +"Thank you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, "I am glad you do not believe a +word of this story." + +"I am not so easily deceived, Herbert. It is quite possible that stamps +and money have been stolen, but, if so, it is your false friend and +accuser who is guilty." + +Of course Herbert had to tell his mother what had happened. She was +agitated and alarmed, but became calmer when Herbert told her what was +Eben's probable motive in making the charge. + +"How can he behave so shamefully!" exclaimed the indignant parent. + +"I didn't think him capable of it, myself, mother, although I had a poor +opinion of him." + +"Suppose that you can't prove that you are innocent, Herbert?" said Mrs. +Carr, anxiously. + +"It is for him to prove that I am guilty, mother," answered Herbert, who +knew this much of law. + +At a quarter of two Constable Bruce and Mr. Melville walked to the house +together. + +The door was opened for them by Herbert himself. + +"So you haven't taken leg bail, Herbert," said the constable, jocosely. + +"No, Mr. Bruce, I am on hand; I am in a hurry to meet Mr. Eben Graham +and see whether he can look me in the face after his shameful behavior." + +"Oh, Mr. Bruce, I never thought you would call at my home on such an +errand," said Mrs. Carr, on the point of breaking down. + +"Don't worry, Mrs. Carr," said the constable; "anybody may be charged +with theft, however innocent. Your son has good friends who won't see +him treated with injustice." + +Herbert's mother was desirous of accompanying them to the office of the +justice, but was persuaded to remain behind. Herbert knew that in her +indignation she would not be able to be silent when she saw Eben Graham. + +Justice Slocum was an elderly man, with a mild face and gray hair. When +Herbert entered he greeted him in a friendly way. + +"I am sorry to see you here, my boy," he said, "but I am sure there is +some mistake. I have known you ever since you were a baby, and I don't +believe you are guilty of theft now." + +"I submit, Judge Slocum," said Eben Graham, who sat in a corner, his +mean features looking meaner and more insignificant than usual, "I +submit that you are prejudging the case." + +"Silence, sir!" said Judge Slocum, warmly. "How dare you impugn my +conduct? Though Herbert were my own son, I would give you a chance to +prove him guilty." + +"I hope you'll excuse me, judge," said Eben, cringing. "I am as sorry as +you are to believe the boy guilty of stealing." + +"Do your worst and say your worst, Eben Graham!" said Herbert, +contemptuously, "but be very careful that you do not swear falsely." + +"I don't need any instructions from you, Herbert Carr, considering that +you are a criminal on trial," said Eben, maliciously. + +"You are mistaken, sir," said George Melville. "To be under arrest does +not make a man or boy a criminal." + +"I am sure I am much obliged for the information, Mr. Melville," said +Eben, spitefully. "You've chosen a nice companion." + +"There you are right," said Melville, gravely. "I have done much better +than if I had hired you." + +Eben winced, but did not reply. + +George Melville whispered to Herbert: + +"Are you willing to accept me as your lawyer? I am not much of one, to +be sure, but this case is very simple." + +"I am very grateful for your offer, and accept it," said Herbert. + +I do not propose to record the whole scene in detail, but only to give a +general idea of the proceedings. + +Eben Graham was sworn as a witness, and deposed that he had left Herbert +in charge of the post office the previous evening. On his return he +examined the stamps and contents of the money drawer, and found, to his +surprise, that five dollars in money and six dollars' worth of stamps +were missing. + +"How did you know they were missing?" asked Melville. + +"Because I knew precisely how much money was in the drawer and how many +stamps were there." + +"Then you counted them just before you went out?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"That was rather a singular time to make the count, was it not?" + +"I don't know that it was, sir." + +"I should suppose the end of the day would be a more appropriate time." + +"I don't think so," answered Eben, shortly. + +"Were you led to make the count because you suspected Herbert's +honesty?" asked Mr. Melville. + +"That was the very reason I did it," said Eben, with a malicious glance +at Herbert. + +"Isn't it a little curious that you should have selected a boy whose +honesty you doubted, to fill your place?" asked George Melville, +carelessly. + +"There wasn't anybody else; he knew all about post-office work." +answered Eben. + +"Very good! Now, Mr. Graham, if you have no objection, will you tell why +you wanted to get away from the post office last evening?" + +Eben fidgeted, for he saw what was coming, and it made him nervous. + +"I wanted a little rest," he answered, after a pause. + +"Where did you go?" + +"Why do you ask me that question?" asked Eben, moving about uneasily. + +"Because I desire an answer." + +"You know where I went," returned Eben, sullenly. + +"Yes, but I wish you to tell me." + +"Answer the question, witness!" said the judge, briefly. + +"I went to the hotel," replied Eben, evasively. + +"On whom did you call?" + +"On you!" answered Eben, reluctantly. + +"We have come to it at last. Now, what was your business with me?" + +"To tell you that Herbert would not suit you as a companion," said the +witness, who thought this answer rather a clever one. + +"Whom did you recommend in his place?" pursued the questioner, +relentlessly. + +Eben hesitated, but his cleverness came again to his aid. + +"I told you that I would be willing to come just to oblige you," he +said. + +"Did Herbert know that you were going to make this proposal?" + +"No." + +"You asked him, then, to remain in the post office while you absented +yourself with a view of depriving him of the position he had just +secured in my employ?" + +"I would have got father to take him again in the store and post +office," said Eben, defending himself from the implied charge of +treachery. + +"Yes, you told me so." + +Eben nodded triumphantly. Even Melville had to admit that he was not +treating Herbert meanly. + +"By the way," said Melville, "isn't it rather strange that you should +have been ready to recommend in your place a boy whose honesty you +doubted?" + +"I didn't know he was a thief," said Eben, somewhat abashed. + +"No, but you suspected his honesty. That was your reason for counting +the money and stamps before you left the office. At least, that is the +reason you have given." + +"He had been in the office before I was there," said Eben, uneasily. + +"While he was there, were any stamps missing? Was he suspected of taking +any stamps or money?" + +"Not that I know of." + +"Now, Mr. Graham, what answer did I make to your application?" + +"What application?" + +"To take you into my employ instead of Herbert." + +"You wanted to keep him," said the witness, sullenly. + +"Precisely. Having failed, then, in your application, you went home and +discovered that some money and stamps had been stolen." + +"Yes, sir. I was very much surprised--" + +"That will do, sir. Your discovery was remarkably well-timed. Herbert +having obtained the position you sought, you straightway discovered +proof of his dishonesty." + +Eben colored, for the insinuation was plain enough for even him to +understand. + +"The two things had nothing to do with each other!" he said. + +"That may be, but I call the attention of the judge to a very remarkable +coincidence. Have the missing stamps or money been found on the person +of the defendant?" + +"He hasn't been searched." + +"I will take it upon me to say that he is ready to submit to an +examination," said Melville. + +Herbert said, emphatically, "I am." + +"Oh, it isn't likely you'd find anything now." said Eben, with a sneer. + +"Why not?" + +"He has had plenty of time to put 'em away." + +"I am willing to have my mother's house searched," said Herbert, +promptly. + +"Oh, they ain't there!" said Eben, significantly. + +"Where are they, then?" + +Eben's answer took Herbert and his lawyer, and the judge himself, by +surprise. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. EBEN'S TRUMP CARD. + + + +"I guess they're--a part of them--inside this letter," he said. + +As he spoke he produced a letter, stamped and sealed, but not +postmarked. The letter was addressed: + +"Messrs. Jones & Fitch, + +"---Chestnut Street, + +"Philadelphia." + +"What makes you think this letter contains money or postage stamps, Mr. +Graham?" asked George Melville. + +"Because I've seen an advertisement of Jones & Fitch in one of the +weekly papers. They advertise to send several articles to any address on +receipt of seventy-five cents in postage stamps." + +"Very well. What inference do you draw from this?" + +"Don't you see?" answered Eben, in malicious triumph. "That's where part +of the stamps went. This letter was put into the post office by Herbert +Carr this morning." + +"That is not true," said Herbert, quietly. + +"Maybe it isn't, but I guess you'll find Herbert Carr's name signed to +the letter," said Eben. + +"Have you seen the inside of the letter, Mr. Graham?" + +"No, sir." + +"Then how do you know Herbert Carr's name is signed to it?" + +"I don't know, but I am pretty sure it is." + +"You think Herbert Carr wrote the letter?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"If there is no objection," said Melville, "I will settle the matter by +opening it." + +"That's what I want you to do." said Eben Graham. + +"And I also," said Herbert. + +Mr. Melville deliberately cut open one end of the envelope with a small +penknife, and drew out the folded sheet which it contained. As he did +so, a small sheet of postage stamps fell upon the floor. + +"There, do you see that?" said Eben in triumph. + +The sheet of stamps contained twenty-five three-cent stamps, +representing in value seventy-five cents. + +"Shall I read the letter, sir?" asked Melville, of the judge. + +"If there is no objection." + +Melville read it aloud, as follows: + +"WAYNEBORO, August 2lst. MESSRS. JONES & FITCH: I inclose seventy-five +cents in stamps, and will be glad to have you send me the articles you +advertise in the Weekly Gazette. Yours truly, + +"HERBERT CARR." + +Herbert listened to the reading of this letter in amazement. + +"I never wrote that letter," he said, "and I never heard of Jones & +Fitch before." + +"That's a likely story!" sneered Eben Graham. "I submit to Judge Slocum +that I have proved my case. I haven't found out when all the stamps +left, but I have shown where some are. One who will steal seventy-five +cents' worth of stamps will steal six dollars' worth." + +"I agree with you there, Mr. Graham," said George Melville. "Will you be +kind enough to sit down at that table, and write to my dictation?" + +"What should I do that for?" asked Eben, suspiciously. + +"Never mind. Surely you can have no objection." + +"Well, no; I don't know as I have, though I think it's all foolishness." + +He sat down, and a pen was handed him. + +"What shall I write?" he asked. + +"Write 'Messrs. Jones & Fitch.'" + +"What for?" demanded Eben, looking discomposed. + +"That's my affair. Write." + +Eben wrote the words, but he seemed to find some difficulty in doing so. +It was clear that he was trying to disguise his handwriting. + +"What next?" he asked. + +"'I inclose seventy-five cents in stamps,'" proceeded George Melville. + +"Do you want to throw suspicion on me?" asked Eben, throwing down the +pen. + +"Keep on writing!" said the judge. + +Eben did so, but was very deliberate about it, and seemed very +particular as to how he penned his letter. + +"Very well!" said Melville. "Now, I wish Herbert Carr to take the pen, +and I will dictate the same letter." + +Herbert readily took the seat just vacated by Eben, and rapidly wrote +the words dictated to him. + +When he had finished his task, Mr. Melville took the two copies, and, +first examining them himself, handed them, together with the original +letter, to Justice Slocum. + +"I have only to ask your honor," he said, "to compare these three notes +and decide for yourself whether the original was written by Herbert Carr +or Mr. Eben Graham, the witness against him." + +Eben Graham looked very ill at ease, flushing and paling by turns while +the examination was going on. + +"I submit," he said, "that this is a very extraordinary way of treating +a witness." + +Justice Slocum, after a pause, said: "I find that Mr. Eben Graham's +copy is unmistakably in the same handwriting as the original letter, +purporting to be written by Herbert Carr." + +"It's not so!" faltered Eben. + +"Then," said George Melville, triumphantly, "as it seems clear that my +young client is the victim of a base conspiracy, engineered by the man +who has brought this charge of dishonesty against him, I have only to +ask that he be honorably discharged." + +"The request is granted," said Justice Slocum. "Herbert, you can go. It +is clear that you are innocent of the charge made against you." + +"I protest," began Eben Graham. + +"As for you, Mr. Graham," said the justice, severely, "I have no words +to express my scorn and detestation of your conduct in deliberately +contriving a plot to ruin the reputation of an innocent boy, who has +never done you any harm. Should Herbert Carr desire it, he is at liberty +to sue you for having him arrested on a false charge trumped up by +yourself." + +Eben began to look frightened. + +"I do not wish to punish Mr. Graham," said Herbert. "It is enough for me +that my honesty has been vindicated." + +"Go, then," said the justice to Eben. "It is fortunate for you that this +boy is so forbearing." + +Eben Graham slunk out of the justice's office, looking meaner and more +contemptible than ever, while Herbert was surrounded by his friends, who +congratulated him upon the happy issue of the trial. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. EBEN'S LAST HOPE FAILS. + + + +Ebenezer Graham had taken no stock in his son's charge against Herbert. +He was not prejudiced in favor of Herbert, nor did he feel particularly +friendly to him, but he was a man of shrewdness and common sense, and he +knew that Herbert was not a fool. When Eben made known to him the fact +that the stamps and money were missing, he said keenly: "What has become +of 'em?" + +"I don't know," answered Eben, "but I can guess well enough." + +"Guess, then," said his father, shortly. + +"You know Herbert Carr took my place last evening?" + +"Well?" + +"There's no doubt that he took the stamps and money." + +"That isn't very likely." + +"I feel sure of it--so sure that I mean to charge him with it." + +"Well, you can see what he says." + +Ebenezer did not understand that Eben intended to have the boy arrested, +and would not have consented to it had he known. But Eben slipped out of +the store, and arranged for the arrest without his father's knowledge. +Indeed, he did not learn till the trial had already commenced, Eben +having made some excuse for his absence. + +When Eben returned his father greeted him in a tone very far from +cordial. + +"Well, Eben, I hear you've gone and made a fool of yourself?" + +"I have only been defending your property, father," said Eben, sullenly. +"I thought you'd appreciate it better than this." + +"You've charged an innocent boy with theft, and now all his friends will +lay it up agin' us." + +"Were you going to be robbed without saying a word?" asked Eben. + +"No, I'm not, Eben Graham; I'm goin' to say a word, and now's the time +to say it. You can't pull wool over my eyes. The money's gone, and the +stamps are gone, and somebody's got 'em." + +"Herbert Carr!" + +"No, it isn't Herbert Carr. It's somebody nearer to me, I'm ashamed to +say, than Herbert Carr." + +"Do you mean to say I took them?" asked Eben. + +"I won't bring a charge unless I can prove it, but I shall watch you +pretty closely after this." + +"In that case, I don't wish to work for you any longer; I throw up the +situation," said Eben, loftily. + +"Verv well. When are you going to leave town?" + +"I ain't going to leave town at present." + +"Where are you going to board, then?" + +Eben regarded his father in dismay. + +"You're not going to send me adrift, are you?" he asked, in +consternation. + +"I'm not going to support you in idleness; if you give up your situation +in the store, you'll have to go to work for somebody else." + +"I wish I could," thought Eben, thinking of the rich young man at the +hotel, from whom he had sought a position as companion. + +"Then I shall have to leave Wayneboro," he said; "there's nothing to do +here." + +"Yes, there is; Farmer Collins wants a hired man." + +"A hired man!" repeated Eben, scornfully. "Do you think I am going--to +hire out on a farm?" + +"You might do a great deal worse," answered Ebenezer, sensibly. + +"After being a dry-goods salesman in Boston, I haven't got down to that, +I beg to assure you," said Eben, with an air of consequence. + +"Then you will have to work in the store if you expect to stay at home," +said his father. "And hark you, Eben Graham," he added, "don't report +any more losses of money or stamps. I make you responsible for both." + +Eben went back to his work in an uneasy frame of mind. He saw that +he had not succeeded in imposing upon his father, and that the +clear-sighted old gentleman strongly suspected where the missing +articles had gone. Eben might have told, had he felt inclined, that +the five-dollar bill had been mailed to a lottery agent in New York in +payment for a ticket in a Southern lottery, and that the stamps were +even now in his possession, and would be sold at the first opportunity. +His plan to throw suspicion upon Herbert had utterly failed, and the +cold looks with which he had been greeted showed what the villagers +thought of his attempt. + +"I won't stay in Wayneboro much longer," Eben inwardly resolved. "It's +the dullest hole in creation. I can get along somehow in a large place, +but here there's positively nothing. Hire out on a farm, indeed! My +father ought to be ashamed to recommend such a thing to his only son, +when he's so well off. If he would only give me two hundred dollars, I +would go to California and trouble him no more. Plenty of people +make money in California, and why shouldn't I? If that ticket draws a +prize--" + +And then Eben went into calculations of what he would do if only he drew +a prize of a thousand dollars. That wasn't too much to expect, for +there were several of that amount, and several considerably larger. He +pictured how independent he would be with his prize, and how he would +tell his father that he could get along without him, displaying at the +same time a large roll of bills. When he reached California he could buy +an interest in a mine, and perhaps within three or four years he could +return home twenty times as rich as his father. It was pleasant to think +over all this, and almost to persuade himself that the good luck had +actually come. However, he must wait a few days, for the ticket had not +yet come, and the lottery would not be drawn for a week. + +The ticket arrived two days later; Eben took care to slip the envelope +into his pocket without letting his father or anyone else see it, for +unpleasant questions might have been asked as to where he got the money +that paid for it, Mr. Graham knowing very well that his son had not five +dollars by him. + +For a few days Eben must remain in Wayneboro, until the lottery was +drawn. If he was unlucky, he would have to consider some other plan for +raising money to get away from Wayneboro. + +It was not till the day after the trial and his triumphant acquittal, +that Herbert saw Eben. He came to the store to buy some groceries for +his mother. + +"Good-evening, Herbert," said Eben. + +"Eben," said Herbert, coldly, "except in the way of business, I don't +want to speak to you." + +"You don't bear malice on account of that little affair, do you, +Herbert?" said Eben, smoothly. + +"That little affair, as you call it, might have been a very serious +affair to me." + +"I only did my duty," said Eben. + +"Was it your duty to charge an innocent person with theft?" + +"I didn't see who else could have taken the things," said Eben. + +"Probably you know as well as anybody," said Herbert, contemptuously. + +"What do you mean?" demanded Eben, coloring. + +"You know better than I do. How much do I owe you?" + +"Thirty-three cents." + +"There is your money," said Herbert, and walked out of the store. + +"I hate that boy!" said Eben, scowling at Herbert's retreating figure. +"He puts on too many airs, just because a city man's taken him in +charity and is paying his expenses. Some time I'll be able to come up +with him, I hope." + +Herbert was not of an unforgiving nature, but he felt that Eben had +wronged him deeply, and saw no reason why he would not repeat the injury +if he ever got the chance. He had at least a partial understanding of +Eben's mean nature and utter selfishness, and felt that he wished to +have nothing to do with him. Ebenezer Graham was very "close," but he +was a hard-working man and honest as the world goes. He was tolerably +respected in Wayneboro, though not popular, but Eben seemed on the high +road to become a rascal. + +A week slipped by, and a circular containing the list of prizes drawn +was sent to Eben. + +He ran his eyes over it in a flutter of excitement. Alas! for his hopes. +In the list of lucky numbers the number on his ticket was not included. + +"I have drawn a blank! Curse the luck!" he muttered, savagely. "The old +man needn't think I am going to stay here in Wayneboro. If he won't give +me money to go out West, why, then--" + +But he did not say what then. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. A TRIP TO BOSTON. + + + +"To-morrow, Herbert," said George Melville, as they parted for the day, +"I shall propose a new excursion to you." + +Herbert regarded him inquiringly. + +"I want to go to Boston to make a few purchases, but principally to +consult my physician." + +"I hope you are not feeling any worse, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, with +genuine concern, for he had come to feel a regard for his employer, who +was always kind and considerate to him. + +"No, I am feeling as well as usual; but I wish to consult Dr. Davies +about the coming winter--whether he would advise me to spend it in +Massachusetts." + +"If Mr. Melville goes away, I shall have to look for another place," +thought Herbert, soberly. It was hardly likely, he knew, that he would +obtain a position so desirable as the one he now filled. + +"I hope he will be able to do so, Mr. Melville," he said, earnestly. + +"I hope so; but I shall not be surprised if the doctor ordered me away." + +"Then you won't want me to come to-morrow?" + +"Certainly, unless you object to going to Boston with me." + +"Object?" repeated Herbert, eagerly. "I should like nothing better." + +In fact, our hero, though a well-grown boy of sixteen, had never been to +Boston but three times, and the trip, commonplace as it may seem to +my traveled young readers, promised him a large amount of novelty and +pleasurable excitement. + +"I shall be glad of your company, Herbert. I hardly feel the strength +or enterprise to travel alone, even for so trifling a trip as going to +Boston." + +"At what hour will you go, Mr. Melville?" + +"I will take the second train, at nine o'clock. It will afford me time +enough, and save my getting up before my usual time." + +Herbert would have preferred going by the first train, starting at +half-past seven, as it would have given him a longer day in the city, +but of course he felt that his employer had decided wisely. + +"It will be quite a treat to me, going to Boston," he said. "I have only +been there three times in my life." + +"You certainly have not been much of a traveler, Herbert," said George +Melville, smiling. "However, you are young, and you may see a good deal +of the world yet before you die." + +"I hope I will. It must be delightful to travel." + +"Yes, when you are young and strong," said Melville, thoughtfully. "That +makes a great deal of difference in the enjoyment." + +Herbert did not fail to put in an appearance at the hotel considerably +before it was time to leave for the train. George Melville smiled at his +punctuality. + +"I wish, Herbert," he said, "that I could look forward with as much +pleasure as you feel to our trip to-day." + +"I wish so, too, Mr. Melville." + +"At any rate, I shall enjoy it better for having a companion." + +The tickets were bought, and they took their places in one of the +passenger cars. + +Just as the train was ready to start, Herbert saw a young man with a +ticket in his hand hurrying along the platform. + +"Why, there's Eben Graham!" he said, in surprise. + +"Is he entering the cars?" + +"Yes, he has just got into the car behind us." + +"I wonder if he is going to leave Wayneboro for good?" + +"Probably he is only going to Boston for the day, perhaps to buy goods." + +Herbert thought it doubtful whether Ebenezer Graham would trust his son +so far, but did not say so. Eben, on his part, had not seen Herbert on +board the train, and was not aware that he was a fellow passenger. + +The journey was a tolerably long one--forty miles--and consumed an hour +and a half. At last they rolled into the depot, and before the train +had fairly stopped the passengers began to crowd toward the doors of the +car. + +"Let us remain till the crowd has passed out," said George Melville. "It +is disagreeable to me to get into the throng, and it saves very little +time." + +"Very well, sir." + +Looking out of the car window, Herbert saw Eben Graham walking swiftly +along the platform, and could not forbear wondering what had brought him +to the city. + +"My doctor's office is on Tremont Street," said Mr. Melville. "I +shall go there immediately, and may have to wait some time. It will be +tiresome to you, and I shall let you go where you please. You can meet +me at the Parker House, in School Street, at two o'clock." + +"Very well, sir." + +"Do you know where the hotel is?" + +"No, but I can find it," answered Herbert, confidently. + +"I believe I will also get you to attend to a part of my business for +me." + +"I shall be very glad to do so," said Herbert, sincerely. It made him +feel more important to be transacting business in Boston. + +"Here is a check for a hundred and fifty dollars on the Merchants' +Bank," continued George Melville. "It is payable to the bearer, and you +will have no trouble in getting the money on it. You may present it at +the bank, and ask for fives and tens and a few small bills." + +"Very well, sir." + +Herbert felt rather proud to have so much confidence reposed in him, for +to him a hundred and fifty dollars seemed a large sum of money, and he +felt that George Melville was a rich man to draw so much at one time. + +"Had I better go to the bank at once?" he asked. + +"Yes, I think so; of course, I need not caution you to take good care of +the money." + +"I'll be sure to do that, sir." + +They walked together to Tremont Street, and Mr. Melville paused at a +doorway opposite the Common. + +"My doctor's office is upstairs," he said. "We will part here and meet +at the hotel. If you are late, I may go into the dining room; so if you +don't see me in the reading room, go to the door of the dining room and +look in." + +"Very well, sir; but I think I shall be on time." + +"The bank is open now, and you can cash the check if you go down there." + +Left to himself, Herbert walked slowly along, looking into shop windows +and observing with interested attention the people whom he met. + +"It must be very pleasant to live in the city," he thought; "there is so +much going on all the time." + +It is no wonder that country boys are drawn toward the city, and feel +that their cup of happiness would be full if they could get a position +in some city store. They do not always find the reality equal to their +anticipations. The long hours and strict discipline of a city office or +mercantile establishment are not much like the freedom they pictured +to themselves, and after they have paid their board bill in some shabby +boarding house they seldom find much left over, either for amusement +or needful expenses. The majority of boys would do better to remain in +their country homes, where at least they can live comfortably and at +small expense, and take such employment as may fall in their way. They +will stand a much better chance of reaching a competence in middle life +than if they helped to crowd the ranks of city clerks and salesmen. +There is many a hard-working clerk of middle age, living poorly, and +with nothing laid by, in the city, who, had he remained in his native +village, might have reached a modest independence. It was hardly to be +expected, however, that Herbert would feel thus. Upon him the show and +glitter of the city shops and streets produced their natural effect, and +he walked on buoyantly, seeing three times as much as a city boy would +have done. + +He turned down School Street, passing the Parker House, where he was to +meet Mr. Melville. Just before he reached it he saw Eben Graham emerge +from the hotel and walk towards Washington Street. Eben did not look +behind him, and therefore did not see Herbert. + +"I wonder where he is going?" thought our hero, as he followed a few +steps behind Eben. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. AN OBLIGING GUIDE. + + + +On Washington Street, not far from Old South Church, is an office for +the sale of railroad tickets to western points. It was this office which +Eben entered. + +"He is going to inquire the price of a ticket to some western city," +thought Herbert. "I heard him say one day that he wanted to go West." + +Our hero's curiosity was naturally aroused, and he stood at the +entrance, where he could not only see but hear what passed within. + +"What do you charge for a ticket to Chicago?" he heard Eben ask. + +"Twenty-two dollars," was the answer of the young man behind the +counter. + +"You may give me one," said Eben. + +As he spoke he drew from his vest pocket a roll of bills, and began to +count off the requisite sum. + +Herbert was surprised. He had supposed that Eben was merely making +inquiries about the price of tickets. He had not imagined that he was +really going. + +"Can Mr. Graham have given him money to go?" he asked himself. + +"When can I start?" asked Eben, as he received a string of tickets from +the clerk. + +"At three this afternoon." + +Eben seemed well pleased with this reply. He carefully deposited the +tickets in an inside vest pocket, and turned to go out of the office. As +he emerged from it he caught sight of Herbert, who had not yet started +to go. He looked surprised and annoyed. + +"Herbert Carr!" he exclaimed. "How came you here?" + +Mingled with his surprise there was a certain nervousness of manner, as +Herbert thought. + +"I came to Boston with Mr. Melville," said Herbert, coldly. + +"Oh!" ejaculated Eben, with an air of perceptible relief. "Where is Mr. +Melville?" + +"He has gone to the office of his physician, on Tremont Street." + +"Leaving you to your own devices, eh?" + +"Yes." + +"Look out you don't get lost!" said Eben, with affected gayety. "I am +here on a little business for the old man." + +Herbert did not believe this, in view of what he had seen, but he did +not think it necessary to say so. + +"Good-morning!" said Herbert, in a tone polite but not cordial. + +"Good-morning! Oh, by the way, I have just been inquiring the cost of a +ticket to St. Louis," said Eben, carelessly. + +"Indeed! Do you think of going out there?" + +"Yes, if the old man will let me," said Eben. + +"Do you prefer St. Louis to Chicago?" asked Herbert, watching the face +of Eben attentively. + +Eben's face changed, and he looked searchingly at our hero, but could +read nothing in his face. + +"Oh, decidedly!" he answered, after a slight pause. "I don't think I +would care for Chicago." + +"And all the while you have a ticket for Chicago in your pocket!" +thought Herbert, suspiciously, "Well, that's your own affair entirely, +not mine." + +"What train do you take back to Wayneboro?" asked Eben, not without +anxiety. + +"We shall not go before four o'clock." + +"I may be on the train with you," said Eben, "though possibly I shall +get through in time to take an earlier one." + +"He is trying to deceive me," thought Herbert. + +"Good-morning," he said, formally, and walked away. + +"I wish I hadn't met him," muttered Eben to himself. "He may give the +old man a clew. However, I shall be safe out of the way before anything +can be done." + +Herbert kept on his way, and found the bank without difficulty. + +He entered and looked about him. Though unaccustomed to banks, he +watched to see where others went to get checks cashed, and presented +himself in turn. + +"How will you have it?" asked the paying teller. + +"Fives and tens, and a few small bills," answered Herbert, promptly. + +The teller selected the requisite number of bank bills quickly, and +passed them out to Herbert. Our hero counted them, to make sure that +they were correct, and then put them away in his inside pocket. It gave +him a feeling of responsibility to be carrying about so much money, and +he felt that it was incumbent on him to be very careful. + +"Where shall I go now?" he asked himself. + +He would have liked to go to Charlestown, and ascend Bunker Hill +Monument, but did not know how to go. Besides, he feared he would not +get back to the Parker House at the time fixed by Mr. Melville. Still, +he might be able to do it. He addressed himself to a rather sprucely +dressed man of thirty-five whom he met at the door of the bank. + +"I beg your pardon, sir, but can you tell me how far it is to Bunker +Hill Monument?" + +"About a mile and a half," answered the stranger. + +"Could I go there and get back to the Parker House before one o'clock." + +"Could you?" repeated the man, briskly. "Why, to be sure you could!" + +"But I don't know the way." + +"You have only to take one of the Charlestown horse cars, and it will +land you only a couple of minutes' walk from the monument." + +"Can you tell me what time it is, sir?" + +"Only a little past eleven. So you have never been to Bunker Hill +Monument, my lad?" + +"No sir; I live in the country, forty miles away and seldom come to +Boston." + +"I see, I see," said the stranger, his eyes snapping in a very peculiar +way. "Every patriotic young American ought to see the place where Warren +fell." + +"I should like to if you could tell me where to take the cars." + +"Why, certainly I will," said the other, quickly. "In fact--let me see," +and he pulled out a silver watch from his vest pocket, "I've a great +mind to go over with you myself." + +"I shouldn't like to trouble you, sir," said Herbert. + +"Oh, it will be no trouble. Business isn't pressing this morning, and +I haven't been over for a long time myself. If you don't object to my +company, I will accompany you." + +"You are very kind," said Herbert. "If you are quite sure that you are +not inconveniencing yourself, I shall be very glad to go with you--that +is, if you think I can get back to the Parker House by one o'clock." + +"I will guarantee that you do," said the stranger, confidently. "My +young friend, I am glad to see that you are particular to keep your +business engagements. In a varied business experience, I have observed +that it is precisely that class who are destined to win the favor of +their employer and attain solid success." + +"He seems a very sensible man," thought Herbert; "and his advice is +certainly good." + +"Come this way," said the stranger, crossing Washington Street. +"Scollay's Square is close at hand, and there we shall find a +Charlestown horse car." + +Of course Herbert yielded himself to the guidance of his new friend, and +they walked up Court Street together. + +"That," said the stranger, pointing out a large, somber building to the +left, "is the courthouse. The last time I entered it was to be present +at the trial of a young man of my acquaintance who had fallen into evil +courses, and, yielding to temptation, had stolen from his employer. It +was a sad sight," said the stranger, shaking his head. + +"I should think it must have been," said Herbert. + +"Oh, why, why will young men yield to the seductions of pleasure?" +exclaimed the stranger, feelingly. + +"Was he convicted?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, and sentenced to a three years term in the State prison," answered +his companion. "It always makes me feel sad when I think of the fate of +that young man." + +"I should think it would, sir." + +"I have mentioned it as a warning to one who is just beginning life," +continued the stranger. "But here is our car." + +A Charlestown car, with an outside sign, Bunker Hill, in large letters, +came by, and the two got on board. + +They rode down Cornhill, and presently the stranger pointed out Faneuil +Hall. + +"Behold the Cradle of Liberty," he said. "Of course, you have heard of +Faneuil Hall?" + +"Yes, sir," and Herbert gazed with interest at the building of which he +had heard so much. + +It was but a short ride to Charlestown. They got out at the foot of a +steep street, at the head of which the tall, granite column which crowns +the summit of Bunker Hill stood like a giant sentinel ever on guard. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. A NEW BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL. + + + +Just opposite the monument is a small, one-story structure, where views +of the shaft may be purchased and tickets obtained. + +"There is a small admission fee," said Herbert's companion. + +"How much is it?" asked our hero. + +"Twenty cents." + +As Herbert thrust his hand into his pocket for the necessary money, his +companion said: + +"You had better let me pay for both tickets." + +Though he said this, he didn't make any motion to do so. + +"No, I will pay for both," said Herbert. + +"But I really cannot permit you to pay for mine." + +And still the speaker made no movement to purchase his ticket. + +Herbert settled the matter by laying half a dollar on the desk, +and asking for two tickets. He began to see that, in spite of his +disclaimer, his guide intended him to do so. On the whole, this didn't +please him. He would rather have had his offer frankly accepted. + +"I didn't mean to have you pay," said the young man, as they passed +through the door admitting them to an inner apartment, from which there +was an exit into a small, inclosed yard, through which they were to +reach the entrance to a spiral staircase by which the ascent was made. + +Herbert did not answer, for he understood that his guide was not telling +the truth, and he did not like falsehood or deceit. + +They entered the monument and commenced the ascent. + +"We have a tiresome ascent before us," said the other. + +"How many steps are there?" asked Herbert. + +"About three hundred," was the reply. + +At different points in the ascent they came to landings where they could +catch glimpses of the outward world through long, narrow, perpendicular +slits in the sides of the monument. + +At last they reached the top. + +Herbert's guide looked about him sharply, and seemed disappointed to +find a lady and gentleman and child also enjoying the view. + +Herbert had never been so high before. Indeed, he had never been in any +high building, and he looked about him with a novel sense of enjoyment. + +"What a fine view there is here!" he said. + +"True," assented his companion. "Let me point out to you the different +towns visible to the naked eye." + +"I wish you would," said the boy. + +So his guide pointed out Cambridge, Chelsea, Malden, the Charles and +Mystic Rivers, gleaming in the sunshine, the glittering dome of the +Boston State House and other conspicuous objects. Herbert felt that it +was worth something to have a companion who could do him this service, +and he felt the extra twenty cents he had paid for his companion's +ticket was a judicious investment. + +He noticed with some surprise that his companion seemed annoyed by the +presence of the other party already referred to. He scowled and shrugged +his shoulders when he looked at them, and in a low voice, inaudible to +those of whom he spoke, he said to Herbert: "Are they going to stay here +all day?" + +"What does it matter to me if they do?" returned Herbert, in surprise. + +Indeed, to him they seemed very pleasant people, and he was especially +attracted by the sweet face of the little girl. He wished he had been +fortunate enough to possess such a sister. + +At last, however, they finished their sightseeing, and prepared to +descend. Herbert's companion waited till the sound of their descending +steps died away, and then, turning to Herbert, said in a quick, stern +tone: "Now give me the money you have in your pocket." + +"What do you mean?" he said. + +Herbert recoiled, and stared at the speaker in undisguised astonishment. + +"I mean just what I say," returned the other. "You have one hundred and +fifty dollars in your pocket. You need not deny it, for I saw you draw +it from the bank and put it away." + +"Are you a thief, then?" demanded Herbert. + +"No matter what I am, I must have that money," said the stranger. "I +came over with you exclusively to get it, and I mean business." + +He made a step towards Herbert, but the boy faced him unflinchingly, and +answered resolutely: "I mean business, too. The money is not mine, and I +shall not give it up." + +"Take care!" said the other, menacingly, "we are alone here. You are a +boy and I am a man." + +"I know that; but you will have to fight to get the money," said +Herbert, without quailing. + +He looked to the staircase, but his treacherous guide stood between him +and it, and he was practically a prisoner at the top of the monument. + +"Don't be a fool!" said the stranger. "You may as well give up the money +to me first as last." + +"I don't propose to give it up to you at all," said Herbert. "My +employer trusted me with it, and I mean to be true to my trust." + +"You can tell him that it was taken from you--that you could not help +yourself. Now hand it over!" + +"Never!" exclaimed Herbert, resolutely. + +"We'll see about that," said his companion, seizing the boy and +grappling with him. + +Herbert was a strong boy for his age, and he accepted the challenge. +Though his antagonist was a man, he found that the boy was powerful, and +not to be mastered as easily as he anticipated. + +"Confound you!" he muttered, "I wish I had a knife!" + +Though Herbert made a vigorous resistance, his opponent was his superior +in strength, and would ultimately have got the better of him. He had +thrown Herbert down, and was trying to thrust his hand into his coat +pocket, when a step was heard, and a tall man of Western appearance +stepped on the scene. + +"Hello!" he said, surveying the two combatants in surprise. "What's all +this? Let that boy alone, you skunk, you!" + +As he spoke, he seized the man by the collar and jerked him to his feet. + +"What does all this mean?" he asked, turning from one to the other. + +"This boy has robbed me of one hundred and fifty dollars," said the man, +glibly. "I fell in with him in the Boston cars, and he relieved me of a +roll of bills which I had drawn from a bank in Boston." + +"What have you got to say to this?" asked the Western man, turning to +Herbert, who was now on his feet. + +"Only this," answered Herbert, "that it is a lie. It was I who drew +the money from the Merchants' Bank in Boston. This man saw me cash the +check, followed me, and offered to come here with me, when I asked him +for directions." + +"That's a likely story!" sneered the young man. "My friend here is too +sharp to believe it." + +"Don't call me your friend!" said the Western man, bluntly. "I'm more +than half convinced you're a scamp." + +"I don't propose to stay here and be insulted. Let the boy give me my +money, and I won't have him arrested." + +"Don't be in too much of a hurry, young man! I want to see about this +thing. What bank did you draw the money from?" + +"From the Merchants' Bank--the boy has got things reversed. He saw me +draw it, inveigled himself into my confidence, and picked my pocket." + +"Look here--stop right there! Your story doesn't hang together!" said +the tall Westerner, holding up his finger. "You said you met this boy in +a horse car." + +"We came over together in a Charlestown horse car," said the rogue, +abashed. + +"You've given yourself away. Now make yourself scarce! Scoot!" + +The rascal looked in the face of the tall, resolute man from the +West, and thought it prudent to obey. He started to descend, but a +well-planted kick accelerated his progress, and he fell down several +steps, bruising his knees. + +"Thank you, sir!" said Herbert, gratefully. "It was lucky you came up +just as you did. The rascal had got his hand on the money." + +"He is a miserable scamp!" answered Herbert's new friend. "If there'd +been a police-man handy, I'd have given him in charge. I've come clear +from Wisconsin to see where Warren fell, but I didn't expect to come +across such a critter as that on Bunker Hill." + +Herbert pointed out to his new friend the objects in view, repeating +the information he had so recently acquired. Then, feeling that he could +spare no more time, he descended the stairs and jumped on board a horse +car bound for Boston. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. AN ACCEPTABLE PRESENT. + + + +As the clock at the Old South Church struck one, Herbert ascended +the steps of Parker's Hotel, and walked into the reading room. George +Melville was already there. + +"You are on time, Herbert," he said, with a smile, as our hero made his +appearance. + +"Yes, sir; but I began to think I should miss my appointment." + +"Where have you been?" + +"To Bunker Hill." + +"Did you ascend the monument?" + +"Yes, sir, and had a fight at the summit." + +Mr. Melville looked at Herbert in amazement. + +"Had a fight at the top of Bunker Hill Monument?" he ejaculated. + +"Yes, sir; let me tell you about it." + +When the story was told, Mr. Melville said: "That was certainly a +remarkable adventure, Herbert. Still, I am not sorry that it occurred." + +It was Herbert's turn to look surprised. + +"I will tell you why. It proves to me that you are worthy of my +confidence, and can be trusted with the care of money. It has also +taught you a lesson, to beware of knaves, no matter how plausible they +may be." + +"I haven't got over my surprise yet, sir, at discovering the real +character of the man who went with me. I am sorry I met him. I don't +like to distrust people." + +"Nor I. But it is not necessary to distrust everybody. In your +journey through the world you will make many agreeable and trustworthy +acquaintances in whom it will be safe to confide. It is only necessary +to be cautious and not give your confidence too soon." + +"Oh, I didn't mention that I met somebody from Wayneboro," said Herbert. + +"Was it Eben Graham?" + +"Yes." + +"I met him myself on Washington Street. Did you speak to him?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I suppose he goes back to-night?" + +"I don't think he will go back at all, Mr. Melville." + +His employer looked at him inquiringly. + +"I saw him buy a ticket to Chicago, though he does not know it," +continued Herbert. "When he spoke with me he didn't admit it, but spoke +of going back by an afternoon train." + +"I am afraid he has appropriated some of his father's funds," said +Melville. "I doubt if Ebenezer Graham would voluntarily furnish him the +means of going West." + +"That was just what occurred to me," said Herbert; "but I didn't like to +think that Eben would steal." + +"Perhaps he has not. We shall be likely to hear when we return. But you +must be hungry. We will go in to dinner." + +Herbert followed Mr. Melville into the dining room, where a good dinner +was ordered, and partaken of. Herbert looked over the bill of fare, +but the high prices quite startled him. He was not used to patronizing +hotels, and it seemed to him that the price asked for a single dish +ought to be enough to pay for a whole dinner for two. He knew about what +it cost for a meal at home, and did not dream that it would amount to so +much more at a hotel. + +When the check was brought Herbert looked at it. + +"Two dollars and a half!" he exclaimed. + +"It costs an awful amount to live in Boston." + +"Oh a dinner can be got much cheaper at most places in Boston," said +George Melville, smiling, "but I am used to Parker's, and generally come +here." + +"I am glad it doesn't cost so much to live in Wayneboro," said Herbert. +"We couldn't afford even one meal a day." + +"You haven't asked me what the doctor said," remarked Melville, as they +left the dining room. + +"Excuse me, Mr. Melville. It wasn't from any lack of interest." + +"He advises me to go West by the first of October, either to Colorado or +Southern California." + +Herbert's countenance fell. The first of October would soon come, and +his pleasant and profitable engagement with Mr. Melville would close. + +"I am sorry," he said, gravely. + +"I am not so sorry as I should have been a few weeks ago," said +Melville. "Then I should have looked forward to a journey as lonely and +monotonous. Now, with a companion, I think I may have a pleasant time." + +"Who is going with you, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert, feeling, it must +be confessed, a slight twinge of jealousy. + +"I thought perhaps you would be willing to accompany me," said Melville. + +"Would you really take me, Mr. Melville?" cried Herbert, joyfully. + +"Yes, if you will go." + +"I should like nothing better. I have always wanted to travel. It quite +takes my breath away to think of going so far away." + +"I should hardly venture to go alone," continued George Melville. "I +shall need some one to look after the details of the journey, and to +look after me if I fall sick. Do you think you would be willing to do +that?" + +"I hope you won't fall sick, Mr. Melville; but if you do, I will take +the best care of you I know how." + +"I am sure you will, Herbert, and I would rather have you about me than +a man. Indeed, I already begin to think of you as a younger brother." + +"Thank you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, gratefully. "I am glad you do." + +"Do you think your mother will object to your leaving home, Herbert?" + +"Not with you. She knows I shall be well provided for with you. Can I +arrange to send money regularly to mother?" asked the boy. "I shouldn't +like to think of her as suffering for want of it." + +"Yes, but to guard against emergencies, we can leave her a sum of money +before you start." + +After dinner Mr. Melville proposed to Herbert to accompany him on a +walk up Washington Street, They walked slowly, Herbert using his eyes +diligently, for to him the display in the shop windows was novel and +attractive. + +At length they paused at the door of a large and handsome jewelry +store--one of the two finest in Boston. + +"I want to go in here, Herbert," said his employer. + +"Shall I stay outside?" + +"No, come in with me. You may like to look about." + +Though Herbert had no idea of the cost of the fine stock with which the +store was provided, he saw that it must be valuable, and wondered where +purchasers enough could be found to justify keeping so large a supply +of watches, chains, rings and the numberless other articles in gold and +silver which he saw around him. + +"I would like to look at your watches," said Melville to the salesman +who came forward to inquire his wishes. + +"Gold or silver, sir?" + +"Silver." + +"This way, if you please." + +He led the way to a case where through the glass covering Herbert +saw dozens of silver watches of all sizes and grades lying ready for +inspection. + +"For what price can I get a fair silver watch?" asked Melville. + +"Swiss or Waltham?" + +"Waltham. I may as well patronize home manufactures." + +"Here is a watch I will sell you for fifteen dollars," said the +salesman, drawing out a neat-looking watch, of medium size. "It will +keep excellent time, and give you good satisfaction." + +"Very well; I will buy it on your recommendation. Have you any silver +chains?" + +One was selected of pretty pattern, and George Melville paid for both. + +"How do you like the watch and chain, Herbert?" said his employer, as +they left the store. + +"They are very pretty, sir." + +"I suppose you wonder what I want of two watches," said Melville. + +"Perhaps you don't like to take your gold watch with you when you go out +West, for fear of thieves." + +"No, that is not the reason. If I am so unfortunate as to lose my gold +watch, I will buy another. The fact is, I have bought this silver watch +and chain for you." + +"For me!" exclaimed Herbert, intensely delighted. + +"Yes; it will be convenient for you, as well as me, to be provided with +a watch. Every traveler needs one. There; put it in your pocket, and see +how it looks." + +"You are very kind to me, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, gratefully. "You +couldn't have bought me anything which I should value more." + +When Herbert had arranged the watch and chain to suit him, it must be +confessed that it engrossed a large part of his attention, and it was +wonderful how often he had occasion to consult it during the first walk +after it came into his possession. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. A THIEF IN TROUBLE. + + + +"Have you ever visited the suburbs of Boston?" asked Melville. + +"No," answered Herbert. "I know very little of the city, and nothing of +the towns near it." + +"Then, as we have time to spare, we will board the next horse car and +ride out to Roxbury." + +"I should like it very much, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, in a tone +of satisfaction. I may remark that Roxbury was at that time a separate +municipality, and had not been annexed to Boston. + +They did not have to wait long for a car. An open car, of the kind in +common use during the pleasant season, drew near, and they secured seats +in it. After leaving Dover Street, Washington Street, still then narrow, +broadens into a wide avenue, and is called the Neck. It was gay with +vehicles of all sorts, and Herbert found much to attract his attention. + +"The doctor tells me I ought to be a good deal in the open air," said +Melville, "and I thought I would act at once upon his suggestion. It is +much pleasanter than taking medicine." + +"I should think so," answered Herbert, emphatically. + +Arrived at the end of the route, Melville and Herbert remained on the +car, and returned at once to the city. When they reached the crowded +part of Washington Street a surprise awaited Herbert. + +From a small jewelry store they saw a man come out, and walk rapidly +away. + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, in excitement, "do you see that man?" + +"Yes. What of him?" + +"It is the man who tried to rob me on Bunker Hill Monument." + +He had hardly uttered these words when another man darted from the shop, +bareheaded, and pursued Herbert's morning acquaintance, crying, "Stop, +thief!" + +The thief took to his heels, but a policeman was at hand, and seized him +by the collar. + +"What has this man been doing?" he asked, as the jeweler's clerk came +up, panting. + +"He has stolen a diamond ring from the counter," answered the clerk. "I +think he has a watch besides." + +"It's a lie!" said the thief, boldly. + +"Search him!" said the clerk, "and you'll find that I have made no +mistake." + +"Come with me to the station house, and prepare your complaint," said +the policeman. + +By this time a crowd had gathered, and the thief appealed to them. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am a reputable citizen of St. Louis, come to +Boston to buy goods, and I protest against this outrage. It is either a +mistake or a conspiracy, I don't know which." + +The thief was well dressed, and some of the bystanders were disposed to +put confidence in him. He had not seen Herbert and George Melville, who +had left the car and joined the throng, or he might not have spoken so +confidently. + +"He doesn't look like a thief," said one of the bystanders, a +benevolent-looking old gentleman. + +"I should say not," said the thief, more boldly. "It's a pretty state +of things if a respectable merchant can't enter a store here in Boston +without being insulted and charged with theft. If I only had some of +my friends or acquaintances here, they would tell you that it is simply +ridiculous to make such a charge against me." + +"You can explain this at the station house," said the policeman. "It is +my duty to take you there." + +"Is there no one who knows the gentleman?" said the philanthropist +before referred to. "Is there no one to speak up for him?" + +Herbert pressed forward, and said, quietly: + +"I know something of him; I passed the morning in his company." + +The thief turned quickly, but he didn't seem gratified to see Herbert. + +"The boy is mistaken," he said, hurriedly; "I never saw him before." + +"But I have seen you, sir," retorted our hero. "You saw me draw some +money from a bank in State Street, scraped acquaintance with me, and +tried to rob me of it on Bunker Hill." + +"It's a lie!" said the prisoner, hoarsely. + +"Do you wish to make a charge to that effect?" asked the policeman. + +"No, sir; I only mentioned what I knew of him to support the charge of +this gentleman," indicating the jeweler's clerk. + +The old gentleman appeared to lose his interest in the prisoner after +Herbert's statement, and he was escorted without further delay to the +station house, where a gold watch and the diamond ring were both found +on his person. It is scarcely needful to add that he was tried and +sentenced to a term of imprisonment in the very city--Charlestown--where +he had attempted to rob Herbert. + +"It is not always that retribution so quickly overtakes the wrongdoer," +said Melville. "St. Louis will hardly be proud of the man who claims her +citizenship." + +"Dishonesty doesn't seem to pay in his case," said Herbert, +thoughtfully. + +"It never pays in any case, Herbert," said George Melville, +emphatically. "Even if a man could steal enough to live upon, and were +sure not to be found out, he would not enjoy his ill-gotten gain, as an +honest man enjoys the money he works hard for. But when we add the risk +of detection and the severe penalty of imprisonment, it seems a fatal +mistake for any man to overstep the bounds of honesty and enroll himself +as a criminal." + +"I agree with you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, thoughtfully. "I don't +think I shall ever be tempted, but if I am, I will think of this man and +his quick detection." + +When they reached the depot, a little before four o'clock, George +Melville sent Herbert to the ticket office to purchase tickets, while he +remained in the waiting room. + +"I might as well accustom you to the duties that are likely to devolve +upon you," he said, with a smile. + +Herbert had purchased the tickets and was turning away, when to his +surprise he saw Ebenezer Graham enter the depot, laboring evidently +under considerable excitement. He did not see Herbert, so occupied +was he with thoughts of an unpleasant nature, till the boy greeted him +respectfully. + +"Herbert Carr!" he said; "when did you come into Boston?" + +"This morning, sir." + +"Have you seen anything of my son, Eben, here?" gasped Mr. Graham. + +"Yes, sir; he was on the same train, but I did not see him to speak to +him till after I reached the city." + +"Do you know what he has been doing here?" asked Ebenezer, his face +haggard with anxiety. + +"I only saw him for five minutes," answered Herbert, reluctant to tell +the father what he knew would confirm any suspicion he might entertain. + +"Where did you see him?" demanded Ebenezer, quickly. + +"At a railroad ticket office not far from the Old South Church." + +"Do you know if he bought any ticket?" asked Ebenezer, anxiously. + +"Yes," answered Herbert. "I overheard him purchasing a ticket to +Chicago." + +Ebenezer groaned, and his face seemed more and more wizened and puckered +up. + +"It is as I thought!" he exclaimed, bitterly. "My own son has robbed me +and fled like a thief, as he is." + +Herbert was shocked, but not surprised. He didn't like to ask +particulars, but Ebenezer volunteered them. + +"This morning," he said, "I foolishly gave Eben a hundred dollars, and +sent him to Boston to pay for a bill of goods which I recently bought of +a wholesale house on Milk Street. If I had only known you were going in, +I would have sent it by you." + +Herbert felt gratified at this manifestation of confidence, especially +as he had so recently been charged with robbing the post office, but did +not interrupt Mr. Graham, who continued: + +"As soon as Eben was fairly gone, I began to feel sorry I sent him, for +he got into extravagant ways when he was in Boston before, and he had +been teasing me to give him money enough to go out West with. About +noon I discovered that he had taken fifty dollars more than the amount +I intrusted to him, and then I couldn't rest till I was on my way to +Boston to find out the worst. I went to the house on Milk Street and +found they had seen nothing of Eben. Then I knew what had happened. The +graceless boy has robbed his father of a hundred and fifty dollars, and +is probably on his way West by this time." + +"He was to start by the three o'clock train, I think," said Herbert, and +gave his reasons for thinking so. + +Ebenezer seemed so utterly cast down by this confirmation of his worst +suspicions, that Herbert called Mr. Melville, thinking he might be able +to say something to comfort him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. EBENEZER GRAHAM'S GRIEF. + + + +"How much have you lost by your son, Mr. Graham?" asked George Melville. + +"Nearly two hundred and fifty dollars," groaned Ebenezer, "counting what +I paid in the city to his creditors, it is terrible, terrible!" and he +wrung his hands in his bitterness of spirit. + +"I am sorry for you," said Melville, "and still more for him." + +"Why should you be sorry for him?" demanded Ebenezer, sharply. "He +hasn't lost anything." + +"Is it nothing to lose his consciousness of integrity, to leave his home +knowing that he is a thief?" + +"Little he'll care for that!" said Mr. Graham, shrugging his shoulders. +"He's laughing in his sleeve, most likely, at the way he has duped and +cheated me, his father." + +"How old is Eben, Mr. Graham?" + +"He will be twenty in November," answered Ebenezer, apparently puzzled +by the question. + +"Then, as he is so young, let us hope that he may see the error of his +ways, and repent." + +"That won't bring me back my money," objected Ebenezer, querulously. +It was clear that he thought more of the money he had lost than of his +son's lack of principle. + +"No, it will not give you back your money, but it may give you back a +son purified and prepared to take an honorable position in society." + +"No, no; he's bad, bad!" said the stricken father. "What did he care for +the labor and toil it took to save up that money?" + +"I hope the loss of the money will not distress you, Mr. Graham." + +"Well, no, not exactly," said Ebenezer, hesitating. "I shall have to +take some money from the savings bank to make up what that graceless boy +has stolen." + +It was clear that Ebenezer Graham would not have to go to the poorhouse +in consequence of his losses. + +"I can hardly offer you consolation," said George Melville, "but I +suspect that you will not be called upon to pay any more money for your +son." + +"I don't mean to!" said Ebenezer, grimly. + +"Going away as he has done, he will find it necessary to support +himself, and will hardly have courage to send to you for assistance." + +"Let him try it!" said Ebenezer, his eyes snapping. + +"He may, therefore, being thrown upon his own resources, be compelled to +work hard, and that will probably be the best thing that can happen to +him." + +"I hope he will! I hope he will!" said the storekeeper. "He may find out +after a while that he had an easy time at home, and was better paid +than he will be among strangers. I won't pay any more of his debts. I'll +publish a notice saying that I have given him his time, and won't pay +any more debts of his contracting. He might run into debt enough to ruin +me, between now and the time he becomes of age." + +George Melville considered that the storekeeper was justified in taking +this step, and said so. + +While they were on the train, Ebenezer got measurably reconciled to his +loss, and his busy brain began to calculate how much money he would +save by ceasing to be responsible for Eben's expenses of living and +prospective debts. Without this drawback, he knew he would grow richer +every year. He knew also that notwithstanding the sum it had just cost +him, he would be better off at the end of the year than the beginning, +and to a man of his character this was perhaps the best form of +consolation that he could have. + +Suddenly it occurred to Mr. Graham that he should need a clerk in place +of his son. + +"Now that Eben has gone, Herbert," he said, "I am ready to take you +back." + +This was a surprise, for Herbert had not thought of the effect upon his +own business prospects. + +"I have got a place, thank you, Mr. Graham," he said. + +"You don't call trampin' round huntin' and fishin' work, do you?" said +Ebenezer. + +"It is very agreeable work, sir." + +"But it stands to reason that you can't earn much that way. I wouldn't +give you twenty-five cents a week for such doings." + +"Are you willing to pay me more than Mr. Melville does?" asked Herbert, +demurely, smiling to himself. + +"How much does he pay you now?" asked Ebenezer, cautiously. + +"Six dollars a week." + +"Six dollars a week!" repeated the storekeeper, in incredulous +amazement. "Sho! you're joking!" + +"You can ask Mr. Melville, sir." + +Ebenezer regarded George Melville with an inquiring look. + +"Yes, I pay Herbert six dollars a week," said he, smiling. + +"Well, I never!" ejaculated Ebenezer. "That's the strangest thing I +ever heard. How in the name of conscience can a boy earn so much money +trampin' round?" + +"Perhaps it would not be worth as much to anyone else," said Melville, +"but Herbert suits me, and I need cheerful company." + +"You ain't goin' to keep him long at that figger, be you, Mr. Melville?" +asked Mr. Graham, bluntly. + +"I think we shall be together a considerable time, Mr. Graham. If, +however, you should be willing to pay Herbert a larger salary, I might +feel it only just to release him from his engagement to me." + +"Me pay more'n six dollars a week!" gasped Ebenezer. "I ain't quite +crazy. Why, it would take about all I get from the post office." + +"You wouldn't expect me to take less than I can earn elsewhere, Mr. +Graham," said Herbert. + +"No-o!" answered the storekeeper, slowly. He was evidently nonplused by +the absolute necessity of getting another clerk, and his inability to +think of a suitable person. + +"If Tom Tripp was with me, I might work him into the business," said +Ebenezer, thoughtfully, "but he's bound out to a farmer." + +An inspiration came to Herbert. He knew that his mother would be glad to +earn something, and there was little else to do in Wayneboro. + +"I think," he said, "you might make an arrangement with my mother, to +make up and sort the mail, for a time, at least." + +"Why, so I could; I didn't think of that," answered Ebenezer, relieved. +"Do you think she'd come over to-morrow mornin'?" + +"If she can't, I will," said Herbert. "I don't meet Mr. Melville till +nine o'clock." + +"So do! I'll expect you. I guess I'll come over and see your mother this +evenin', and see if I can't come to some arrangement with her." + +It may be added that Mr. Graham did as proposed, and Mrs. Carr agreed +to render him the assistance he needed for three dollars a week. It +required only her mornings, and a couple of hours at the close of the +afternoon, and she was very glad to convert so much time into money. + +"It makes me feel more independent," she said. "I don't want to +feel that you do all the work, Herbert, and maintain the family +single-handed." + +The same evening Herbert broached the plan of traveling with Mr. +Melville. As might have been expected, his mother was at first startled, +and disposed to object, but Herbert set before her the advantages, both +to himself and the family, and touched upon the young man's need of a +companion so skillfully and eloquently that she was at last brought to +regard the proposal favorably. She felt that George Melville was one to +whom she could safely trust her only boy. Moreover, her own time would +be partly occupied, owing to the arrangement she had just made to assist +in the post office, so that Herbert carried his point. + +The tenth of October arrived, the date which George Melville had fixed +upon for his departure. Mrs. Carr had put Herbert's wardrobe in order, +and he had bought himself a capacious carpetbag and an umbrella, and +looked forward with eagerness to the day on which their journey was to +commence. He had long thought and dreamed of the West, its plains and +cities, but had never supposed that it would be his privilege to make +acquaintance with them, at any rate, until he should have become twice +his present age. But the unexpected had happened, and on Monday he and +George Melville were to start for Chicago. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. AN OLD ACQUAINTANCE IN CHICAGO. + + + +In due time our travelers reached Chicago, and put up at the Palmer +House. Herbert was much impressed by the elegance of the hotel, its +sumptuous furniture, and luxurious table. It must be considered that he +was an inexperienced traveler, though had he been otherwise he might be +excused for his admiration. + +"I have some business in Chicago, and shall remain two or three days," +said George Melville. + +Herbert was quite reconciled to the delay, and, as his services were not +required, employed his time in making himself familiar with the famous +Western city. He kept his eyes open, and found something new and +interesting at every step. One day, as he was passing through the lower +portion of the city, his attention was called to a young man wheeling a +barrow of cabbages and other vegetables, a little in advance of him. +Of course, there was nothing singular about this, but there seemed +something familiar in the figure of the young man. Herbert quickened his +step, and soon came up with him. + +One glance was enough. Though disguised by a pair of overalls, and +without a coat, Herbert recognized the once spruce dry-goods clerk, Eben +Graham. + +Eben recognized Herbert at the same time. He started, and flushed with +shame, not because of the theft of which he had been guilty, but because +he was detected in an honest, but plebeian labor. + +"Herbert Carr!" he exclaimed, stopping short. + +"Yes, Eben; it is I!" + +"You find me changed," said Eben, dolefully. + +"No, I should recognize you anywhere." + +"I don't mean that. I have sunk very low," and he glanced pathetically +at the wheelbarrow. + +"If you refer to your employment, I don't agree with you. It is an +honest business." + +"True, but I never dreamed when I stood behind the counter in Boston, +and waited on fashionable ladies, that I should ever come to this." + +"He seems more ashamed of wheeling vegetables than of stealing," thought +Herbert, and he was correct. + +"How do you happen to be in this business, Eben?" he asked, with some +curiosity. + +"I must do it or starve. I was cheated out of my money soon after I came +here, and didn't know where to turn." + +Eben did not explain that he lost his money in a gambling house. +He might have been cheated out of it, but it was his own fault, for +venturing into competition with older and more experienced knaves than +himself. + +"I went for thirty-six hours without food," continued Eben, "when I fell +in with a man who kept a vegetable store, and he offered to employ me. I +have been with him ever since." + +"You were fortunate to find employment," said Herbert. + +"Fortunate!" repeated Eben, in a tragic tone. "How much wages do you +think I get?" + +"I can't guess." + +"Five dollars a week, and have to find myself," answered Eben, +mournfully. "What would my fashionable friends in Boston say if they +could see me?" + +"I wouldn't mind what they said as long as you are getting an honest +living." + +"How do you happen to be out here?" asked Eben. + +His story was told in a few words. + +"You are always in luck!" said Eben, enviously. "I wish I had your +chance. Is Mr. Melville very rich?" + +"He is rich; but I don't know how rich." + +"Do you think he'd lend me money enough to get home?" + +"I don't know." + +"Will you ask him?" + +"I will tell him that you made the request, Eben," answered Herbert, +cautiously. "Have you applied to your father?" + +"To the old man? Yes. He hasn't any more heart than a grindstone," said +Eben, bitterly. "What do you think he wrote me?" + +"He refused, I suppose." + +"Here is his letter," said Eben, drawing from his pocket a greasy half +sheet of note paper. "See what he has to say to his only son." + +This was the letter: + +"EBEN GRAHAM: I have received your letter, and am not surprised to hear +that you are in trouble. 'As a man sows, so also shall he reap.' A young +man who will rob his father of his hard earnings is capable of anything. +You have done what you could to ruin me, and deserve what you have got. +You want me to send you money to come home, and continue your wicked +work--I shall not do it. I wash my hands of you; I have already given +notice, through the country paper that I have given you your time, and +shall pay no more debts of your contracting. + +"I am glad to hear that you are engaged in an honest employment. It is +better than I expected. I would not have been surprised if I had heard +that you were in jail. My advice to you is to stay where you are and +make yourself useful to your employer. He may in time raise your wages. +Five years hence, if you have turned over a new leaf and led an honest +life, I may give you a place in my store. At present, I would rather +leave you where you are. + +"EBENEZER GRAHAM." + +"What do you say to that? Isn't that rather rough on an only son, eh?" +said Eben. + +It occurred to Herbert that Eben hardly deserved very liberal treatment +from his father, notwithstanding he was an only son. + +"Oh, the old man is awfully mean and close-fisted," said Eben. "He cares +more for money than for anything else. By the way, how does Melville +treat you?" + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, emphasizing the Mr., "is always kind and +considerate." + +"Pays you well, eh?" + +"He pays me more than I could get anywhere else." + +"Pays all your hotel and traveling expenses, eh?" + +"Of course." + +"And a good salary besides?" + +"Yes." + +"Herbert," said Eben, suddenly, "I want you to do me a favor." + +"What is it?" + +"You've always known me, you know. When you was a little chap, and came +into the store, I used to give you sticks of candy." + +"I don't remember it," answered Herbert, truthfully. + +"I did, all the same. You were so young that you don't remember it." + +"Well, Eben, what of it?" + +"I want you to lend me ten dollars, Herbert, in memory of old times." + +Herbert was generously inclined, on ordinary occasions, but did not feel +so on this occasion. He felt that Eben was not a deserving object, even +had he felt able to make so large a loan. Besides, he could not forget +that the young man who now asked a favor had brought a false charge of +stealing against him. + +"You will have to excuse me, Eben," he answered. "To begin with, I +cannot afford to lend so large a sum." + +"I would pay you back as soon as I could." + +"Perhaps you would," said Herbert, "though I have not much confidence +in it. But you seem to forget that you charged me with stealing only a +short time since. I wonder how you have the face to ask me to lend you +ten dollars, or any sum." + +"It was a mistake," muttered Eben, showing some signs of confusion. + +"At any rate, I won't say anything more about it while you are in +trouble. But you must excuse my declining to lend you." + +"Lend me five dollars, then," pleaded Eben. + +"What do you want to do with it?" + +"To buy lottery tickets. I am almost sure I should win a prize, and then +I can pay you five dollars for one." + +"I wouldn't lend any money for that purpose to my dearest friend," said +Herbert "Buying lottery tickets is about the most foolish investment you +could make." + +"Then I won't buy any," said Eben. "Lend me the money and I will use it +to buy clothes." + +"You will have to excuse me," said Herbert, coldly. + +"I didn't think you'd be so mean," whined Eben, "to a friend in +distress." + +"I don't look upon you as a friend, and for very good reasons," retorted +Herbert, as he walked away. + +Eben looked after him with a scowl of hatred. + +"I'd like to humble that boy's pride," he muttered, as he slowly resumed +his march. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. COL. WARNER. + + + +When Herbert returned to the hotel he found George Melville in the +reading room in conversation with a tall and dignified-looking stranger. + +"Is that your brother, Mr. Melville?" asked the latter, as Herbert came +forward and spoke to Melville. + +"No, Colonel, he is my young friend and confidential clerk, Herbert +Carr." + +"Glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Carr," said the colonel, affably, +extending his hand as he spoke. + +"This is Col. Warner, Herbert," explained George Melville. + +Herbert, who was naturally polite, shook hands with the colonel, and +said he was glad to make his acquaintance. + +"I have been talking with Mr. Melville," said the colonel. "I am sorry +to hear that he is traveling in search of health." + +"Yes, sir; I hope he will find his journey beneficial." + +"Oh, not a doubt of it! Not a doubt of it! I've been there myself. Do +you know, when I was twenty-five, which I take to be about the age of +your employer, I thought I should die of consumption?" + +"I shouldn't have supposed it, sir," said Herbert, and Melville, too, +felt surprised, as he noticed the stalwart proportions of the former +consumptive. + +"Ha! ha! I dare say not," said the colonel, laughing. "I don't look much +like it now, eh?" + +"No, you certainly don't, colonel," said Melville. "I am curious to know +how you overcame the threatened danger." + +"I did what you are doing, sir; I came West." + +"But the mere coming West did not cure you, did it?" + +"No, sir; it was the life I lived," returned Col. \Varner. "I didn't +stay in the cities; I went into the wilderness. I lived in a log-cabin. +I bought a horse, and rode every day. I kept in the open air, and, after +a while, I found my strength returning and my chest expanding, and in a +twelvemonth I could afford to laugh at doctors." + +"And you have never had a return of the old symptoms?" asked Melville, +with interest. + +"Never, except four years afterwards, when I went to New York and +remained nearly a year. I am now fifty, and rather hale and hearty for +my years, eh?" + +"Decidedly so." + +"Let me advise you to follow my example, Mr. Melville." + +"It was my intention when I started West to live very much as you +indicated," said Melville. "Now that I have heard your experience, I am +confirmed in my resolve." + +"Good! I am glad to hear it. When do you leave Chicago?" + +"To-morrow, probably." + +"And how far West do you intend to go?" + +"I have thought of Colorado." + +"Couldn't do better. I know Colorado like a book. In fact, I own some +valuable mining property there, up in--ahem! Gilpin County. By the +way--I take it you are a rich man--why don't you invest in that way? +Perhaps, however, you have it in view?" + +"No, I haven't thought of it," answered Melville. "The fact is, I am not +anxious to become richer, having enough for all my present needs." + +"Just so," said the colonel. "But you might marry." + +"Even if I did--" + +"You would have money enough," said Col. Warner, finishing the sentence +for him. "Well, I am delighted to hear it. I am very well fixed +myself--in fact, some of my friends call me, ha! ha!--the nabob. But, +as I was saying I am rich enough and to spare, and still--you may be +surprised--still I have no objection to making a little more money." + +Col. Warner nodded his head vigorously, and watched George Melville to +see the effect upon him of this extraordinary statement. + +"Very natural, colonel," said Melville. "I believe most people want to +be richer. Perhaps if I had vigorous health I might have the same wish. +At present my chief wish is to recover my health." + +"You'll do it, sir, you'll do it--and in short order, too! Then you can +turn your attention to money-making." + +"Perhaps so," said Melville, with a smile. + +"If not for yourself, for your young friend here," added the colonel. "I +take it he is not rich." + +"I have my fortune still to make, Col. Warner," said Herbert, smiling. + +"The easiest thing in the world out here, my boy!" said the colonel, +paternally. "So you start to-morrow?" he inquired, turning to Melville. + +"I think of it." + +"Egad! I've a great mind to accompany you," said the colonel. "Why +shouldn't I? I've got through all my business in Chicago, and I like the +pure air of the prairies best." + +"We shall be glad of your company, colonel," said Melville, politely. + +"Thank you, sir; that decides me. I'll see you again and fix the hour of +going, or rather I'll conform myself to your arrangements." + +"Very well, colonel." + +"What do you think of my new acquaintance, Col. Warner, Herbert?" asked +Melville when they were alone. + +"He seems to have a very good opinion of himself," answered Herbert. + +"Yes, he is very well pleased with himself. He isn't a man exactly to my +taste, but he seems a representative Western man. He does not look much +like a consumptive?" + +"No, sir." + +"I feel an interest in him on that account," said Melville, seriously. +"If at any time I could become as strong and stalwart I would willingly +surrender one-half, nay nine-tenths of my fortune. Ill health is a great +drag upon a man; it largely curtails his enjoyments, and deprives him of +all ambition." + +"I don't see why his remedy wouldn't work well in your case, Mr. +Melville," said Herbert, earnestly. + +"Perhaps it may. At any rate, I feel inclined to try it. I am glad the +colonel is going to travel with us, as I shall be able to question him +about the details of his cure. He seems a bluff, genial fellow, and +though I don't expect to enjoy his companionship much, I hope to derive +some benefit from it." + +"By the way, Mr. Melville, I met an old acquaintance while I was out +walking," said Herbert. + +"Indeed!" + +"Eben Graham." + +"How did he look--prosperous?" + +"Hardly--he was wheeling a barrow of vegetables." + +"Did you speak with him?" + +"Yes; he wanted to borrow money." + +"I am not surprised at that; I thought it time for him to be out of +money. Did you lend him?" + +"No; I found he wanted money to buy a lottery ticket. I told him I +wouldn't lend money to my best friend for that purpose." + +"Very sensible in you, Herbert." + +"If he had been in distress, I might have let him have a few dollars, +notwithstanding he treated me so meanly at Wayneboro, but he seems to be +earning a living." + +"I presume he doesn't enjoy the business he is in?" + +"No; he complains that he has lowered himself by accepting such a +place." + +"It doesn't occur to him that he lowered himself when he stole money +from his father, I suppose." + +"It doesn't seem to." + +Later in the day Herbert came across Col. Warner in the corridor of the +hotel. + +"Ha! my young friend!" he said, affably. "I am glad to meet you." + +"Thank you, sir." + +"And how is your friend?" + +"No change since morning," answered Herbert, slightly smiling. + +"By the way, Herbert--your name is Herbert, isn't it--may I offer you a +cigar?" said Col. Warner. + +The colonel opened his cigar-case and extended it to Herbert. + +"Thank you, sir, but I don't smoke." + +"Don't smoke? That is, you don't smoke cigars. May I offer you a +cigarette?" + +"I don't smoke at all, colonel." + +"Indeed, remarkable! Why, sir, before I was your age I smoked." + +"Do you think it good for consumption?" asked Herbert. + +"Ha, ha, you have me there! Well, perhaps not. Do you know," said the +colonel, changing the conversation, "I feel a great interest in your +friend." + +"You are very kind." + +"'Upon my soul, I do. He is a most interesting young man. Rich, too! I +am glad he is rich!" + +"He would value health more than money," said Herbert. + +"To be sure, to be sure! By the way, you don't know how much property +your friend has?" + +"No, sir, he never told me," answered Herbert, surprised at the +question. + +"Keeps such matters close, eh? Now, I don't. I never hesitate to own up +to a quarter of a million. Yes, quarter of a million! That's the size of +my pile." + +"You are fortunate, Col. Warner," said Herbert, sincerely. + +"So I am, so I am! Two years hence I shall have half a million, if all +goes well. So you won't have a cigar; no? Well, I'll see you later." + +"He's a strange man," thought Herbert. "I wonder if his statements +can be relied upon." Somehow Herbert doubted it. He was beginning to +distrust the colonel. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. A MOUNTAIN STAGE. + + + +We pass over several days, and change the scene. We left Herbert and +Melville in the Palmer House in Chicago, surrounded by stately edifices +and surging crowds. Now everything is changed. They are in a mountainous +district, where a man might ride twenty miles without seeing a house. +They are, in fact, within the limits of what was then known as the +Territory of Colorado. It is not generally known that Colorado contains +over a hundred mountain summits over ten thousand feet above the sea +level. It is perhaps on account of the general elevation that it is +recommended by physicians as a good health resort for all who are +troubled with lung complaints. + +At the time of which I speak most of the traveling was done by stage. +Now railroads unite the different portions with links of steel, and make +traveling less cumbersome and laborious. There was one of the party, +however, who did not complain, but rather enjoyed the jolting of the +lumbering stage-coach. + +Col. Warner was of the party. He professed to feel an extraordinary +interest in George Melville, and was anxious to show him the country +where he had himself regained his health. + +"Lonely, sir!" repeated the colonel, in answer to a remark of George +Melville. "Why, sir, it's a populous city compared with what it was in +'55, when I was out here. I built myself a cabin in the woods, and once +for twelve months I didn't see a white face." + +"Were there many Indians, Colonel?" asked Herbert. + +"Indians? I should say so. Only twenty miles from my cabin was an Indian +village." + +"Did they trouble you any?" asked Herbert, curiously. + +"Well, they tried to," answered the colonel. "One night as I lay awake I +heard stealthy steps outside, and peeping through a crevice between the +logs just above the head of my bed--by the way, my bed was the skin of +a bear I had myself killed--I could see a string of Utes preparing to +besiege me." + +"Were you afraid?" asked Herbert, a little mischievously, for he knew +pretty well what the colonel would say. + +"Afraid!" repeated the colonel, indignantly. "What do you take me for? I +have plenty of faults," continued Col. Warner, modestly, "but cowardice +isn't one of them. No, sir; I never yet saw the human being, white, +black, or red, that I stood in fear of. But, as I was saying, the +redskins collected around my cabin, and were preparing to break in the +door, when I leveled my revolver and brought down their foremost man. +This threw them into confusion. They retreated a little way, then +advanced again with a horrible yell, and I gave myself up for lost. But +I got in another shot, bringing down another warrior, this time the son +of their chief. The same scene was repeated. Well, to make a long story +short, I repulsed them at every advance, and finally when but three were +left, they concluded that prudence was the better part of valor, and +fled, leaving their dead and wounded behind them." + +"How many were there of them?" asked Herbert. + +"Well, in the morning when I went out I found seven dead redskins, and +two others lying at the point of death." + +"That was certainly a thrilling adventure, Colonel," said George +Melville, smiling. + +"Egad, I should say so." + +"I confess I don't care to meet with any such." + +"Oh, no danger, no danger!" said the colonel, airily. "That is, +comparatively speaking. In fact, the chief danger is of a different +sort." + +"Of the sleigh upsetting and tipping us out into some of the canyons, I +suppose you mean?" + +"No, I speak of the gentlemen of the road--road agents as they are +generally called." + +"You mean highwaymen?" + +"Yes." + +"Is there much danger of meeting them?" asked Melville. + +"Well, there's a chance. They are quite in the habit of attacking +stage-coaches, and plundering the passengers. Sometimes they make rich +hauls." + +"That must be rather inconvenient to the passengers." said Melville. +"Can't the laws reach these outlaws?" + +"They don't seem to. Why, there are men who have been in the business +for years, and have never been caught." + +"Very true," said a fellow traveler. "There's Jerry Lane, for instance. +He has succeeded thus far in eluding the vigilance of the authorities." + +"Yes," said the colonel, "I once saw Lane myself. Indeed he did me the +honor of relieving me of five hundred dollars." + +"Couldn't you help it?" asked Herbert. + +"No; he covered me with his revolver, and if I had drawn mine I +shouldn't have lived to take aim at him." + +"Were you in a stage at the time?" + +"No, I was riding on horseback." + +"Is this Lane a large man?" asked George Melville. + +"Not larger than myself," continued the colonel. + +"Where does he live--in some secret haunt in the forest, I suppose?" + +"Oh, no, he doesn't confine himself to one place. He travels a good +deal. Sometimes he goes to St. Louis. I have heard that he sometimes +even visits New York." + +"And is he not recognized?" + +"No; he looks like anything but an outlaw. If you should see him you +might think him a prosperous merchant, or banker." + +"That's curious!" said Herbert. + +"The fact is," said the colonel, "when you travel by stage-coaches +in these solitudes you have to take the chances. Now I carry my money +concealed in an inner pocket, where it isn't very likely to be found. Of +course I have another wallet, just for show, and I give that up when I +have to." + +There was a stout, florid gentleman present, who listened to the +above conversation with ill-disguised nervousness. He was a New York +capitalist, of German birth, going out to inspect a mine in which he +proposed purchasing an interest. His name was Conrad Stiefel. + +"Good gracious!" said he, "I had no idea a man ran such a risk, or I +would have stayed at home. I decidedly object to being robbed." + +"Men are robbed in a different way in New York," said George Melville. + +"How do you mean, Mr. Melville?" + +"By defaulting clerks, absconding cashiers, swindlers of excellent +social position." + +"Oh, we don't mind those things," said Mr. Stiefel. "We can look out +for ourselves. But when a man points at you with a revolver, that is +terrible!" + +"I hope, my dear sir, you take good care of your money." + +"That I do," said Stiefel, complacently. "I carry it in a belt around my +waist. That's a good place, hey?" + +"I commend your prudence, sir," said the colonel. "You are evidently a +wise and judicious man." + +"They won't think of looking there, hey?" laughed Stiefel. + +"I should say not." + +"You may think what you like, Mr. Stiefel," said a tall, thin passenger, +who looked like a book peddler, "but I contend that my money is in a +safer place than yours." + +"Indeed, Mr. Parker, I should like to know where you keep it," said Col. +Warner, pleasantly. + +"You can't get at it without taking off my stockings," said the tall +man, looking about him in a self-satisfied manner. + +"Very good, 'pon my soul!" said the colonel. "I really don't know but I +shall adopt your hiding place. I am an old traveler, but not too old to +adopt new ideas when I meet with good ones." + +"I think you would find it to your interest, Colonel," said Parker, +looking flattered. + +"Well, well," said the colonel, genially, "suppose we change the +subject. There isn't much chance of our being called upon to produce our +money, or part with it. Still, as I said a while since, it's best to +be cautious, and I see that you all are so. I begin to feel hungry, +gentlemen. How is it with you?" + +"Are we anywhere near the place for supper?" asked Stiefel. "I wish I +could step into a good Broadway restaurant; I feel empty." + +"Only a mile hence, gentlemen, we shall reach Echo Gulch, where we halt +for the night. There's a rude cabin there, where they will provide us +with supper and shelter." + +This announcement gave general satisfaction. The colonel proved to be +right. The stage soon drew up in front of a long one-story building, +which bore the pretentious name of the Echo Gulch Hotel. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. A STARTLING REVELATION. + + + +A stout, black-bearded man stood in front of the hotel to welcome +the stage passengers. He took a clay pipe from his lips and nodded a +welcome. + +"Glad to see you, strangers," he said. "Here, Peter, you black rascal, +help the gentlemen with their baggage." + +The door was thrown open, and the party filed into a comfortless looking +apartment, at one end of which was a rude bar. + +One of the passengers, at least, seemed to know the landlord, for Col. +Warner advanced to greet him, his face beaming with cordiality. + +"How are you, John?" he said. "How does the world use you?" + +The landlord growled something inaudible. + +"Have a drink, colonel?" was the first audible remark. + +"Don't care if I do. It's confounded dry traveling over these mountain +roads. Walk up, gentlemen. Col. Warner doesn't drink alone." + +With the exception of Herbert and George Melville, the passengers seemed +inclined to accept the offer. + +"Come along, Melville," said the colonel; "you and your friend must join +us." + +"Please excuse me, colonel," answered Melville. "I would prefer not to +drink." + +"Oh, nonsense! To oblige me, now." + +"Thank you; but I am traveling for my health, and it would not be +prudent." + +"Just as you say, Melville; but a little whisky would warm you up and do +you good, in my opinion." + +"Thank you all the same, colonel; but I think you must count me out." + +The colonel shrugged his shoulders and beckoned Herbert. + +"You can come, anyway; your health won't prevent." + +Melville did not interfere, for he knew it would give offense, but he +hoped his young clerk would refuse. + +"Thank you," said Herbert; "I won't object to a glass of sarsaparilla." + +"Sarsaparilla!" repeated the colonel, in amazement. "What's that?" + +"We don't keep no medicine," growled the landlord. + +"Have you root-beer?" asked Herbert. + +"What do you take me for?" said the landlord, contemptuously. "I haven't +got no root-beer. Whisky's good enough for any man." + +"I hope you'll excuse me, then," said Herbert. "I am not used to any +strong drinks." + +"How old are you?" asked the colonel, rather contemptuously. + +"Sixteen." + +"Sixteen years old and don't drink whisky! My young friend, your +education has been sadly neglected." + +"I dare say it has," answered Herbert, good-naturedly. + +"Gentlemen," said Col. Warner, apologetically, "the boy is a stranger, +and isn't used to our free Western ways. He's got the makings of a man +in him, and it won't be long before he'll get over his squeamishness, +and walk up to the bar as quick as any one of us." + +Herbert and Melville stood apart, while the rest of the company emptied +their glasses, apparently at a gulp. It was clear that their refusal had +caused them to be regarded with dislike and suspicion. + +The accommodations of the Echo Gulch Hotel were far from luxurious. The +chambers were scarcely larger than a small closet, clap-boarded but not +plastered, and merely contained a bedstead. Washing accommodations were +provided downstairs. + +Herbert and George Melville were assigned to a single room, to which +they would not have objected had the room been larger. It was of no use +to indulge in open complaints, however, since others had to fare in the +same way. + +"This isn't luxury, Herbert," said Melville. + +"No," answered the boy; "but I don't mind it if you don't." + +"I am afraid I may keep you awake by my coughing, Herbert." + +"Not if I once get to sleep. I sleep as sound as a top." + +"I wish I did; but I am one of the wakeful kind. Being an invalid, I +am more easily annoyed by small inconveniences. You, with your sturdy +health, are more easily suited." + +"Mr. Melville, I had just as lief sleep downstairs in a chair, and give +you the whole of the bed." + +"Not on my account, Herbert. I congratulate myself on having you for a +roommate. If I had been traveling alone I might have been packed away +with the colonel, who, by this time, would be even less desirable as a +bedfellow than usual." + +The worthy colonel had not been content with a single glass of whisky, +but had followed it up several times, till his utterance had become +thick, and his face glowed with a dull, brick-dust color. + +Col. Warner had been assigned to the adjoining chamber, or closet, +whichever it may be called. He did not retire early, however, while +Herbert and George Melville did. + +Strangely enough, Herbert, who was usually so good a sleeper, after +a short nap woke up. He turned to look at his companion, for it was a +moonlight night, and saw that he was sleeping quietly. + +"I wonder what's got into me?" he thought; "I thought I should sleep +till morning." + +He tried to compose himself to sleep, but the more effort he made the +broader awake he became. Sometimes it seems as if such unaccountable +deviations from our ordinary habits were Heaven-sent. As Herbert lay +awake he suddenly became aware of a conversation which was being +carried on, in low tones, in the next room. The first voice he heard, he +recognized as that of the colonel. + +"Yes," he said, "some of the passengers have got money. There's that +Stiefel probably carries a big sum in gold and notes. When I was +speaking of the chance of the stage being robbed, he was uncommon +nervous." + +"Who's Stiefel?" was growled in another voice, which Herbert had no +difficulty in recognizing as the landlord's. + +"Oh, he's the fat, red-faced German. From his talk, I reckon he's come +out to buy mines somewhere in Colorado." + +"We'll save him the trouble." + +"So we will--good joke, John. Oh, about this Stiefel, he carries his +money in a belt round his waist. I infer that it is gold." + +"Good! What about the others?" + +"There's a tall, thin man--his name is Parker," proceeded the colonel; +"he's smart, or thinks he is; you'll have to pull his stockings off to +get his money. Ha, ha!" + +"How did you find out, colonel?" asked the landlord, in admiration. + +"Drew it out of him, sir. He didn't know who he was confiding in. He'll +wonder how the deuce his hiding place was suspected." + +Other passengers were referred to who have not been mentioned, and in +each case the colonel was able to tell precisely where their money was +kept. + +"How about that milksop that wouldn't drink with us?" inquired the +landlord, after a while. + +"Melville? I couldn't find out where he keeps his cash. Probably he +keeps it in his pocket. He doesn't look like a cautious man." + +"Who's the boy?" + +"Only a clerk or secretary of Melville's. He hasn't any money, and isn't +worth attention." + +"Very glad to hear it," thought Herbert. "I don't care to receive any +attention from such gentry. But who would have thought the colonel was +in league with stage robbers? I thought him a gentleman." + +Herbert began to understand why it was that Col. Warner, if that was +his real name, had drawn the conversation to stage robbers, and artfully +managed to discover where each of the passengers kept his supply of +money. It was clear that he was in league with the landlord of the Echo +Gulch Hotel, who, it was altogether probable, intended to waylay the +stage the next day. + +This was a serious condition of affairs. The time had been when, in +reading stories of adventure, Herbert had wished that he, too, might +have some experience of the kind. Now that the opportunity had come, our +hero was disposed to regard the matter with different eyes. + +"What can be done," he asked himself, anxiously, "to escape the danger +which threatens us to-morrow?" + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. A MORNING WALK. + + + +Herbert found it difficult to sleep from anxiety. He felt that the +burden was too great for him alone to bear, and he desired to speak on +the subject to George Melville. But there was a difficulty about doing +this undetected, on account of the thinness of the partitions between +the rooms. If he could hear Col. Warner, the latter would also be able +to hear him. + +The stage was to start at seven o'clock the next morning, and before +that time some decision must be made. The first question was, should +they, or should they not, take passage, as they had anticipated? + +At half-past five, Herbert, turning in bed, found his bedfellow awake. + +"Mr. Melville," he whispered, "I have something important to +communicate, and cannot do so here on account of the danger of being +heard in the next room. Are you willing to dress and take a little walk +with me before breakfast?" + +George Melville's physical condition did not make him usually favorable +to early rising, but he knew Herbert well enough to understand that he +had a satisfactory reason for his request. + +"Yes, Herbert," he said, "I will get up." + +Not a word was exchanged, for Mr. Melville's discretion prevailed over +his curiosity. In ten minutes both were fully dressed and descended the +stairs. + +There was no one stirring except a woman, the landlord's wife, who was +lighting the fire in order to prepare breakfast. + +She regarded the two with surprise, and perhaps a little distrust. + +"You're stirrin' early, strangers," she said. + +"Yes," answered Melville, courteously, "we are going to take a little +walk before breakfast; it may sharpen our appetites." + +"Humph!" said the woman; "that's curious. I wouldn't get up so early if +I wasn't obliged. There ain't much to see outdoors." + +"It is a new part of the country to us," said Melville, "and we may not +have another chance to see it." + +"When will breakfast be ready?" asked Herbert. + +"Half an hour, more or less," answered the woman, shortly. + +"We will be back in time," he said. + +The landlady evidently thought their early-rising a singular proceeding, +but her suspicions were not aroused. She resumed her work, and Herbert +and his friend walked out through the open door. + +When they had reached a spot a dozen rods or more distant, Melville +turned to his young clerk and asked: + +"Well, Herbert, what is it?" + +"I have discovered, Mr. Melville, that our stage is to be stopped to-day +and the passengers plundered." + +"How did you discover this?" asked Melville, startled. + +"By a conversation which I overheard in the next chamber to us." + +"But that chamber is occupied by Col. Warner." + +"And he is one of the conspirators," said Herbert, quietly. + +"Is it possible?" ejaculated Melville. "Can we have been so deceived in +him? Does he propose to waylay the stage?" + +"No, I presume he will be one of the passengers." + +"Tell me all you know about this matter, Herbert. Who is engaged with +him in this plot?" + +"The landlord." + +"I am not much surprised at this," said Melville, thoughtfully. "He is +an ill-looking man, whose appearance fits the part of highwayman very +well. Then you think the colonel is in league with him?" + +"I am sure of that. Don't you remember how skillfully Col. Warner drew +out of the passengers the hiding places of their money yesterday?" + +"Yes." + +"He has told all to the landlord, and he will no doubt make use of the +knowledge. That is all, Mr. Melville. I could not rest till I had told +you, so that you might decide what to do." + +"It seems quite providential that you were kept awake last night, +Herbert, otherwise this blow would have come upon us unprepared. Even +with the knowledge that it impends, I hardly know what it is best for us +to do." + +"We might decide not to go in the stage," suggested Hebert. + +"But we should have to go to-morrow. We cannot stay here, and there is +no other way of traveling. As the colonel seems to think I have money, +there would be another attack to-morrow. Besides, where could we stay +except at this hotel, which is kept, as it appears, by the principal +robber." + +"That is true," said Herbert, puzzled; "I didn't think of that." + +"I would quite as soon stand my chance of being robbed in the stage, as +be attacked here. Besides, I cannot make up my mind to desert my fellow +passengers. It seems cowardly to send them off to be plundered without +giving them a hint of their danger." + +"Couldn't we do that?" + +"The result would be that they would not go, and there is no knowing how +long we should be compelled to remain in this secluded spot." + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, suddenly, "a thought has just struck me." + +"I hope it may show us a way out of our danger." + +"No, I am sorry to say that it won't do that." + +"What is it, Herbert?" + +"You remember that mention was made yesterday in the stage of a certain +famous bandit named Jerry Lane?" + +"Yes, I remember." + +"Do you think it is possible that he and Col. Warner may be one and the +same?" + +"That is certainly a startling suggestion, Herbert. What reason have you +for thinking so?" + +"It was only a guess on my part; but you remember that the colonel said +he was a man about his size." + +"That might be." + +"And he did not confine himself to the Western country, but might be met +with in New York, or St. Louis. We met the colonel in Chicago." + +"It may be as you surmise, Herbert," said George Melville, after a +pause. "It did occur to me that our worthy landlord might be the famous +outlaw in question, but the description to which you refer seems to fit +the colonel better. There is one thing, however, that makes me a little +incredulous." + +"What is that, Mr. Melville?" + +"This Jerry Lane I take to be cool and courageous, while the colonel +appears to be more of a boaster. He looks like one who can talk better +than he can act. If I had ever seen a description of his appearance, I +could judge better." + +The two had been walking slowly and thoughtfully, when they were +startled by a rough voice. + +"You're out early, strangers?" + +Turning swiftly, they saw the dark, forbidding face of the landlord, who +had approached them unobserved. + +"Did he hear anything?" thought Herbert, anxiously. + +"Yes, we are taking a little walk," said Melville, pleasantly. + +"Breakfast will be ready soon. You'd better be back soon, if you're +goin' by the stage this morning. You are goin', I reckon?" said the +landlord, eyeing them sharply. + +"We intend to do so," said Melville. "We will walk a little farther, and +then return to the house." + +The landlord turned and retraced his steps to the Echo Gulch Hotel. + +"Do you think he heard anything that we were saying?" asked Herbert. + +"I think not." + +"I wonder what brought him out here?" + +"Probably he wanted to make sure that we were going in the stage. He +is laudably anxious to have as many victims and as much plunder as +possible." + +"You told him you were going in the stage?" + +"Yes, I have decided to do so." + +"Have you decided upon anything else, Mr. Melville?" + +"Not positively; but there will be time to think of that. Did you hear +where we were to be attacked?" + +"At a point about five miles from here," said Herbert. + +This he had gathered from the conversation he had overheard. + +When the two friends reached the hotel, they found Col. Warner already +downstairs. + +"Good-morning, gentlemen!" he said. "So you have taken a walk? I never +walk before breakfast, for my part." + +"Nor do I often," said Melville. "In this case I was persuaded by my +young friend. I am repaid by a good appetite." + +"Can't I persuade you to try a glass of bitters, Mr. Melville?" asked +the colonel. + +"Thank you, colonel. You will have to excuse me." + +"Breakfast's ready!" announced the landlady, and the stage passengers +sat down at a long, unpainted, wooden table, where the food was of +the plainest. In spite of the impending peril of which they, only, had +knowledge, Herbert ate heartily, but Melville seemed preoccupied. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. MELVILLE MAKES A SENSATION. + + + +Col. Warner seemed in very good spirits. He ate and drank with violent +enjoyment, and was as affable as usual. George Melville regarded him +with curiosity. + +"The man does not appear like a desperado or outlaw," he thought. "There +is nothing to distinguish him from the majority of men one meets in +ordinary intercourse. He is a problem to me, I should like to study +him." + +Col. Warner did not fail to observe the unconscious intentness with +which Melville regarded him, and, for some reason, it did not please +him. + +"You have lost your appetite, Mr. Melville," he said, lightly. "You have +been looking at me until--egad!--if I were a vain man, I should conclude +there was something striking about my appearance." + +"I won't gainsay that, Colonel," answered Melville, adroitly. "I confess +I am not very hungry, and I will further confess that I have something +on my mind." + +"Indeed! Better make me your father confessor," said the colonel, whose +suspicion or annoyance was removed by this ready reply. + +"So I may, after a while," said Melville. + +He took the hint, and ceased to regard the colonel. + +The latter made himself generally social, and generally popular. + +The stage drove round to the door after breakfast, and there was the +usual bustle, as the passengers bestowed themselves inside. + +George Melville had intended to watch narrowly the landlord and Col. +Warner, to detect, if possible, the secret understanding which must +exist between them. But he was deprived of an opportunity, for the very +good reason that the landlord had disappeared, and was not again seen +before their departure. + +The driver gathered up his reins, cracked his whip, and the stage +started. Herbert looked at George Melville a little anxiously, not +knowing what course he had decided to take. They two, it will be +remembered, were the only ones who knew of the intended attack. + +Before the stage started, Melville quietly took the opportunity to hand +his pocketbook to Herbert, saying, briefly: "It will be safer with you +in case of an attack." + +"But won't it be considered suspicious that you have no money about +you?" suggested Herbert. + +"I have a roll of bills in my pocket-fifty dollars," answered Melville. + +They had no further opportunity of speaking, as one of the passengers +came up where they were standing. + +Herbert had already taken his seat in the coach, when his employer said: +"Herbert, wouldn't you like to ride outside with the driver?" + +"Yes, sir," answered Herbert, promptly, for he understood, that this was +Mr. Melville's wish. + +"It will give us more room, and you will have a better view." + +"Yes, sir; I shall like it." + +In a quick manner Herbert made the change, taking care not to look +significantly at Melville, as some boys might have done, and thus +excited suspicion. + +For the first mile there was very little conversation. + +Then Col. Warner spoke. + +"Well, gentlemen," he said, "we are fairly on our way. Let us hope +nothing will mar our pleasure." + +"Do you anticipate anything?" asked George Melville. + +"I! Why should I? We have a skillful driver, and I guarantee he won't +tip us over." + +"Mr. Melville was, perhaps, referring to the chance of the stage being +stopped by some enterprising road agent," suggested Parker. + +"Oho! Sits the wind in that quarter?" said the Colonel, laughing +lightly. "Not the least chance of that--that is, the chance is very +slight." + +"You spoke differently yesterday," said the German capitalist. + +"Did I? I didn't mean it, I assure you. We are as safe here as if we +were riding in the interior of New York. I suppose I was only whiling +away a few idle minutes." + +"I am glad to hear it," said the German. "I shouldn't like to meet any +of these gentlemen." + +"Nor I," answered Melville; "but I am prepared to give him or them a +warm reception." + +As he spoke he drew a revolver from his pocket. He sat next to the door, +and in an exposed situation. + +"Put up your shooting iron, Mr. Melville," said Col. Warner, exhibiting +a slight shade of annoyance. "Let me exchange places with you. I should +prefer the post of danger, if' there is any." + +"You are very kind, Colonel," said Melville, quietly, "but I don't care +to change. I am quite satisfied with my seat." + +"But, my dear sir, I insist--" said the Colonel, making a motion to +rise. + +"Keep your seat, Colonel! I insist upon staying where I am," answered +Melville. + +He was physically far from formidable, this young man, but there was a +resolute ring in his voice that showed he was in earnest. + +"Really, my dear sir," said the Colonel, trying to conceal his +annoyance, "you have been quite misled by my foolish talk. I did not +suppose you were so nervous." + +"Possibly I may have a special reason for being so," returned George +Melville. + +"What do you mean?" demanded the Colonel, quickly. "If you have, we are +all interested, and ought to know it." + +"The Colonel is right," said the German. "If you know of any danger, it +is only fair to inform us all." + +"I am disposed to agree with you, gentlemen," said Melville. "Briefly, +then, I have good reason to think that this company of passengers has +been marked for plunder." + +Col. Warner started, but, quickly recovering himself, he laughed +uneasily. + +"Tush!" he said, "I put no faith in it. Some one has been deceiving you, +my friend." + +But the other passengers took it more seriously. + +"You evidently know something that we do not," said Parker. + +"I do," answered Melville. + +Col. Warner looked at him searchingly, but did not speak. + +Now was the time to test George Melville's nerve. He was about to take a +bold step. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I regret to say that I have every reason to +believe there is a man in this stage who is in league with the road +agents." + +This statement naturally made a sensation. + +There were seven passengers, and each regarded the rest with new-born +suspicion. There seemed, on the whole, about as much reason to suspect +one man as another, and each, with the exception of Melville, found +himself looked upon with distrust. + +"Pooh, Melville! You must have had bad dreams!" said Col. Warner, who +was the first to recover his self-possession. "Really, I give you credit +for a first-class sensation. As for you, gentlemen, you may take stock +in this cock-and-bull story, if you like; I shall not. I, for one, have +no fear of my fellow passengers. I regard them all as gentlemen, and +shall not allow myself to be disturbed by any silly fears." + +The air of calm composure with which the Colonel spoke served to +tranquilize the rest of the passengers, who wished to put credit in his +assurance. + +"The Colonel speaks sensibly," said Mr. Parker, "and unless Mr. Melville +assigns a reason for his remarkable belief, I am disposed to think we +have taken alarm too quick." + +"Of course, of course; all sensible men will think so," said the +Colonel. "My friend, we shall be tempted to laugh at you if you insist +on entertaining us with such hobgoblin fancies. My advice is, to put up +that weapon of yours, and turn your attention to the scenery, which +I can assure you, gentlemen, is well worthy of your admiration. Just +observe the walls of yonder canyon, and the trees growing on the +points." + +"Gentlemen," said Melville, "I should be glad to take the view of the +last speaker, if I had not positive proof that he is the man who has +agreed to deliver us into the hands of a road agent within the space of +half an I hour!" + +"Sir, you shall answer for this!" exclaimed the Colonel, furiously, as +he struggled to secure the weapon, his face livid with passion. + +But two passengers, one the German, who, though short, was very +powerful, forcibly prevented him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. A COUNCIL OF WAR. + + + +"Are you sure of what you say?" asked a passenger, turning with a +puzzled look from George Melville, who, in the midst of the general +excitement produced by his revelation, sat, not unmoved indeed, but +comparatively calm. Courage and physical strength are by no means +inseparable, and this frail young man, whose strength probably was not +equal to Herbert's, was fearless in the face of peril which would daunt +many a stalwart six-footer. + +In reply to this very natural question, George Melville repeated the +essential parts of the conversation which had taken place between Col. +Warner and the landlord. + +Col. Warner's countenance changed, and he inwardly execrated the +imprudence that had made his secret plan known to one of the intended +victims. + +"Is this true, Col. Warner?" asked Parker. + +"No, it's a lie!" returned the colonel, with an oath. + +"Gentlemen!" said George Melville, calmly, "you can choose which you +will believe. I will only suggest that this man managed very adroitly +to find out where each one of us kept his money. You can also consider +whether I have any cause to invent this story." + +It was clear that the passengers were inclined to put faith in +Melville's story. + +"Gentlemen!" said the Colonel, angrily, "I never was so insulted in my +life. I am a man of wealth, traveling on business; I am worth a quarter +of a million at least. To associate me with road agents, whom I have as +much reason to fear as you, is most ridiculous. This young man may be +well-meaning, but he is under a most extraordinary hallucination. It is +my belief that he dreamed the nonsense he has been retailing to you." + +"Ask the driver to stop the stage," said Mr. Benson, a gentleman from +Philadelphia. "If Mr. Melville's story is trustworthy, we may at any +time reach the spot where the highwayman is lurking. We must have a +general consultation, and decide what is to be done." + +This proposal was approved, and the driver drew up the stage. + +"I don't propose to remain in the company of men who so grossly misjudge +me," said the Colonel, with dignity, as he made a motion to leave his +fellow passengers. + +"Stay here, sir!" said Mr. Benson, in a tone of authority. "We cannot +spare you yet." + +"Do you dare to detain me, sir?" exclaimed Warner, menacingly. + +"Yes, we do," said the German. "Just stay where you are, Mr. Colonel, +till we decide what to do." + +As each one of the company had produced his revolver, the Colonel +thought it prudent to obey. + +"I am disgusted with this fooling," he said, "You're all a pack of +cowards." + +"Driver," said George Melville, "has this stage ever been robbed?" + +"Several times," the driver admitted. + +"When was the last time?" + +"Two months since." + +"Where did it happen?" + +"About a mile further on." + +"Did you ever see this gentleman before?" he asked, pointing to the +colonel. + +"Yes," answered the driver, reluctantly. + +"When did he last ride with you?" + +"On the day the stage was robbed," answered the driver. + +The passengers exchanged glances, and then, as by a common impulse, +all turned to Col. Warner, to see how he would take this damaging +revelation. Disguise it as he might, he was clearly disconcerted. + +"Is this true, colonel?" asked Benson. + +"Yes, it is," answered Col. Warner, with some hesitation. "I was robbed, +with the rest. I had four hundred dollars in my wallet, and the road +agent made off with it." + +"And yet you just now pooh-poohed the idea of a robbery, and said such +things were gone by." + +"I say so now," returned the colonel, sullenly. "I have a good deal of +money with me, but I am willing to take my chances." + +"Doubtless. Your money would be returned to you, in all probability, if, +as we have reason to believe, you have a secret understanding with the +thieves who infest this part of the country." + +"Your words are insulting. Let go my arm, sir, or it will be the worse +for you." + +"Softly, softly, my good friend," said the German. "Have you any +proposal to make, Mr. Melville?" + +"Only this. Let us proceed on our journey, but let each man draw his +revolver, and be ready to use it, if need be." + +"What about the colonel?" + +"He must go along with us. We cannot have him communicating with our +enemies outside." + +"Suppose I refuse, sir?" + +"Then, my very good friend, I think we shall use a little force," said +the German, carelessly pointing his weapon at the captive. + +"I will go upon compulsion," said the colonel, "but I protest against +this outrage. I am a wealthy capitalist from Chicago, who knows no +more about road agents than you do. You have been deceived by this +unsophisticated young man, who knows about as much of the world as a +four-year-old child. It's a fine mare's nest he has found." + +This sneer did not disturb the equanimity of George Melville. + +"I should be glad to believe the colonel were as innocent as he claims," +he said, "but his own words, overheard last night, contradict what he +is now saying. When we have passed the spot indicated for the attack, we +will release him, and give him the opportunity he seeks of leaving our +company." + +The passengers resumed their places in the stage, with the exception of +Herbert, who again took his seat beside the driver. George Melville had +not mentioned that it was Herbert, not himself, who had overheard the +conversation between the colonel and the land lord, fearing to expose +the boy to future risk. + +Col. Warner sat sullenly between the German and Benson. He was evidently +ill at ease and his restless glances showed that he was intent upon some +plan of escape. Of this, however, such was the vigilance of his guards, +there did not seem much chance. + +The stage kept on its way till it entered a narrow roadway, lined on one +side by a thick growth of trees. + +Melville, watching the colonel narrowly, saw that, in spite of his +attempt at calmness, his excitement was at fever heat. + +The cause was very evident, for at this point a tall figure bounded from +the underbrush, disguised by a black half mask, through which a pair of +black eyes blazed fiercely. + +"Stop the stage!" he thundered to the driver, "or I will put a bullet +through your head." + +The driver, as had been directed, instantly obeyed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. COL. WARNER CHANGES FRONT. + + + +It may seem a daring thing for one man to stop a stage full of +passengers, and require them to surrender their money and valuables, but +this has been done time and again in unsettled portions of the West. For +the most part the stage passengers are taken by surprise, and the road +agent is known to be a desperado, ready to murder in cold blood anyone +who dares oppose him. + +In the present instance, however, the passengers had been warned of +their danger and were ready to meet it. + +Brown--for, of course, the masked man was the landlord--saw four +revolvers leveled at him from inside the stage. + +"Let go that horse, my friend, or you are a dead man!" said Conrad +Stiefel, calmly. "Two can play at your game." + +Brown was taken by surprise, but he was destined to be still more +astonished. + +Col. Warner protruded his head from the window, saying: + +"Yes, my friend, you had better give up your little plan. It won't +work." + +Such language from his confederate, on whom he fully relied, wholly +disconcerted the masked robber. + +"Well, I'll be blowed!" he muttered, staring, in ludicrous perplexity, +at his fellow conspirator. + +"Yes, my friend," said the colonel, "I shall really be under the +necessity of shooting you myself if you don't leave us alone. We are all +armed and resolute. I think you had better defer your little scheme." + +Brown was not quick-witted. He did not see that his confederate was +trying cunningly to avert suspicion from himself, and taking the only +course that remained to him. Of course, he thought he was betrayed, and +was, as a natural consequence, exasperated. + +He released his hold on the horses, but, fixing his eyes on the colonel +fiercely, muttered: + +"Wait till I get a chance at you! I'll pay you for this." + +"What an idiot!" thought Warner, shrugging his shoulders. "Why can't he +see that I am forced to do as I am doing? I must make things plain to +him." + +He spoke a few words rapidly in Spanish, which Brown evidently +understood. His face showed a dawning comprehension of the state of +affairs, and he stood aside while the stage drove on. + +"What did you say?" asked Conrad Stiefel, suspiciously. + +"You heard me, sir," said the colonel, loftily. "You owe your rescue +from this ruffian to me. Now, you can understand how much you have +misjudged me." + +Conrad Stiefel was not so easily satisfied of this. + +"I heard what you said in Mexican, or whatever lingo it is, but I didn't +understand it." + +"Nor I," said Benson. + +"Very well, gentlemen; I am ready to explain. I told this man that if he +ever attempted to molest me I should shoot him in his track." + +"Why didn't you speak to him in English?" asked Stiefel. + +"Because I had a suspicion that the fellow was the same I met once in +Mexico, and I spoke to him in Spanish to make sure. As he understood, I +am convinced I was right." + +"Who is it, then?" asked Benson. + +"His name, sir, is Manuel de Cordova, a well-known Mexican bandit, +who seems to have found his way to this neighborhood. He is a reckless +desperado, and, though I addressed him boldly, I should be very sorry to +meet him in a dark night." + +This explanation was very fluently spoken, but probably no one present +believed what the colonel said, or exonerated him from the charge which +George Melville had made against him. + +Five miles further on Col. Warner left the stage. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am sorry to leave this pleasant company, but I +have a mining claim in this neighborhood, and must bid you farewell. +I trust that when you think of me hereafter, you will acquit me of the +injurious charges which have been made against me. I take no credit to +myself for driving away the ruffian who stopped us, but hope you won't +forget it." + +"No one interfered with the colonel when he proposed to leave the stage. +Indeed, the passengers were unanimous in accepting his departure as a +relief. In spite of his plausible representations, he was regarded with +general suspicion. + +"I wish I knew the meaning of that Spanish lingo," said the German, +Conrad Stiefel. + +"I can interpret it for you, Mr. Stiefel," said George Melville, +quietly. "I have some knowledge of Spanish." + +"What did he say?" asked more than one, eagerly. + +"He said: 'You fool! Don't you see the plot has been discovered? It +wasn't my fault. I will soon join you and explain.'" + +This revelation made a sensation. + +"Then he was in league with the road agent, after all?" said Parker. + +"Certainly he was. Did you for a moment doubt it?" said Melville. + +"I was staggered when I saw him order the rascal away." + +"He is a shrewd villain!" said Benson. "I hope we shan't encounter him +again." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. THE CONSPIRATORS IN COUNCIL. + + + +It is needless to say that Col. Warner's intention in leaving the stage +was to join his fellow conspirator. There was no advantage in remaining +longer with his fellow travelers, since the opportunity of plundering +them had passed, and for the present was not likely to return. He +had been a little apprehensive that they would try to detain him on +suspicion, which would have been awkward, since they had numbers on +their side, and all were armed. But in that unsettled country he would +have been an elephant on their hands, and if the idea entered the minds +of any one of the stage passengers, it was instantly dismissed. + +When the stage was fairly on the way, Col. Warner went to a house where +he was known, and asked for a horse. + +"Any news, colonel?" asked the farmer, as he called himself. Really he +was in league with the band of which Warner was the chief. + +"No," answered the Colonel, gloomily. "No, worse luck! There might have +been, but for an unfortunate circumstance." + +"What's that?" + +"There's plenty of good money in that stage coach and Brown and I meant +to have it, but some sharp-eared rascal heard us arranging the details +of the plan, and that spoiled it." + +"Is it too late now?" asked the farmer, eagerly. "We can follow them, +and overtake them yet, if you say so." + +"And be shot for our pains. No, thank you. They are all on the alert, +and all have their six-shooters in readiness. No, we must postpone +our plan. There's one of the fellows that I mean to be revenged upon +yet--the one that ferreted out our secret plan. I must bide my time, but +I shall keep track of him." + +Soon the Colonel, well-mounted, was on his way back to the rude inn +where he had slept the night before. + +Dismounting he entered without ceremony, and his eyes fell upon the +landlord's wife, engaged in some household employment. + +"Where's Brown?" he asked, abruptly. + +"Somewheres round," was the reply. + +"How long has he been home?" + +"A matter of two hours. He came home awfully riled, but he wouldn't tell +me what it was about. What's happened?" + +"We've met with a disappointment--that's what's the matter." + +"Did the passengers get the better of you?" asked the woman, for she was +in her husband's guilty secrets, and knew quite well what manner of man +she had married. + +"They found out our little game," answered Warner, shortly, for he did +not see any advantage in wasting words on his confederate's wife. "Which +way did Brown go?" + +"Yonder," answered Mrs. Brown, pointing in a particular direction. + +Col. Warner tied his horse to a small sapling, and walked in the +direction indicated. + +He found the landlord sullenly reclining beneath a large tree. + +"So you're back?" he said, surveying Warner with a lowering brow. + +"Yes." + +"And a pretty mess you've made of the job!" said the landlord, bitterly. + +"It's as much your fault--nay, more!" said his superior, coolly. + +"What do you mean?" demanded Brown, not over cordially. + +"You would persist in discussing our plan last night in my room, though +I warned you we might be overheard." + +"Well?" + +"We were overheard." + +"What spy listened to our talk?" + +"The young man, Melville--the one traveling with a boy. He kept it to +himself till the stage was well on its way, and then he blabbed the +whole thing to all in the stage." + +"Did he mention you?" + +"Yes, and you." + +"Why didn't you tell him he lied, and shoot him on the spot?" + +"Because I shouldn't have survived him five minutes," answered the +colonel, coolly, "or, if I had, his companions would have lynched me." + +Brown didn't look as if he would have been inconsolable had this +occurred. In fact, he was ambitious to succeed to the place held by the +colonel, as chief of a desperate gang of outlaws. + +"I might have been dangling from a branch of a tree at this moment, had +I followed your plan, my good friend Brown, and that would have been +particularly uncomfortable." + +"They might have shot me," said Brown, sullenly. + +"I prevented that, and gave you timely warning. Of course it's a +disappointment, but we shall have better luck next time." + +"They've got away." + +"Yes, but I propose to keep track of Melville and the boy, and have my +revenge upon them in time. I don't care so much about the money, but +they have foiled me, and they must suffer for it. Meanwhile, I want your +help in another plan." + +The two conferred together, and mutual confidence was re-established. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. A NEW HOME IN THE WOODS. + + + +George Melville had no definite destination. He was traveling, not for +pleasure, but for health, and his purpose was to select a residence +in some high location, where the dry air would be favorable for his +pulmonary difficulties. + +A week later he had found a temporary home. One afternoon Herbert and +he, each on horseback, for at that time public lines of travel were +fewer than at present, came suddenly upon a neat, one-story cottage in +the edge of the forest. It stood alone, but it was evidently the home +of one who aimed to add something of the graces of civilization to the +rudeness of frontier life. + +They reined up simultaneously, and Melville, turning to Herbert, said: +"There, Herbert, is my ideal of a residence. I should not be satisfied +with a rude cabin. There I should find something of the comfort which we +enjoy in New England." + +"The situation is fine, too," said Herbert, looking about him +admiringly. + +The cottage stood on a knoll. On either side were tall and stately +trees. A purling brook at the left rolled its silvery current down a +gentle declivity, and in front, for half a mile, was open country. + +"I have a great mind to call and inquire who lives here." said Melville. +"Perhaps we can arrange to stay here all night." + +"That is a good plan, Mr. Melville." + +George Melville dismounted from his horse, and, approaching, tapped with +the handle of his whip on the door. + +"Who's there?" inquired a smothered voice, as of one rousing himself +from sleep. + +"A stranger, but a friend," answered Melville. + +There was a sound as of some one moving, and a tall man, clad in a rough +suit, came to the door, and looked inquiringly at Melville and his boy +companion. + +Though his attire was rude, his face was refined, and had the +indefinable air of one who would be more at home in the city than in the +country. + +"Delighted to see you both," he said, cordially, offering his hand. "I +don't live in a palace, and my servants are all absent, but if you will +deign to become my guests I will do what I can for your comfort." + +"You have anticipated my request," said Melville. "Let me introduce +myself as George Melville, an invalid by profession, just come from New +England in search of health. My young friend here is Herbert Carr, my +private secretary and faithful companion, who has not yet found out what +it is to be in poor-health. Without him I should hardly have dared to +come so far alone." + +"You are very welcome, Herbert," said the host, with pleasant +familiarity. "Come in, both of you, and make yourselves at home." + +The cottage contained two rooms. One was used as a bedchamber, the other +as a sitting room. On the walls were a few pictures, and on a small +bookcase against one side of the room were some twenty-five books. +There was an easel and an unfinished picture in one corner, and a small +collection of ordinary furniture. + +"You are probably an artist," suggested Melville. + +"Yes, you have hit it. I use both pen and pencil," and he mentioned a +name known to Melville as that of a popular magazine writer. + +I do not propose to give his real name, but we will know him as Robert +Falkland. + +"I am familiar with your name, Mr. Falkland," said Melville, "but I did +not expect to find you here." + +"Probably not," answered Falkland. "I left the haunts of civilization +unexpectedly, some months ago, and even my publishers don't know where I +am." + +"In search of health?" queried Melville. + +"Not exactly. I did, however, feel in need of a change. I had been +running in a rut, and wanted to get out of it, so I left my lodgings in +New York and bought a ticket to St. Louis; arrived there, I determined +to come farther. So here I have been, living in communion with nature, +seeing scarcely anybody, enjoying myself, on the whole, but sometimes +longing to see a new face." + +"And you have built this cottage?" + +"No; I bought it of its former occupant, but have done something +towards furnishing it; so that it has become characteristic of me and my +tastes." + +"How long have you lived here?" + +"Three months; but my stay is drawing to a close." + +"How is that?" + +"Business that will not be put off calls me back to New York. In fact, I +had appointed to-morrow for my departure." + +Melville and Herbert exchanged a glance. It was evident that the same +thought was in the mind of each. + +"Mr. Falkland," said George Melville, "I have a proposal to make to +you." + +The artist eyed him in some surprise. + +"Go on," he said. + +"I will buy this cottage of you, if you are willing." + +Falkland smiled. + +"This seems providential," he said. "We artists and men of letters +are apt to be short of money, and I confess I was pondering whether my +credit was good with anybody for a hundred dollars to pay my expenses +East. Once arrived there, there are plenty of publishers who will make +me advances on future work." + +"Then we can probably make a bargain," said Mr. Melville. "Please name +your price." + +Now, I do not propose to show my ignorance of real estate values in +Colorado by naming the price which George Melville paid for his home +in the wilderness. In fact, I do not know. I can only say that he gave +Falkland a check for the amount on a Boston bank, and a hundred in cash +besides. + +"You are liberal, Mr. Melville," said Falkland, gratified. "I am afraid +you are not a business man. I have not found that business men overpay." + +"You are right, I am not a business man," answered Melville, "though +I wish my health would admit of my being so. As to the extra hundred +dollars, I think it worth that much to come upon so comfortable a home +ready to my hand. It will really be a home, such as the log cabin I +looked forward to could not be." + +"Thank you," said Falkland; "I won't pretend that I am indifferent +to money, for I can't afford to be. I earn considerable sums, but, +unfortunately, I never could keep money, or provide for the future." + +"I don't know how it would be with me," said Melville, "for I am one +of those, fortunate or otherwise, who are born to a fortune. I have +sometimes been sorry that I had not the incentive of poverty to induce +me to work." + +"Then, suppose we exchange lots," said the artist, lightly. "I shouldn't +object to being wealthy." + +"With all my heart," answered Melville. "Give me your health, your +literary and artistic talent, and it is a bargain." + +"I am afraid they are not transferable," said the artist, "but we won't +prolong the discussion now. I am neglecting the rites of hospitality; +I must prepare supper for my guests. You must know that here in the +wilderness I am my own cook and dishwasher." + +"Let me help you?" said Melville. + +"No, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, "it is more in my line. I have often +helped mother at home, and I don't believe you have had any experience." + +"I confess I am a green hand," said Melville, laughing, "but, as Irish +girls just imported say, 'I am very willing.'" + +"On the whole, I think the boy can assist me better," said Falkland. +"So, Mr. Melville, consider yourself an aristocratic visitor, while +Herbert and myself, sons of toil, will minister to your necessities." + +"By the way, where do you get your supplies?" asked Melville. + +"Eight miles away there is a mining camp and store. I ride over there +once a week or oftener, and bring home what I need." + +"What is the name of the camp?" + +"Deer Creek. I will point out to Herbert, before I leave you, the bridle +path leading to it." + +"Thank you. It will be a great advantage to us to know just how to +live." + +With Herbert's help an appetizing repast was prepared, of which all +three partook with keen zest. + +The next day Falkland took leave of them, and Melville and his boy +companion were left to settle down in their new home. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. A TERRIBLE MOMENT. + + + +Melville's purchase comprised not only the cottage, but its contents, +pictures and books included. This was fortunate, for though Herbert, +who was strong, and fond of outdoor sports, such as hunting and fishing, +could have contented himself, Melville was easily fatigued, and spent at +least half of the day in the cabin. The books, most of which were new to +him, were a great and unfailing resource. + +Among the articles which Falkland left behind him were two guns, of +which Herbert and Melville made frequent use. Herbert had a natural +taste for hunting, though, at home, having no gun of his own, he had +not been able to gratify his taste as much as he desired. Often after +breakfast the two sallied forth, and wandered about in the neighboring +woods, gun in hand. Generally Melville returned first, leaving Herbert, +not yet fatigued, to continue the sport. In this way our hero acquired a +skill and precision of aim which enabled him to make a very respectable +figure even among old and practiced hunters. + +One morning, after Melville had returned home, Herbert was led, by the +ardor of the chase, to wander farther than usual. He was aware of this, +but did not fear being lost, having a compass and knowing his bearings. +All at once, as he was making his way along a wooded path, he was +startled by hearing voices. He hurried forward, and the scene upon which +he intruded was dramatic enough. + +With arms folded, a white man, a hunter, apparently, stood erect, and +facing him, at a distance of seventy-five or eighty feet, was an Indian, +with gun raised, and leveled at the former. + +"Why don't you shoot, you red rascal!" said the white man. "You've got +the drop on me, I allow, and I am in your power." + +The Indian laughed in his guttural way; but though he held the gun +poised, he did not shoot. He was playing with his victim as a cat plays +with a mouse before she kills it. + +"Is white man afraid?" said the Indian, not tauntingly, but with real +curiosity, for among Indians it is considered a great triumph if +a warrior can inspire fear in his foe, and make him show the white +feather. + +"Afraid!" retorted the hunter. "Who should I be afraid of?" + +"Of Indian." + +"Don't flatter yourself, you pesky savage," returned the white man, +coolly, ejecting a flood of tobacco juice from his mouth, for though he +was a brave man, he had some drawbacks. "You needn't think I am afraid +of you." + +"Indian shoot!" suggested his enemy, watching the effect of this +announcement. + +"Well, shoot, then, and be done with it." + +"White man no want to live?" + +"Of course I want to live. Never saw a healthy white man that didn't. If +I was goin' to die at all, I wouldn't like to die by the hands of a red +rascal like you." + +"Indian great warrior," said the dusky denizen of the woods, +straightening up, and speaking complacently. + +"Indian may be great warrior, but he is a horse thief, all the same," +said the hunter, coolly. + +"White man soon die, and Indian wear his scalp," remarked the Indian, in +a manner likely to disturb the composure of even the bravest listener. + +The hunter's face changed. It was impossible to reflect upon such a fate +without a pang. Death was nothing to that final brutality. + +"Ha! White man afraid now!" said the Indian, triumphantly--quick to +observe the change of expression in his victim. + +"No, I am not afraid," said the hunter, quickly recovering himself; "but +it's enough to disgust any decent man to think that his scalp will +soon be dangling from the belt of a filthy heathen like you. However, I +suppose I won't know it after I'm dead. You have skulked and dogged my +steps, you red hound, ever since I punished you for trying to steal my +horse. I made one great mistake. Instead of beating you, I should have +shot you, and rid the earth of you once for all." + +"Indian no forget white man's blows. White man die, and Indian be +revenged." + +"Yes, I s'pose that's what it's coming to," said the hunter, in a tone +of resignation. "I was a 'tarnal fool to come out this mornin' without +my gun. If I had it you would sing a different song." + +Again the Indian laughed, a low, guttural, unpleasant laugh, which +Herbert listened to with a secret shudder. It was so full of malignity, +and cunning triumph, and so suggestive of the fate which he reserved for +his white foe, that it aggravated the latter, and made him impatient to +have the blow fall, since it seemed to be inevitable. + +"Why don't you shoot, you red savage?" he cried. "What are you waiting +for?" + +The Indian wished to gloat over the mental distress of his foe. He liked +to prolong his own feeling of power--to enjoy the consciousness that, at +any moment, he could put an end to the life of the man whom he hated +for the blows which he felt had degraded him, and which he was resolved +never to forget or forgive. It was the same feeling that has often led +those of his race to torture their hapless victims, that they may, as +long as possible, enjoy the spectacle of their agonies. For this reason +he was in no hurry to speed on its way the fatal bullet. + +Again the Indian laughed, and, taking aim, made a feint of firing, but +withheld his shot. Pale and resolute his intended victim continued to +face him. He thought that the fatal moment had come, and braced himself +to meet his fate; but he was destined to be disappointed. + +"How long is this goin' to last, you red hound?" he demanded. "If I've +got to die, I am ready." + +"Indian can wait!" said the savage, with a smile of enjoyment. + +"You wouldn't find it prudent to wait if I were beside you," said the +hunter. "It's easy enough to threaten an unarmed man. If some friend +would happen along to foil you in your cowardly purpose---" + +"White man send for friend!" suggested the Indian, tauntingly. + +Herbert had listened to this colloquy with varying emotions, and his +anger and indignation were stirred by the cold-blooded cruelty of the +savage. He stood motionless, seen by neither party, but he held his +weapon leveled at the Indian, ready to shoot at an instant's warning. +Brought up, as he had been, with a horror for scenes of violence, and a +feeling that human life was sacred, he had a great repugnance to use his +weapon, even where it seemed his urgent duty to do so. He felt that on +him, young as he was, rested a weighty responsibility. He could save the +life of a man of his own color, but only by killing or disabling a +red man. Indian though he was, his life, too, was sacred; but when he +threatened the life of another he forfeited his claim to consideration. + +Herbert hesitated till he saw it was no longer safe to do so--till he +saw that it was the unalterable determination of the Indian to kill the +hunter, and then, his face pale and fixed, he pulled the trigger. + +His bullet passed through the shoulder of the savage. The latter uttered +a shrill cry of surprise and dismay, and his weapon fell at his feet, +while he pressed his left hand to his wounded shoulder. + +The hunter, amazed at the interruption, which had been of such essential +service to him, lost not a moment in availing himself of it. He bounded +forward, and before the savage well knew what he purposed, he had picked +up his fallen weapon, and, leveling it at his wounded foe, fired. + +His bullet was not meant to disable, but to kill. It penetrated the +heart of the savage, and, staggering back, he fell, his face distorted +with rage and disappointment. + +"The tables are turned, my red friend!" said the hunter, coolly. "It's +your life, not mine, this time!" + +At that moment Herbert, pale and shocked, but relieved as well, pressed +forward, and the hunter saw him for the first time. + +"Was it you, boy, who fired the shot?" asked the hunter, in surprise. + +"Yes," answered Herbert. + +"Then I owe you my life, and that's a debt Jack Holden isn't likely to +forget!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. JACK HOLDEN ON THE INDIAN QUESTION. + + + +It is a terrible thing to see a man stretched out in death who but a +minute before stood full of life and strength. Herbert gazed at the dead +Indian with a strange sensation of pity and relief, and could hardly +realize that, but for his interposition, it would have been the hunter, +not the Indian, who would have lost his life. + +The hunter was more used to such scenes, and his calmness was unruffled. + +"That's the end of the dog!" he said, touching with his foot the dead +body. + +"What made him want to kill you?" asked Herbert. + +"Revenge," answered Holden. + +"For what? Had you injured him?" + +"That's the way he looked at it. One day I caught the varmint stealin' +my best hoss. He'd have got away with him, too, if I hadn't come home +just as I did. I might have shot him--most men would--but I hate to take +a man's life for stealin'; and I took another way. My whip was lyin' +handy, and I took it and lashed the rascal over his bare back a dozen +times, and then told him to dust, or I'd serve him worse. He left, but +there was an ugly look in his eyes, and I knew well enough he'd try to +get even." + +"How long ago was this?" + +"Most a year. It's a long time, but an Indian never forgets an injury or +an insult, and I knew that he was only bidin' his time. So I always went +armed, and kept a good lookout. It was only this mornin' that he caught +me at a disadvantage. I'd been taking a walk, and left my gun at home. +He was prowlin' round, and soon saw how things stood. He'd have killed +me sure, if you hadn't come in the nick of time." + +"I am glad I was near," said Herbert, "but it seems to me a terrible +thing to shoot a man. I'm glad it wasn't I that killed him." + +"Mebbe it was better for me, as he was my enemy," said Jack Holden. "It +won't trouble my conscience a mite. I don't look upon an Indian as a +man." + +"Why not?" + +"He's a snake in the grass--a poisonous serpent, that's what I call +him," said Jack Holden. + +Herbert shook his head. He couldn't assent to this. + +"You feel different, no doubt. You're a tenderfoot. You ain't used to +the ways of these reptiles. You haven't seen what I have," answered +Holden. + +"What have you seen?" asked Herbert, judging correctly that Holden +referred to some special experience. + +"I'll tell you. You see, I'm an old settler in this Western country. +I've traveled pretty much all over the region beyond the Rockies, and +I've seen a good deal of the red men. I know their ways as well as any +man. Well, I was trampin' once in Montany, when, one afternoon, I and my +pard--he was prospectin'--came to a clearin', and there we saw a sight +that made us all feel sick. It was the smokin' ruins of a log cabin, +which them devils had set on fire. But that wasn't what I referred +to. Alongside there lay six dead bodies--the man, his wife, two boys, +somewhere near your age, a little girl, of maybe ten, and a baby--all +butchered by them savages, layin'--in the hunter's vernacular--in their +gore. It was easy to see how they'd killed the baby, by his broken +skull. They had seized the poor thing by the feet, and swung him against +the side of the house, dashin' out his brains." + +Herbert shuddered, and felt sick, as the picture of the ruined home and +the wretched family rose before his imagination. + +"It was Indians that did it, of course," proceeded Holden. "They're born +savage, and such things come natural to them." + +"Are there no good Indians?" asked the boy. + +"There may be," answered Jack Holden, doubtfully, "though I haven't seen +many. They're as scarce as plums in a boardin' house puddin', I reckon." + +I present this as Jack Holden's view, not mine. He had the prejudices +of the frontier, and frontiersmen are severe judges of their Indian +neighbors. They usually look at but one side of the picture, and are +not apt to take into consideration the wrongs which the Indians +have undeniably received. There is another extreme, however, and the +sentimentalists who deplore Indian wrongs, and represent them as a +brave, suffering and oppressed people, are quite as far away from a just +view of the Indian question. + +"What's your name, youngster?" asked Holden, with the curiosity natural +under the circumstances. + +"Herbert Carr." + +"Do you live nigh here?" + +Herbert indicated, as well as he could, the location of his home. + +"I know--you live with Mr. Falkland. Are you his son?" + +"No; Mr. Falkland has gone away." + +"You're not living there alone, be you?" + +"No; I came out here with a young man--Mr. Melville. He bought the +cottage of Mr. Falkland, who was obliged to go East." + +"You don't say so. Why, we're neighbors. I live three miles from here." + +"Did you know Mr. Falkland?" + +"Yes; we used to see each other now and then. He was a good fellow, +but mighty queer. What's the use of settin' down and paintin' pictures? +What's the good of it all?" + +"Don't you admire pictures, Mr. Holden?" asked Herbert. + +"That's that you called me? I didn't quite catch on to it." + +"Mr. Holden. Isn't that your name?" + +"Don't call me mister. I'm plain Jack Holden. Call me Jack." + +"I will if you prefer it," said Herbert, dubiously. + +"Of course I do. We don't go much on style in the woods. Won't you come +home with me, and take a look at my cabin? I ain't used to company, but +we can sit down and have a social smoke together, and then I'll manage +to find something to eat." + +"Thank you, Mr. Holden--I mean, Jack--but I must be getting home; Mr. +Melville will be feeling anxious, for, as it is, I shall be late." + +"Is Mr. Melville, as you call him, any way kin to you?" + +"No; he is my friend and employer." + +"Young man?" + +"Yes; he is about twenty-five." + +"How long have you two been out here?" + +"Not much over a week." + +"Why isn't Melville with you this morning?" + +"He is in delicate health--consumption--and he gets tired sooner than I +do." + +"I must come over and see you, I reckon." + +"I hope you will. We get lonely sometimes. If you would like to borrow +something to read, Mr. Melville has plenty of books." + +"Read!" repeated Jack. "No, thank you. I don't care much for books. A +newspaper, now, is different. A man likes to know what's going on in the +world; but I leave books to ministers, schoolmasters, and the like." + +"If you don't read, how do you fill up your time, Jack?" + +"My pipe's better than any book, lad. I'm goin' to set down and have a +smoke now. Wish I had an extra pipe for you." + +"Thank you," said Herbert, politely, "but I don't smoke." + +"Don't smoke! How old are you?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Sixteen years old, and don't smoke! Why, where was you raised?" + +"In the East," answered Herbert, smiling. + +"Why, I smoked before I was three foot high, I was goin' to say. I +couldn't get along without smokin'." + +"Nor I without reading." + +"Well, folks will have their different tastes, I allow. I reckon I'll be +goin' back." + +"Shan't you bury him?" asked Herbert, with a glance at the dead Indian. + +"No; he wouldn't have buried me." + +"But you won't leave him here? If you'll bury him, I'll help you." + +"Not now, boy. Since you make a point of it, I'll come round to-morrow, +and dig a hole to put him in. I'll take the liberty of carryin' home his +shootin' iron. He won't need it where he's gone." + +The two parted in a friendly manner, and Herbert turned his face +homeward, grave and thoughtful. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. THE BLAZING STAR MINE. + + + +Toward noon the next day George Melville and Herbert were resting from a +country trip, sitting on a rude wooden settee which our hero had made of +some superfluous boards, and placed directly in front of the house, when +a figure was seen approaching with long strides from the shadow of the +neighboring woods. It was not until he was close at hand that Herbert +espied him. + +"Why, it's Mr. Holden!" he exclaimed. + +"Jack Holden, my lad," said the hunter, correcting him. "Is this the man +you're living with?" + +Jack Holden was unconventional, and had been brought up in a rude school +so far as manners were concerned. It did not occur to him that his +question might have been better framed. + +"I am Mr. Melville," answered that gentleman, seeing that Herbert looked +embarrassed. "Herbert is my constant and valued companion." + +"He's a trump, that boy!" continued Holden. "Why, if it hadn't been for +him, there'd been an end of Jack Holden yesterday." + +"Herbert told me about it. It was indeed a tragic affair. The sacrifice +of life is deplorable, but seemed to have been necessary, unless, +indeed, you could have disabled him." + +"Disabled him!" echoed the hunter. "That wouldn't have answered by a +long shot. As soon as the reptile got well he'd have been on my trail +ag'in. No, sir; it was my life or his, and I don't complain of the way +things turned out." + +"Have you buried him?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, I've shoved him under, and it's better than he deserved, the +sneakin' rascal. I'm glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Melville. +Didn't know I had changed neighbors till the boy there told me +yesterday. I've tramped over this mornin' to give you a call." + +"You are very kind, Mr. Holden. Sit down here beside us." + +"I'm more at home here," answered Holden, stretching himself on the +ground, and laying his gun beside him. "How do you like Colorado?" + +"Very much, as far as I have seen it," said Melville. "Herbert probably +told you my object, in coming here?" + +"He said you were ailin' some way." + +"Yes, my lungs are weak. Since I have been here, I am feeling better and +stronger, however." + +"There don't seem to be anything the matter with the boy." + +"Nothing but a healthy appetite," answered Herbert, smiling. + +"That won't hurt anybody. Mr. Melville, do you smoke?" + +"No, thank you." + +"Queer! Don't see how you can do without it? Why, sir, I'd been homesick +without my pipe. It's company, I tell you, when a chap's alone and got +no one to speak to." + +"I take it, Mr. Holden, you are not here for your health?" + +"No, I should say not; I'm tough as a hickory nut. When I drop off it's +more likely to be an Indian bullet than any disease. I'm forty-seven +years old, and I don't know what it is to be sick." + +"You are fortunate, Mr. Holden." + +"I expect I am. But I haven't answered your question. I'm interested in +mines, Mr. Melville. Have you ever been to Deer Creek?" + +"Yes, I went over with Herbert to visit the store there one day last +week." + +"Did you ever hear of the Blazing Star Mine?" + +"No, I believe not." + +"I own it," said Holden. "It's a good mine, and would make me rich if I +had a little more money to work it." + +"Are the indications favorable, then?" asked Melville. + +"It looks well, if that's what you mean. Yes, sir; the Star is a +first-class property." + +"Then it's a pity you don't work it." + +"That's what I say myself. Mr. Melville, I've a proposal to make to +you." + +"What is it, Mr. Holden?" + +"If you could manage to call me Jack, it would seem more social like." + +"By all means, then, Jack!" said Melville smiling. + +"You give me money enough to develop the mine, and I'll make half of it +over to you." + +"How much is needed?" asked Melville. + +"Not over five hundred dollars. It's a bargain, I tell you." + +"I do not myself wish to assume any business cares," said Melville. + +Jack Holden looked disappointed. + +"Just as you say," he responded. + +"But Herbert may feel differently," continued Melville. + +"I'd like the lad for a partner," said Holden, briskly. + +"But I have no money!" said Herbert, in surprise. + +George Melville smiled. + +"If the mine is a good one," he said, "I will advance you the money +necessary for the purchase of a half interest. If it pays you, you may +become rich. Then you can repay the money." + +"But suppose it doesn't, Mr. Melville," objected Herbert, "how can I +ever repay you so large a sum?" + +"On the whole, Herbert, I will take the risk." + +"You are very kind, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, his face glowing with +anticipation. To be half owner of a mine, with the chance of making a +large sum of money, naturally elated him. + +"Why shouldn't I be, Herbert? But I want to see the mine first." + +"Can't you go over this afternoon?" asked Holden, eager to settle the +matter as soon as possible. + +"It is a long journey," said Melville, hesitating. + +"You can stay overnight," said Jack Holden, "and come back in the +morning." + +"Very well; let us go then--that is, after dinner. Herbert, if you +will set the table, we will see if we can't offer our friend here some +refreshment. He is hungry, I am sure, after his long walk." + +"You've hit it, Mr. Melville," said Holden. "I allow I'm as hungry as a +wolf. But you don't set down to table, do you?" + +"Oh, yes," answered Mr. Melville, smiling pleasantly. + +"I ain't used to it," said Holden; "but I was once. Anyhow, it won't +make no difference in the victuals." + +When dinner was ready the three sat down, and did ample justice to it; +but Jack Holden made such furious onslaughts that the other two could +hardly keep pace with him. Fortunately, there was plenty of food, for +Melville did not believe in economical housekeeping. + +After dinner they set out for Deer Creek. As has been already explained, +it was the name of a mining settlement. Now, by the way, it is a +prosperous town, though the name has been changed. Then, however, +everything was rude and primitive. + +Jack Holden led the way to the Blazing Star Mine, and pointed out its +capabilities and promise. He waited with some anxiety for Melville's +decision. + +"I don't understand matters very well," said Melville, "but I am willing +to take a good deal on trust. If you desire it, I will buy half the +mine, paying you five hundred dollars for that interest. That is, I buy +it for Herbert." + +"Hooray!" shouted Holden. "Give us your hand, pard. You are my partner +now, you know." + +As he spoke he gripped Herbert's hand in a pressure which was so strong +as to be painful, and the necessary business was gone through. + +So Herbert found himself a half owner of the Blazing Star Mine, of Deer +Creek, Colorado. + +"I hope your mine will turn out well, Herbert," said Melville, smiling. + +"I wish it might for mother's sake!" said Herbert, seriously. + +"It won't be my fault if it don't," said his partner. "I shall stay here +now, and get to work." + +"Ought I not to help you?" asked Herbert. + +"No; Mr. Melville will want you. I will hire a man here to help me, and +charge it to your share of the expenses." + +So the matter was arranged; but Herbert rode over two or three times a +week to look after his property. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. GOOD NEWS FROM THE MINE. + + + +"Well, Herbert, what news from the mine?" asked Melville, two weeks +later, on Herbert's return from Deer Creek, whither he had gone alone. + +"There are some rich developments, so Jack says. Do you know, Mr. +Melville, he says the mine is richly worth five thousand dollars." + +"Bravo, Herbert! That would make your half worth twenty-five hundred." + +"Yes," said the boy complacently; "if we could sell at that figure, I +could pay you back and have two thousand dollars of my own. Think of +that, Mr. Melville," continued Herbert, his eyes glowing with pride and +pleasure. "Shouldn't I be a rich boy?" + +"You may do even better, Herbert. Don't be in a hurry to sell. That +is my advice. If the present favorable indications continue, you may +realize a considerably larger sum." + +"So Jack says. He says he is bound to hold on, and hopes I will." + +"You are in luck, Herbert." + +"Yes, Mr. Melville, and I don't forget that it is to you I am indebted +for this good fortune," said the boy, earnestly. "If you hadn't bought +the property for me, I could not. I don't know but you ought to get some +share ef the profits." + +George Melville shook his head. + +"My dear boy," he said, "I have more than my share of money already. +Sometimes I feel ashamed when I compare my lot with others, and consider +that for the money I have, I have done no work. The least I can do is to +consider myself the Lord's trustee, and do good to others, when it falls +in my way." + +"I wish all rich men thought as you do, Mr. Melville; the world would be +happier," said Herbert. + +"True, Herbert. I hope and believe there is a considerable number who, +like myself, feel under obligations to do good." + +"I shall be very glad, on mother's account, if I can go home with money +enough to make her independent of work. By the way, Mr. Melville, I +found a letter from mother in the Deer Creek post office. Shall I read +it to you?" + +"If there is nothing private in it, Herbert." + +"There is nothing private from you, Mr. Melville." + +It may be explained that Deer Creek had already obtained such prominence +that the post-office department had established an office there, and +learning this, Herbert had requested his mother to address him at that +place. + +He drew the letter from his pocket and read it aloud. + +We quote the essential portions. + +"'I am very glad to hear that you have made the long journey in safety, +and are now in health.'" + +Herbert had not mentioned in his home letter the stage-coach adventure, +for he knew that it would disturb his mother to think that he had been +exposed to such a risk. + +"It will do no good, you know," he said to Mr. Melville, and his friend +had agreed with him. + +"'It is very satisfactory to me,' continued Herbert, reading from the +letter, 'that you are under the charge of Mr. Melville, who seems to +me an excellent, conscientious young man, from whom you can learn only +good.'" + +"Your mother thinks very kindly of me," said Melville, evidently +pleased. + +"She is right, too, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, with emphasis. + +"'It will no doubt be improving to you, my dear Herbert, to travel under +such pleasant auspices, for a boy can learn from observation as well as +from books. I miss you very much, but since the separation is for your +advantage, I can submit to it cheerfully. + +"'You ask me about my relations with Mr. Graham. I am still in the post +office, and thus far nearly the whole work devolves upon me. Except in +one respect, I am well treated. Mr. G-. is, as you know, very penurious, +and grudges every cent that he has to pay out. When he paid me last +Saturday night the small sum for which I agreed to assist him, he had +much to say about his large expenses, fuel, lights, etc., and asked me +if I wouldn't agree to work for two dollars a week, instead of three. I +confess, I was almost struck dumb by such an exhibition of meanness, and +told him that it would be quite impossible. Since then he has spent some +of the time himself in the office, and asked me various questions +about the proper way of preparing the mail, etc., and I think it is his +intention, if possible, to get along without me. I don't know, if +he absolutely insists upon it, but it would be better to accept the +reduction than to give up altogether. Two dollars a week will count in +my small household.' + +"Did you ever hear of such meanness, Mr. Melville?" demanded Herbert, +indignantly. "Here is Mr. Graham making, I am sure, two thousand dollars +a year clear profit, and yet anxious to reduce mother from three to two +dollars a week." + +"It is certainly a very small business, Herbert. I think some men become +meaner by indulgence of their defect." + +"I shall write mother to give up the place sooner than submit to such a +reduction. Three dollars a week is small enough in all conscience." + +"I approve the advice, Herbert. If Mr. Graham were really cramped for +money, and doing a poor business, it would be different. As it is, it +seems to me he has no excuse for his extreme penuriousness." + +"How pleasant it would be to pay a flying visit to Wayneboro," said +Herbert, thoughtfully. "One never appreciates home until he has left +it." + +"That pleasure must be left for the future. It will keep." + +"Very true, and when I do go home I want to go well fixed." + +Herbert had already caught the popular Western phrase for a man well to +do. + +"We must depend on the Blazing Star Mine for that," said Melville, +smiling. My young readers may like to know that, while Herbert was +prospering financially, he did not neglect the cultivation of his +mind. Among the books left by Mr. Falkland were a number of standard +histories, some elementary books in French, including a dictionary, a +treatise on natural philosophy, and a German grammar and reader. + +"Do you know anything of French or German, Mr. Melville?" inquired our +hero, when they made their first examination of the library. + +"Yes, Herbert, I am a tolerable scholar in each." + +"I wish I were." + +"Would you like to study them?" + +"Yes, very much." + +"Then I will make you a proposal. You are likely to have considerable +time at your disposal. If you will study either, or both, I will be your +teacher." + +"I should like nothing better," said Herbert, eagerly. + +"Moreover, if you wish to study philosophy, I will aid you, though we +are not in a position to illustrate the subject by experiments." + +Herbert was a sensible boy. Moreover, he was fond of study, and he saw +at once how advantageous this proposal was. He secured a private +tutor for nothing, and, as he soon found, an excellent one. Though +Mr. Melville had never been a teacher, he had an unusual aptitude for +teaching, and it is hard to decide whether he or Herbert enjoyed more +the hours which they now regularly passed in the relation of teacher and +pupil. + +It must be said, also, that while George Melville evinced an aptitude +for teaching, Herbert showed an equal aptitude for learning. The tasks +which he voluntarily undertook most boys would have found irksome, but +he only found them a source of pleasure, and had the satisfaction, after +a very short time, to find himself able to read ordinary French and +German prose with comparative ease. + +"I never had a better pupil," said George Melville. + +"I believe I am the first you ever had," said Herbert, laughing. + +"That is true. I spoke as if I were a veteran teacher." + +"Then I won't be too much elated by the compliment." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. TWO OLD ACQUAINTANCES REAPPEAR. + + + +In the rude hotel kept by the outlaw, whom we have introduced under the +name of Brown, there sat two men, to neither of whom will my readers +need an introduction. They have already appeared in our story. + +One was Brown himself, the other Col. Warner, or, as we may as well +confess, Jerry Lane, known throughout the West as an unscrupulous +robber and chief of a band of road agents, whose depredations had been +characterized by audacity and success. + +Brown was ostensibly an innkeeper, but this business, honest enough in +itself, only veiled the man's real trade, in which he defied alike the +laws of honesty and of his country. The other was by turns a gentleman +of property, a merchant, a cattle owner, or a speculator, in all of +which characters he acted excellently, and succeeded in making the +acquaintance of men whom he designed to rob. + +The two men wore a sober look. In their business, as in those more +legitimate, there are good times and dull times, and of late they had +not succeeded. + +"I want some money, captain," said Brown, sullenly, laying down a black +pipe, which he had been smoking. + +"So do I, Brown," answered Warner, as we will continue to call him. +"It's a dry time with me." + +"You don't understand me, captain," continued Brown. "I want you to give +me some money." + +"First you must tell me where I am to get it," answered Warner, with a +shrug of his shoulders. + +"Do you mean to say you have no money?" asked Brown, frowning. + +"How should I have?" + +"Because in all our enterprises you have taken the lion's share, though +you haven't always done the chief part. You can't have spent the whole." + +"No, not quite; but I have nothing to spare. I need to travel about, +and--" + +"You've got a soft thing," grumbled Brown. "You go round and have a good +time while I am tied down to this fourth-rate tavern in the woods." + +"Well, it isn't much more than that," said Warner, musingly. + +"Do you expect me to keep a first-class hotel?" demanded Brown, +defiantly. + +"No, of course not. Brown," continued Warner, soothingly, "don't let us +quarrel; we can't afford it. Let us talk together reasonably." + +"What have you to say?" + +"This, that it isn't my fault if things have gone wrong. Was it my fault +that we found so little cash in that last store we broke open?" + +"Nineteen dollars!" muttered Brown, contemptuously. + +"Nineteen dollars, as you say. It didn't pay us for our trouble. Well, I +was as sorry as you. I fail to see how it was my fault. Better luck next +time." + +"When is the next time to be?" asked Brown, somewhat placated. + +"As soon as you please." + +"What is it?" + +"I will tell you. You remember that stagecoach full of passengers that +fooled us some time since?" + +"I ought to." + +"I always meant to get on the track of that Melville, who spoiled our +plot by overhearing us and giving us away to the passengers. He is very +rich, so the boy who was with him told me, and I have every reason to +rely upon his statement. Well, I want to be revenged upon him, and, at +the same time, to relieve him of the doubtless large sum of money which +he keeps with him." + +"I'm with you. Where is he?" + +"I have only recently ascertained--no matter how. He lives in a small +cabin, far from any other, about eight miles from the mining town of +Deer Creek." + +"I know the place." + +"Precisely. No one lives there with him except the boy, and it would be +easy enough to rob him. I saw a man from Deer Creek yesterday. He tells +me that Melville has bought for the boy a half share in a rich mine, and +is thought to have at least five thousand dollars in gold and bills in +his cabin." + +Brown's eyes glistened with cupidity. + +"That would be a big haul," he said. + +"Of course, it would. Now, Brown, while you have been grumbling at me I +have been saving this little affair for our benefit--yours and mine. We +won't let any of the rest of them into it, but whatever we find we will +divide, and share alike." + +"Do you mean this, captain?" + +"Yes, I mean it, friend Brown. You shan't charge me with taking the +lion's share in this case. If there are five thousand dollars, as my +informant seems to think, your share shall be half." + +"Twenty-five hundred dollars!" + +"Exactly; twenty-five hundred dollars." + +"That will pay for my hard luck lately," said Brown, his face clearing. + +"Very handsomely, too." + +"When shall we start?" + +"To-morrow morning. We will set out early in the morning; and, by the +way, Brown, it's just as well not to let your wife or anyone else know +where we are going." + +"All right," answered Brown, cheerfully. + +The next morning the two worthies set out their far from meritorious +errand. Brown told his wife vaguely, in reply to her questioning, that +he was called away for a few days on business. + +If he expected to evade further question by this answer, he was +mistaken. Mrs. Brown was naturally of a jealous and suspicious +temperament, and doubt was excited in her breast. + +"Where shall I say you have gone if I am asked?" she said. + +"You may say that you don't know," answered Brown, brusquely. + +"I don't think much of a man who keeps secrets from his wife," said Mrs. +Brown, coldly. + +"And I don't think much of a man who tells everything to his wife," +retorted Brown. "It's all right, Kitty, You needn't concern yourself. +But the captain and I are on an expedition, which, to be successful, +needs to be kept secret." + +Mrs. Brown was not more than half convinced, but she was compelled to +accept this statement, for her husband would vouchsafe no other. + +That part of the State into which they journeyed was not new ground to +either. They were familiar with all the settled portion of Colorado, and +had no difficulty in finding the cabin occupied by George Melville. + +Now it happened that they reached the modest dwelling in the woods about +three o'clock in the afternoon. Herbert had ridden over to Deer Creek +to look after his mining property, and it was not yet time to expect him +back. George Melville was therefore left alone. + +Knowing, as my young readers do, his literary tastes, they will +understand that, though left alone, he was not lonely. The stock of +books which he had bought from his predecessor was to him an unfailing +resource. Moreover, he had taken up Italian, of which he knew a little, +and was reading in the original the "Divina Comedia" of Dante, a work +which consumed many hours, and was not likely soon to be over. To-day, +however, for some reason Melville found it more difficult than usual to +fix his mind upon his pleasant study. Was it a presentiment of coming +evil that made him so unusually restless? At all events, the hours, +which were wont to be fleet-footed, passed with unusual slowness, and he +found himself longing for the return of his young friend. + +"I don't know what has got into me to-day," said Melville to himself. +"It's only three o'clock, yet the day seems very long. I wish Herbert +would return. I feel uneasy. I don't know why. I hope it is not a +presage of misfortune. I shall not be sure that something has not +happened to Herbert till I see him again." + +As he spoke George Melville rose from his chair, and was about to put +on his hat and take a short walk in the neighboring woods, when he heard +the tramp of approaching horses. Looking out from the window, he saw two +horsemen close at hand. + +He started in dismay, for in the two men he was at no loss in +recognizing his stagecoach companion, Col. Warner, and the landlord who +had essayed the part of a road agent. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. MELVILLE IN PERIL. + + + +Col. Warner and his companion enjoyed the effect of their presence upon +their intended victim, and smiled in a manner that boded little good to +Melville, as they dismounted from their steeds and advanced to the door +of the cabin. + +"How are you, Melville?" said Warner, ironically. "I see you have not +forgotten me." + +"No, I have not forgotten you," answered Melville, regarding his visitor +uneasily. + +"This is my friend, Mr. Brown. Perhaps you remember him?" + +"I do remember him, and the circumstances under which I last saw him," +replied Melville, rather imprudently. + +Brown frowned, but he did not speak. He generally left his companion to +do the talking. + +"Being in the neighborhood, we thought we'd call upon you," continued +Col. Warner. + +"Walk in, gentlemen, if you see fit," said Melville. "I suppose it would +be only polite to say that I am glad to see you, but I have some regard +for truth, and cannot say it." + +"I admire your candor, Mr. Melville. Walk in, Brown. Ha! upon my word, +you have a nice home here. Didn't expect to see anything of the kind +in this wilderness. Books and pictures! Really, now, Brown, I am quite +tempted to ask our friend, Melville, to entertain us for a few days." + +"I don't think it would suit you," said Melville, dryly. "You are +probably more fond of exciting adventure than of books." + +"Does the boy live with you?" asked Warner, dropping his bantering tone, +and looking about his searchingly. + +"Yes, he is still with me." + +"I don't see him." + +"Because he has gone to Deer Creek on business." + +When Melville saw the rapid glance of satisfaction interchanged by the +two visitors he realized that he had made an imprudent admission. He +suspected that their design was to rob him, and he had voluntarily +assured them that he was alone, and that they could proceed without +interruption. + +"Sorry not to see him," said Warner. "I'd like to renew our pleasant +acquaintance." + +Melville was about to reply that Herbert would be back directly, when it +occurred to him that this would be a fresh piece of imprudence. It would +doubtless lead them to proceed at once to the object of their visit, +while if he could only keep them till his boy companion did actually +return, they would at least be two to two. Even then they would be by no +means equally matched, but something might occur to help them. + +"I suppose Herbert will return by evening," he replied. "You can see him +if you remain till then." + +Another expression of satisfaction appeared upon the faces of his two +visitors, but for this he was prepared. + +"Sorry we can't stay till then," said Warner, "but business of +importance will limit our stay. Eh, Brown?" + +"I don't see the use of delaying at all!" growled Brown, who was not +as partial as his companion to the feline amusement of playing with his +intended victim. With him, on the contrary, it was a word, and a blow, +and sometimes the blow came first. + +"Come to business!" continued Brown, impatiently, addressing his +associate. + +"That is my purpose, friend Brown." + +"Mr. Melville, it is not solely the pleasure of seeing you that has led +my friend and myself to call this afternoon." + +Melville nodded. + +"So I supposed," he said. + +"There is a little unfinished business between us, as you will remember. +I owe you a return for the manner in which you saw fit to throw +suspicion upon me some time since, when we were traveling together." + +"I shall be very glad to have you convince me that I did you an +injustice," said Melville. "I was led to believe that you and your +friend now present were leagued together to rob us of our money and +valuables. If it was not so--" + +"You were not very far from right, Mr. Melville. Still it was not polite +to express your suspicions so rudely. Besides, you were instrumental in +defeating our plan." + +"I can't express any regret for that, Col. Warner, or Jerry Lane, as I +suppose that is your real name." + +"I am Jerry Lane!" said Warner, proudly. "I may as well confess it, +since it is well that you should know with whom you have to deal. When I +say that I am Jerry Lane, you will understand that I mean business." + +"I do," answered Melville, quietly. + +"You know me by reputation?" said the outlaw, with a curious pride in +his unenviable notoriety. + +"I do." + +"What do men say of me?" + +"That you are at the head of a gang of reckless assassins and +outlaws, and that you have been implicated in scores of robberies and +atrocities." + +This was not so satisfactory. + +"Young man," said Lane--to drop his false name--"I advise you to be +careful how you talk. It may be the worse for you. Now, to come to +business, how much money have you in the house?" + +"Why do you ask, and by what right?" + +"We propose to take it. Now answer my question." + +"Gentlemen, you will be very poorly paid for the trouble you have taken +in visiting me. I have very little money." + +"Of course, you say so. We want an answer." + +"As well as I can remember I have between forty and fifty dollars in my +pocketbook." + +Brown uttered an oath under his breath, and Lane looked uneasy. + +"That's a lie!" said Brown, speaking first. "We were told you had five +thousand dollars here." + +"Your informant was badly mistaken, then. I am not very wise, perhaps, +in worldly matters, but I certainly am not such a fool as to keep so +large a sum of money in a lonely cabin like this." + +"Perhaps not so much as that," returned Lane. "I don't pretend to say +how much you have. That is for you to tell us." + +George Melville drew from his pocket a wallet, and passed it to the +outlaw. + +"Count the money for yourself, if you wish," he said. "You can verify my +statement." + +Lane opened the wallet with avidity, and drew out the contents. It was +apparent at the first glance that the sum it contained was small. It was +counted, however, and proved to amount to forty-seven dollars and a few +silver coins. + +The two robbers looked at each other in dismay. Was it possible that +this was all? If so, they would certainly be very poorly paid for their +trouble. + +"Do you expect us to believe, Mr. Melville," said Jerry Lane, sternly, +"that this is all the money you have?" + +"In this cabin--yes." + +"We are not so easily fooled. It is probably all you carry about with +you; but you have more concealed somewhere about the premises. It will +be best for you to produce at once, unless you are ready to pass in your +checks." + +"That means," said Melville, growing pale in spite of himself, for he +knew from report the desperate character of his guests, "that means, I +suppose, that you will kill me unless I satisfy your rapacity." + +"It does," said Lane, curtly. "Now for your answer!" + +"Gentlemen, I cannot accomplish impossibilities. It is as I say. The +money in your hands is all that I have by me." + +"Do you mean to deny that you are rich?" asked Lane. + +"No, I do not deny it. That is not the point in question. You ask me to +produce all the money I have with me. I have done so." + +"Do you believe this, Brown?" asked the captain, turning to his +subordinate. + +"No, I don't." + +"It is strictly true." + +"Then," said Brown, "you deserve to die for having no more money for +us." + +"True," chimed in Lane. "Once more, will you produce your secret hoard?" + +"I have none." + +"Then you must be dealt with in the usual way. Brown, have you a rope?" + +"Yes." + +"Is there a convenient tree near by." + +"We'll find one." + +The two seized Melville, and, despite his resistance, dragged him +violently from the cabin, and adjusted a rope about his neck. The young +man was pale, and gave himself up for lost. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. THE MINE IS SOLD. + + + +While his friend was in peril, where was Herbert? + +For him, too, it had been an exciting day--Deer Creek had been excited +by the arrival of a capitalist from New York, whose avowed errand it was +to buy a mine. Reports from Deer Creek had turned his steps thither, and +all the mine owners were on the qui vive to attract the attention of the +monied man. It was understood that he intended to capitalize the mine, +when purchased, start a company, and work it by the new and improved +methods, which had replaced the older and ruder appliances at first +employed. + +Mr. Compton, though not a mining expert, was a shrewd man, who weighed +carefully the representations that were made to him, and reserved his +opinion. It was clear that he was not a man who would readily be taken +in, though there were not wanting men at Deer Creek who were ready to +palm off upon him poor or worthless mines. About the only mine owners +who did not seek him were the owners of the Blazing Star, both of +whom were on the ground. The mine was looking up. The most recent +developments were the most favorable, and the prospects were excellent. +They might, indeed, "peter out" as the expression is, but it did not +seem likely. + +"Jack," said Herbert, "shall we invite Mr. Compton to visit our mine?" + +"No," answered Jack Holden; "I am willing to keep it." + +"Wouldn't you sell?" + +"Yes, if I could get my price." + +"What is your price?" + +"Twenty-five thousand dollars for the whole mine!" + +"That is twelve thousand five hundred for mine," said Herbert, his cheek +flushing with the excitement he felt. + +"You've figured it out right, my lad," said his partner. + +"That would leave me twelve thousand after I have paid up Mr. Melville +for the sum I paid in the beginning." + +"Right again, my lad." + +"Why, Jack!" exclaimed Herbert. "Do you know what that means? It means +that I should be rich--that my mother could move into a nicer house, +that we could live at ease for the rest of our lives." + +"Would twelve thousand dollars do all that?" + +"No; but it would give me a fund that would establish me in business, +and relieve me of all anxiety. Jack, it's too bright to be real." + +"We may not be able to sell the mine at that figure, Herbert. Don't +let us count our chickens before they are hatched, or we may be +disappointed. I'm as willin' to keep the mine as to sell it." + +"Jack, here is Mr. Compton coming," said Herbert. + +The capitalist paused, and addressing Herbert, said: + +"Have you anything to do with the mine, my lad?" + +"I am half owner," answered Herbert, promptly, and not without pride. + +"Who is the other half owner?" + +"Mr. Holden," answered Herbert, pointing out Jack. + +"May I examine the mine?" + +"You are quite welcome to, sir." + +Possibly the fact that this mine alone had not been pressed upon him +for purchase, predisposed Mr. Compton to regard it with favor. Every +facility was offered him, and Jack Holden, who thoroughly understood his +business, gave him the necessary explanations. + +After an hour spent in the examination, Mr. Compton came to business. + +"Is the mine for sale?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"What is your price?" + +"Twenty-five thousand dollars." + +"Is that your lowest price?" + +"It is." + +Jack Holden wasted no words in praising the mine, and this produced a +favorable impression on the capitalist with whom he was dealing. + +"I'll take it," he answered. + +"Then it's a bargain." + +Herbert found it difficult to realize that these few words had made him +a rich boy. He remained silent, but in his heart he was deeply thankful, +not so much for himself, as because he knew that he was now able to +rejoice his mother's heart, and relieve her from all pecuniary cares or +anxieties. + +"You've made a good bargain, sir, if I do say it," said Jack Holden. +"For my own part, I wasn't so particular about selling the mine, but my +young partner here is differently placed, and the money will come handy +to him." + +"You are rather young for a mine owner," said Mr. Compton, regarding +Herbert with some curiosity. + +"Yes, sir; I believe I am the youngest mine owner here." + +"Are you a resident of this State?" + +"Only temporarily, sir. I came here with a friend whose lungs are weak." + +"You expect to return to the East soon?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"When you do, come to see me. I am a commission merchant in Boston. If +it is your intention to follow a business life, I may be able to find +you a place." + +"Thank you, sir; I should like nothing better." + +"To-morrow," said Mr. Compton, "I will come here and complete the +purchase." + +"Jack," said Herbert, when the new purchaser of the mine had left them, +"there is no work for us here. Come with me, and let us together tell +Mr. Melville the good news." + +"A good thought, my lad!" + +So the two mounted their horses, and left Deer Creek behind them. They +little suspected how sorely they were needed. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. TO THE RESCUE. + + + +Herbert and his companion drew near the forest cabin, which had been the +home of the former, without a suspicion that George Melville was in such +dire peril. The boy was, indeed, thinking of him, but it was rather of +the satisfaction his employer would feel at his good fortune. + +"Somehow I feel in a great hurry to get there, Jack," said Herbert. "I +shall enjoy telling Mr. Melville of my good luck." + +"He's a fine chap, that Melville," said Jack Holden, meaning no +disrespect by this unceremonious fashion of speech. + +"That he is! He's the best friend I ever had, Jack," returned Herbert, +warmly. + +"It's a pity he's ailing." + +"Oh, he's much stronger than he was when he came out here. All the +unfavorable symptoms have disappeared." + +"Maybe he'll outgrow it. I had an uncle that was given up to die of +consumption, when he was about Melville's age, and he died only last +year at the age of seventy-five." + +"That must have been slow consumption, Jack," said Herbert, smiling. +"If Mr. Melville can live as long as that, I think neither he nor his +friends will have reason to complain." + +"Is he so rich, lad?" + +"I don't know how rich, but I know he has plenty of money. How much +power a rich man has," said Herbert, musingly. "Now, Mr. Melville has +changed my whole life for me. When I first met him I was working for +three dollars a week. Now I am worth twelve thousand dollars!" + +Herbert repeated this with a beaming face. The good news had not lost +the freshness of novelty. There was so much that he could do now that +he was comparatively rich. To do Herbert justice, it was not of himself +principally that he thought. It was sweet to reflect that he could bring +peace, and joy, and independence to his mother. After all, it is the +happiness we confer that brings us the truest enjoyment. The selfish man +who eats and drinks and lodges like a prince, but is unwilling to share +his abundance with others, knows not what he loses. Even boys and girls +may try the experiment for themselves, for one does not need to be rich +to give pleasure to others. + +"Come, Jack, let us ride faster; I am in a hurry," said Herbert, when +they were perhaps a quarter of a mile distant from the cabin. + +They emerged from the forest, and could now see the cottage and its +surroundings. They saw something that almost paralyzed them. + +George Melville, with a rope round his neck, stood beneath a tree. Col. +Warner was up in the tree swinging the rope over a branch, while Brown, +big, burly and brutal, pinioned the helpless young man in his strong +arms. + +"Good heavens! Do you see that?" exclaimed Herbert. "It is the road +agents. Quick, or we shall be too late!" + +Jack had seen. He had not only seen, but he had already acted. Quick +as thought he raised his weapon, and covered Brown. There was a sharp +report, and the burly ruffian fell, his heart pierced by the unerring +bullet. + +Herbert dashed forward, and, seizing the rope, released his friend. + +"Thank Heaven, Herbert! You have saved my life!" murmured Melville, in +tones of heartfelt gratitude. + +"There's another of them!" exclaimed Jack Holden, looking up into the +tree, and he raised his gun once more. + +"Don't shoot!" exclaimed the man, whom we know best as Col. Warner; +"I'll come down." + +So he did, but not in the manner he expected. In his flurry, for he was +not a brave man, outlaw though he was, he lost his hold and fell at the +feet of Holden. + +"What shall we do with him, Mr. Melville?" asked Jack. "He deserves to +die." + +"Don't kill him! Bind him, and give him up to the authorities." + +"I hate to let him off so easy," said Jack, but he did as Melville +wished. But the colonel had a short reprieve. On his way to jail, a +bullet from some unknown assailant pierced his temple, and Jerry Lane, +the notorious road agent, died, as he had lived, by violence. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. CONCLUSION. + + + +It had been the intention of George Melville to remain in Colorado all +winter, but his improved health, and the tragic event which I have just +narrated, conspired to change his determination. + +"Herbert," he said, when the business connected with the sale of the +mine had been completed, "how would you like to go home?" + +"With you?" + +"Yes, you don't suppose I would remain here alone?" + +"If you feel well enough, Mr. Melville, there is nothing I should like +better." + +"I do feel well enough. If I find any unfavorable symptoms coming back, +I can travel again, but I am anxious to get away from this place, where +I have come so near losing my life at the hands of the outlaws." + +There was little need of delay. Their preparations were soon made. There +was an embarrassment about the cottage, but that was soon removed. + +"I'll buy it of you, Mr. Melville," said Jack Holden. + +"I can't sell it to you, Mr. Holden." + +"I will give you a fair price." + +"You don't understand me," said George Melville, smiling. "I will not +sell it, because I prefer to give it." + +"Thank you, Mr Melville, but you know I am not exactly a poor man. The +sale of the mine---" + +"Jack," said Melville, with emotion, "would you have me forget that +it is to you and Herbert that I owe my rescue from a violent and +ignominious death?" + +"I want no pay for that, Mr. Melville." + +"No, I am sure you don't. But you will accept the cabin, not as pay, but +as a mark of my esteem." + +Upon that ground Jack accepted the cottage with pleasure. Herbert tried +to tempt him to make a visit to the East, but he was already in treaty +for another mine, and would not go. + +The two stayed a day in Chicago on their way to Boston. + +"I wonder if Eben is still here?" thought Herbert. + +He soon had his question answered. In passing through a suburban portion +of the great city, he saw a young man sawing wood in front of a mean +dwelling, while a stout negro was standing near, with his hands in +his pockets, surveying the job. He was the proprietor of a colored +restaurant, and Eben was working for him. + +Alas, for Eben! The once spruce dry-goods clerk was now a +miserable-looking tramp, so far as outward appearances went. His clothes +were not only ragged, but soiled, and the spruce city acquaintances whom +he once knew would have passed him without recognition. + +"Eben!" + +Eben turned swiftly as he heard his name called, and a flush of shame +overspread his face. + +"Is it you, Herbert?" he asked, faintly. + +"Yes, Eben. You don't seem very prosperous." + +"I never thought I should sink so low," answered Eben, mournfully, "as +to saw wood for a colored man." + +"What are you talkin' about?" interrupted his boss, angrily. "Ain't I as +good as a worfless white man that begged a meal of vittles of me, coz he +was starvin'? You jest shut up your mouf, and go to work." + +Eben sadly resumed his labor. Herbert pitied him, in spite of his folly +and wickedness. + +"Eben, do you owe this man anything?" he added. + +"Yes, he does. He owes me for his dinner. Don't you go to interfere!" +returned the colored man. + +"How much was your dinner worth?" asked Herbert, putting his hand into +his pocket. + +"It was wuf a quarter." + +"There is your money! Now, Eben, come with me." + +"I've been very unfortunate," wailed Eben. + +"Would you like to go back to Wayneboro?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, anywhere," answered Eben, eagerly. "I can't make a livin' here. I +have almost starved sometimes." + +"Eben, I'll make a bargain with you. If I will take you home, will you +turn over a new leaf, and try to lead a regular and industrious life?" + +"Yes, I'll do it," answered Eben. + +"Then I'll take you with me to-morrow." + +"I shouldn't like my old friends to see me in these rags," said Eben, +glancing with shame at his tattered clothes. + +"They shall not. Come with me, and I will rig you out anew." + +"You're a good fellow, Herbert," said Eben, gratefully. "I'm sorry for +the way I treated you." + +"Then it's all right," said Herbert. Herbert kept his promise. He took +Eben to a barber shop, where there were also baths, having previously +purchased him a complete outfit, and Eben emerged looking once more like +the spruce dry-goods salesman of yore. + + ***** + +One day not long afterwards Mrs. Carr was sitting in her little sitting +room, sewing. She had plenty of leisure for this work now, for Mr. +Graham had undertaken to attend to the post-office duties himself. It +was natural that she should think of her absent boy, from whom she had +not heard for a long time. + +"When shall I see him again?" she thought, wearily. + +There was a knock at the outer door. + +She rose to open it, but, before she could reach it, it flew open, and +her boy, taller and handsomer than ever, was in her arms. + +"Oh, Herbert!" + +It was all she could say, but the tone was full of joy. + +"How I have missed you!" + +"We will be together now, mother." + +"I hope so, Herbert. Perhaps you can find something to do in Wayneboro, +and even if it doesn't pay as well--" + +"Mother," interrupted Herbert, laughing, "is that the way to speak to a +rich boy like me?" + +"Rich?" + +"Yes, mother, I bring home twelve thousand dollars." + +Mrs. Carr could not believe it at first, but Herbert told his story, and +she gave joyful credence at last. + +Eben did not receive as warm a welcome, but finally his father was +propitiated, and agreed to give his son employment in his own store. +He's there yet. His hard experience in the West has subdued his pride, +and he has really "turned over a new leaf," as he promised Herbert. His +father will probably next year give him a quarter interest in the firm, +and the firm's name will be + +"EBENEZER GRAHAM & SON." + +Herbert and his mother have moved to Boston. Our hero is learning +business in the counting room of Mr. Compton. They live in a pleasant +house at the South End, and Mr. Melville, restored to a very fair +measure of health, is boarding, or, rather, has his home with them. He +is devoting his time to literary pursuits, and I am told that he is the +author of a brilliant paper in a recent number of the North American +Review. Herbert finds some time for study, and, under the guidance of +his friend and former employer, he has already become a very creditable +scholar in French, German and English literature. He enjoys his present +prosperity all the better for the hardships through which he passed +before reaching it. + +THE END + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + +***** This file should be named 5747.txt or 5747.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/4/5747/ + +Produced by Carrie Fellman + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/5747.zip b/5747.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5ae65c --- /dev/null +++ b/5747.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1da3cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #5747 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5747) diff --git a/old/dnddr10.txt b/old/dnddr10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f796fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/dnddr10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8350 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. +#17 in our series by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Do and Dare + A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune + +Author: Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5747] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on August 23, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + + + + +This eBook was created by Carrie Fellman <thhpht@yahoo.com>. + + + + + +DO AND DARE + +OR + +A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune + +BY + +HORATIO ALGER, JR. + +NEW YORK + + + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE POST OFFICE AT WAYNEBORO. + + + + + +"If we could only keep the post office, mother, we should be all +right," said Herbert Carr, as he and his mother sat together in the +little sitting room of the plain cottage which the two had occupied +ever since he was a boy of five. + +"Yes, Herbert, but I am afraid there won't be much chance of it." + +"Who would want to take it from you, mother?" + +"Men are selfish, Herbert, and there is no office, however small, +that is not sought after." + +"What was the income last year?" inquired Herbert. + +Mrs. Carr referred to a blank book lying on the table in which the +post-office accounts were kept, and answered: + +"Three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and fifty cents." + +"I shouldn't think that would be much of an inducement to an +able-bodied man, who could work at any business." + +"Your father was glad to have it." + +"Yes, mother, but he had lost an arm in the war, and could not +engage in any business that required both hands." + +"That is true, Herbert, but I am afraid there will be more than one +who will be willing to relieve me of the duties. Old Mrs. Allen +called at the office to-day, and told me she understood that there +was a movement on foot to have Ebenezer Graham appointed." + +"Squire Walsingham's nephew?" + +"Yes; it is understood that the squire will throw his influence into +the scale, and that will probably decide the matter." + +"Then it's very mean of Squire Walsingham," said Herbert, +indignantly. "He knows that you depend on the office for a living." + +"Most men are selfish, my dear Herbert." + +"But he was an old schoolfellow of father's, and it was as his +substitute that father went to the war where he was wounded." + +"True, Herbert, but I am afraid that consideration won't weigh much +with John Walsingham." + +"I have a great mind to go and see him, mother. Have you any +objections?" + +"I have no objections, but I am afraid it will do no good." + +"Mr. Graham ought to be ashamed, with the profits of his store, to +want the post office also. His store alone pays him handsomely." + +"Mr. Graham is fond of money. He means to be a rich man." + +"That is true enough. He is about the meanest man in town." + +A few words are needed in explanation, though the conversation +explains itself pretty well. + +Herbert's father, returning from the war with the loss of an arm, +was fortunate enough to receive the appointment of postmaster, and +thus earn a small, but, with strict economy, adequate income, until +a fever terminated his earthly career at middle age. Mr. Graham was +a rival applicant for the office, but Mr. Carr's services in the war +were thought to give him superior claims, and he secured it. During +the month that had elapsed since his death, Mrs. Carr had carried on +the post office under a temporary appointment. She was a woman of +good business capacity, and already familiar with the duties of the +office, having assisted her husband, especially during his sickness, +when nearly the whole work devolved upon her. Most of the village +people were in favor of having her retained, but the local influence +of Squire Walsingham and his nephew was so great that a petition in +favor of the latter secured numerous signatures, and was already on +file at the department in Washington, and backed by the congressman +of the district, who was a political friend of the squire. Mrs. Carr +was not aware that the movement for her displacement had gone so +far. + +It was already nine o'clock when Herbert's conversation with his +mother ended, and he resolved to defer his call upon Squire +Walsingham till the next morning. + +About nine o'clock in the forenoon our young hero rang the bell of +the village magnate, and with but little delay was ushered into his +presence. + +Squire Walsingham was a tall, portly man of fifty, sleek and +evidently on excellent terms with himself. Indeed, he was but five +years older than his nephew, Ebenezer Graham, and looked the younger +of the two, despite the relationship. If he had been a United States +Senator he could not have been more dignified in his deportment, or +esteemed himself of greater consequence. He was a selfish man, but +he was free from the mean traits that characterized his nephew. + +"You are the Carr boy," said the squire, pompously, looking over his +spectacles at Herbert, as he entered the door. + +"My name is Herbert Carr," said Herbert, shortly. "You have known me +all my life." + +"Certainly," said the squire, a little ruffled at the failure of his +grand manner to impose upon his young visitor. "Did I not call you +the Carr boy?" + +Herbert did not fancy being called the Carr boy, but he was there to +ask a favor, and he thought it prudent not to show his +dissatisfaction. He resolved to come to the point at once. + +"I have called, Squire Walsingham," he commenced, "to ask if you +will use your influence to have my mother retained in charge of the +post office." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, somewhat embarrassed. "I am not in charge +of the post-office department." + +"No, sir, I am aware of that; but the postmaster general will be +influenced by the recommendations of people in the village." + +"Very true!" said the squire, complacently. "Very true, and very +proper. I do not pretend to say that my recommendation would not +weigh with the authorities at Washington. Indeed, the member from +our district is a personal friend of mine." + +"You know how we are situated," continued Herbert, who thought it +best to state his case as briefly as possible. "Father was unable to +save anything, and we have no money ahead. If mother can keep the +post office, we shall get along nicely, but if she loses it, we +shall have a hard time." + +"I am surprised that in your father's long tenure of office he did +not save something," said the squire, in a tone which indicated not +only surprise but reproof. + +"There was not much chance to save on a salary of four hundred +dollars a year," said Herbert, soberly, "after supporting a family +of three." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, sagely; "where there's a will there's a +way. Improvidence is the great fault of the lower classes." + +"We don't belong to the lower classes," said Herbert, flushing with +indignation. + +Squire Walmsgham was secretly ambitious of representing his district +some day in Congress, and he felt that he had made a mistake. It +won't do for an aspirant to office to speak of the lower classes, +and the squire hastened to repair his error. + +"That was not the term I intended to imply," he condescended to +explain. "I meant to say that improvidence is the prevailing fault +of those whose income is small." + +"We haven't had much chance to be improvident!" said Herbert "We +have had to spend all our income, but we are not in debt--that is, +we have no debts that we are unable to pay." + +"That is well," said Squire Walsingham, "but, my young +constituent--I mean my young friend--I apprehend that you do not +take a right view of public office. It is not designed to support a +privileged class in luxury." + +"Luxury, on four hundred a year!" replied Herbert. + +"I am speaking in general terms," said the squire, hastily. "I mean +to say that I cannot recommend a person to office simply because he +or she needs the income." + +"No, sir, I know that; but my mother understands the duties of the +office, and no complaint has been made that she does not make a good +postmaster." + +"Possibly," said the squire, non-committally; "but I am opposed upon +principle to conferring offices upon women. Men are more efficient, +and better qualified to discharge responsible duties." + +"Then, sir," said Herbert, his heart sinking, "I am to understand +that you do not favor the appointment of my mother?" + +"I should be glad to hear that your mother was doing well," said the +squire, "but I cannot conscientiously favor the appointment of a +woman to be postmaster of Wayneboro." + +"That means that he prefers the appointment should go to his +nephew," thought Herbert. + +"If my mother were not competent to discharge the duties," he said, +his face showing his disappointment in spite of himself, "I would +not ask your influence, notwithstanding you were a schoolmate of +father's, and he lost his arm while acting as your substitute." + +"I have already said that I wish your mother well," said the squire, +coloring, "and in any other way I am ready to help her and you. +Indeed, I may be able to secure you a situation." + +"Where, sir?" + +"Mr. Graham needs a boy in his store, and I think he will take you +on my recommendation." + +"Is Tom Tripp going away?" asked Herbert. + +"The Tripp boy is unsatisfactory, so Mr. Graham tells me." + +Herbert knew something of what it would be to be employed by Mr. +Graham. Tom Tripp worked early and late for a dollar and a half per +week, without board, for a hard and suspicious taskmaster, who was +continually finding fault with him. But for sheer necessity, he +would have left Mr. Graham's store long ago. He had confided the +unpleasantness of his position to Herbert more than once, and +enlisted his sympathy and indignation. Herbert felt that he would +not like to work for Mr. Graham at any price, more especially as it +seemed likely that the storekeeper was likely to deprive his mother +of her office and income. + +"I should not like to work for Mr. Graham, sir," he said. + +"It appears to me that you are very particular, young man," said +Squire Walsingham. + +"I would be willing to work for you, sir, but not for him." + +"Ahem!" said the squire, somewhat mollified, "I will think of your +case." + +Herbert left the house, feeling that his mother's removal was only a +matter of time. + + + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +HERBERT'S CHANCE. + + + + + +Herbert left the house of Squire Walsingham in a sober frame of +mind. He saw clearly that his mother would not long remain in +office, and without her official income they would find it hard to +get along. To be sure, she received a pension of eight dollars a +month, in consideration of her husband's services in the war, but +eight dollars would not go far towards supporting their family, +small as it was. There were other means of earning a living, to be +sure, but Wayneboro was an agricultural town mainly, and unless he +hired out on a farm there seemed no way open to him, while the +little sewing his mother might be able to procure would probably pay +her less than a dollar a week. + +The blow fell sooner than he expected. In the course of the next +week Mrs. Carr was notified that Ebenezer Graham had been appointed +her successor, and she was directed to turn over the papers and +property of the office to him. + +She received the official notification by the afternoon mail, and in +the evening she was favored by a call from her successor. + +Ebenezer Graham was a small man, with insignificant, mean-looking +features, including a pair of weazel-like eyes and a turn-up nose. +It did not require a skillful physiognomist to read his character in +his face. Meanness was stamped upon it in unmistakable characters. + +"Good-evening, Mr. Graham," said the widow, gravely. + +"Good-evening, ma'am," said the storekeeper. "I've called to see +you, Mrs. Carr, about the post office, I presume you have heard--" + +"I have heard that you are to be my successor." + +"Just so. As long as your husband was alive, I didn't want to step +into his shoes." + +"But you are willing to step into mine," said Mrs. Carr, smiling +faintly. + +"Just so--that is, the gov'ment appear to think a man ought to be in +charge of so responsible a position." + +"I shall be glad if you manage the office better than I have done." + +"You see, ma'am, it stands to reason that a man is better fitted for +business than a woman," said Ebenezer Graham, in a smooth tone for +he wanted to get over this rather awkward business as easily as +possible. "Women, you know, was made to adorn the domestic circles, +et cetery." + +"Adorning the domestic circle won't give me a living," said Mrs. +Carr, with some bitterness, for she knew that but for the grasping +spirit of the man before her she would have been allowed to retain +her office. + +"I was comin' to that," said the new postmaster. "Of course, I +appreciate your position as a widder, without much means, and I'm +going to make you an offer; that is, your boy, Herbert." + +Herbert looked up from a book he was reading, and listened with +interest to hear the benevolent intentions of the new postmaster." + +"I am ready to give him a place in my store," proceeded Ebenezer. "I +always keep a boy, and thinks I to myself, the wages I give will +help along the widder Carr. You see, I like to combine business with +consideration for my feller creeters." + +Mrs. Carr smiled faintly, for in spite of her serious strait she +could not help being amused at the notion of Ebenezer Graham's +philanthropy. + +"What's going to become of Tom Tripp?" asked Herbert, abruptly. + +"Thomas Tripp isn't exactly the kind of boy I want in my store," +said Mr. Graham. "He's a harum-scarum sort of boy, and likes to +shirk his work. Then I suspect he stops to play on the way when I +send him on errands. Yesterday he was five minutes longer than he +need to have been in goin' to Sam Dunning's to carry some groceries. +Thomas doesn't seem to appreciate his privileges in bein' connected +with a business like mine." + +Tom Tripp was hardly to blame for not recognizing his good luck in +occupying a position where he received a dollar and a half a week +for fourteen hours daily work, with half a dozen scoldings thrown +in. + +"How do you know I will suit you any better than Tom?" asked +Herbert, who did not think it necessary to thank Mr. Graham for the +proffered engagement until he learned just what was expected of him, +and what his pay was to be. + +"You're a different sort of a boy," said Ebenezer, with an attempt +at a pleasant smile. "You've been brought up different. I've heard +you're a smart, capable boy, that isn't afraid of work." + +"No, sir, I am not, if I am fairly paid for my work." + +The new postmaster's jaw fell, and he looked uneasy, for he always +grudged the money he paid out, even the paltry dollar and a half +which went to poor Tom. + +"I always calkerlate to pay fair wages," he said; "but I ain't rich, +and I can't afford to fling away money." + +"How much do you pay Tom Tripp?" asked Herbert. + +He knew, but he wanted to draw Mr. Graham out. + +"I pay Thomas a dollar and fifty cents a week," answered the +storekeeper, in a tone which indicated that he regarded this, on the +whole, as rather a munificent sum. + +"And he works from seven in the morning till nine o'clock at night," +proceeded Herbert. + +"Them are the hours," said Ebenezer, who knew better how to make +money than to speak grammatically. + +"It makes a pretty long day," observed Mrs. Carr. + +"So it does, ma'am, but it's no longer than I work myself." + +"You get paid rather better, I presume." + +"Of course, ma'am, as I am the proprietor." + +"I couldn't think of working for any such sum," said Herbert, +decidedly. + +Mr. Graham looked disturbed, for he had reasons for desiring to +secure Herbert, who was familiar with the routine of post-office +work. + +"Well," he said, "I might be able to offer you a leetle more, as you +know how to tend the post office. That's worth somethin'! I'll give +you--lemme see--twenty-five cents more; that is, a dollar and +seventy-five cents a week." + +Herbert and his mother exchanged glances. They hardly knew whether +to feel more amused or disgusted at their visitor's meanness. + +"Mr. Graham," said Herbert, "if you wish to secure my services, you +will have to pay me three dollars a week." + +The storekeeper held up both hands in dismay. + +"Three dollars a week for a boy!" he exclaimed. + +"Yes, sir; I will come for a short time for that sum, till you get +used to the management of the post office, but I shall feel +justified in leaving you when I can do better." + +"You must think I am made of money," said Ebenezer hastily. + +"I think you can afford to pay me that salary." + +For twenty minutes the new postmaster tried to beat down his +prospective clerk, but Herbert was obstinate, and Ebenezer rather +ruefully promised to give him his price, chiefly because it was +absolutely necessary that he should engage some one who was more +familiar with the post-office work than he was. Herbert agreed to go +to work the next morning. + + + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +A PRODIGAL SON. + + + + + +Herbert did not look forward with very joyful anticipations to the +new engagement he had formed. He knew very well that he should not +like Ebenezer Graham as an employer, but it was necessary that he +should earn something, for the income was now but two dollars a +week. He was sorry, too, to displace Tom Tripp, but upon this point +his uneasiness was soon removed, for Tom dropped in just after Mr. +Graham had left the house, and informed Herbert that he was to go to +work the next day for a farmer in the neighborhood, at a dollar and +a half per week, and board besides. + +"I am glad to hear it, Tom," said Herbert, heartily. "I didn't want +to feel that I was depriving you of employment." + +"You are welcome to my place in the store," said Tom. "I'm glad to +give it up. Mr. Graham seemed to think I was made of iron, and I +could work like a machine, without getting tired. I hope he pays you +more than a dollar and a half a week." + +"He has agreed to pay me three dollars," said Herbert. + +Tom whistled in genuine amazement. + +"What! has the old man lost his senses?" he exclaimed. "He must be +crazy to offer such wages as that." + +"He didn't offer them. I told him I wouldn't come for less." + +"I don't see how he came to pay such a price." + +"Because he wanted me to take care of the post office. I know all +about it, and he doesn't." + +"As soon as he learns, he will reduce your wages." + +"Then I shall leave him." + +"Well, I hope you'll like store work better than I do." + +The next two or three days were spent in removing the post office to +one corner of Eben-ezer Graham's store. The removal was +superintended by Herbert, who was not interfered with to any extent +by his employer, nor required to do much work in the store. Our hero +was agreeably surprised, and began to think he should get along +better than he anticipated. + +At the end of the first week the storekeeper, while they were +closing the shutters, said: "I expect, Herbert, you'd just as lieves +take your pay in groceries and goods from the store?" + +"No, sir," answered Herbert, "I prefer to be paid in money, and to +pay for such goods as we buy." + +"I don't see what odds it makes to you," said Ebenezer. "It comes to +the same thing, doesn't it?" + +"Then if it comes to the same thing," retorted Herbert, "why do you +want to pay me in goods?" + +"Ahem! It saves trouble. I'll just charge everything you buy, and +give you the balance Saturday night." + +"I should prefer the money, Mr. Graham," said Herbert, firmly. + +So the storekeeper, considerably against his will, drew three +dollars in bills from the drawer and handed them to his young clerk. + +"It's a good deal of money, Herbert," he said, "for a boy. There +ain't many men would pay you such a good salary." + +"I earn every cent of it, Mr. Graham," said Herbert, whose views on +the salary question differed essentially from those of his employer. + +The next morning Mr. Graham received a letter which evidently +disturbed him. Before referring to its contents, it is necessary to +explain that he had one son, nineteen years of age, who had gone to +Boston two years previous, to take a place in a dry-goods store on +Washington Street. Ebenezer Graham, Jr., or Eben, as he was +generally called, was, in some respects, like his father. He had the +same features, and was quite as mean, so far as others were +concerned, but willing to spend money for his own selfish pleasures. +He was fond of playing pool, and cards, and had contracted a +dangerous fondness for whisky, which consumed all the money he could +spare from necessary expenses, and even more, so that, as will +presently appear, he failed to meet his board bills regularly. Eben +had served an apprenticeship in his father's store, having been, in +fact, Tom Tripp's predecessor; he tired of his father's strict +discipline, and the small pay out of which he was required to +purchase his clothes, and went to Boston to seek a wider sphere. + +To do Eben justice, it must be admitted that he had good business +capacity, and if he had been able, like his father, to exercise +self-denial, and make money-getting his chief enjoyment, he would no +doubt have become a rich man in time. As it was, whenever he could +make his companions pay for his pleasures, he did so. + +I now come to the letter which had brought disquietude to the +storekeeper. + +It ran thus: + +"DEAR SIR: I understand that you are the father of Mr. Eben Graham, +who has been a boarder at my house for the last six months. I regret +to trouble you, but he is now owing me six weeks board, and I cannot +get a cent out of him, though he knows I am a poor widow, dependent +on my board money for my rent and house expenses. As he is a minor, +the law makes you responsible for his bills, and, though I dislike +to trouble you, I am obliged, in justice to myself, to ask you to +settle his board bill, which I inclose. + +"You will do me a great favor if you will send me the amount--thirty +dollars--within a week, as my rent is coming due. + +"Yours respectfully, SUSAN JONES." + +The feelings of a man like Ebenezer Graham can be imagined when he +read this unpleasant missive. + +"Thirty dollars!" he groaned. "What can the graceless boy be +thinking of, to fool away his money, and leave his bills to be +settled by me. If this keeps on, I shall be ruined! It's too bad, +when I am slaving here, for Eben to waste my substance on riotous +living. I've a great mind to disown him. Let him go his own way, and +fetch up in the poorhouse, if he chooses." + +But it is not easy for a man to cast off an only son, even though he +is as poorly supplied with natural affections as Ebenezer Graham. +Besides, Eben's mother interceded for him, and the father, in +bitterness of spirit, was about to mail a registered letter to Mrs. +Jones, when the cause of his anguish suddenly made his appearance in +the store. + +"How are you, father?" he said, nonchalantly, taking a cigar from +his mouth. "Didn't expect to see me, did you?" + +"What brings you here, Eben?" asked Mr. Graham, uneasily. + +"Well, the cars brought me to Stockton, and I've walked the rest of +the way." + +"I've heard of you," said his father, frowning. "I got a letter last +night from Mrs. Jones." + +"She said she was going to write," said Eben, shrugging his +shoulders. + +"How came it," said his father, his voice trembling with anger, +"that you haven't paid your board bill for six weeks?" + +"I didn't have the money," said Eben, with a composure which was +positively aggravating to his father. + +"And why didn't you have the money? Your wages are ample to pay all +your expenses." + +"It costs more money to live in Boston than you think for, father." + +"Don't you get ten dollars a week, sir? At your age I got only +seven, and saved two dollars a week." + +"You didn't live in Boston, father." + +"I didn't smoke cigars," said his father, angrily, as he fixed his +eye on the one his son was smoking. "How much did you pay for that +miserable weed?" + +"You're mistaken, father. It's a very good article. I paid eight +dollars a hundred." + +"Eight dollars a hundred!" gasped Mr. Graham. "No wonder you can't +pay your board bill--I can't afford to spend my money on cigars." + +"Oh, yes, you can, father, if you choose. Why, you're a rich man." + +"A rich man!" repeated Mr. Graham, nervously. "It would take a rich +man to pay your bills. But you haven't told me why you have come +home." + +"I lost my situation, father--some meddlesome fellow told my +employer that I occasionally played a game of pool, and my tailor +came to the store and dunned me; so old Boggs gave me a long lecture +and my walking papers, and here I am." + +Ebenezer Graham was sorely troubled, and, though he isn't a favorite +of mine, I confess, that in this matter he has my sincere sympathy. + + + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +HERBERT LOSES HIS PLACE. + + + + + +Ebenezer Graham with some difficulty ascertained from Eben that he +had other bills, amounting in the aggregate to forty-seven dollars. +This added to the board bill, made a total of seventy-seven dollars. +Mr. Graham's face elongated perceptibly. + +"That is bad enough," he said; "but you have lost your income also, +and that makes matters worse. Isn't there a chance of the firm +taking you back?" + +"No, sir," replied the prodigal. "You see, we had a flare up, and I +expressed my opinion of them pretty plainly. They wouldn't take me +back if I'd come for nothing." + +"And they won't give you a recommendation, either?" said Ebenezer, +with a half groan. + +"No, sir; I should say not." + +"So you have ruined your prospects so far as Boston is concerned," +said his father, bitterly. "May I ask how you expect to get along?" + +"I have a plan," said Eben, with cheerful confidence. + +"What is it?" + +"I would like to go to California. If I can't get any situation in +San Francisco, I can go to the mines." + +"Very fine, upon my word!" said his father, sarcastically. "And how +do you propose to get to California?" + +"I can go either by steamer, across the isthmus, or over the Union +Pacific road." + +"That isn't what I mean. Where are you to get the money to pay your +fare with?" + +"I suppose you will supply that," said Eben. + +"You do? Well, it strikes me you have some assurance," ejaculated +Mr. Graham. "You expect me to advance hundreds of dollars, made by +working early and late, to support a spendthrift son!" + +"I'll pay you back as soon as I am able," said Eben, a little +abashed. + +"No doubt! You'd pay me in the same way you pay your board bills," +said Ebenezer, who may be excused for the sneer. "I can invest my +money to better advantage than upon you." + +"Then, if you will not do that," said Eben, sullenly, "I will leave +you to suggest a plan." + +"There is only one plan I can think of, Eben. Go back to your old +place in the store. I will dismiss the Carr boy, and you can attend +to the post office, and do the store work." + +"What, go back to tending a country grocery, after being a salesman +in a city store!" exclaimed Eben, disdainfully. + +"Yes, it seems the only thing you have left. It's your own fault +that you are not still a salesman in the city." + +Eben took the cigar from his mouth, and thought rapidly. + +"Well," he said, after a pause, "if I agree to do this, what will +you pay me?" + +"What will I pay you?" + +"Yes, will you pay me ten dollars a week--the same as I got at +Hanbury & Deane's?" + +"Ten dollars a week!" ejaculated Ebenezer, "I don't get any more +than that myself." + +"I guess there's a little mistake in your calculations, father," +said Eben, significantly. "If you don't make at least forty dollars +a week, including the post office, then I am mistaken." + +"So you are--ridiculously mistaken!" said his father, sharply. "What +you presume is entirely out of the question. You forget that you +will be getting your board, and Tom Tripp only received a dollar and +a half a week without board." + +"Is that all you pay to Herbert Carr?" + +"I pay him a leetle more," admitted Ebenezer. + +"What will you give me?" + +"I'll give you your board and clothes," said Ebenezer, "and that +seems to be more than you made in Boston." + +"Are you in earnest?" asked Eben, in genuine dismay. + +"Certainly. It isn't a bad offer, either." + +"Do you suppose a young man like me can get along without money?" + +"You ought to get along without money for the next two years, after +the sums you've wasted in Boston. It will cripple me to pay your +bills," and the storekeeper groaned at the thought of the inroads +the payment would make on his bank account. + +"You're poorer than I thought, if seventy-five dollars will cripple +you," said Eben, who knew his father's circumstances too well to be +moved by this representation. + +"I shall be in the poorhouse before many years if I undertake to pay +all your bills, Eben." + +After all, this was not, perhaps, an exaggeration, for a spendthrift +son can get through a great deal of money. + +"I can't get along without money, father," said Eben, decidedly. +"How can I buy cigars, let alone other things?" + +"I don't want you to smoke cigars. You'll be a great deal better off +without them," said his father, sharply. + +"I understand; it's necessary to my health," said Eben, rather +absurdly. + +"You won't smoke at my expense," said Ebenezer, decidedly. "I don't +smoke myself, and I never knew any good come of it." + +"All the same, I must have some money. What will people say about a +young man of my age not having a cent in his pocket? They think my +father is very mean." + +"I'll allow you fifty cents a week," said Mr. Graham, after a pause. + +"That won't do! You seem to think I am only six or seven years old!" + +Finally, after considerable haggling, Mr. Graham agreed to pay his +son a dollar and a half a week, in cash, besides board and clothes. +He reflected that he should be obliged to board and clothe his son +at any rate, and should save a dollar and a half from Herbert's +wages. + +"Well," he said, "when will you be ready to go to work?" + +"I must have a few days to loaf, father. I have been hard at work +for a long time, and need some rest." + +"Then you can begin next Monday morning. I'll get Herbert to show +you how to prepare the mail, so that you won't have any trouble +about the post-office work." + +"By the way, father, how do you happen to have the post office? I +thought Mrs. Carr was to carry it on." + +"So she did, for a time, but a woman ain't fit for a public position +of that kind. So I applied for the position, and got it." + +"What's Mrs. Carr going to do?" + +"She's got her pension," said Ebenezer, shortly. + +"Eight dollars a month, isn't it?" + +"Yes." + +"That ain't much to support a family." + +"She'll have to do something else, then, I suppose." + +"There isn't much to do in Wayneboro." + +"That isn't my lookout. She can take in sewing, or washing," +suggested Ebenezer, who did not trouble himself much about the care +of his neighbors. "Besides there's Herbert--he can earn something." + +"But I'm to take his place." + +"Oh well, I ain't under any obligations to provide them a livin'. +I've got enough to take care of myself and my family." + +"You'd better have let her keep the post office," said Eben. He was +not less selfish than his father, but then his own interests were +not concerned. He would not have scrupled, in his father's case, to +do precisely the same. + +"It's lucky I've got a little extra income," said Ebenezer, +bitterly; "now I've got your bills to pay." + +"I suppose I shall have to accept your offer, father," said Eben, +"for the present; but I hope you'll think better of my California +plan after a while. Why, there's a fellow I know went out there last +year, went up to the mines, and now he's worth five thousand +dollars!" + +"Then he must be a very different sort of a person from you," +retorted his father, sagaciously. "You would never succeed there, if +you can't in Boston." + +"I've never had a chance to try," grumbled Eben. + +There was sound sense in what his father said. Failure at home is +very likely to be followed by failure away from home. There have +been cases that seemed to disprove my assertion, but in such cases +failure has only been changed into success by earnest work. I say to +my young readers, therefore, never give up a certainty at home to +tempt the chances of success in a distant State, unless you are +prepared for disappointment. + +When the engagement had been made with Eben, Mr. Graham called +Herbert to his presence. + +"Herbert," said he, "I won't need you after Saturday night. My son +is going into the store, and will do all I require. You can tell him +how to prepare the mails, et cetery." + +"Very well, sir," answered Herbert. It was not wholly a surprise, +but it was a disappointment, for he did not know how he could make +three dollars a week in any other way, unless he left Wayneboro. + + + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +EBEN'S SCHEME. + + + + + +Saturday night came, and with it the end of Herbert's engagement in +the post office. + +He pocketed the three dollars which his employer grudgingly gave +him, and set out on his way home. + +"Wait a minute, Herbert," said Eben. "I'll walk with you." + +Herbert didn't care much for Eben's company but he was too polite to +say so. He waited therefore, till Eben appeared with hat and cane. + +"I'm sorry to cut you out of your place, Herbert," said the young +man. + +"Thank you," answered Herbert. + +"It isn't my fault, for I don't want to go into the store," +proceeded Eben. "A fellow that's stood behind the counter in a city +store is fit for something better, but it's the old man's fault." + +Herbert made no comment, and Eben proceeded: + +"Yes," said he, "it's the old man's fault. He's awfully stingy, you +know that yourself." + +Herbert did know it, but thought it would not be in good taste to +say so. + +"I suppose Wayneboro is rather dull for you after living in the +city," he remarked. + +"I should say so. This village is a dull hole, and yet father +expects me to stay here cooped up in a little country store. I won't +stay here long, you may be sure of that." + +"Where will you go?" + +"I don't know yet. I want to go to California, but I can't unless +the old man comes down with the requisite amount of tin. You'll soon +have your situation back again. I won't stand in your way." + +"I'm not very particular about going back," said Herbert, "but I +must find something to do." + +"Just so!" said Eben. "The place will do well enough for a boy like +you, but I am a young man, and entitled to look higher. By the way, +I've got something in view that may bring me in five thousand +dollars within a month." + +Herbert stared at his companion in surprise, not knowing any short +cut to wealth. + +"Do you mean it?" he asked, incredulously. + +"Yes," said Eben. + +"I suppose you don't care to tell what it is?" + +"Oh, I don't mind--it's a lottery." + +"Oh!" said Herbert, in a tone of disappointment. + +"Yes," answered Eben. "You may think lotteries are a fraud and all +that, but I know a man in Boston who drew last month a prize of +fifteen thousand dollars. The ticket only cost him a dollar. What do +you say to that?" + +"Such cases can't be very common," said Herbert, who had a good +share of common sense. + +"Not so uncommon as you think," returned Eben, nodding. "I don't +mean to say that many draw prizes as large as that, but there are +other prizes of five thousand dollars, and one thousand, and so on. +It would be very comfortable to draw a prize of even five hundred, +wouldn't it now?" + +Herbert admitted that it would. + +"I'd send for a ticket by Monday morning's mail," continued Eben, +"if I wasn't so hard up. The old man's mad because I ran into debt, +and he won't give me a cent. Will you do me a favor?" + +"What is it?" asked Herbert, cautiously. + +"Lend me two dollars. You've got it, I know, because you were paid +off to-night. I would send for two tickets, and agree to give you +quarter of what I draw. Isn't that fair?" + +"It may be," said Herbert, "but I haven't any money to lend." + +"You have three dollars in your pocket at this moment." + +"Yes, but it isn't mine. I must hand it to mother." + +"And give up the chance of winning a prize. I'll promise to give you +half of whatever I draw, besides paying back the money." + +"Thank you, but I can't spare the money." + +"You are getting as miserly as the old man," said Eben, with a +forced laugh. + +"Eben," said Herbert, seriously, "you don't seem to understand our +position. Mother has lost the post office, and has but eight dollars +a month income. I've earned three dollars this week, but next week I +may earn nothing. You see, I can't afford to spend money for lottery +tickets." + +"Suppose by your caution you lose five hundred dollars. Nothing +risk, nothing gain!" + +"I have no money to risk," said Herbert, firmly. + +"Oh, well, do as you please!" said Eben, evidently disappointed. "I +thought I'd make you the offer, because I should like to see you win +a big prize." + +"Thank you for your friendly intention," said Herbert, "but I am +afraid there are a good many more blanks than prizes. If there were +not, it wouldn't pay the lottery men to carry on the business." + +This was common sense, and I cannot forbear at this point to press +it upon the attention of my young reader. Of all schemes of gaining +wealth, about the most foolish is spending money for lottery +tickets. It has been estimated by a sagacious writer that there is +about as much likelihood of drawing a large prize in a lottery as of +being struck by lightning and that, let us hope, is very small. + +"I guess I won't go any farther," said Eben, abruptly, having become +convinced that Herbert could not be prevailed upon to lend him +money. + +"Good-night, then," said Herbert "Good-night." + +"Well, mother, I'm out of work," said Herbert, as he entered the +little sitting room, and threw down his week's wages. Our young hero +was of a cheerful temperament but he looked and felt sober when he +said this. + +"But for the Grahams we should have a comfortable living," the boy +proceeded. "First, the father took away the post office from you, +and now the son has robbed me of my place." + +"Don't be discouraged, Herbert," said his mother. "God will find us +a way out of our troubles." + +Herbert had been trained to have a reverence for religion, and had +faith in the providential care of his heavenly Father, and his +mother's words recalled his cheerfulness. + +"You are right, mother," he said, more hopefully. "I was feeling +low-spirited to-night, but I won't feel so any more. I don't see how +we are to live, but I won't let it trouble me tonight." + +"Let us do our part, and leave the rest to God," said Mrs. Carr. "He +won't support us in idleness, but I am sure that in some way relief +will come if we are ready to help ourselves." + +"God helps them that help themselves," repeated Herbert. + +"Exactly so. To-morrow is Sunday, and we won't let any worldly +anxieties spoil that day for us. When Monday comes, we will think +over what is best to be done." + +The next day Herbert and his mother attended church in neat apparel, +and those who saw their cheerful faces were not likely to guess the +serious condition of their affairs. They were not in debt, to be +sure, but, unless employment came soon, they were likely to be ere +long, for they had barely enough money ahead to last them two weeks. + +Monday morning came, and brought its burden of care. + +"I wish there was a factory in Wayneboro," said Herbert. "I am told +that boys of my age sometimes earn six or seven dollars a week." + +"I have heard so. Here there seems nothing, except working on a +farm." + +"And the farmers expect boys to take their pay principally in +board." + +"That is a consideration, but, if possible, I hope we shall not be +separated at meals." + +"I will try other things first," said Herbert. "How would you like +some fish for dinner, mother? My time isn't of any particular value, +and I might as well go fishing." + +"Do so, Herbert. It will save our buying meat, which, indeed, we can +hardly afford to do." + +Herbert felt that anything was better than idleness, so he took his +pole from the shed, and, after digging a supply of bait, set out for +the banks of the river half a mile away. + +Through a grassy lane leading from the main street, he walked down +to the river with the pole on his shoulder. + +He was not destined to solitude, for under a tree whose branches +hung over the river sat a young man, perhaps twenty-five years of +age, with a book in his hand. + + + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +HERBERT'S GOOD LUCK. + + + + + +"Good-morning," said the young man, pleasantly. + +"Good-morning," answered Herbert, politely. + +He recognized the young man, though he had never seen him before, as +a visitor from the city, who was boarding at the hotel, if the +village tavern could be so designated. He seemed to be a studious +young man, for he always had a book in his hand. He had a pleasant +face, but was pale and slender, and was evidently in poor health. + +"I see you are going to try your luck at fishing," said the young +man." + +"Yes, sir; I have nothing else to do, and that brings me here." + +"I, too, have nothing else to do; but I judge from your appearance +that you have not the same reason for being idle." + +"What is that, sir?" + +"Poor health." + +"No, sir; I have never been troubled in that way." + +"You are fortunate. Health is a blessing not to be overestimated. It +is better than money." + +"I suppose it is, sir; but at present I think I should value a +little money." + +"Are you in want of it?" asked the young man, earnestly. + +"Yes, sir; I have just lost my place in the post office." + +"I think I have seen you in the post office." + +"Yes, sir; my mother had charge of the office till two weeks since, +when it was transferred to Mr. Graham. He employed me to attend to +the duties, and serve the customers in the store, till Saturday +night, when I was succeeded by his son, who had just returned from +the city." + +"Your mother is a widow, is she not?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I know where you live; I have had it pointed out to me. Your father +served in the war, did he not?" + +"Yes, sir; and the injuries he received hastened his death." + +The young man looked thoughtful. Then he said: "How much did Mr. +Graham pay you for your services?" + +"Three dollars a week." + +"That was not--excuse the question--all you and your mother had to +depend upon, was it?" + +"Not quite; mother receives a pension of eight dollars per month." + +"Five dollars a week altogether--that is very little." + +"It is only two dollars now, sir." + +"True; but you have health and strength, and those will bring money. +In one respect you are more fortunate than I. You have a mother--I +have neither father nor mother." + +"I'm sorry for you, sir." + +"Thank you; anyone is to be pitied who has lost his parents. Now, as +I have asked about your affairs, it is only fair that I should tell +you about myself. To begin with, I am rich. Don't look envious, for +there is something to counterbalance. I am of feeble constitution, +and the doctors say that my lungs are affected. I have studied law, +but the state of my health has obliged me to give up, for the +present at least, the practice of my profession." + +"But if you are rich you do not need to practice," said Herbert, who +may be excused for still thinking his companion's lot a happy one. + +"No, I do not need to practice my profession, so far as the earning +of money is concerned; but I want something to occupy my mind. The +doctors say I ought to take considerable out-door exercise; but I +suppose my physical condition makes me indolent, for my chief +exercise has been, thus far, to wander to the banks of the river and +read under the trees." + +"That isn't very severe exercise," said Herbert, smiling. + +"No; still it keeps me out in the open air, and that is something. +Now tell me, what are your plans?" + +"My hope is to find something to do that will enable me to help +mother; but there doesn't seem much chance of finding anything in +Wayneboro. Do you think I could get a place in the city?" + +"You might; but even if you did, you would find it difficult to earn +your own living, and there would be no chance of your helping your +mother." + +Herbert, though naturally sanguine and hopeful, looked sober. Just +then he had a bite, and drew out a good-sized pickerel. This gave a +new direction to his thoughts, and he exclaimed, triumphantly: + +"Look at this pickerel! He must weigh over two pounds." + +"All of that," said the young man, rising and examining the fish +with interest. "Let me use your pole, and see what luck I have." + +"Certainly." + +The young man, some ten minutes later, succeeded in catching a +smaller pickerel, perhaps half the size of Herbert's. + +"That will do for me," he said, "though it doesn't come up to your +catch." + +For two hours Herbert and his friend alternately used the pole, and +the result was quite a handsome lot of fish. + +"You have more fish than you want," said the young man. "You had +better bring what you don't want to the hotel. I heard the landlord +say he would like to buy some." + +"That would suit me," said Herbert. "If he wants fish, I want +money." + +"Come along with me, then. Really, I don't know when I have passed a +forenoon so pleasantly. Usually I get tired of my own company, and +the day seems long to me. I believe I see my way clear to a better +way of spending my time. You say you want a place. How would you +like me for an employer?" + +"I am sure I should like you, but you are not in any business." + +"No," said the young man, smiling; "or, rather, my business is the +pursuit of health and pleasure just now. In that I think you can +help me." + +"I shall be very glad to, if I can, Mr.---" + +"My name is George Melville. Let me explain my idea to you. I want +your company to relieve my solitude. In your company I shall have +enterprise enough to go hunting and fishing, and follow out in good +faith my doctor's directions. What do you say?" + +Herbert smiled. + +"I would like that better than being in the post office," he said. +"It would seem like being paid for having a good time." + +"How much would you consider your services worth?" asked Mr. +Melville. + +"I am content to leave that to you," said Herbert. + +"Suppose we say six dollars a week, then?" + +"Six dollars a week!" exclaimed Herbert, amazed. + +"Isn't that enough?" asked Melville, smiling. + +"It is more than I can earn. Mr. Graham thought he was over-paying +me with three dollars a week." + +"You will find me a different man from Mr. Graham, Herbert. I am +aware that six dollars is larger pay than is generally given to boys +of your age. But I can afford to pay it, and I have no doubt you +will find the money useful." + +"It will quite set us on our feet again, Mr. Melville," said +Herbert, earnestly. "You are very generous." + +"Oh, you don't know what a hard taskmaster you may find me," said +the young man, playfully. "By the way, I consider that you have +already entered upon your duties. To-day is the first day. Now come +to the hotel with me, and see what you can get for the fish. I +happen to know that two of the guests, a lady and her daughter, are +anxious for a good fish dinner and, as there is no market here, I +think the landlord will be glad to buy from you." + +Mr. Melville was right. Mr. Barton, the landlord, purchased the fish +that Herbert had to sell, for sixty cents, which he promptly paid, + +"Don't that pay you for your morning's work?" asked Melville. + +"I don't know but the money ought to go to you, Mr. Melville," said +Herbert, "as I am now in your employ. Besides, you caught a part of +them." + +"I waive all claim to compensation," said the young man, "though it +would be a novel sensation to receive money for services rendered. +What will you say, Herbert, when I tell you that I never earned a +dollar in my life?" + +Herbert looked incredulous. + +"It is really true," said George Melville, "my life has been passed +at school and college, and I have never had occasion to work for +money." + +"You are in luck, then." + +"I don't know that; I think those who work for the money they +receive are happy. Tell me, now, don't you feel more satisfaction in +the sixty cents you have just been paid because you have earned it?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I thought so. The happiest men are those who are usefully employed. +Don't forget that, and never sigh for the opportunity to lead an +idle life. But I suppose your dinner is ready. You may go home, and +come back at three o'clock." + +"Very well, sir." + +Herbert made good time going home. He was eager to tell his mother +the good news of his engagement. + + + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +EBEN GROWS ENVIOUS. + + + + + +"Well, mother," said Herbert, as he entered the house, "I have +brought you enough fish for dinner." + +"I waited to see what luck you would have, Herbert, and therefore +have not got dinner ready. You will have to wait a little while." + +"I shall be all the hungrier, mother," said Herbert, + +Mrs. Carr could not help noticing the beaming look on her som's +face. + +"You look as if you had received a legacy, Herbert," she said. + +Herbert laughed. + +"There it is," he said, displaying the sixty cents he had received +from the landlord. + +"There are ten cents more than I should have received for a whole +day's work at the store," he said. + +"Where did you get it, Herbert?" + +"I sold a mess of fish to Mr. Barton, of the hotel." + +"You must have had good luck in fishing," said his mother, looking +pleased. + +"I had help, mother. Mr. Melville, the young man from the city, who +boards at the hotel, helped me fish." + +"Well, Herbert, you have made a good beginning. I couldn't help +feeling a little depressed when you left me this morning, reflecting +that we had but my pension to depend upon. It seemed so unlucky that +Eben Graham should have come home just at this time to deprive you +of your place in the store." + +"It was a piece of good luck for me, mother." + +"I don't see how," said Mrs. Carr, naturally puzzled. + +"Because I have a better situation already." + +Then Herbert, who had been saving the best news for the last, told +his mother of his engagement as Mr. Melville's companion, and the +handsome compensation he was to receive. + +"Six dollars a week!" repeated his mother. "That is indeed generous. +Herbert, we did well to trust in Providence." + +"Yes, mother; and we have not trusted in vain." + +After dinner Herbert did some chores for his mother, and then went +to the hotel to meet his new employer. He found him occupying a +large and pleasant room on the second floor. The table near the +window was covered with books, and there were some thirty or forty +volumes arranged on shelves. + +"I always bring books with me, Herbert," said the young man. "I am +very fond of reading, and hitherto I have occupied too much time, +perhaps, in that way--too much, because it has interfered with +necessary exercise. Hereafter I shall devote my forenoon to some +kind of outdoor exercise in your company, and in the afternoon you +can read to me, or we can converse." + +"Shall I read to you now, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes; here is a recent magazine. I will select an article for you to +read. It will rest my eyes, and besides it is pleasanter to have a +companion than to read one's self." + +The article was one that interested Herbert as well as Mr. Melville, +and he was surprised when he had finished to find that it was nearly +five o'clock. + +"Didn't the reading tire you, Herbert?" asked Melville. + +"No, sir; not at all." + +"It is evident that your lungs are stronger than mine." + +At five o'clock Melville dismissed his young companion. + +"Do you wish me to come this evening?" asked Herbert. + +"Oh, no. I wouldn't think of taking up your evenings." + +"At the post office I had to stay till eight o'clock." + +"Probably it was necessary there; I won't task you so much." + +"When shall I come to-morrow?" + +"At nine o'clock." + +"That isn't very early," said Herbert, smiling. + +"No, I don't get up very early. My health won't allow me to +cultivate early rising. I shall not be through breakfast much before +nine." + +"I see you don't mean to overwork me, Mr. Melville." + +"No, for it would involve overworking myself." + +"I shall certainly have an easy time," thought Herbert, as he walked +homeward. + +He reflected with satisfaction that he was being paid at the rate of +a dollar a day, which was quite beyond anything he had ever before +earned. Indeed, to-day he had earned sixty cents besides. The sum +received for the fish. + +After supper Herbert went to the store to purchase some articles for +his mother. He was waited on by Mr. Graham in person. As the +articles called for would amount to nearly one dollar, the +storekeeper said, cautiously: "Of course, you are prepared to pay +cash?" + +"Certainly, sir," returned Herbert. + +"I mentioned it because I knew your income was small," said +Ebenezer, apologetically. + +"It is more than it was last week," said Herbert, rather enjoying +the prospect of surprising the storekeeper. + +"Why, you ain't found anything to do, have you?" asked Mr. Graham, +his face indicating curiosity. + +"Yes, sir; I am engaged as companion by Mr. Melville, who is staying +at the hotel." + +"I don't know what he wants of a companion," said the storekeeper, +with that disposition to criticise the affairs of his neighbors +often found in country places. + +"He thinks he needs one," answered Herbert. + +"And how much does he pay you now?" queried Ebenezer. + +"Six dollars a week." + +"You don't mean it!" ejaculated the storekeeper. "Why, the man must +be crazy!" + +"I don't think he is," said Herbert, smiling. + +"Got plenty of money, I take it?" continued Ebenezer, who had a good +share of curiosity. + +"Yes; he tells me he is rich." + +"How much money has he got?" + +"He didn't tell me that." + +"Well, I declare! You're lucky, that's a fact!" + +There was an interested listener to this conversation in the person +of Eben, who had been in the store all day, taking Herbert's place. +As we know, the position by no means suited the young man. He had +been employed in a store in Boston, and to come back to a small +country grocery might certainly be considered a descent. Besides, +the small compensation allowed him was far from satisfying Eben. + +He was even more dissatisfied when he learned how fortunate Herbert +was. To be selected as a companion by a rich young man was just what +he would have liked himself, and he flattered himself that he should +make a more desirable companion than a mere boy like Herbert. + +As our hero was leaving the store, Eben called him back. + +"What was that you were telling father about going round with a +young man from the city?" he asked. + +Herbert repeated it. + +"And he pays you six dollars a week?" asked Eben, enviously. + +"Yes; of course, I shouldn't have asked so much, but he fixed the +price himself." + +"You think he is very rich?" said Eben, thoughtfully. + +"Yes, I think so." + +"What a splendid chance it would be for me!" thought Eben. "If I +could get intimate with a man like that, he might set me up in +business some day; perhaps take me to Europe, or round the world!" +"How much of the time do you expect to be with this Mr. Melville?" +he asked. + +Herbert answered the question. + +"Does he seem like a man easy to get along with?" + +"Very much so." + +Eben inwardly decided that, if he could, he would oust Herbert from +his desirable place, and substitute himself. It was a very mean +thought, but Eben inherited meanness from his father. + +"Herbert," he said, "will you do me a favor?" + +"What is it?" asked our hero. + +"Will you take my place in the store this evening? I am not feeling +well, and want to take a walk." + +"Yes," answered Herbert, "as soon as I have run home to tell mother +where I am." + +"That's a good fellow. You shan't lose anything by it. I'll give you +ten cents." + +"You needn't pay me anything, Eben. I'll do it as a favor." + +"You're a trump, Herbert. Come back as soon as you can." + +When Eben was released from the store, he went over to the hotel, +and inquired for Mr. Melville, leaving his unsuspecting young +substitute in the post office. + + + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +EBEN'S ASSURANCE. + + + + + +"A young man wishes to see you, Mr. Melville," said the servant. + +George Melville looked up in some surprise from his book, and said: +"You may show him up." + +"It must be Herbert," he thought. + +But when the door was opened, and the visitor shown in, Mr. Melville +found it was an older person than Herbert. Eben, for it was he, +distorted his mean features into what he regarded as a pleasant +smile, and, without waiting to receive a welcome, came forward with +extended hand. + +"I believe you are Mr. Melville," he said, inquiringly. + +"Yes, that is my name," said Melville, looking puzzled; "I don't +remember you. Have I met you before?" + +"You saw me in father's store, very likely," said Eben. "I am Eben +Graham, son of Ebenezer Graham, the postmaster." + +"Indeed! That accounts for your face looking familiar. You resemble +your father very closely." + +"I'm a chip off the old block with modern improvements," said Eben, +smirking. "Father's always lived in the country, and he ain't very +stylish. I've been employed in Boston for a couple of years past, +and got a little city polish." + +"You don't show much of it," thought Melville, but he refrained from +saying so. + +"So you have come home to assist your father," he said, politely. + +"Well, no, not exactly," answered Eben, "I feel that a country store +isn't my sphere." + +"Then you propose to go back to the city?" + +"Probably I shall do so eventually, but I may stay here in Wayneboro +a while if I can make satisfactory arrangements. I assure you that +it was not my wish to take Herbert Carr's place." + +"Herbert told me that you had assumed his duties." + +"It is only ad interim. I assure you, it is only ad interim. I am +quite ready to give back the place to Herbert, who is better suited +to it than I." + +"I wonder what the fellow is driving at," thought Melville. Eben did +not long leave him in doubt. + +"Herbert tells me that he has made an engagement with you," +continued Eben, desiring to come to his business as soon as +possible. + +"Yes, we have made a mutual arrangement." + +"Of course, it is very nice for him; and so I told him." + +"I think I am quite as much a gainer by it as he is," said Melville. + +"Herbert was right. He is easily suited," said Eben, to himself. + +"Of course," Eben added, clearing his throat, "Herbert isn't so much +of a companion to you as if he were a few years older." + +"I don't know that; it seems to me that he is a very pleasant +companion, young as he is." + +"To be sure, Herbert is a nice boy, and father was glad to help him +along by giving him a place, with a larger salary than he ever paid +before." + +"What is he driving at?" thought Melville. + +"To come to the point, Mr. Melville," said Eben, "I have made bold +to call upon you to suggest a little difference in your +arrangements." + +"Indeed!" said Melville, coldly. Though he had no idea what his +singular visitor was about to propose, it struck him emphatically +that Eben was interfering in an unwarrantable manner with his +affairs. + +"You see," continued Eben, "I'm a good deal nearer your age than +Herbert, and I've had the advantage of residing in the city, which +Herbert hasn't, and naturally should be more company to you. Then, +again, Herbert could do the work in the post office and store, which +I am doing, nearly as well as I can. I'll undertake to get father to +give him back his place, and then I shall be happy to make an +arrangement with you to go hunting and fishing, or anything else +that you choose. I am sure I should enjoy your company, Mr. +Melville," concluded Eben, rubbing his hands complacently and +surveying George Melville with an insinuating smile. + +"You have certainly taken considerable trouble to arrange this +matter for me," said Melville, with a sarcasm which Eben did not +detect. + +"Oh, no trouble at all!" said Eben, cheerfully. "You see, the idea +came into my head when Herbert told me of his arrangements with you, +and I thought I'd come and see you about it." + +"Did you mention it to Herbert?" asked George Melville, with some +curiosity. + +"Well, no, I didn't. I didn't know how Herbert would look at it. I +got Herbert to take my place in the store while I ran over to see +you about the matter. By the way, though I am some years older than +Herbert, I shan't ask more than you pay him. In fact, I am willing +to leave the pay to your liberality." + +"You are very considerate!" said Melville, hardly knowing whether to +be amused or provoked by the cool assurance of his visitor. + +"Oh, not at all!" returned Eben, complacently. "I guess I've fetched +him!" he reflected, looking at Mr. Melville through his small, +half-closed eyes. + +"You have certainly surprised me very much, Mr. Graham," said +Melville, "by the nature of your suggestion. I won't take into +consideration the question whether you have thought more of your own +pleasure or mine. So far as the latter is concerned, you have made a +mistake in supposing that Herbert's youth is any drawback to his +qualification as a companion. Indeed, his youth and cheerful +temperament make him more attractive in my eyes. I hope, Mr. Graham, +you will excuse me for saying that he suits me better than you +possibly could." + +Eben's countenance fell, and he looked quite discomfited and +mortified. + +"I didn't suppose a raw, country boy would be likely to suit a +gentleman of taste, who has resided in the city," he said, with +asperity. + +"Then you will have a chance to correct your impression," said +Melville, with a slight smile. + +"Then you don't care to accept my offer?" said Eben, regretfully. + +"Thank you, no. If you will excuse me for suggesting it, Mr. Graham, +it would have been more considerate for you to have apprised Herbert +of your object in asking him to take your place this evening. +Probably he had no idea that you meant to supersede him with me." + +Eben tossed his head. + +"You mustn't think, Mr. Melville," he said, "that I was after the +extra pay. Six dollars doesn't seem much to me. I was earning ten +dollars a week in Boston, and if I had stayed, should probably have +been raised to twelve." + +"So that you were really consenting to a sacrifice in offering to +enter my employment at six dollars a week?" + +"Just so!" + +"Then I am all the more convinced that I have decided for the best +in retaining Herbert. I do not wish to interfere with your prospects +in the city." + +"Oh, as for that," said Eben, judging that he had gone too far, "I +don't care to go back to the city just yet. I've been confined +pretty steadily, and a few weeks in the country, hunting and +fishing, will do me good." + +George Melville bowed, but said nothing. + +Eben felt that he had no excuse for staying longer, and reluctantly +rose. + +"If you should think better of what I've proposed," he said, "you +can let me know." + +"I will do so," said Melville. + +"He's rather a queer young man," muttered Eben, as he descended the +stairs. "It's funny that he should prefer a country boy like Herbert +to a young man like me who's seen life, and got some city polish--at +the same price, too! He don't seem to see his own interest. I'm +sorry, for it would have been a good deal more interesting to me, +going round with him a few hours a day, than tending store for +father. There's one thing sure, I won't do it long. I'm fitted for a +higher position than that, I hope." + +"For downright impudence and cool assurance, I think that young man +will bear off the palm," thought George Melville, as his unwelcome +visitor left the room. "Herbert is in no danger from him. It would +probably surprise him if he knew that I should consider his company +as an intolerable bore. I will tell Herbert to-morrow the good turn +his friend has tried to do him." + + + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE SOLITARY FARMHOUSE. + + + + + +If Eben had been sensitive, the cool reception which he met with at +the hands of Mr. Melville would have disturbed him. As it was, he +felt angry and disappointed, and desirous of "coming up with" +Herbert, as he expressed it, though it was hard to see in what way +the boy had injured him. It did not seem quite clear at present how +he was to punish Herbert, but he only waited for an occasion. + +When Herbert learned, the next morning, from Mr. Melville, in what +manner Eben had tried to undermine him, and deprive him of his +situation, he was naturally indignant. + +"I didn't think Eben Graham could be so mean," he exclaimed. + +"It was certainly a mean thing to do, Herbert," said George +Melville; "but you can afford to treat young Graham with contempt, +as he has been unable to do you any injury." + +"What shall we do this morning, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert. + +"I should like a row on the river," said Melville. "Do you know of +any boat we can have?" + +"Walter Ingalls has a boat; I think we can hire that." + +"Do you know him?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then you may go and ascertain whether we can have it, or I will go +with you to avoid loss of time." + +The boat was readily loaned, and the two were soon on the river. Mr. +Melville first took the oars, but he was quickly fatigued, and +resigned them to Herbert, who was strong and muscular for his age. +As his companion observed his strong and steady strokes, he said: + +"Herbert, I am disposed to envy you your strength and endurance. I +get tired very easily." + +"Were you not strong when a boy?" asked Herbert. + +"I never had much endurance. My mother had a feeble constitution and +was consumptive, and I inherit something of her weakness." + +"It is fortunate that you have money, Mr. Melville, so that you are +not obliged to work." + +"True; but I would give half my fortune to be strong and well." + +Herbert noticed the hectic flush upon Mr. Melville's cheeks, and his +white, transparent hands, and his sympathy was aroused. + +"I see," he said, thoughtfully, "that I am more fortunate than I +thought in my health and strength." + +"They are blessings not to be overestimated, Herbert. However, my +lot is, on the whole, a happy one, even though my life will probably +be brief, and I have still many sources of satisfaction and +enjoyment." + +The river led away from the village, flowing between wooded banks, +with here and there a cottage set in the midst of the fields. Lying +back in the stern, Melville enjoyed their tranquil passage, when +their attention was suddenly attracted by a boy who stood on the +bank, frantically waving his hat. Melville was the first to see him. + +"What can that boy want?" he asked. + +Herbert immediately looked around, and exclaimed in surprise: + +"It's Tom Tripp!" + +"Row to shore, and see what he wants," said Melville, quickly. + +They were already near, and in a brief space of time they touched +the bank. + +"What's the matter, Tom?" + +"There's a tramp in the house, stealing all he can lay hands on," +answered Tom, in excitement. + +"What house?" + +"Farmer Cole's." + +Mr. Cole was the farmer for whom Tom Tripp was working. + +Tom explained that the farmer was gone to the village, leaving his +wife alone. A tramp had come to the door and asked for a meal. While +Mrs. Cole was getting something for him, the visitor looked about +him and, finding that there was no man about, boldly demanded money, +after unceremoniously possessing himself of the silver spoons. + +"Is he armed?" asked Melville. + +"I don't know; I don't think so." + +"Does he know that you have gone for help?" + +"No; he did not see me. I came from the fields, and saw him through +the window. Mrs. Cole thinks I am in the field and there is no help +near." + +Physical courage and physical strength do not always go together, +and a weak man often excels a strong man in bravery. George Melville +was thoroughly roused. For injustice or brutality he had a hearty +contempt, and he was not one to stand by and see a ruffian triumph. + +"Come, Herbert," he said; "let us go to the help of this poor +woman." + +"With all my heart," answered Herbert, his eyes flashing. + +Before describing the appearance of Herbert and George Melville upon +the scene, I will go back a few minutes and relate what happened at +the farmhouse. + +Mrs. Cole was engaged in ironing when she heard a knock at the door. + +Answering the summons, she found herself confronted by an +ill-looking fellow whose dusty and travel-soiled garments revealed +the character of the wearer. + +"What is it you wish?" asked the farmer's wife. + +"I'm hungry!" said the tramp. "Can you give me something to eat?" + +"Yes," answered Mrs. Cole, cheerfully, for the good woman could not +find it in her heart to turn away a fellow creature suffering from +hunger. "We have enough and to spare. Come in, and sit down at the +table." + +The visitor followed her into the kitchen and took a seat at the +table, while the farmer's wife went to the pantry and brought out +half a loaf of bread and a plate of cold meat. + +The tramp was not long in attacking it, but after a few mouthfuls +laid down his knife and fork. + +"Where's the coffee?" he asked. + +"I have no warm coffee," she answered. + +"Don't you drink coffee in the morning?" + +"Yes, but breakfast was over two or three hours since. Shall I get +you a glass of water?" + +"Haven't you any cider?" + +"It seems to me you are particular," said Mrs. Cole, growing +indignant. + +"All the same I want some cider," said the tramp, impudently. + +"I have no cider," answered Mrs. Cole, shortly. + +"A pretty farmhouse this is, without cider," growled the tramp. "You +can make me some coffee, then!" + +"Who are you to order me round in my own house?" demanded Mrs. Cole, +angrily. "One would think you took this for a hotel." + +"I take it for what I please," said the tramp. + +"If my husband were here you wouldn't dare to talk to me like this!" + +It was an unguarded admission, made on the impulse of the moment, +and Mrs. Cole felt its imprudence as soon as she had uttered the +words, but it was too late to recall them. + +"Where is your husband?" asked the tramp, his face lighting up with +a gleam of exultation. + +"Near by," answered Mrs. Cole, evasively; but her visitor saw that +this was not correct. + +"How much money have you in the house?" he demanded, abruptly. + +"Money?" gasped the farmer's wife, turning pale. + +"Yes, money! Didn't I speak plain enough?" asked the tramp, angrily. + +"Are you a thief, then?" + +"Don't you dare to call me a thief!" said the tramp, menacingly. + +"Then, if you are an honest man, why do you ask that question?" + +"Because I am going to borrow what money you have." + +"Borrow!" + +"Yes," said the man, with a grin. "I'll hand it back when I come +around again." + +Under ordinary circumstances there would not have been money enough +in the farmhouse to be anxious about, but it so happened that Farmer +Cole had sold a yoke of oxen, and the money received, a hundred +dollars, was upstairs in a bureau drawer. The thought of this, +though she didn't suppose the tramp to be aware of it, was enough to +terrify Mrs. Cole, and she sank back in the chair in a panic. Of +course the tramp inferred that there was a considerable sum in the +house. + +"Come, hurry up!" he said, roughly, "I can't wait here all day. +Where do you keep the money?" + +"It is my husband's," said Mrs. Cole, terrified out of all prudence. + +"All right! I'll pay it back to him. While you're about it, you may +collect all the spoons, too. I'm going to open a boarding house," he +continued, with a chuckle, "and I shall need them." + +"Oh, heavens! What shall I do?" ejaculated the frightened woman. + + + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +AN EXCITING SCENE. + + + + + +"You'd better go upstairs and get that money, or I will go up +myself," said the tramp, boldly. + +"I will go," said Mrs. Cole, terrified. + +It was at this time that Tom Tripp, looking in at the window, got an +idea of the situation, but he was unobserved. The river bank was +near, and he ran down to it, hoping, but not expecting, to see some +one who could interfere with the impudent robber. We have already +seen that he was luckier than he anticipated. + +Meanwhile Mrs. Cole went upstairs, not knowing how to save the money +from being carried away. She wished heartily that her husband had +taken it with him. One hundred dollars, as she well knew, would be a +serious loss to her husband, who was only moderately well to do. She +thought it possible that the tramp might know how large a sum there +was in the house, but could not be sure. She resolved, however, to +make an effort to save the larger part of the money. From the wallet +she took two five-dollar bills, and then, removing it from the +drawer, put it between the beds. She lingered as long as she dared, +and then went downstairs with the two bills in her hand. + +"Well, have you got the money?" growled the tramp. + +"Don't take it," she said; "be satisfied with the breakfast I have +given you." + +"You're a fool!" said the tramp, rudely. "How much have you got +there?" + +"Ten dollars." + +"Ten dollars!" said the tramp, disdainfully. "What do you take me +for?" + +"It is a large sum of money to me and my husband, sir," said the +poor woman, nervously. + +"It isn't enough for me! You have got more money in the house. Don't +lie to me! You know you have." + +"I am not used to be talked to in that way," said Mrs. Cole, +forgetting her timidity for the moment. + +"I can't help what you are used to; you'd better not trifle with me. +Go upstairs and bring down the rest of the money--do you hear?" + +"Oh, sir!" + +"'Oh, sir!'" repeated the tramp, impatiently. "I can't stay here all +day. Are you going to do as I tell you?" + +"I suppose I must," said the poor woman. + +"That's sensible. You'll find out after a while that nothing is to +be gained by trying to fool me. I'll give you just three minutes to +find that money and bring it down." + +"You'll leave the spoons, then?" + +"No; I want them, as I've already told you. Come, two minutes are +passed. I don't want to kill you, but--" + +Mrs. Cole uttered a shriek of dismay, and turned to obey the command +of her unwelcome visitor, when a loud, clear voice was heard from +just outside the window. + +"Stay where you are, Mrs. Cole! There is help at hand. This ruffian +shall not harm you." + +It was the voice of George Melville. The tramp turned swiftly and +stared in ill-disguised dismay at Melville and Herbert. + +"What business is it of yours?" he demanded, in a blustering tone. + +"We make it our business to defend this lady from your thievish +designs," said Melville. + +"You!" exclaimed the tramp, contemptuously. "Why, I could twist +either of you round my little finger." + +"You'd better not try it!" said Melville, not showing the least +trepidation. "Mrs. Cole, has this man anything of yours in his +possession?" + +"He has my spoons and I have just handed him ten dollars." + +George Melville turned to the tramp. + +"Be kind enough to lay the spoons on the table," he said, "and give +back the ten dollars Mrs. Cole handed you." + +"You must think I'm a fool!" said the tramp. + +"No; but I think you are a prudent man. If you do as I say we will +let you go; if not--" + +"Well, if not?" blustered the tramp. + +"If not, you may regret it." + +All this time George Melville had spoken in his usual tone of voice, +and the tramp was puzzled to know whether he had any weapon with +him. For himself, he was unarmed, and this made him feel rather ill +at ease, notwithstanding his superiority in physical strength. He +was rather disposed to think that George Melville had a pistol, for +he could not understand how otherwise he should dare to confront a +man of twice his size and strength. + +"I don't care for the spoons," he said, "but I will take the money." + +"No, you will return the money," said Melville, calmly. + +"Who will make me?" demanded the tramp, defiantly. + +"I will." + +"We'll see about that!" said the tramp, desperately, and he sprang +towards Melville, who had in the meantime entered the house and +stood only six feet distant. + +"Stay where you are!" exclaimed Melville, resolutely, and he drew a +pistol, which he leveled at his formidable antagonist. + +"That settles it, stranger!" said the tramp, "You've got the +advantage of me this time. Just wait till we meet again." + +"I am willing to wait for some time," said Melville, shrugging his +shoulders. "I have no desire to cultivate your acquaintance, my +friend." + +"There are the spoons!" said the tramp, throwing them down on the +table. + +"Now for the money!" + +The tramp looked at George Melville. Melville still held the pistol +in his hand leveled at his breast. The thief was a large man, but he +was not a brave one. He cowered before the resolute glance of his +small opponent. + +"Won't you interfere with me if I give back the money?" he asked. + +"No." + +"Will you let me go without firing at me?" + +"Yes." + +"Perhaps you won't keep your agreement," suggested the tramp, +nervously. + +"I am a man of my word," said Melville, calmly. + +His calm, resolute tone, free from all excitement, impressed the +tramp with confidence. He drew the notes from his vest pocket, where +he had thrust them, and threw them on the table. + +"Now, may I go?" he said. + +In answer, George Melville, who stood between him and the door, drew +aside, still, however, holding the pistol in position, and the tramp +passed out, not sorry, it may be said, to get out of range of the +weapon. + +They watched him striding through the yard, and when he was fairly +gone Mrs. Cole said: + +"Oh, how can I thank you for saving me from this wretch?" + +"I am glad to have been the instrument of deliverance," said +Melville, politely. + +"It was fortunate you had the pistol with you, Mr. Melville," said +Herbert. + +"Well, yes, perhaps it was," said Melville, smiling. + +"Pray, put it up, Mr. Melville," said the farmer's wife, "it always +makes me nervous to see a loaded pistol." + +Melville bowed, and put back the pistol in his pocket. + +"As your unpleasant visitor has gone," he said, "I may as well +relieve your fears by saying that the pistol is not loaded." + +"Not loaded!" exclaimed Herbert and Tom Tripp in concert. + +"No; it has not been loaded to my knowledge for a year." + +"Then how could you stand up against that man?" asked the farmer's +wife, in wonder. + +"He thought it was loaded!" replied Melville, "and that answered the +purpose. I should be very reluctant to use a loaded pistol, for I +have a high idea of the sacredness of human life, but I have no +objection to playing upon the fears of a man like that." + +Melville and Herbert remained at the farmhouse for half an hour, +till the return of the farmer, when they resumed their river trip. +They returned about noon. When they were walking through the main +street, Herbert saw the town constable approaching with the air of a +man who had business with him. + +"Did you wish to speak to me, Mr. Bruce?" he asked. + +"Yes, Herbert. I have a warrant for your arrest." + +"For my arrest!" exclaimed Herbert, in amazement. "What for?" + +"On complaint of Eben Graham, for abstracting postage stamps and +money from the post office last evening." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +TRIED FOR THEFT. + + + + + +Herbert stared at the constable in blank amazement. + +"I am charged with stealing stamps and money from the post office?" +he said. + +"Yes." + +"Who makes the charge?" demanded Herbert, in great excitement. + +"Eben Graham." + +"I don't know what it means," said our hero, turning to George +Melville. + +"It means," said Melville, "that the fellow is envious of you, and +angry because he cannot supersede you with me. He evidently wants to +do you an injury." + +"It must be so; but I did not imagine that Eben could be so mean. +Mr. Bruce, do you believe that I am a thief?" + +"No, I don't, Herbert," said the constable, "and it was very much +against my will that I started out to arrest you, you may be sure." + +"When do you want me to go with you?" asked Herbert. + +"You will go before Justice Slocum at two o'clock." + +"Is it necessary for me to go to the lockup?" asked Herbert, +shrinking, with natural repugnance, from entering the temporary +house of tramps and law breakers. + +"No, Herbert," answered the constable, in a friendly tone. "I'll +take it upon myself to let you go home to dinner. I will call for +you at quarter of two. Of course I shall find you ready to accompany +me?" + +"Yes, Mr. Bruce, I am impatient to meet Eben Graham, and tell him to +his face that he has been guilty of a mean and contemptible +falsehood, in charging me with theft. Not a person in the village +who knows me will believe it." + +"I will also call at your house, Herbert," said George Melville, +"and accompany you to the office of the justice. I shall ask leave +to give the details of Eben Graham's visit to me last evening." + +"Thank you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, "I am glad you do not +believe a word of this story." + +"I am not so easily deceived, Herbert. It is quite possible that +stamps and money have been stolen, but, if so, it is your false +friend and accuser who is guilty." + +Of course Herbert had to tell his mother what had happened. She was +agitated and alarmed, but became calmer when Herbert told her what +was Eben's probable motive in making the charge. + +"How can he behave so shamefully!" exclaimed the indignant parent. + +"I didn't think him capable of it, myself, mother, although I had a +poor opinion of him." + +"Suppose that you can't prove that you are innocent, Herbert?" said +Mrs. Carr, anxiously. + +"It is for him to prove that I am guilty, mother," answered Herbert, +who knew this much of law. + +At a quarter of two Constable Bruce and Mr. Melville walked to the +house together. + +The door was opened for them by Herbert himself. + +"So you haven't taken leg bail, Herbert," said the constable, +jocosely. + +"No, Mr. Bruce, I am on hand; I am in a hurry to meet Mr. Eben +Graham and see whether he can look me in the face after his shameful +behavior." + +"Oh, Mr. Bruce, I never thought you would call at my home on such an +errand," said Mrs, Carr, on the point of breaking down. + +"Don't worry, Mrs. Carr," said the constable; "anybody may be +charged with theft, however innocent. Your son has good friends who +won't see him treated with injustice." + +Herbert's mother was desirous of accompanying them to the office of +the justice, but was persuaded to remain behind. Herbert knew that +in her indignation she would not be able to be silent when she saw +Eben Graham. + +Justice Slocum was an elderly man, with a mild face and gray hair. +When Herbert entered he greeted him in a friendly way. + +"I am sorry to see you here, my boy," he said, "but I am sure there +is some mistake. I have known you ever since you were a baby, and I +don't believe you are guilty of theft now." + +"I submit, Judge Slocum," said Eben Graham, who sat in a corner, his +mean features looking meaner and more insignificant than usual, "I +submit that you are prejudging the case." + +"Silence, sir!" said Judge Slocum, warmly. "How dare you impugn my +conduct? Though Herbert were my own son, I would give you a chance +to prove him guilty." + +"I hope you'll excuse me, judge," said Eben, cringing. "I am as +sorry as you are to believe the boy guilty of stealing." + +"Do your worst and say your worst, Eben Graham!" said Herbert, +contemptuously, "but be very careful that you do not swear falsely." + +"I don't need any instructions from you, Herbert Carr, considering +that you are a criminal on trial," said Eben, maliciously. + +"You are mistaken, sir," said George Melville. "To be under arrest +does not make a man or boy a criminal." + +"I am sure I am much obliged for the information, Mr. Melville," +said Eben, spitefully. "You've chosen a nice companion." + +"There you are right," said Melville, gravely. "I have done much +better than if I had hired you." + +Eben winced, but did not reply. + +George Melville whispered to Herbert: + +"Are you willing to accept me as your lawyer? I am not much of one, +to be sure, but this case is very simple." + +"I am very grateful for your offer, and accept it," said Herbert. + +I do not propose to record the whole scene in detail, but only to +give a general idea of the proceedings. + +Eben Graham was sworn as a witness, and deposed that he had left +Herbert in charge of the post office the previous evening. On his +return he examined the stamps and contents of the money drawer, and +found, to his surprise, that five dollars in money and six dollars' +worth of stamps were missing. + +"How did you know they were missing?" asked Melville. + +"Because I knew precisely how much money was in the drawer and how +many stamps were there." + +"Then you counted them just before you went out?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"That was rather a singular time to make the count, was it not?" + +"I don't know that it was, sir." + +"I should suppose the end of the day would be a more appropriate +time." + +"I don't think so," answered Eben, shortly. + +"Were you led to make the count because you suspected Herbert's +honesty?" asked Mr. Melville. + +"That was the very reason I did it," said Eben, with a malicious +glance at Herbert. + +"Isn't it a little curious that you should have selected a boy whose +honesty you doubted, to fill your place?" asked George Melville, +carelessly. + +"There wasn't anybody else; he knew all about post-office work." +answered Eben. + +"Very good! Now, Mr. Graham, if you have no objection, will you tell +why you wanted to get away from the post office last evening?" + +Eben fidgeted, for he saw what was coming, and it made him nervous. + +"I wanted a little rest," he answered, after a pause. + +"Where did you go?" + +"Why do you ask me that question?" asked Eben, moving about +uneasily. + +"Because I desire an answer." + +"You know where I went," returned Eben, sullenly. + +"Yes, but I wish you to tell me." + +"Answer the question, witness!" said the judge, briefly. + +"I went to the hotel," replied Eben, evasively. + +"On whom did you call?" + +"On you!" answered Eben, reluctantly. + +"We have come to it at last. Now, what was your business with me?" + +"To tell you that Herbert would not suit you as a companion," said +the witness, who thought this answer rather a clever one. + +"Whom did you recommend in his place?" pursued the questioner, +relentlessly. + +Eben hesitated, but his cleverness came again to his aid. + +"I told you that I would be willing to come just to oblige you," he +said. + +"Did Herbert know that you were going to make this proposal?" + +"No." + +"You asked him, then, to remain in the post office while you +absented yourself with a view of depriving him of the position he +had just secured in my employ?" + +"I would have got father to take him again in the store and post +office," said Eben, defending himself from the implied charge of +treachery. + +"Yes, you told me so." + +Eben nodded triumphantly. Even Melville had to admit that he was not +treating Herbert meanly. + +"By the way," said Melville, "isn't it rather strange that you +should have been ready to recommend in your place a boy whose +honesty you doubted?" + +"I didn't know he was a thief," said Eben, somewhat abashed. + +"No, but you suspected his honesty. That was your reason for +counting the money and stamps before you left the office. At least, +that is the reason you have given." + +"He had been in the office before I was there," said Eben, uneasily. + +"While he was there, were any stamps missing? Was he suspected of +taking any stamps or money?" + +"Not that I know of." + +"Now, Mr. Graham, what answer did I make to your application?" + +"What application?" + +"To take you into my employ instead of Herbert." + +"You wanted to keep him," said the witness, sullenly. + +"Precisely. Having failed, then, in your application, you went home +and discovered that some money and stamps had been stolen." + +"Yes, sir. I was very much surprised--" + +"That will do, sir. Your discovery was remarkably well-timed. +Herbert having obtained the position you sought, you straightway +discovered proof of his dishonesty." + +Eben colored, for the insinuation was plain enough for even him to +understand. + +"The two things had nothing to do with each other!" he said. + +"That may be, but I call the attention of the judge to a very +remarkable coincidence. Have the missing stamps or money been found +on the person of the defendant?" + +"He hasn't been searched." + +"I will take it upon me to say that he is ready to submit to an +examination," said Melville. + +Herbert said, emphatically, "I am." + +"Oh, it isn't likely you'd find anything now." said Eben, with a +sneer. + +"Why not?" + +"He has had plenty of time to put 'em away." + +"I am willing to have my mother's house searched," said Herbert, +promptly. + +"Oh, they ain't there!" said Eben, significantly. + +"Where are they, then?" + +Eben's answer took Herbert and his lawyer, and the judge himself, by +surprise. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +EBEN'S TRUMP CARD. + + + + + +"I guess they're--a part of them--inside this letter," he said. + +As he spoke he produced a letter, stamped and sealed, but not +postmarked. The letter was addressed: + +"Messrs. Jones & Fitch, + +"---Chestnut Street, + +"Philadelphia." + +"What makes you think this letter contains money or postage stamps, +Mr. Graham?" asked George Melville. + +"Because I've seen an advertisement of Jones & Fitch in one of the +weekly papers. They advertise to send several articles to any +address on receipt of seventy-five cents in postage stamps." + +"Very well. What inference do you draw from this?" + +"Don't you see?" answered Eben, in malicious triumph. "That's where +part of the stamps went. This letter was put into the post office by +Herbert Carr this morning." + +"That is not true," said Herbert, quietly. + +"Maybe it isn't, but I guess you'll find Herbert Carr's name signed +to the letter," said Eben. + +"Have you seen the inside of the letter, Mr. Graham?" + +"No, sir." + +"Then how do you know Herbert Carr's name is signed to it?" + +"I don't know, but I am pretty sure it is." + +"You think Herbert Carr wrote the letter?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"If there is no objection," said Melville, "I will settle the matter +by opening it." + +"That's what I want you to do." said Eben Graham. + +"And I also," said Herbert. + +Mr. Melville deliberately cut open one end of the envelope with a +small penknife, and drew out the folded sheet which it contained. As +he did so, a small sheet of postage stamps fell upon the floor. + +"There, do you see that?" said Eben in triumph. + +The sheet of stamps contained twenty-five three-cent stamps, +representing in value seventy-five cents. + +"Shall I read the letter, sir?" asked Melville, of the judge. + +"If there is no objection." + +Melville read it aloud, as follows: + +"WAYNEBORO, August 2lst. MESSRS. JONES & FITCH: I inclose +seventy-five cents in stamps, and will be glad to have you send me +the articles you advertise in the Weekly Gazette. Yours truly, + +"HERBERT CARR." + +Herbert listened to the reading of this letter in amazement. + +"I never wrote that letter," he said, "and I never heard of Jones & +Fitch before." + +"That's a likely story!" sneered Eben Graham. "I submit to Judge +Slocum that I have proved my case. I haven't found out when all the +stamps left, but I have shown where some are. One who will steal +seventy-five cents' worth of stamps will steal six dollars' worth." + +"I agree with you there, Mr. Graham," said George Melville. "Will +you be kind enough to sit down at that table, and write to my +dictation?" + +"What should I do that for?" asked Eben, suspiciously. + +"Never mind. Surely you can have no objection." + +"Well, no; I don't know as I have, though I think it's all +foolishness." + +He sat down, and a pen was handed him. + +"What shall I write?" he asked. + +"Write 'Messrs. Jones & Fitch.'" + +"What for?" demanded Eben, looking discomposed. + +"That's my affair. Write." + +Eben wrote the words, but he seemed to find some difficulty in doing +so. It was clear that he was trying to disguise his handwriting. + +"What next?" he asked. + +"'I inclose seventy-five cents in stamps,'" proceeded George +Melville. + +"Do you want to throw suspicion on me?" asked Eben, throwing down +the pen. + +"Keep on writing!" said the judge. + +Eben did so, but was very deliberate about it, and seemed very +particular as to how he penned his letter. + +"Very well!" said Melville. "Now, I wish Herbert Carr to take the +pen, and I will dictate the same letter." + +Herbert readily took the seat just vacated by Eben, and rapidly +wrote the words dictated to him. + +When he had finished his task, Mr. Melville took the two copies, +and, first examining them himself, handed them, together with the +original letter, to Justice Slocum. + +"I have only to ask your honor," he said, "to compare these three +notes and decide for yourself whether the original was written by +Herbert Carr or Mr. Eben Graham, the witness against him." + +Eben Graham looked very ill at ease, flushing and paling by turns +while the examination was going on. + +"I submit," he said, "that this is a very extraordinary way of +treating a witness." + +Justice Slocum, after a pause, said: "I find that Mr. Eben Graham's +copy is unmistakably in the same handwriting as the original letter, +purporting to be written by Herbert Carr." + +"It's not so!" faltered Eben. + +"Then," said George Melville, triumphantly, "as it seems clear that +my young client is the victim of a base conspiracy, engineered by +the man who has brought this charge of dishonesty against him, I +have only to ask that he be honorably discharged." + +"The request is granted," said Justice Slocum. "Herbert, you can go. +It is clear that you are innocent of the charge made against you." + +"I protest," began Eben Graham. + +"As for you, Mr. Graham," said the justice, severely, "I have no +words to express my scorn and detestation of your conduct in +deliberately contriving a plot to ruin the reputation of an innocent +boy, who has never done you any harm. Should Herbert Carr desire it, +he is at liberty to sue you for having him arrested on a false +charge trumped up by yourself." + +Eben began to look frightened. + +"I do not wish to punish Mr. Graham," said Herbert. "It is enough +for me that my honesty has been vindicated." + +"Go, then," said the justice to Eben. "It is fortunate for you that +this boy is so forbearing." + +Eben Graham slunk out of the justice's office, looking meaner and +more contemptible than ever, while Herbert was surrounded by his +friends, who congratulated him upon the happy issue of the trial. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +EBEN'S LAST HOPE FAILS. + + + + + +Ebenezer Graham had taken no stock in his son's charge against +Herbert. He was not prejudiced in favor of Herbert, nor did he feel +particularly friendly to him, but he was a man of shrewdness and +common sense, and he knew that Herbert was not a fool. When Eben +made known to him the fact that the stamps and money were missing, +he said keenly: "What has become of 'em?" + +"I don't know," answered Eben, "but I can guess well enough." + +"Guess, then," said his father, shortly. + +"You know Herbert Carr took my place last evening?" + +"Well?" + +"There's no doubt that he took the stamps and money." + +"That isn't very likely." + +"I feel sure of it--so sure that I mean to charge him with it." + +"Well, you can see what he says." + +Ebenezer did not understand that Eben intended to have the boy +arrested, and would not have consented to it had he known. But Eben +slipped out of the store, and arranged for the arrest without his +father's knowledge. Indeed, he did not learn till the trial had +already commenced, Eben having made some excuse for his absence. + +When Eben returned his father greeted him in a tone very far from +cordial. + +"Well, Eben, I hear you've gone and made a fool of yourself?" + +"I have only been defending your property, father," said Eben, +sullenly. "I thought you'd appreciate it better than this." + +"You've charged an innocent boy with theft, and now all his friends +will lay it up agin' us." + +"Were you going to be robbed without saying a word?" asked Eben. + +"No, I'm not, Eben Graham; I'm goin' to say a word, and now's the +time to say it. You can't pull wool over my eyes. The money's gone, +and the stamps are gone, and somebody's got 'em." + +"Herbert Carr!" + +"No, it isn't Herbert Carr. It's somebody nearer to me, I'm ashamed +to say, than Herbert Carr." + +"Do you mean to say I took them?" asked Eben. + +"I won't bring a charge unless I can prove it, but I shall watch you +pretty closely after this." + +"In that case, I don't wish to work for you any longer; I throw up +the situation," said Eben, loftily. + +"Verv well. When are you going to leave town?" + +"I ain't going to leave town at present." + +"Where are you going to board, then?" + +Eben regarded his father in dismay. + +"You're not going to send me adrift, are you?" he asked, in +consternation. + +"I'm not going to support you in idleness; if you give up your +situation in the store, you'll have to go to work for somebody +else." + +"I wish I could," thought Eben, thinking of the rich young man at +the hotel, from whom he had sought a position as companion. + +"Then I shall have to leave Wayneboro," he said; "there's nothing to +do here." + +"Yes, there is; Farmer Collins wants a hired man." + +"A hired man!" repeated Eben, scornfully. "Do you think I am +going--to hire out on a farm?" + +"You might do a great deal worse," answered Ebenezer, sensibly. + +"After being a dry-goods salesman in Boston, I haven't got down to +that, I beg to assure you," said Eben, with an air of consequence. + +"Then you will have to work in the store if you expect to stay at +home," said his father. "And hark you, Eben Graham," he added, +"don't report any more losses of money or stamps. I make you +responsible for both." + +Eben went back to his work in an uneasy frame of mind. He saw that +he had not succeeded in imposing upon his father, and that the +clear-sighted old gentleman strongly suspected where the missing +articles had gone. Eben might have told, had he felt inclined, that +the five-dollar bill had been mailed to a lottery agent in New York +in payment for a ticket in a Southern lottery, and that the stamps +were even now in his possession, and would be sold at the first +opportunity. His plan to throw suspicion upon Herbert had utterly +failed, and the cold looks with which he had been greeted showed +what the villagers thought of his attempt. + +"I won't stay in Wayneboro much longer," Eben inwardly resolved. +"It's the dullest hole in creation. I can get along somehow in a +large place, but here there's positively nothing. Hire out on a +farm, indeed! My father ought to be ashamed to recommend such a +thing to his only son, when he's so well off. If he would only give +me two hundred dollars, I would go to California and trouble him no +more. Plenty of people make money in California, and why shouldn't +I? If that ticket draws a prize--" + +And then Eben went into calculations of what he would do if only he +drew a prize of a thousand dollars. That wasn't too much to expect, +for there were several of that amount, and several considerably +larger. He pictured how independent he would be with his prize, and +how he would tell his father that he could get along without him, +displaying at the same time a large roll of bills. When he reached +California he could buy an interest in a mine, and perhaps within +three or four years he could return home twenty times as rich as his +father. It was pleasant to think over all this, and almost to +persuade himself that the good luck had actually come. However, he +must wait a few days, for the ticket had not yet come, and the +lottery would not be drawn for a week. + +The ticket arrived two days later; Eben took care to slip the +envelope into his pocket without letting his father or anyone else +see it, for unpleasant questions might have been asked as to where +he got the money that paid for it, Mr. Graham knowing very well that +his son had not five dollars by him. + +For a few days Eben must remain in Wayneboro, until the lottery was +drawn. If he was unlucky, he would have to consider some other plan +for raising money to get away from Wayneboro. + +It was not till the day after the trial and his triumphant +acquittal, that Herbert saw Eben. He came to the store to buy some +groceries for his mother. + +"Good-evening, Herbert," said Eben. + +"Eben," said Herbert, coldly, "except in the way of business, I +don't want to speak to you." + +"You don't bear malice on account of that little affair, do you, +Herbert?" said Eben, smoothly. + +"That little affair, as you call it, might have been a very serious +affair to me." + +"I only did my duty," said Eben. + +"Was it your duty to charge an innocent person with theft?" + +"I didn't see who else could have taken the things," said Eben. + +"Probably you know as well as anybody," said Herbert, +contemptuously. + +"What do you mean?" demanded Eben, coloring. + +"You know better than I do. How much do I owe you?" + +"Thirty-three cents." + +"There is your money," said Herbert, and walked out of the store. + +"I hate that boy!" said Eben, scowling at Herbert's retreating +figure. "He puts on too many airs, just because a city man's taken +him in charity and is paying his expenses. Some time I'll be able to +come up with him, I hope." + +Herbert was not of an unforgiving nature, but he felt that Eben had +wronged him deeply, and saw no reason why he would not repeat the +injury if he ever got the chance. He had at least a partial +understanding of Eben's mean nature and utter selfishness, and felt +that he wished to have nothing to do with him. Ebenezer Graham was +very "close," but he was a hard-working man and honest as the world +goes. He was tolerably respected in Wayneboro, though not popular, +but Eben seemed on the high road to become a rascal. + +A week slipped by, and a circular containing the list of prizes +drawn was sent to Eben. + +He ran his eyes over it in a flutter of excitement. Alas! for his +hopes. In the list of lucky numbers the number on his ticket was not +included. + +"I have drawn a blank! Curse the luck!" he muttered, savagely. "The +old man needn't think I am going to stay here in Wayneboro. If he +won't give me money to go out West, why, then--" + +But he did not say what then. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +A TRIP TO BOSTON. + + + + + +"To-morrow, Herbert," said George Melville, as they parted for the +day, "I shall propose a new excursion to you." + +Herbert regarded him inquiringly. + +"I want to go to Boston to make a few purchases, but principally to +consult my physician." + +"I hope you are not feeling any worse, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, +with genuine concern, for he had come to feel a regard for his +employer, who was always kind and considerate to him. + +"No, I am feeling as well as usual; but I wish to consult Dr. Davies +about the coming winter--whether he would advise me to spend it in +Massachusetts." + +"If Mr. Melville goes away, I shall have to look for another place," +thought Herbert, soberly. It was hardly likely, he knew, that he +would obtain a position so desirable as the one he now filled. + +"I hope he will be able to do so, Mr. Melville," he said, earnestly. + +"I hope so; but I shall not be surprised if the doctor ordered me +away." + +"Then you won't want me to come to-morrow?" + +"Certainly, unless you object to going to Boston with me." + +"Object?" repeated Herbert, eagerly. "I should like nothing better." + +In fact, our hero, though a well-grown boy of sixteen, had never +been to Boston but three times, and the trip, commonplace as it may +seem to my traveled young readers, promised him a large amount of +novelty and pleasurable excitement. + +"I shall be glad of your company, Herbert. I hardly feel the +strength or enterprise to travel alone, even for so trifling a trip +as going to Boston." + +"At what hour will you go, Mr. Melville?" + +"I will take the second train, at nine o'clock. It will afford me +time enough, and save my getting up before my usual time." + +Herbert would have preferred going by the first train, starting at +half-past seven, as it would have given him a longer day in the +city, but of course he felt that his employer had decided wisely. + +"It will be quite a treat to me, going to Boston," he said. "I have +only been there three times in my life." + +"You certainly have not been much of a traveler, Herbert," said +George Melville, smiling. "However, you are young, and you may see a +good deal of the world yet before you die." + +"I hope I will. It must be delightful to travel." + +"Yes, when you are young and strong," said Melville, thoughtfully. +"That makes a great deal of difference in the enjoyment." + +Herbert did not fail to put in an appearance at the hotel +considerably before it was time to leave for the train. George +Melville smiled at his punctuality. + +"I wish, Herbert," he said, "that I could look forward with as much +pleasure as you feel to our trip to-day." + +"I wish so, too, Mr. Melville." + +"At any rate, I shall enjoy it better for having a companion." + +The tickets were bought, and they took their places in one of the +passenger cars. + +Just as the train was ready to start, Herbert saw a young man with a +ticket in his hand hurrying along the platform. + +"Why, there's Eben Graham!" he said, in surprise. + +"Is he entering the cars?" + +"Yes, he has just got into the car behind us." + +"I wonder if he is going to leave Wayneboro for good?" + +"Probably he is only going to Boston for the day, perhaps to buy +goods." + +Herbert thought it doubtful whether Ebenezer Graham would trust his +son so far, but did not say so. Eben, on his part, had not seen +Herbert on board the train, and was not aware that he was a fellow +passenger. + +The journey was a tolerably long one--forty miles--and consumed an +hour and a half. At last they rolled into the depot, and before the +train had fairly stopped the passengers began to crowd toward the +doors of the car. + +"Let us remain till the crowd has passed out," said George Melville. +"It is disagreeable to me to get into the throng, and it saves very +little time." + +"Very well, sir." + +Looking out of the car window, Herbert saw Eben Graham walking +swiftly along the platform, and could not forbear wondering what had +brought him to the city. + +"My doctor's office is on Tremont Street," said Mr. Melville. "I +shall go there immediately, and may have to wait some time. It will +be tiresome to you, and I shall let you go where you please. You can +meet me at the Parker House, in School Street, at two o'clock." + +"Very well, sir." + +"Do you know where the hotel is?" + +"No, but I can find it," answered Herbert, confidently. + +"I believe I will also get you to attend to a part of my business +for me." + +"I shall be very glad to do so," said Herbert, sincerely. It made +him feel more important to be transacting business in Boston. + +"Here is a check for a hundred and fifty dollars on the Merchants' +Bank," continued George Melville. "It is payable to the bearer, and +you will have no trouble in getting the money on it. You may present +it at the bank, and ask for fives and tens and a few small bills." + +"Very well, sir." + +Herbert felt rather proud to have so much confidence reposed in him, +for to him a hundred and fifty dollars seemed a large sum of money, +and he felt that George Melville was a rich man to draw so much at +one time. + +"Had I better go to the bank at once?" he asked. + +"Yes, I think so; of course, I need not caution you to take good +care of the money." + +"I'll be sure to do that, sir." + +They walked together to Tremont Street, and Mr. Melville paused at a +doorway opposite the Common. + +"My doctor's office is upstairs," he said. "We will part here and +meet at the hotel. If you are late, I may go into the dining room; +so if you don't see me in the reading room, go to the door of the +dining room and look in." + +"Very well, sir; but I think I shall be on time." + +"The bank is open now, and you can cash the check if you go down +there." + +Left to himself, Herbert walked slowly along, looking into shop +windows and observing with interested attention the people whom he +met. + +"It must be very pleasant to live in the city," he thought; "there +is so much going on all the time." + +It is no wonder that country boys are drawn toward the city, and +feel that their cup of happiness would be full if they could get a +position in some city store. They do not always find the reality +equal to their anticipations. The long hours and strict discipline +of a city office or mercantile establishment are not much like the +freedom they pictured to themselves, and after they have paid their +board bill in some shabby boarding house they seldom find much left +over, either for amusement or needful expenses. The majority of boys +would do better to remain in their country homes, where at least +they can live comfortably and at small expense, and take such +employment as may fall in their way. They will stand a much better +chance of reaching a competence in middle life than if they helped +to crowd the ranks of city clerks and salesmen. There is many a +hard-working clerk of middle age, living poorly, and with nothing +laid by, in the city, who, had he remained in his native village, +might have reached a modest independence. It was hardly to be +expected, however, that Herbert would feel thus. Upon him the show +and glitter of the city shops and streets produced their natural +effect, and he walked on buoyantly, seeing three times as much as a +city boy would have done. + +He turned down School Street, passing the Parker House, where he was +to meet Mr. Melville. Just before he reached it he saw Eben Graham +emerge from the hotel and walk towards Washington Street. Eben did +not look behind him, and therefore did not see Herbert. + +"I wonder where he is going?" thought our hero, as he followed a few +steps behind Eben. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +AN OBLIGING GUIDE. + + + + + +On Washington Street, not far from Old South Church, is an office +for the sale of railroad tickets to western points. It was this +office which Eben entered. + +"He is going to inquire the price of a ticket to some western city," +thought Herbert. "I heard him say one day that he wanted to go +West." + +Our hero's curiosity was naturally aroused, and he stood at the +entrance, where he could not only see but hear what passed within. + +"What do you charge for a ticket to Chicago?" he heard Eben ask. + +"Twenty-two dollars," was the answer of the young man behind the +counter. + +"You may give me one," said Eben. + +As he spoke he drew from his vest pocket a roll of bills, and began +to count off the requisite sum. + +Herbert was surprised. He had supposed that Eben was merely making +inquiries about the price of tickets. He had not imagined that he +was really going. + +"Can Mr. Graham have given him money to go?" he asked himself. + +"When can I start?" asked Eben, as he received a string of tickets +from the clerk. + +"At three this afternoon." + +Eben seemed well pleased with this reply. He carefully deposited the +tickets in an inside vest pocket, and turned to go out of the +office. As he emerged from it he caught sight of Herbert, who had +not yet started to go. He looked surprised and annoyed. + +"Herbert Carr!" he exclaimed. "How came you here?" + +Mingled with his surprise there was a certain nervousness of manner, +as Herbert thought. + +"I came to Boston with Mr. Melville," said Herbert, coldly. + +"Oh!" ejaculated Eben, with an air of perceptible relief. "Where is +Mr. Melville?" + +"He has gone to the office of his physician, on Tremont Street." + +"Leaving you to your own devices, eh?" + +"Yes." + +"Look out you don't get lost!" said Eben, with affected gayety. "I +am here on a little business for the old man." + +Herbert did not believe this, in view of what he had seen, but he +did not think it necessary to say so. + +"Good-morning!" said Herbert, in a tone polite but not cordial. + +"Good-morning! Oh, by the way, I have just been inquiring the cost +of a ticket to St. Louis," said Eben, carelessly. + +"Indeed! Do you think of going out there?" + +"Yes, if the old man will let me," said Eben. + +"Do you prefer St. Louis to Chicago?" asked Herbert, watching the +face of Eben attentively. + +Eben's face changed, and he looked searchingly at our hero, but +could read nothing in his face. + +"Oh, decidedly!" he answered, after a slight pause. "I don't think I +would care for Chicago." + +"And all the while you have a ticket for Chicago in your pocket!" +thought Herbert, suspiciously, "Well, that's your own affair +entirely, not mine." + +"What train do you take back to Wayneboro?" asked Eben, not without +anxiety. + +"We shall not go before four o'clock." + +"I may be on the train with you," said Eben, "though possibly I +shall get through in time to take an earlier one." + +"He is trying to deceive me," thought Herbert. + +"Good-morning," he said, formally, and walked away. + +"I wish I hadn't met him," muttered Eben to himself. "He may give +the old man a clew. However, I shall be safe out of the way before +anything can be done." + +Herbert kept on his way, and found the bank without difficulty. + +He entered and looked about him. Though unaccustomed to banks, he +watched to see where others went to get checks cashed, and presented +himself in turn. + +"How will you have it?" asked the paying teller. + +"Fives and tens, and a few small bills," answered Herbert, promptly. + +The teller selected the requisite number of bank bills quickly, and +passed them out to Herbert. Our hero counted them, to make sure that +they were correct, and then put them away in his inside pocket. It +gave him a feeling of responsibility to be carrying about so much +money, and he felt that it was incumbent on him to be very careful. + +"Where shall I go now?" he asked himself. + +He would have liked to go to Charlestown, and ascend Bunker Hill +Monument, but did not know how to go. Besides, he feared he would +not get back to the Parker House at the time fixed by Mr. Melville. +Still, he might be able to do it. He addressed himself to a rather +sprucely dressed man of thirty-five whom he met at the door of the +bank. + +"I beg your pardon, sir, but can you tell me how far it is to Bunker +Hill Monument?" + +"About a mile and a half," answered the stranger. + +"Could I go there and get back to the Parker House before one +o'clock." + +"Could you?" repeated the man, briskly. "Why, to be sure you could!" + +"But I don't know the way." + +"You have only to take one of the Charlestown horse cars, and it +will land you only a couple of minutes' walk from the monument." + +"Can you tell me what time it is, sir?" + +"Only a little past eleven. So you have never been to Bunker Hill +Monument, my lad?" + +"No sir; I live in the country, forty miles away and seldom come to +Boston." + +"I see, I see," said the stranger, his eyes snapping in a very +peculiar way. "Every patriotic young American ought to see the place +where Warren fell." + +"I should like to if you could tell me where to take the cars." + +"Why, certainly I will," said the other, quickly. "In fact--let me +see," and he pulled out a silver watch from his vest pocket, "I've a +great mind to go over with you myself." + +"I shouldn't like to trouble you, sir," said Herbert. + +"Oh, it will be no trouble. Business isn't pressing this morning, +and I haven't been over for a long time myself. If you don't object +to my company, I will accompany you." + +"You are very kind," said Herbert. "If you are quite sure that you +are not inconveniencing yourself, I shall be very glad to go with +you--that is, if you think I can get back to the Parker House by one +o'clock." + +"I will guarantee that you do," said the stranger, confidently. "My +young friend, I am glad to see that you are particular to keep your +business engagements. In a varied business experience, I have +observed that it is precisely that class who are destined to win the +favor of their employer and attain solid success." + +"He seems a very sensible man," thought Herbert; "and his advice is +certainly good." + +"Come this way," said the stranger, crossing Washington Street. +"Scollay's Square is close at hand, and there we shall find a +Charlestown horse car." + +Of course Herbert yielded himself to the guidance of his new friend, +and they walked up Court Street together. + +"That," said the stranger, pointing out a large, somber building to +the left, "is the courthouse. The last time I entered it was to be +present at the trial of a young man of my acquaintance who had +fallen into evil courses, and, yielding to temptation, had stolen +from his employer. It was a sad sight," said the stranger, shaking +his head. + +"I should think it must have been," said Herbert. + +"Oh, why, why will young men yield to the seductions of pleasure?" +exclaimed the stranger, feelingly. + +"Was he convicted?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, and sentenced to a three years term in the State prison," +answered his companion. "It always makes me feel sad when I think of +the fate of that young man." + +"I should think it would, sir." + +"I have mentioned it as a warning to one who is just beginning +life," continued the stranger. "But here is our car." + +A Charlestown car, with an outside sign, Bunker Hill, in large +letters, came by, and the two got on board. + +They rode down Cornhill, and presently the stranger pointed out +Faneuil Hall. + +"Behold the Cradle of Liberty," he said. "Of course, you have heard +of Faneuil Hall?" + +"Yes, sir," and Herbert gazed with interest at the building of which +he had heard so much. + +It was but a short ride to Charlestown. They got out at the foot of +a steep street, at the head of which the tall, granite column which +crowns the summit of Bunker Hill stood like a giant sentinel ever on +guard. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +A NEW BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL. + + + + + +Just opposite the monument is a small, one-story structure, where +views of the shaft may be purchased and tickets obtained. + +"There is a small admission fee," said Herbert's companion. + +"How much is it?" asked our hero. + +"Twenty cents." + +As Herbert thrust his hand into his pocket for the necessary money, +his companion said: + +"You had better let me pay for both tickets." + +Though he said this, he didn't make any motion to do so. + +"No, I will pay for both," said Herbert. + +"But I really cannot permit you to pay for mine." + +And still the speaker made no movement to purchase his ticket. + +Herbert settled the matter by laying half a dollar on the desk, and +asking for two tickets. He began to see that, in spite of his +disclaimer, his guide intended him to do so. On the whole, this +didn't please him. He would rather have had his offer frankly +accepted. + +"I didn't mean to have you pay," said the young man, as they passed +through the door admitting them to an inner apartment, from which +there was an exit into a small, inclosed yard, through which they +were to reach the entrance to a spiral staircase by which the ascent +was made. + +Herbert did not answer, for he understood that his guide was not +telling the truth, and he did not like falsehood or deceit. + +They entered the monument and commenced the ascent. + +"We have a tiresome ascent before us," said the other. + +"How many steps are there?" asked Herbert. + +"About three hundred," was the reply. + +At different points in the ascent they came to landings where they +could catch glimpses of the outward world through long, narrow, +perpendicular slits in the sides of the monument. + +At last they reached the top. + +Herbert's guide looked about him sharply, and seemed disappointed to +find a lady and gentleman and child also enjoying the view. + +Herbert had never been so high before. Indeed, he had never been in +any high building, and he looked about him with a novel sense of +enjoyment. + +"What a fine view there is here!" he said. + +"True," assented his companion. "Let me point out to you the +different towns visible to the naked eye." + +"I wish you would," said the boy. + +So his guide pointed out Cambridge, Chelsea, Malden, the Charles and +Mystic Rivers, gleaming in the sunshine, the glittering dome of the +Boston State House and other conspicuous objects. Herbert felt that +it was worth something to have a companion who could do him this +service, and he felt the extra twenty cents he had paid for his +companion's ticket was a judicious investment. + +He noticed with some surprise that his companion seemed annoyed by +the presence of the other party already referred to. He scowled and +shrugged his shoulders when he looked at them, and in a low voice, +inaudible to those of whom he spoke, he said to Herbert: "Are they +going to stay here all day?" + +"What does it matter to me if they do?" returned Herbert, in +surprise. + +Indeed, to him they seemed very pleasant people, and he was +especially attracted by the sweet face of the little girl. He wished +he had been fortunate enough to possess such a sister. + +At last, however, they finished their sightseeing, and prepared to +descend. Herbert's companion waited till the sound of their +descending steps died away, and then, turning to Herbert, said in a +quick, stern tone: "Now give me the money you have in your pocket." + +"What do you mean?" he said. + +Herbert recoiled, and stared at the speaker in undisguised +astonishment. + +"I mean just what I say," returned the other. "You have one hundred +and fifty dollars in your pocket. You need not deny it, for I saw +you draw it from the bank and put it away." + +"Are you a thief, then?" demanded Herbert. + +"No matter what I am, I must have that money," said the stranger. "I +came over with you exclusively to get it, and I mean business." + +He made a step towards Herbert, but the boy faced him unflinchingly, +and answered resolutely: "I mean business, too. The money is not +mine, and I shall not give it up." + +"Take care!" said the other, menacingly, "we are alone here. You are +a boy and I am a man." + +"I know that; but you will have to fight to get the money," said +Herbert, without quailing. + +He looked to the staircase, but his treacherous guide stood between +him and it, and he was practically a prisoner at the top of the +monument. + +"Don't be a fool!" said the stranger. "You may as well give up the +money to me first as last." + +"I don't propose to give it up to you at all," said Herbert. "My +employer trusted me with it, and I mean to be true to my trust." + +"You can tell him that it was taken from you--that you could not +help yourself. Now hand it over!" + +"Never!" exclaimed Herbert, resolutely. + +"We'll see about that," said his companion, seizing the boy and +grappling with him. + +Herbert was a strong boy for his age, and he accepted the challenge. +Though his antagonist was a man, he found that the boy was powerful, +and not to be mastered as easily as he anticipated. + +"Confound you!" he muttered, "I wish I had a knife!" + +Though Herbert made a vigorous resistance, his opponent was his +superior in strength, and would ultimately have got the better of +him. He had thrown Herbert down, and was trying to thrust his hand +into his coat pocket, when a step was heard, and a tall man of +Western appearance stepped on the scene. + +"Hello!" he said, surveying the two combatants in surprise. "What's +all this? Let that boy alone, you skunk, you!" + +As he spoke, he seized the man by the collar and jerked him to his +feet. + +"What does all this mean?" he asked, turning from one to the other. + +"This boy has robbed me of one hundred and fifty dollars," said the +man, glibly. "I fell in with him in the Boston cars, and he relieved +me of a roll of bills which I had drawn from a bank in Boston." + +"What have you got to say to this?" asked the Western man, turning +to Herbert, who was now on his feet. + +"Only this," answered Herbert, "that it is a lie. It was I who drew +the money from the Merchants' Bank in Boston. This man saw me cash +the check, followed me, and offered to come here with me, when I +asked him for directions." + +"That's a likely story!" sneered the young man. "My friend here is +too sharp to believe it." + +"Don't call me your friend!" said the Western man, bluntly. "I'm +more than half convinced you're a scamp." + +"I don't propose to stay here and be insulted. Let the boy give me +my money, and I won't have him arrested." + +"Don't be in too much of a hurry, young man! I want to see about +this thing. What bank did you draw the money from?" + +"From the Merchants' Bank--the boy has got things reversed. He saw +me draw it, inveigled himself into my confidence, and picked my +pocket." + +"Look here--stop right there! Your story doesn't hang together!" +said the tall Westerner, holding up his finger. "You said you met +this boy in a horse car." + +"We came over together in a Charlestown horse car," said the rogue, +abashed. + +"You've given yourself away. Now make yourself scarce! Scoot!" + +The rascal looked in the face of the tall, resolute man from the +West, and thought it prudent to obey. He started to descend, but a +well-planted kick accelerated his progress, and he fell down several +steps, bruising his knees. + +"Thank you, sir!" said Herbert, gratefully. "It was lucky you came +up just as you did. The rascal had got his hand on the money." + +"He is a miserable scamp!" answered Herbert's new friend. "If +there'd been a police-man handy, I'd have given him in charge. I've +come clear from Wisconsin to see where Warren fell, but I didn't +expect to come across such a critter as that on Bunker Hill." + +Herbert pointed out to his new friend the objects in view, repeating +the information he had so recently acquired. Then, feeling that he +could spare no more time, he descended the stairs and jumped on +board a horse car bound for Boston. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +AN ACCEPTABLE PRESENT. + + + + + +As the clock at the Old South Church struck one, Herbert ascended +the steps of Parker's Hotel, and walked into the reading room. +George Melville was already there. + +"You are on time, Herbert," he said, with a smile, as our hero made +his appearance. + +"Yes, sir; but I began to think I should miss my appointment." + +"Where have you been?" + +"To Bunker Hill." + +"Did you ascend the monument?" + +"Yes, sir, and had a fight at the summit." + +Mr. Melville looked at Herbert in amazement. + +"Had a fight at the top of Bunker Hill Monument?" he ejaculated. + +"Yes, sir; let me tell you about it." + +When the story was told, Mr. Melville said: "That was certainly a +remarkable adventure, Herbert. Still, I am not sorry that it +occurred." + +It was Herbert's turn to look surprised. + +"I will tell you why. It proves to me that you are worthy of my +confidence, and can be trusted with the care of money. It has also +taught you a lesson, to beware of knaves, no matter how plausible +they may be." + +"I haven't got over my surprise yet, sir, at discovering the real +character of the man who went with me. I am sorry I met him. I don't +like to distrust people." + +"Nor I. But it is not necessary to distrust everybody. In your +journey through the world you will make many agreeable and +trustworthy acquaintances in whom it will be safe to confide. It is +only necessary to be cautious and not give your confidence too +soon." + +"Oh, I didn't mention that I met somebody from Wayneboro," said +Herbert. + +"Was it Eben Graham?" + +"Yes." + +"I met him myself on Washington Street. Did you speak to him?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I suppose he goes back to-night?" + +"I don't think he will go back at all, Mr. Melville." + +His employer looked at him inquiringly. + +"I saw him buy a ticket to Chicago, though he does not know it," +continued Herbert. "When he spoke with me he didn't admit it, but +spoke of going back by an afternoon train." + +"I am afraid he has appropriated some of his father's funds," said +Melville. "I doubt if Ebenezer Graham would voluntarily furnish him +the means of going West." + +"That was just what occurred to me," said Herbert; "but I didn't +like to think that Eben would steal." + +"Perhaps he has not. We shall be likely to hear when we return. But +you must be hungry. We will go in to dinner." + +Herbert followed Mr. Melville into the dining room, where a good +dinner was ordered, and partaken of. Herbert looked over the bill of +fare, but the high prices quite startled him. He was not used to +patronizing hotels, and it seemed to him that the price asked for a +single dish ought to be enough to pay for a whole dinner for two. He +knew about what it cost for a meal at home, and did not dream that +it would amount to so much more at a hotel. + +When the check was brought Herbert looked at it. + +"Two dollars and a half!" he exclaimed. + +"It costs an awful amount to live in Boston." + +"Oh a dinner can be got much cheaper at most places in Boston," said +George Melville, smiling, "but I am used to Parker's, and generally +come here." + +"I am glad it doesn't cost so much to live in Wayneboro," said +Herbert. "We couldn't afford even one meal a day." + +"You haven't asked me what the doctor said," remarked Melville, as +they left the dining room. + +"Excuse me, Mr. Melville. It wasn't from any lack of interest." + +"He advises me to go West by the first of October, either to +Colorado or Southern California." + +Herbert's countenance fell. The first of October would soon come, +and his pleasant and profitable engagement with Mr. Melville would +close. + +"I am sorry," he said, gravely. + +"I am not so sorry as I should have been a few weeks ago," said +Melville. "Then I should have looked forward to a journey as lonely +and monotonous. Now, with a companion, I think I may have a pleasant +time." + +"Who is going with you, Mr. Melville?" asked Herbert, feeling, it +must be confessed, a slight twinge of jealousy. + +"I thought perhaps you would be willing to accompany me," said +Melville. + +"Would you really take me, Mr. Melville?" cried Herbert, joyfully. + +"Yes, if you will go." + +"I should like nothing better. I have always wanted to travel. It +quite takes my breath away to think of going so far away." + +"I should hardly venture to go alone," continued George Melville. "I +shall need some one to look after the details of the journey, and to +look after me if I fall sick. Do you think you would be willing to +do that?" + +"I hope you won't fall sick, Mr. Melville; but if you do, I will +take the best care of you I know how." + +"I am sure you will, Herbert, and I would rather have you about me +than a man. Indeed, I already begin to think of you as a younger +brother." + +"Thank you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, gratefully. "I am glad you +do." + +"Do you think your mother will object to your leaving home, +Herbert?" + +"Not with you. She knows I shall be well provided for with you. Can +I arrange to send money regularly to mother?" asked the boy. "I +shouldn't like to think of her as suffering for want of it." + +"Yes, but to guard against emergencies, we can leave her a sum of +money before you start." + +After dinner Mr. Melville proposed to Herbert to accompany him on a +walk up Washington Street, They walked slowly, Herbert using his +eyes diligently, for to him the display in the shop windows was +novel and attractive. + +At length they paused at the door of a large and handsome jewelry +store--one of the two finest in Boston. + +"I want to go in here, Herbert," said his employer. + +"Shall I stay outside?" + +"No, come in with me. You may like to look about." + +Though Herbert had no idea of the cost of the fine stock with which +the store was provided, he saw that it must be valuable, and +wondered where purchasers enough could be found to justify keeping +so large a supply of watches, chains, rings and the numberless other +articles in gold and silver which he saw around him. + +"I would like to look at your watches," said Melville to the +salesman who came forward to inquire his wishes. + +"Gold or silver, sir?" + +"Silver." + +"This way, if you please." + +He led the way to a case where through the glass covering Herbert +saw dozens of silver watches of all sizes and grades lying ready for +inspection. + +"For what price can I get a fair silver watch?" asked Melville. + +"Swiss or Waltham?" + +"Waltham. I may as well patronize home manufactures." + +"Here is a watch I will sell you for fifteen dollars," said the +salesman, drawing out a neat-looking watch, of medium size. "It will +keep excellent time, and give you good satisfaction." + +"Very well; I will buy it on your recommendation. Have you any +silver chains?" + +One was selected of pretty pattern, and George Melville paid for +both. + +"How do you like the watch and chain, Herbert?" said his employer, +as they left the store. + +"They are very pretty, sir." + +"I suppose you wonder what I want of two watches," said Melville. + +"Perhaps you don't like to take your gold watch with you when you go +out West, for fear of thieves." + +"No, that is not the reason. If I am so unfortunate as to lose my +gold watch, I will buy another. The fact is, I have bought this +silver watch and chain for you." + +"For me!" exclaimed Herbert, intensely delighted. + +"Yes; it will be convenient for you, as well as me, to be provided +with a watch. Every traveler needs one. There; put it in your +pocket, and see how it looks." + +"You are very kind to me, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, gratefully. +"You couldn't have bought me anything which I should value more." + +When Herbert had arranged the watch and chain to suit him, it must +be confessed that it engrossed a large part of his attention, and it +was wonderful how often he had occasion to consult it during the +first walk after it came into his possession. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +A THIEF IN TROUBLE. + + + + + +"Have you ever visited the suburbs of Boston?" asked Melville. + +"No," answered Herbert. "I know very little of the city, and nothing +of the towns near it." + +"Then, as we have time to spare, we will board the next horse car +and ride out to Roxbury." + +"I should like it very much, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, in a tone +of satisfaction. I may remark that Roxbury was at that time a +separate municipality, and had not been annexed to Boston. + +They did not have to wait long for a car. An open car, of the kind +in common use during the pleasant season, drew near, and they +secured seats in it. After leaving Dover Street, Washington Street, +still then narrow, broadens into a wide avenue, and is called the +Neck. It was gay with vehicles of all sorts, and Herbert found much +to attract his attention. + +"The doctor tells me I ought to be a good deal in the open air," +said Melville, "and I thought I would act at once upon his +suggestion. It is much pleasanter than taking medicine." + +"I should think so," answered Herbert, emphatically. + +Arrived at the end of the route, Melville and Herbert remained on +the car, and returned at once to the city. When they reached the +crowded part of Washington Street a surprise awaited Herbert. + +From a small jewelry store they saw a man come out, and walk rapidly +away. + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, in excitement, "do you see that man?" + +"Yes. What of him?" + +"It is the man who tried to rob me on Bunker Hill Monument." + +He had hardly uttered these words when another man darted from the +shop, bareheaded, and pursued Herbert's morning acquaintance, +crying, "Stop, thief!" + +The thief took to his heels, but a policeman was at hand, and seized +him by the collar. + +"What has this man been doing?" he asked, as the jeweler's clerk +came up, panting. + +"He has stolen a diamond ring from the counter," answered the clerk. +"I think he has a watch besides." + +"It's a lie!" said the thief, boldly. + +"Search him!" said the clerk, "and you'll find that I have made no +mistake." + +"Come with me to the station house, and prepare your complaint," +said the policeman. + +By this time a crowd had gathered, and the thief appealed to them. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am a reputable citizen of St. Louis, come +to Boston to buy goods, and I protest against this outrage. It is +either a mistake or a conspiracy, I don't know which." + +The thief was well dressed, and some of the bystanders were disposed +to put confidence in him. He had not seen Herbert and George +Melville, who had left the car and joined the throng, or he might +not have spoken so confidently. + +"He doesn't look like a thief," said one of the bystanders, a +benevolent-looking old gentleman. + +"I should say not," said the thief, more boldly. "It's a pretty +state of things if a respectable merchant can't enter a store here +in Boston without being insulted and charged with theft. If I only +had some of my friends or acquaintances here, they would tell you +that it is simply ridiculous to make such a charge against me." + +"You can explain this at the station house," said the policeman. "It +is my duty to take you there." + +"Is there no one who knows the gentleman?" said the philanthropist +before referred to. "Is there no one to speak up for him?" + +Herbert pressed forward, and said, quietly: + +"I know something of him; I passed the morning in his company." + +The thief turned quickly, but he didn't seem gratified to see +Herbert. + +"The boy is mistaken," he said, hurriedly; "I never saw him before." + +"But I have seen you, sir," retorted our hero. "You saw me draw some +money from a bank in State Street, scraped acquaintance with me, and +tried to rob me of it on Bunker Hill." + +"It's a lie!" said the prisoner, hoarsely. + +"Do you wish to make a charge to that effect?" asked the policeman. + +"No, sir; I only mentioned what I knew of him to support the charge +of this gentleman," indicating the jeweler's clerk. + +The old gentleman appeared to lose his interest in the prisoner +after Herbert's statement, and he was escorted without further delay +to the station house, where a gold watch and the diamond ring were +both found on his person. It is scarcely needful to add that he was +tried and sentenced to a term of imprisonment in the very +city--Charlestown--where he had attempted to rob Herbert. + +"It is not always that retribution so quickly overtakes the +wrongdoer," said Melville. "St. Louis will hardly be proud of the +man who claims her citizenship." + +"Dishonesty doesn't seem to pay in his case," said Herbert, +thoughtfully. + +"It never pays in any case, Herbert," said George Melville, +emphatically. "Even if a man could steal enough to live upon, and +were sure not to be found out, he would not enjoy his ill-gotten +gain, as an honest man enjoys the money he works hard for. But when +we add the risk of detection and the severe penalty of imprisonment, +it seems a fatal mistake for any man to overstep the bounds of +honesty and enroll himself as a criminal." + +"I agree with you, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, thoughtfully. "I +don't think I shall ever be tempted, but if I am, I will think of +this man and his quick detection." + +When they reached the depot, a little before four o'clock, George +Melville sent Herbert to the ticket office to purchase tickets, +while he remained in the waiting room. + +"I might as well accustom you to the duties that are likely to +devolve upon you," he said, with a smile. + +Herbert had purchased the tickets and was turning away, when to his +surprise he saw Ebenezer Graham enter the depot, laboring evidently +under considerable excitement. He did not see Herbert, so occupied +was he with thoughts of an unpleasant nature, till the boy greeted +him respectfully. + +"Herbert Carr!" he said; "when did you come into Boston?" + +"This morning, sir." + +"Have you seen anything of my son, Eben, here?" gasped Mr. Graham. + +"Yes, sir; he was on the same train, but I did not see him to speak +to him till after I reached the city." + +"Do you know what he has been doing here?" asked Ebenezer, his face +haggard with anxiety. + +"I only saw him for five minutes," answered Herbert, reluctant to +tell the father what he knew would confirm any suspicion he might +entertain. + +"Where did you see him?" demanded Ebenezer, quickly. + +"At a railroad ticket office not far from the Old South Church." + +"Do you know if he bought any ticket?" asked Ebenezer, anxiously. + +"Yes," answered Herbert. "I overheard him purchasing a ticket to +Chicago." + +Ebenezer groaned, and his face seemed more and more wizened and +puckered up. + +"It is as I thought!" he exclaimed, bitterly. "My own son has robbed +me and fled like a thief, as he is." + +Herbert was shocked, but not surprised. He didn't like to ask +particulars, but Ebenezer volunteered them. + +"This morning," he said, "I foolishly gave Eben a hundred dollars, +and sent him to Boston to pay for a bill of goods which I recently +bought of a wholesale house on Milk Street. If I had only known you +were going in, I would have sent it by you." + +Herbert felt gratified at this manifestation of confidence, +especially as he had so recently been charged with robbing the post +office, but did not interrupt Mr. Graham, who continued: + +"As soon as Eben was fairly gone, I began to feel sorry I sent him, +for he got into extravagant ways when he was in Boston before, and +he had been teasing me to give him money enough to go out West with. +About noon I discovered that he had taken fifty dollars more than +the amount I intrusted to him, and then I couldn't rest till I was +on my way to Boston to find out the worst. I went to the house on +Milk Street and found they had seen nothing of Eben. Then I knew +what had happened. The graceless boy has robbed his father of a +hundred and fifty dollars, and is probably on his way West by this +time." + +"He was to start by the three o'clock train, I think," said Herbert, +and gave his reasons for thinking so. + +Ebenezer seemed so utterly cast down by this confirmation of his +worst suspicions, that Herbert called Mr. Melville, thinking he +might be able to say something to comfort him. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +EBENEZER GRAHAM'S GRIEF. + + + + + +"How much have you lost by your son, Mr. Graham?" asked George +Melville. + +"Nearly two hundred and fifty dollars," groaned Ebenezer, "counting +what I paid in the city to his creditors, it is terrible, terrible!" +and he wrung his hands in his bitterness of spirit. + +"I am sorry for you," said Melville, "and still more for him." + +"Why should yon be sorry for him?" demanded Ebenezer, sharply. "He +hasn't lost anything." + +"Is it nothing to lose his consciousness of integrity, to leave his +home knowing that he is a thief?" + +"Little he'll care for that!" said Mr. Graham, shrugging his +shoulders. "He's laughing in his sleeve, most likely, at the way he +has duped and cheated me, his father." + +"How old is Eben, Mr. Graham?" + +"He will be twenty in November," answered Ebenezer, apparently +puzzled by the question. + +"Then, as he is so young, let us hope that he may see the error of +his ways, and repent." + +"That won't bring me back my money," objected Ebenezer, querulously. +It was clear that he thought more of the money he had lost than of +his son's lack of principle. + +"No, it will not give you back your money, but it may give you back +a son purified and prepared to take an honorable position in +society." + +"No, no; he's bad, bad!" said the stricken father. "What did he care +for the labor and toil it took to save up that money?" + +"I hope the loss of the money will not distress you, Mr. Graham." + +"Well, no, not exactly," said Ebenezer, hesitating. "I shall have to +take some money from the savings bank to make up what that graceless +boy has stolen." + +It was clear that Ebenezer Graham would not have to go to the +poorhouse in consequence of his losses. + +"I can hardly offer you consolation," said George Melville, "but I +suspect that you will not be called upon to pay any more money for +your son." + +"I don't mean to!" said Ebenezer, grimly. + +"Going away as he has done, he will find it necessary to support +himself, and will hardly have courage to send to you for +assistance." + +"Let him try it!" said Ebenezer, his eyes snapping. + +"He may, therefore, being thrown upon his own resources, be +compelled to work hard, and that will probably be the best thing +that can happen to him." + +"I hope he will! I hope he will!" said the storekeeper. "He may find +out after a while that he had an easy time at home, and was better +paid than he will be among strangers. I won't pay any more of his +debts. I'll publish a notice saying that I have given him his time, +and won't pay any more debts of his contracting. He might run into +debt enough to ruin me, between now and the time he becomes of age." + +George Melville considered that the storekeeper was justified in +taking this step, and said so. + +While they were on the train, Ebenezer got measurably reconciled to +his loss, and his busy brain began to calculate how much money he +would save by ceasing to be responsible for Eben's expenses of +living and prospective debts. Without this drawback, he knew he +would grow richer every year. He knew also that notwithstanding the +sum it had just cost him, he would be better off at the end of the +year than the beginning, and to a man of his character this was +perhaps the best form of consolation that he could have. + +Suddenly it occurred to Mr. Graham that he should need a clerk in +place of his son. + +"Now that Eben has gone, Herbert," he said, "I am ready to take you +back." + +This was a surprise, for Herbert had not thought of the effect upon +his own business prospects. + +"I have got a place, thank you, Mr. Graham," he said. + +"You don't call trampin' round huntin' and fishin' work, do you?" +said Ebenezer. + +"It is very agreeable work, sir." + +"But it stands to reason that you can't earn much that way. I +wouldn't give you twenty-five cents a week for such doings." + +"Are you willing to pay me more than Mr. Melville does?" asked +Herbert, demurely, smiling to himself. + +"How much does he pay you now?" asked Ebenezer, cautiously. + +"Six dollars a week." + +"Six dollars a week!" repeated the storekeeper, in incredulous +amazement. "Sho! you're joking!" + +"You can ask Mr. Melville, sir." + +Ebenezer regarded George Melville with an inquiring look. + +"Yes, I pay Herbert six dollars a week," said he, smiling. + +"Well, I never!" ejaculated Ebenezer. "That's the strangest thing I +ever heard. How in the name of conscience can a boy earn so much +money trampin' round?" + +"Perhaps it would not be worth as much to anyone else," said +Melville, "but Herbert suits me, and I need cheerful company." + +"You ain't goin' to keep him long at that figger, be you, Mr. +Melville?" asked Mr. Graham, bluntly. + +"I think we shall be together a considerable time, Mr. Graham. If, +however, you should be willing to pay Herbert a larger salary, I +might feel it only just to release him from his engagement to me." + +"Me pay more'n six dollars a week!" gasped Ebenezer. "I ain't quite +crazy. Why, it would take about all I get from the post office." + +"You wouldn't expect me to take less than I can earn elsewhere, Mr. +Graham," said Herbert. + +"No-o!" answered the storekeeper, slowly. He was evidently nonplused +by the absolute necessity of getting another clerk, and his +inability to think of a suitable person. + +"If Tom Tripp was with me, I might work him into the business," said +Ebenezer, thoughtfully, "but he's bound out to a farmer." + +An inspiration came to Herbert. He knew that his mother would be +glad to earn something, and there was little else to do in +Wayneboro. + +"I think," he said, "you might make an arrangement with my mother, +to make up and sort the mail, for a time, at least." + +"Why, so I could; I didn't think of that," answered Ebenezer, +relieved. "Do you think she'd come over to-morrow mornin'?" + +"If she can't, I will," said Herbert. "I don't meet Mr. Melville +till nine o'clock." + +"So do! I'll expect you. I guess I'll come over and see your mother +this evenin', and see if I can't come to some arrangement with her." + +It may be added that Mr. Graham did as proposed, and Mrs. Carr +agreed to render him the assistance he needed for three dollars a +week. It required only her mornings, and a couple of hours at the +close of the afternoon, and she was very glad to convert so much +time into money. + +"It makes me feel more independent," she said. "I don't want to feel +that you do all the work, Herbert, and maintain the family +single-handed." + +The same evening Herbert broached the plan of traveling with Mr. +Melville. As might have been expected, his mother was at first +startled, and disposed to object, but Herbert set before her the +advantages, both to himself and the family, and touched upon the +young man's need of a companion so skillfully and eloquently that +she was at last brought to regard the proposal favorably. She felt +that George Melville was one to whom she could safely trust her only +boy. Moreover, her own time would be partly occupied, owing to the +arrangement she had just made to assist in the post office, so that +Herbert carried his point. + +The tenth of October arrived, the date which George Melville had +fixed upon for his departure. Mrs. Carr had put Herbert's wardrobe +in order, and he had bought himself a capacious carpetbag and an +umbrella, and looked forward with eagerness to the day on which +their journey was to commence. He had long thought and dreamed of +the West, its plains and cities, but had never supposed that it +would be his privilege to make acquaintance with them, at any rate, +until he should have become twice his present age. But the +unexpected had happened, and on Monday he and George Melville were +to start for Chicago. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +AN OLD ACQUAINTANCE IN CHICAGO. + + + + + +In due time our travelers reached Chicago, and put up at the Palmer +House. Herbert was much impressed by the elegance of the hotel, its +sumptuous furniture, and luxurious table. It must be considered that +he was an inexperienced traveler, though had he been otherwise he +might be excused for his admiration. + +"I have some business in Chicago, and shall remain two or three +days," said George Melville. + +Herbert was quite reconciled to the delay, and, as his services were +not required, employed his time in making himself familiar with the +famous Western city. He kept his eyes open, and found something new +and interesting at every step. One day, as he was passing through +the lower portion of the city, his attention was called to a young +man wheeling a barrow of cabbages and other vegetables, a little in +advance of him. Of course, there was nothing singular about this, +but there seemed something familiar in the figure of the young man. +Herbert quickened his step, and soon came up with him. + +One glance was enough. Though disguised by a pair of overalls, and +without a coat, Herbert recognized the once spruce dry-goods clerk, +Eben Graham. + +Eben recognized Herbert at the same time. He started, and flushed +with shame, not because of the theft of which he had been guilty, +but because he was detected in an honest, but plebeian labor. + +"Herbert Carr!" he exclaimed, stopping short. + +"Yes, Eben; it is I!" + +"You find me changed," said Eben, dolefully. + +"No, I should recognize you anywhere." + +"I don't mean that. I have sunk very low," and he glanced +pathetically at the wheelbarrow. + +"If you refer to your employment, I don't agree with you. It is an +honest business." + +"True, but I never dreamed when I stood behind the counter in +Boston, and waited on fashionable ladies, that I should ever come to +this." + +"He seems more ashamed of wheeling vegetables than of stealing," +thought Herbert, and he was correct. + +"How do you happen to be in this business, Eben?" he asked, with +some curiosity. + +"I must do it or starve. I was cheated out of my money soon after I +came here, and didn't know where to turn." + +Eben did not explain that he lost his money in a gambling house. He +might have been cheated out of it, but it was his own fault, for +venturing into competition with older and more experienced knaves +than himself. + +"I went for thirty-six hours without food," continued Eben, "when I +fell in with a man who kept a vegetable store, and he offered to +employ me. I have been with him ever since." + +"You were fortunate to find employment," said Herbert. + +"Fortunate!" repeated Eben, in a tragic tone. "How much wages do you +think I get?" + +"I can't guess." + +"Five dollars a week, and have to find myself," answered Eben, +mournfully. "What would my fashionable friends in Boston say if they +could see me?" + +"I wouldn't mind what they said as long as you are getting an honest +living." + +"How do you happen to be out here?" asked Eben. + +His story was told in a few words. + +"You are always in luck!" said Eben, enviously. "I wish I had your +chance. Is Mr. Melville very rich?" + +"He is rich; but I don't know how rich." + +"Do you think he'd lend me money enough to get home?" + +"I don't know." + +"Will you ask him?" + +"I will tell him that you made the request, Eben," answered Herbert, +cautiously. "Have you applied to your father?" + +"To the old man? Yes. He hasn't any more heart than a grindstone," +said Eben, bitterly. "What do you think he wrote me?" + +"He refused, I suppose." + +"Here is his letter," said Eben, drawing from his pocket a greasy +half sheet of note paper. "See what he has to say to his only son." + +This was the letter: + +"EBEN GRAHAM: I have received your letter, and am not surprised to +hear that you are in trouble. 'As a man sows, so also shall he +reap.' A young man who will rob his father of his hard earnings is +capable of anything. You have done what you could to ruin me, and +deserve what you have got. You want me to send you money to come +home, and continue your wicked work--I shall not do it. I wash my +hands of you; I have already given notice, through the country paper +that I have given you your time, and shall pay no more debts of your +contracting. + +"I am glad to hear that you are engaged in an honest employment. It +is better than I expected. I would not have been surprised if I had +heard that you were in jail. My advice to you is to stay where you +are and make yourself useful to your employer. He may in time raise +your wages. Five years hence, if you have turned over a new leaf and +led an honest life, I may give you a place in my store. At present, +I would rather leave you where you are. + +"EBENEZER GRAHAM." + +"What do you say to that? Isn't that rather rough on an only son, +eh?" said Eben. + +It occurred to Herbert that Eben hardly deserved very liberal +treatment from his father, notwithstanding he was an only son. + +"Oh, the old man is awfully mean and close-fisted," said Eben. "He +cares more for money than for anything else. By the way, how does +Melville treat you?" + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, emphasizing the Mr., "is always kind +and considerate." + +"Pays you well, eh?" + +"He pays me more than I could get anywhere else." + +"Pays all your hotel and traveling expenses, eh?" + +"Of course." + +"And a good salary besides?" + +"Yes." + +"Herbert," said Eben, suddenly, "I want you to do me a favor." + +"What is it?" + +"You've always known me, you know. When you was a little chap, and +came into the store, I used to give you sticks of candy." + +"I don't remember it," answered Herbert, truthfully. + +"I did, all the same. You were so young that you don't remember it." + +"Well, Eben, what of it?" + +"I want you to lend me ten dollars, Herbert, in memory of old +times." + +Herbert was generously inclined, on ordinary occasions, but did not +feel so on this occasion. He felt that Eben was not a deserving +object, even had he felt able to make so large a loan. Besides, he +could not forget that the young man who now asked a favor had +brought a false charge of stealing against him. + +"You will have to excuse me, Eben," he answered. "To begin with, I +cannot afford to lend so large a sum." + +"I would pay you back as soon as I could." + +"Perhaps you would," said Herbert, "though I have not much +confidence in it. But you seem to forget that you charged me with +stealing only a short time since. I wonder how you. have the face to +ask me to lend you ten dollars, or any sum." + +"It was a mistake," muttered Eben, showing some signs of confusion. + +"At any rate, I won't say anything more about it while you are in +trouble. But you must excuse my declining to lend you." + +"Lend me five dollars, then," pleaded Eben. + +"What do you want to do with it?" + +"To buy lottery tickets. I am almost sure I should win a prize, and +then I can pay you five dollars for one." + +"I wouldn't lend any money for that purpose to my dearest friend," +said Herbert "Buying lottery tickets is about the most foolish +investment you could make." + +"Then I won't buy any," said Eben. "Lend me the money and I will use +it to buy clothes." + +"You will have to excuse me," said Herbert, coldly. + +"I didn't think you'd be so mean," whined Eben, "to a friend in +distress." + +"I don't look upon you as a friend, and for very good reasons," +retorted Herbert, as he walked away. + +Eben looked after him with a scowl of hatred. + +"I'd like to humble that boy's pride," he muttered, as he slowly +resumed his march. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +COL. WARNER. + + + + + +When Herbert returned to the hotel he found George Melville in the +reading room in conversation with a tall and dignified-looking +stranger. + +"Is that your brother, Mr. Melville?" asked the latter, as Herbert +came forward and spoke to Melville. + +"No, Colonel, he is my young friend and confidential clerk, Herbert +Carr." + +"Glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Carr," said the colonel, +affably, extending his hand as he spoke. + +"This is Col. Warner, Herbert," explained George Melville. + +Herbert, who was naturally polite, shook hands with the colonel, and +said he was glad to make his acquaintance. + +"I have been talking with Mr. Melville," said the colonel. "I am +sorry to hear that he is traveling in search of health." + +"Yes, sir; I hope he will find his journey beneficial." + +"Oh, not a doubt of it! Not a doubt of it! I've been there myself. +Do you know, when I was twenty-five, which I take to be about the +age of your employer, I thought I should die of consumption?" + +"I shouldn't have supposed it, sir," said Herbert, and Melville, +too, felt surprised, as he noticed the stalwart proportions of the +former consumptive. + +"Ha! ha! I dare say not," said the colonel, laughing. "I don't look +much like it now, eh?" + +"No, you certainly don't, colonel," said Melville. "I am curious to +know how you overcame the threatened danger." + +"I did what you are doing, sir; I came West." + +"But the mere coming West did not cure you, did it?" + +"No, sir; it was the life I lived," returned Col. \Varner. "I didn't +stay in the cities; I went into the wilderness. I lived in a +log-cabin. I bought a horse, and rode every day. I kept in the open +air, and, after a while, I found my strength returning and my chest +expanding, and in a twelvemonth I could afford to laugh at doctors." + +"And you have never had a return of the old symptoms?" asked +Melville, with interest. + +"Never, except four years afterwards, when I went to New York and +remained nearly a year. I am now fifty, and rather hale and hearty +for my years, eh?" + +"Decidedly so." + +"Let me advise you to follow my example, Mr. Melville." + +"It was my intention when I started West to live very much as you +indicated," said Melville. "Now that I have heard your experience, I +am confirmed in my resolve." + +"Good! I am glad to hear it. When do you leave Chicago?" + +"To-morrow, probably." + +"And how far West do you intend to go?" + +"I have thought of Colorado." + +"Couldn't do better. I know Colorado like a book. In fact, I own +some valuable mining property there, up in--ahem! Gilpin County. By +the way--I take it you are a rich man--why don't you invest in that +way? Perhaps, however, you have it in view?" + +"No, I haven't thought of it," answered Melville. "The fact is, I am +not anxious to become richer, having enough for all my present +needs." + +"Just so," said the colonel. "But you might marry." + +"Even if I did--" + +"You would have money enough," said Col. Warner, finishing the +sentence for him. "Well, I am delighted to hear it. I am very well +fixed myself--in fact, some of my friendy call me, ha! ha!--the +nabob. But, as I was saying I am rich enough and to spare, and +still--you may be surprised--still I have no objection to making a +little more money." + +Col. Warner nodded his head vigorously, and watched George Melville +to see the effect upon him of this extraordinary statement. + +"Very natural, colonel," said Melville. "I believe most people want +to be richer. Perhaps if I had vigorous health I might have the same +wish. At present my chief wish is to recover my health." + +"You'll do it, sir, you'll do it--and in short order, too! Then you +can turn your attention to money-making." + +"Perhaps so," said Melville, with a smile. + +"If not for yourself, for your young friend here," added the +colonel. "I take it he is not rich." + +"I have my fortune still to make, Col. Warner," said Herbert, +smiling. + +"The easiest thing in the world out here, my boy!" said the colonel, +paternally. "So you start to-morrow?" he inquired, turning to +Melville. + +"I think of it." + +"Egad! I've a great mind to accompany you," said the colonel. "Why +shouldn't I? I've got through all my business in Chicago, and I like +the pure air of the prairies best." + +"We shall be glad of your company, colonel," said Melville, +politely. + +"Thank you, sir; that decides me. I'll see you again and fix the +hour of going, or rather I'll conform myself to your arrangements." + +"Very well, colonel." + +"What do you think of my new acquaintance, Col. Warner, Herbert?" +asked Melville when they were alone. + +"He seems to have a very good opinion of himself," answered Herbert. + +"Yes, he is very well pleased with himself. He isn't a man exactly +to my taste, but he seems a representative Western man. He does not +look much like a consumptive?" + +"No, sir." + +"I feel an interest in him on that account," said Melville, +seriously. "If at any time I could become as strong and stalwart I +would willingly surrender one-half, nay nine-tenths of my fortune. +Ill health is a great drag upon a man; it largely curtails his +enjoyments, and deprives him of all ambition." + +"I don't see why his remedy wouldn't work well in your case, Mr. +Melville," said Herbert, earnestly. + +"Perhaps it may. At any rate, I feel inclined to try it. I am glad +the colonel is going to travel with us, as I shall be able to +question him about the details of his cure. He seems a bluff, genial +fellow, and though I don't expect to enjoy his companionship much, I +hope to derive some benefit from it." + +"By the way, Mr. Melville, I met an old acquaintance while I was out +walking," said Herbert. + +"Indeed!" + +"Eben Graham." + +"How did he look--prosperous?" + +"Hardly--he was wheeling a barrow of vegetables." + +"Did you speak with him?" + +"Yes; he wanted to borrow money." + +"I am not surprised at that; I thought it time for him to be out of +money. Did you lend him?" + +"No; I found he wanted money to buy a lottery ticket. I told him I +wouldn't lend money to my best friend for that purpose." + +"Very sensible in you, Herbert." + +"If he had been in distress, I might have let him have a few +dollars, notwithstanding he treated me so meanly at Wayneboro, but +he seems to be earning a living." + +"I presume he doesn't enjoy the business he is in?" + +"No; he complains that he has lowered himself by accepting such a +place." + +"It doesn't occur to him that he lowered himself when he stole money +from his father, I suppose." + +"It doesn't seem to." + +Later in the day Herbert came across Col. Warner in the corridor of +the hotel. + +"Ha! my young friend!" he said, affably. "I am glad to meet you." + +"Thank you, sir." + +"And how is your friend?" + +"No change since morning," answered Herbert, slightly smiling. + +"By the way, Herbert--your name is Herbert, isn't it--may I offer +you a cigar?" said Col. Warner. + +The colonel opened his cigar-case and extended it to Herbert. + +"Thank you, sir, but I don't smoke." + +"Don't smoke? That is, you don't smoke cigars. May I offer you a +cigarette?" + +"I don't smoke at all, colonel." + +"Indeed, remarkable! Why, sir, before I was your age I smoked." + +"Do you think it good for consumption?" asked Herbert. + +"Ha, ha, you have me there! Well, perhaps not. Do you know," said +the colonel, changing the conversation, "I feel a great interest in +your friend." + +"You are very kind." + +"'Upon my soul, I do. He is a most interesting young man. Rich, too! +I am glad he is rich!" + +"He would value health more than money," said Herbert. + +"To be sure, to be sure! By the way, you don't know how much +property your friend has?" + +"No, sir, he never told me," answered Herbert, surprised at the +question. + +"Keeps such matters close, eh? Now, I don't. I never hesitate to own +up to a quarter of a million. Yes, quarter of a million! That's the +size of my pile." + +"You are fortunate, Col. Warner," said Herbert, sincerely. + +"So I am, so I am! Two years hence I shall have half a million, if +all goes well. So you won't have a cigar; no? Well, I'll see you +later." + +"He's a strange man," thought Herbert. "I wonder if his statements +can be relied upon." Somehow Herbert doubted it. He was beginning to +distrust the colonel. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +A MOUNTAIN STAGE. + + + + + +We pass over several days, and change the scene. We left Herbert and +Melville in the Palmer House in Chicago, surrounded by stately +edifices and surging crowds. Now everything is changed. They are in +a mountainous district, where a man might ride twenty miles without +seeing a house. They are, in fact, within the limits of what was +then known as the Territory of Colorado. It is not generally known +that Colorado contains over a hundred mountain summits over ten +thousand feet above the sea level. It is perhaps on account of the +general elevation that it is recommended by physicians as a good +health resort for all who are troubled with lung complaints. + +At the time of which I speak most of the traveling was done by +stage. Now railroads unite the different portions with links of +steel, and make traveling less cumbersome and laborious. There was +one of the party, however, who did not complain, but rather enjoyed +the jolting of the lumbering stage-coach. + +Col. Warner was of the party. He professed to feel an extraordinary +interest in George Melville, and was anxious to show him the country +where he had himself regained his health. + +"Lonely, sir!" repeated the colonel, in answer to a remark of George +Melville. "Why, sir, it's a populous city compared with what it was +in '55, when I was out here. I built myself a cabin in the woods, +and once for twelve months I didn't see a white face." + +"Were there many Indians, Colonel?" asked Herbert. + +"Indians? I should say so. Only twenty miles from my cabin was an +Indian village." + +"Did they trouble you any?" asked Herbert, curiously. + +"Well, they tried to," answered the colonel. "One night as I lay +awake I heard stealthy steps outside, and peeping through a crevice +between the logs just above the head of my bed--by the way, my bed +was the skin of a bear I had myself killed--I could see a string of +Utes preparing to besiege me." + +"Were you afraid?" asked Herbert, a little mischievously, for he +knew pretty well what the colonel would say. + +"Afraid!" repeated the colonel, indignantly. "What do you take me +for? I have plenty of faults," continued Col. Warner, modestly, "but +cowardice isn't one of them. No, sir; I never yet saw the human +being, white, black, or red, that I stood in fear of. But, as I was +saying, the redskins collected around my cabin, and were preparing +to break in the door, when I leveled my revolver and brought down +their foremost man. This threw them into confusion. They retreated a +little way, then advanced again with a horrible yell, and I gave +myself up for lost. But I got in another shot, bringing down another +warrior, this time the son of their chief. The same scene was +repeated. Well, to make a long story short, I repulsed them at every +advance, and finally when but three were left, they concluded that +prudence was the better part of valor, and fled, leaving their dead +and wounded behind them." + +"How many were there of them?" asked Herbert. + +"Well, in the morning when I went out I found seven dead redskins, +and two others lying at the point of death." + +"That was certainly a thrilling adventure, Colonel," said George +Melville, smiling. + +"Egad, I should say so." + +"I confess I don't care to meet with any such." + +"Oh, no danger, no danger!" said the colonel, airily. "That is, +comparatively speaking. In fact, the chief danger is of a different +sort." + +"Of the sleigh upsetting and tipping us out into some of the +canyons, I suppose you mean?" + +"No, I speak of the gentlemen of the road--road agents as they are +generally called." + +"You mean highwaymen?" + +"Yes." + +"Is there much danger of meeting them?" asked Melville. + +"Well, there's a chance. They are quite in the habit of attacking +stage-coaches, and plundering the passengers. Sometimes they make +rich hauls." + +"That must be rather inconvenient to the passengers." said Melville. +"Can't the laws reach these outlaws?" + +"They don't seem to. Why, there are men who have been in the +business for years, and have never been caught." + +"Very true," said a fellow traveler. "There's Jerry Lane, for +instance. He has succeeded thus far in eluding the vigilance of the +authorities." + +"Yes," said the colonel, "I once saw Lane myself. Indeed he did me +the honor of relieving me of five hundred dollars." + +"Couldn't you help it?" asked Herbert. + +"No; he covered me with his revolver, and if I had drawn mine I +shouldn't have lived to take aim at him." + +"Were you in a stage at the time?" + +"No, I was riding on horseback." + +"Is this Lane a large man?" asked George Melville. + +"Not larger than myself," continued the colonel. + +"Where does he live--in some secret haunt in the forest, I suppose?" + +"Oh, no, he doesn't confine himself to one place. He travels a good +deal. Sometimes he goes to St. Louis. I have heard that he sometimes +even visits New York." + +"And is he not recognized?" + +"No; he looks like anything but an outlaw. If you should see him you +might think him a prosperous merchant, or banker." + +"That's curious!" said Herbert. + +"The fact is," said the colonel, "when you travel by stage-coaches +in these solitudes you have to take the chances. Now I carry my +money concealed in an inner pocket, where it isn't very likely to be +found. Of course I have another wallet, just for show, and I give +that up when I have to." + +There was a stout, florid gentleman present, who listened to the +above conversation with ill-disguised nervousness. He was a New York +capitalist, of German birth, going out to inspect a mine in which he +proposed purchasing an interest. His name was Conrad Stiefel. + +"Good gracious!" said he, "I had no idea a man ran such a risk, or I +would have stayed at home. I decidedly object to being robbed." + +"Men are robbed in a different way in New York," said George +Melville. + +"How do you mean, Mr. Melville?" + +"By defaulting clerks, absconding cashiers, swindlers of excellent +social position." + +"Oh, we don't mind those things," said Mr. Stiefel. "We can look out +for ourselves. But when a man points at you with a revolver, that is +terrible!" + +"I hope, my dear sir, you take good care of your money." + +"That I do," said Stiefel, complacently. "I carry it in a belt +around my waist. That's a good place, hey?" + +"I commend your prudence, sir," said the colonel. "You are evidently +a wise and judicious man." + +"They won't think of looking there, hey?" laughed Stiefel. + +"I should say not." + +"You may think what you like, Mr. Stiefel," said a tall, thin +passenger, who looked like a book peddler, "but I contend that my +money is in a safer place than yours." + +"Indeed, Mr. Parker, I should like to know where you keep it," said +Col. Warner, pleasantly. + +"You can't get at it without taking off my stockings," said the tall +man, looking about him in a self-satisfied manner. + +"Very good, 'pon my soul!" said the colonel. "I really don't know +but I shall adopt your hiding place. I am an old traveler, but not +too old to adopt new ideas when I meet with good ones." + +"I think you would find it to your interest, Colonel," said Parker, +looking flattered. + +"Well, well," said the colonel, genially, "suppose we change the +subject. There isn't much chance of our being called upon to produce +our money, or part with it. Still, as I said a while since, it's +best to be cautious, and I see that you all are so. I begin to feel +hungry, gentlemen. How is it with you?" + +"Are we anywhere near the place for supper?" asked Stiefel. "I wish +I could step into a good Broadway restaurant; I feel empty." + +"Only a mile hence, gentlemen, we shall reach Echo Gulch, where we +halt for the night. There's a rude cabin there, where they will +provide us with supper and shelter." + +This announcement gave general satisfaction. The colonel proved to +be right. The stage soon drew up in front of a long one-story +building, which bore the pretentious name of the Echo Gulch Hotel. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +A STARTLING REVELATION. + + + + + +A stout, black-bearded man stood in front of the hotel to welcome +the stage passengers. He took a clay pipe from his lips and nodded a +welcome. + +"Glad to see you, strangers," he said. "Here, Peter, you black +rascal, help the gentlemen with their baggage." + +The door was thrown open, and the party filed into a comfortless +looking apartment, at one end of which was a rude bar. + +One of the passengers, at least, seemed to know the landlord, for +Col. Warner advanced to greet him, his face beaming with cordiality. + +"How are you, John?" he said. "How does the world use you?" + +The landlord growled something inaudible. + +"Have a drink, colonel?" was the first audible remark. + +"Don't care if I do. It's confounded dry traveling over these +mountain roads. Walk up, gentlemen. Col. Warner doesn't drink +alone." + +With the exception of Herbert and George Melville, the passengers +seemed inclined to accept the offer. + +"Come along, Melville," said the colonel; "you and your friend must +join us." + +"Please excuse me, colonel," answered Melville. "I would prefer not +to drink." + +"Oh, nonsense! To oblige me, now." + +"Thank you; but I am traveling for my health, and it would not be +prudent." + +"Just as you say, Melville; but a little whisky would warm you up +and do you good, in my opinion." + +"Thank you all the same, colonel; but I think you must count me +out." + +The colonel shrugged his shoulders and beckoned Herbert. + +"You can come, anyway; your health won't prevent." + +Melville did not interfere, for he knew it would give offense, but +he hoped his young clerk would refuse. + +"Thank you," said Herbert; 'I won't object to a glass of +sarsaparilla." + +"Sarsaparilla!" repeated the colonel, in amazement. "What's that?" + +"We don't keep no medicine," growled the landlord. + +"Have you root-beer?" asked Herbert. + +"What do you take me for?" said the landlord, contemptuously. "I +haven't got no root-beer. Whisky's good enough for any man." + +"I hope you'll excuse me, then," said Herbert. "I am not used to any +strong drinks." + +"How old are you?" asked the colonel, rather contemptuously. + +"Sixteen." + +"Sixteen years old and don't drink whisky! My young friend, your +education has been sadly neglected." + +"I dare say it has," answered Herbert, good-naturedly. + +"Gentlemen," said Col. Warner, apologetically, "the boy is a +stranger, and isn't used to our free Western ways. He's got the +makings of a man in him, and it won't be long before he'll get over +his squeamishness, and walk up to the bar as quick as any one of +us." + +Herbert and Melville stood apart, while the rest of the company +emptied their glasses, apparently at a gulp. It was clear that their +refusal had caused them to be regarded with dislike and suspicion. + +The accommodations of the Echo Gulch Hotel were far from luxurious. +The chambers were scarcely larger than a small closet, clap-boarded +but not plastered, and merely contained a bedstead. Washing +accommodations were provided downstairs. + +Herbert and George Melville were assigned to a single room, to which +they would not have objected had the room been larger. It was of no +use to indulge in open complaints, however, since others had to fare +in the same way. + +"This isn't luxury, Herbert," said Melville. + +"No," answered the boy; "but I don't mind it if you don't." + +"I am afraid I may keep you awake by my coughing, Herbert." + +"Not if I once get to sleep. I sleep as sound as a top." + +"I wish I did; but I am one of the wakeful kind. Being an invalid, I +am more easily annoyed by small inconveniences. You, with your +sturdy health, are more easily suited." + +"Mr. Melville, I had just as lief sleep downstairs in a chair, and +give you the whole of the bed." + +"Not on my account, Herbert. I congratulate myself on having you for +a roommate. If I had been traveling alone I might have been packed +away with the colonel, who, by this time, would be even less +desirable as a bedfellow than usual." + +The worthy colonel had not been content with a single glass of +whisky, but had followed it up several times, till his utterance had +become thick, and his face glowed with a dull, brick-dust color. + +Col. Warner had been assigned to the adjoining chamber, or closet, +whichever it may be called. He did not retire early, however, while +Herbert and George Melville did. + +Strangely enough, Herbert, who was usually so good a sleeper, after +a short nap woke up. He turned to look at his companion, for it was +a moonlight night, and saw that he was sleeping quietly. + +"I wonder what's got into me?" he thought; "I thought I should sleep +till morning." + +He tried to compose himself to sleep, but the more effort he made +the broader awake he became. Sometimes it seems as if such +unaccountable deviations from our ordinary habits were Heaven-sent. +As Herbert lay awake he suddenly became aware of a conversation +which was being carried on, in low tones, in the next room. The +first voice he heard, he recognized as that of the colonel. + +"Yes," he said, "some of the passengers have got money. There's that +Stiefel probably carries a big sum in gold and notes. When I was +speaking of the chance of the stage being robbed, he was uncommon +nervous." + +"Who's Stiefel?" was growled in another voice, which Herbert had no +difficulty in recognizing as the landlord's. + +"Oh, he's the fat, red-faced German. From his talk, I reckon he's +come out to buy mines somewhere in Colorado." + +"We'll save him the trouble." + +"So we will--good joke, John. Oh, about this Stiefel, he carries his +money in a belt round his waist. I infer that it is gold." + +"Good! What about the others?" + +"There's a tall, thin man--his name is Parker," proceeded the +colonel; "he's smart, or thinks he is; you'll have to pull his +stockings off to get his money. Ha, ha!" + +"How did you find out, colonel?" asked the landlord, in admiration. + +"Drew it out of him, sir. He didn't know who he was confiding in. +He'll wonder how the deuce his hiding place was suspected." + +Other passengers were referred to who have not been mentioned, and +in each case the colonel was able to tell precisely where their +money was kept. + +"How about that milksop that wouldn't drink with us?" inquired the +landlord, after a while. + +"Melville? I couldn't find out where he keeps his cash. Probably he +keeps it in his pocket. He doesn't look like a cautious man." + +"Who's the boy?" + +"Only a clerk or secretary of Melville's. He hasn't any money, and +isn't worth attention." + +"Very glad to hear it," thought Herbert. "I don't care to receive +any attention from such gentry. But who would have thought the +colonel was in league with stage robbers? I thought him a +gentleman." + +Herbert began to understand why it was that Col. Warner, if that was +his real name, had drawn the conversation to stage robbers, and +artfully managed to discover where each of the passengers kept his +supply of money. It was clear that he was in league with the +landlord of the Echo Gulch Hotel, who, it was altogether probable, +intended to waylay the stage the next day. + +This was a serious condition of affairs. The time had been when, in +reading stories of adventure, Herbert had wished that he, too, might +have some experience of the kind. Now that the opportunity had come, +our hero was disposed to regard the matter with different eyes. + +"What can be done," he asked himself, anxiously, "to escape the +danger which threatens us to-morrow?" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +A MORNING WALK. + + + + + +Herbert found it difficult to sleep from anxiety. He felt that the +burden was too great for him alone to bear, and he desired to speak +on the subject to George Melville. But there was a difficulty about +doing this undetected, on account of the thinness of the partitions +between the rooms. If he could hear Col. Warner, the latter would +also be able to hear him. + +The stage was to start at seven o'clock the next morning, and before +that time some decision must be made. The first question was, should +they, or should they not, take passage, as they had anticipated? + +At half-past five, Herbert, turning in bed, found his bedfellow +awake. + +"Mr. Melville," he whispered, "I have something important to +communicate, and cannot do so here on account of the danger of being +heard in the next room. Are you willing to dress and take a little +walk with me before breakfast?" + +George Melville's physical condition did not make him usually +favorable to early rising, but he knew Herbert well enough to +understand that he had a satisfactory reason for his request. + +"Yes, Herbert," he said, "I will get up." + +Not a word was exchanged, for Mr. Melville's discretion prevailed +over his curiosity. In ten minutes both were fully dressed and +descended the stairs. + +There was no one stirring except a woman, the landlord's wife, who +was lighting the fire in order to prepare breakfast. + +She regarded the two with surprise, and perhaps a little distrust. + +"You're stirrin' early, strangers," she said. + +"Yes," answered Melville, courteously, "we are going to take a +little walk before breakfast; it may sharpen our appetites." + +"Humph!" said the woman; "that's curious. I wouldn't get up so early +if I wasn't obliged. There ain't much to see outdoors." + +"It is a new part of the country to us," said Melville, "and we may +not have another chance to see it." + +"When will breakfast be ready?" asked Herbert. + +"Half an hour, more or less," answered the woman, shortly. + +"We will be back in time," he said. + +The landlady evidently thought their early-rising a singular +proceeding, but her suspicions were not aroused. She resumed her +work, and Herbert and his friend walked out through the open door. + +When they had reached a spot a dozen rods or more distant, Melville +turned to his young clerk and asked: + +"Well, Herbert, what is it?" + +"I have discovered, Mr. Melville, that our stage is to be stopped +to-day and the passengers plundered." + +"How did you discover this?" asked Melville, startled. + +"By a conversation which I overheard in the next chamber to us." + +"But that chamber is occupied by Col. Warner." + +"And he is one of the conspirators," said Herbert, quietly. + +"Is it possible?" ejaculated Melville. "Can we have been so deceived +in him? Does he propose to waylay the stage?" + +"No, I presume he will be one of the passengers." + +"Tell me all you know about this matter, Herbert. Who is engaged +with him in this plot?" + +"The landlord." + +"I am not much surprised at this," said Melville, thoughtfully. "He +is an ill-looking man, whose appearance fits the part of highwayman +very well. Then you think the colonel is in league with him?" + +"I am sure of that. Don't you remember how skillfully Col. Warner +drew out of the passengers the hiding places of their money +vesterday?" + +"Yes." + +"He has told all to the landlord, and he will no doubt make use of +the knowledge. That is all, Mr. Melville. I could not rest till I +had told you, so that you might decide what to do." + +"It seems quite providential that you were kept awake last night, +Herbert, otherwise this blow would have come upon us unprepared. +Even with the knowledge that it impends, I hardly know what it is +best for us to do." + +"We might decide not to go in the stage," suggested Hebert. + +"But we should have to go to-morrow. We cannot stay here, and there +is no other way of traveling. As the colonel seems to think I have +money, there would be another attack to-morrow. Besides, where could +we stay except at this hotel, which is kept, as it appears, by the +principal robber." + +"That is true," said Herbert, puzzled; "I didn't think of that." + +"I would quite as soon stand my chance of being robbed in the stage, +as be attacked here. Besides, I cannot make up my mind to desert my +fellow passengers. It seems cowardly to send them off to be +plundered without giving them a hint of their danger." + +"Couldn't we do that?" + +"The result would be that they would not go, and there is no knowing +how long we should be compelled to remain in this secluded spot." + +"Mr. Melville," said Herbert, suddenly, "a thought has just struck +me." + +"I hope it may show us a way out of our danger." + +"No, I am sorry to say that it won't do that." + +"What is it, Herbert?" + +"You remember that mention was made yesterday in the stage of a +certain famous bandit named Jerry Lane?" + +"Yes, I remember." + +"Do you think it is possible that he and Col. Warner may be one and +the same?" + +"That is certainly a startling suggestion, Herbert. What reason have +you for thinking so?" + +"It was only a guess on my part; but you remember that the colonel +said he was a man about his size." + +"That might be." + +"And he did not confine himself to the Western country, but might be +met with in New York, or St. Louis. We met the colonel in Chicago." + +"It may be as you surmise, Herbert," said George Melville, after a +pause. "It did occur to me that our worthy landlord might be the +famous outlaw in question, but the description to which you refer +seems to fit the colonel better. There is one thing, however, that +makes me a little incredulous." + +"What is that, Mr. Melville?" + +"This Jerry Lane I take to be cool and courageous, while the colonel +appears to be more of a boaster. He looks like one who can talk +better than he can act. If I had ever seen a description of his +appearance, I could judge better." + +The two had been walking slowly and thoughtfully, when they were +startled by a rough voice. + +"You're out early, strangers?" + +Turning swiftly, they saw the dark, forbidding face of the landlord, +who had approached them unobserved. + +"Did he hear anything?" thought Herbert, anxiously. + +"Yes, we are taking a little walk," said Melville, pleasantly. + +"Breakfast will be ready soon. You'd better be back soon, if you're +goin' by the stage this morning. You are goin', I reckon?" said the +landlord, eyeing them sharply. + +"We intend to do so," said Melville. "We will walk a little farther, +and then return to the house." + +The landlord turned and retraced his steps to the Echo Gulch Hotel. + +"Do you think he heard anything that we were saying?" asked Herbert. + +"I think not." + +"I wonder what brought him out here?" + +"Probably he wanted to make sure that we were going in the stage. He +is laudably anxious to have as many victims and as much plunder as +possible." + +"You told him you were going in the stage?" + +"Yes, I have decided to do so." + +"Have you decided upon anvthing else, Mr. Melville?" + +"Not positively; but there will be time to think of that. Did you +hear where we were to be attacked?" + +"At a point about five miles from here," said Herbert. + +This he had gathered from the conversation he had overheard. + +When the two friends reached the hotel, they found Col. Warner +already downstairs. + +"Good-morning, gentlemen!" he said. "So you have taken a walk? I +never walk before breakfast, for my part." + +"Nor do I often," said Melville. "In this case I was persuaded by my +young friend. I am repaid by a good appetite." + +"Can't I persuade you to try a glass of bitters, Mr. Melville?" +asked the colonel. + +"Thank you, colonel. You will have to excuse me." + +"Breakfast's ready!" announced the landlady, and the stage +passengers sat down at a long, unpainted, wooden table, where the +food was of the plainest. In spite of the impending peril of which +they, only, had knowledge, Herbert ate heartily, but Melville seemed +preoccupied. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +MELVILLE MAKES A SENSATION. + + + + + +Col. Warner seemed in very good spirits. He ate and drank with +violent enjoyment, and was as affable as usual. George Melville +regarded him with curiosity. + +"The man does not appear like a desperado or outlaw," he thought. +"There is nothing to distinguish him from the majority of men one +meets in ordinary intercourse. He is a problem to me, I should like +to study him." + +Col. Warner did not fail to observe the unconscious intentness with +which Melville regarded him, and, for some reason, it did not please +him. + +"You have lost your appetite, Mr. Melville," he said, lightly. "You +have been looking at me until--egad!--if I were a vain man, I should +conclude there was something striking about my appearance." + +"I won't gainsay that, Colonel," answered Melville, adroitly. "I +confess I am not very hungry, and I will further confess that I have +something on my mind." + +"Indeed! Better make me your father confessor," said the colonel, +whose suspicion or annoyance was removed by this ready reply. + +"So I may, after a while," said Melville. + +He took the hint, and ceased to regard the colonel. + +The latter made himself generally social, and generally popular. + +The stage drove round to the door after breakfast, and there was the +usual bustle, as the passengers bestowed themselves inside. + +George Melville had intended to watch narrowly the landlord and Col. +Warner, to detect, if possible, the secret understanding which must +exist between them. But he was deprived of an opportunity, for the +very good reason that the landlord had disappeared, and was not +again seen before their departure. + +The driver gathered up his reins, cracked his whip, and the stage +started. Herbert looked at George Melville a little anxiously, not +knowing what course he had decided to take. They two, it will be +remembered, were the only ones who knew of the intended attack. + +Before the stage started, Melville quietly took the opportunity to +hand his pocketbook to Herbert, saying, briefly: "It will be safer +with you in case of an attack." + +"But won't it be considered suspicious that you have no money about +you?" suggested Herbert. + +"I have a roll of bills in my pocket-fifty dollars," answered +Melville. + +They had no further opportunity of speaking, as one of the +passengers came up where they were standing. + +Herbert had already taken his seat in the coach, when his employer +said: "Herbert, wouldn't you like to ride outside with the driver?" + +"Yes, sir," answered Herbert, promptly, for he understood, that this +was Mr. Melville's wish. + +"It will give us more room, and you will have a better view." + +"Yes, sir; I shall like it." + +In a quick manner Herbert made the change, taking care not to look +significantly at Melville, as some boys might have done, and thus +excited suspicion. + +For the first mile there was very little conversation. + +Then Col. Warner spoke. + +"Well, gentlemen," he said, "we are fairly on our way. Let us hope +nothing will mar our pleasure." + +"Do you anticipate anything?" asked George Melville. + +"I! Why should I? We have a skillful driver, and I guarantee he +won't tip us over." + +"Mr. Melville was, perhaps, referring to the chance of the stage +being stopped by some enterprising road agent," suggested Parker. + +"Oho! Sits the wind in that quarter?" said the Colonel, laughing +lightly. "Not the least chance of that--that is, the chance is very +slight." + +"You spoke differently yesterday," said the German capitalist. + +"Did I? I didn't mean it, I assure you. We are as safe here as if we +were riding in the interior of New York. I suppose I was only +whiling away a few idle minutes." + +"I am glad to hear it," said the German. "I shouldn't like to meet +any of these gentlemen." + +"Nor I," answered Melville; "but I am prepared to give him or them a +warm reception." + +As he spoke he drew a revolver from his pocket. He sat next to the +door, and in an exposed situation. + +"Put up your shooting iron, Mr. Melville," said Col. Warner, +exhibiting a slight shade of annoyance. "Let me exchange places with +you. I should prefer the post of danger, if' there is any." + +"You are very kind, Colonel," said Melville, quietly, "but I don't +care to change. I am quite satisfied with my seat." + +"But, my dear sir, I insist--" said the Colonel, making a motion to +rise. + +"Keep your seat, Colonel! I insist upon staying where I am," +answered Melville. + +He was physically far from formidable, this young man, but there was +a resolute ring in his voice that showed he was in earnest. + +"Really, my dear sir," said the Colonel, trying to conceal his +annoyance, "you have been quite misled by my foolish talk. I did not +suppose you were so nervous." + +"Possibly I may have a special reason for being so," returned George +Melville. + +"What do you mean?" demanded the Colonel, quickly. "If you have, we +are all interested, and ought to know it." + +"The Colonel is right," said the German. "If you know of any danger, +it is only fair to inform us all." + +"I am disposed to agree with you, gentlemen," said Melville. +"Briefly, then, I have good reason to think that this company of +passengers has been marked for plunder." + +Col. Warner started, but, quickly recovering himself, he laughed +uneasily. + +"Tush!" he said, "I put no faith in it. Some one has been deceiving +you, my friend." + +But the other passengers took it more seriously. + +"You evidently know something that we do not," said Parker. + +"I do," answered Melville. + +Col. Warner looked at him searchingly, but did not speak. + +Now was the time to test George Melville's nerve. He was about to +take a bold step. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I regret to say that I have every reason to +believe there is a man in this stage who is in league with the road +agents." + +This statement naturally made a sensation. + +There were seven passengers, and each regarded the rest with +new-born suspicion. There seemed, on the whole, about as much reason +to suspect one man as another, and each, with the exception of +Melville, found himself looked upon with distrust. + +"Pooh, Melville! You must have had bad dreams!" said Col. Warner, +who was the first to recover his self-possession. "Really, I give +you credit for a first-class sensation. As for you, gentlemen, you +may take stock in this cock-and-bull story, if you like; I shall +not. I, for one, have no fear of my fellow passengers. I regard them +all as gentlemen, and shall not allow myself to be disturbed by any +silly fears." + +The air of calm composure with which the Colonel spoke served to +tranquilize the rest of the passengers, who wished to put credit in +his assurance. + +"The Colonel speaks sensibly," said Mr. Parker, "and unless Mr. +Melville assigns a reason for his remarkable belief, I am disposed +to think we have taken alarm too quick." + +"Of course, of course; all sensible men will think so," said the +Colonel. "My friend, we shall be tempted to laugh at you if you +insist on entertaining us with such hobgoblin fancies. My advice is, +to put up that weapon of yours, and turn your attention to the +scenery, which I can assure you, gentlemen, is well worthy of your +admiration. Just observe the walls of yonder canyon, and the trees +growing on the points." + +"Gentlemen," said Melville, "I should be glad to take the view of +the last speaker, if I had not positive proof that he is the man who +has agreed to deliver us into the hands of a road agent within the +space of half an I hour!" + +"Sir, you shall answer for this!" exclaimed the Colonel, furiously, +as he struggled to secure the weapon, his face livid with passion. + +But two passengers, one the German, who, though short, was very +powerful, forcibly prevented him. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +A COUNCIL OF WAR. + + + + + +"Are you sure of what you say?" asked a passenger, turning with a +puzzled look from George Melville, who, in the midst of the general +excitement produced by his revelation, sat, not unmoved indeed, but +comparatively calm. Courage and physical strength are by no means +inseparable, and this frail young man, whose strength probably was +not equal to Herbert's, was fearless in the face of peril which +would daunt many a stalwart six-footer. + +In reply to this very natural question, George Melville repeated the +essential parts of the conversation which had taken place between +Col. Warner and the landlord. + +Col. Warner's countenance changed, and he inwardly execrated the +imprudence that had made his secret plan known to one of the +intended victims. + +"Is this true, Col. Warner?" asked Parker. + +"No, it's a lie!" returned the colonel, with an oath. + +"Gentlemen!" said George Melville, calmly, "you can choose which you +will believe. I will only suggest that this man managed very +adroitly to find out where each one of us kept his money. You can +also consider whether I have any cause to invent this story." + +It was clear that the passengers were inclined to put faith in +Melville's story. + +"Gentlemen!" said the Colonel, angrily, "I never was so insulted in +my life. I am a man of wealth, traveling on business; I am worth a +quarter of a million at least. To associate me with road agents, +whom I have as much reason to fear as you, is most ridiculous. This +young man may be well-meaning, but he is under a most extraordinary +hallucination. It is my belief that he dreamed the nonsense he has +been retailing to you." + +"Ask the driver to stop the stage," said Mr. Benson, a gentlman from +Philadelphia. "If Mr. Melville's story is trustworthy, we may at any +time reach the spot where the highwayman is lurking. We must have a +general consultation, and decide what is to be done." + +This proposal was approved, and the driver drew up the stage. + +"I don't propose to remain in the company of men who so grossly +misjudge me," said the Colonel, with dignity, as he made a motion to +leave his fellow passengers. + +"Stay here, sir!" said Mr. Benson, in a tone of authority. "We +cannot spare you yet." + +"Do you dare to detain me, sir?" exclaimed Warner, menacingly. + +"Yes, we do," said the German. "Just stay where you are, Mr. +Colonel, till we decide what to do." + +As each one of the company had produced his revolver, the Colonel +thought it prudent to obey. + +"I am disgusted with this fooling," he said, "You're all a pack of +cowards." + +"Driver," said George Melville, "has this stage ever been robbed?" + +"Several times," the driver admitted. + +"When was the last time?" + +"Two months since." + +"Where did it happen?" + +"About a mile further on." + +"Did you ever see this gentleman before?" he asked, pointing to the +colonel. + +"Yes," answered the driver, reluctantly. + +"When did he last ride with you?" + +"On the day the stage was robbed," answered the driver. + +The passengers exchanged glances, and then, as by a common impulse, +all turned to Col. Warner, to see how he would take this damaging +revelation. Disguise it as he might, he was clearly disconcerted. + +"Is this true, colonel?" asked Benson. + +"Yes, it is," answered Col. Warner, with some hesitation. "I was +robbed, with the rest. I had four hundred dollars in my wallet, and +the road agent made off with it." + +"And yet you just now pooh-poohed the idea of a robbery, and said +such things were gone by." + +"I say so now," returned the colonel, sullenly. "I have a good deal +of money with me, but I am willing to take my chances." + +"Doubtless. Your money would be returned to you, in all probability, +if, as we have reason to believe, you have a secret understanding +with the thieves who infest this part of the country." + +"Your words are insulting. Let go my arm, sir, or it will be the +worse for you." + +"Softly, softly, my good friend," said the German. "Have you any +proposal to make, Mr. Melville?" + +"Only this. Let us proceed on our journey, but let each man draw his +revolver, and be ready to use it, if need be." + +"What about the colonel?" + +"He must go along with us. We cannot have him communicating with our +enemies outside." + +"Suppose I refuse, sir?" + +"Then, my very good friend, I think we shall use a little force," +said the German, carelessly pointing his weapon at the captive. + +"I will go upon compulsion," said the colonel, "but I protest +against this outrage. I am a wealthy capitalist from Chicago, who +knows no more about road agents than you do. You have been deceived +by this unsophisticated young man, who knows about as much of the +world as a four-year-old child. It's a fine mare's nest he has +found." + +This sneer did not disturb the equanimity of George Melville. + +"I should be glad to believe the colonel were as innocent as he +claims," he said, "but his own words, overheard last night, +contradict what he is now saying. When we have passed the spot +indicated for the attack, we will release him, and give him the +opportunity he seeks of leaving our company." + +The passengers resumed their places in the stage, with the exception +of Herbert, who again took his seat beside the driver. George +Melville had not mentioned that it was Herbert, not himself, who had +overheard the conversation between the colonel and the land lord, +fearing to expose the boy to future risk. + +Col. Warner sat sullenly between the German and Benson. He was +evidently ill at ease and his restless glances showed that he was +intent upon some plan of escape. Of this, however, such was the +vigilance of his guards, there did not seem much chance. + +The stage kept on its way till it entered a narrow roadway, lined on +one side by a thick growth of trees. + +Melville, watching the colonel narrowly, saw that, in spite of his +attempt at calmness, his excitement was at fever heat. + +The cause was very evident, for at this point a tall figure bounded +from the underbrush, disguised by a black half mask, through which a +pair of black eyes blazed fiercely. + +"Stop the stage!" he thundered to the driver, "or I will put a +bullet through your head." + +The driver, as had been directed, instantly obeyed. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +COL. WARNER CHANGES FRONT. + + + + + +It may seem a daring thing for one man to stop a stage full of +passengers, and require them to surrender their money and valuables, +but this has been done time and again in unsettled portions of the +West. For the most part the stage passengers are taken by surprise, +and the road agent is known to be a desperado, ready to murder in +cold blood anyone who dares oppose him. + +In the present instance, however, the passengers had been warned of +their danger and were ready to meet it. + +Brown--for, of course, the masked man was the landlord--saw four +revolvers leveled at him from inside the stage. + +"Let go that horse, my friend, or you are a dead man!" said Conrad +Stiefel, calmly. "Two can play at your game." + +Brown was taken by surprise, but he was destined to be still more +astonished. + +Col. Warner protruded his head from the window, saying: + +"Yes, my friend, you had better give up your little plan. It won't +work." + +Such language from his confederate, on whom he fully relied, wholly +disconcerted the masked robber. + +"Well, I'll be blowed!" he muttered, staring, in ludicrous +perplexity, at his fellow conspirator. + +"Yes, my friend," said the colonel, "I shall really be under the +necessity of shooting you myself if you don't leave us alone. We are +all armed and resolute. I think you had better defer your little +scheme." + +Brown was not quick-witted. He did not see that his confederate was +trying cunningly to avert suspicion from himself, and taking the +only course that remained to him. Of course, he thought he was +betrayed, and was, as a natural consequence, exasperated. + +He released his hold on the horses, but, fixing his eyes on the +colonel fiercely, muttered: + +"Wait till I get a chance at you! I'll pay you for this." + +"What an idiot!" thought Warner, shrugging his shoulders. "Why can't +he see that I am forced to do as I am doing? I must make things +plain to him." + +He spoke a few words rapidly in Spanish, which Brown evidently +understood. His face showed a dawning comprehension of the state of +affairs, and he stood aside while the stage drove on. + +"What did you say?" asked Conrad Stiefel, suspiciously. + +"You heard me, sir," said the colonel, loftily. "You owe your rescue +from this ruffian to me. Now, you can understand how much you have +misjudged me." + +Conrad Stiefel was not so easily satisfied of this. + +"I heard what you said in Mexican, or whatever lingo it is, but I +didn't understand it." + +"Nor I," said Benson. + +"Very well, gentlemen; I am ready to explain. I told this man that +if he ever attempted to molest me I should shoot him in his track." + +"Why didn't you speak to him in English?" asked Stiefel. + +"Because I had a suspicion that the fellow was the same I met once +in Mexico, and I spoke to him in Spanish to make sure. As he +understood, I am convinced I was right." + +"Who is it, then?" asked Benson. + +"His name, sir, is Manuel de Cordova, a well-known Mexican bandit, +who seems to have found his way to this neighborhood. He is a +reckless desperado, and, though I addressed him boldly, I should be +very sorry to meet him in a dark night." + +This explanation was very fluently spoken, but probably no one +present believed what the colonel said, or exonerated him from the +charge which George Melville had made against him. + +Five miles further on Col. Warner left the stage. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am sorry to leave this pleasant company, +but I have a mining claim in this neighborhood, and must bid you +farewell. I trust that when you think of me hereafter, you will +acquit me of the injurious charges which have been made against me. +I take no credit to myself for driving away the ruffian who stopped +us, but hope you won't forget it." + +"No one interfered with the colonel when he proposed to leave the +stage. Indeed, the passengers were unanimous in accepting his +departure as a relief. In spite of his plausible representations, he +was regarded with general suspicion. + +"I wish I knew the meaning of that Spanish lingo," said the German, +Conrad Stiefel. + +"I can interpret it for you, Mr. Stiefel," said George Melville, +quietly. "I have some knowledge of Spanish." + +"What did he say?" asked more than one, eagerly. + +"He said: 'You fool! Don't you see the plot has been discovered? It +wasn't my fault. I will soon join you and explain.'" + +This revelation made a sensation. + +"Then he was in league with the road agent, after all?" said Parker. + +"Certainly he was. Did you for a moment doubt it?" said Melville. + +"I was staggered when I saw him order the rascal away." + +"He is a shrewd villain!" said Benson. "I hope we shan't encounter +him again." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +THE CONSPIRATORS IN COUNCIL. + + + + + +It is needless to say that Col. Warner's intention in leaving the +stage was to join his fellow conspirator. There was no advantage in +remaining longer with his fellow travelers, since the opportunity of +plundering them had passed, and for the present was not likely to +return. He had been a little apprehensive that they would try to +detain him on suspicion, which would have been awkward, since they +had numbers on their side, and all were armed. But in that unsettled +country he would have been an elephant on their hands, and if the +idea entered the minds of any one of the stage passengers, it was +instantly dismissed. + +When the stage was fairly on the way, Col. Warner went to a house +where he was known, and asked for a horse. + +"Any news, colonel?" asked the farmer, as he called himself. Really +he was in league with the band of which Warner was the chief. + +"No," answered the Colonel, gloomily. "No, worse luck! There might +have been, but for an unfortunate circumstance." + +"What's that?" + +"There's plenty of good money in that stage coach and Brown and I +meant to have it, but some sharp-eared rascal heard us arranging the +details of the plan, and that spoiled it." + +"Is it too late now?" asked the farmer, eagerly. "We can follow +them, and overtake them yet, if you say so." + +"And be shot for our pains. No, thank you. They are all on the +alert, and all have their six-shooters in readiness. No, we must +postpone our plan. There's one of the fellows that I mean to be +revenged upon yet--the one that ferreted out our secret plan. I must +bide my time, but I shall keep track of him." + +Soon the Colonel, well-mounted, was on his way back to the rude inn +where he had slept the night before. + +Dismounting he entered without ceremony, and his eyes fell upon the +landlord's wife, engaged in some household employment. + +"Where's Brown?" he asked, abruptly. + +"Somewheres round," was the reply. + +"How long has he been home?" + +"A matter of two hours. He came home awfully riled, but he wouldn't +tell me what it was about. What's happened?" + +"We've met with a disappointment--that's what's the matter." + +"Did the passengers get the better of you?" asked the woman, for she +was in her husband's guilty secrets, and knew quite well what manner +of man she had married. + +"They found out our little game," answered Warner, shortly, for he +did not see any advantage in wasting words on his confederate's +wife. "Which way did Brown go?" + +"Yonder," answered Mrs. Brown, pointing in a particular direction. + +Col. Warner tied his horse to a small sapling, and walked in the +direction indicated. + +He found the landlord sullenly reclining beneath a large tree. + +"So you're back?" he said, surveying Warner with a lowering brow. + +"Yes." + +"And a pretty mess you've made of the job!" said the landlord, +bitterly. + +"It's as much your fault--nay, more!" said his superior, coolly. + +"What do you mean?" demanded Brown, not over cordially. + +"You would persist in discussing our plan last night in my room, +though I warned you we might be overheard." + +"Well?" + +"We were overheard." + +"What spy listened to our talk?" + +"The young man, Melville--the one traveling with a boy. He kept it +to himself till the stage was well on its way, and then he blabbed +the whole thing to all in the stage." + +"Did he mention you?" + +"Yes, and you." + +"Why didn't you tell him he lied, and shoot him on the spot?" + +"Because I shouldn't have survived him five minutes," answered the +colonel, coolly, "or, if I had, his companions would have lynched +me." + +Brown didn't look as if he would have been inconsolable had this +occurred. In fact, he was ambitious to succeed to the place held by +the colonel, as chief of a desperate gang of outlaws. + +"I might have been dangling from a branch of a tree at this moment, +had I followed your plan, my good friend Brown, and that would have +been particularly uncomfortable." + +"They might have shot me," said Brown, sullenly. + +"I prevented that, and gave you timely warning. Of course it's a +disappointment, but we shall have better luck next time." + +"They've got away." + +"Yes, but I propose to keep track of Melville and the boy, and have +my revenge upon them in time. I don't care so much about the money, +but they have foiled me, and they must suffer for it. Meanwhile, I +want your help in another plan." + +The two conferred together, and mutual confidence was +re-established. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +A NEW HOME IN THE WOODS. + + + + + +George Melville had no definite destination. He was traveling, not +for pleasure, but for health, and his purpose was to select a +residence in some high location, where the dry air would be +favorable for his pulmonary difficulties. + +A week later he had found a temporary home. One afternoon Herbert +and he, each on horseback, for at that time public lines of travel +were fewer than at present, came suddenly upon a neat, one-story +cottage in the edge of the forest. It stood alone, but it was +evidently the home of one who aimed to add something of the graces +of civilization to the rudeness of frontier life. + +They reined up simultaneously, and Melville, turning to Herbert, +said: "There, Herbert, is my ideal of a residence. I should not be +satisfied with a rude cabin. There I should find something of the +comfort which we enjoy in New England." + +"The situation is fine, too," said Herbert, looking about him +admiringly. + +The cottage stood on a knoll. On either side were tall and stately +trees. A purling brook at the left rolled its silvery current down a +gentle declivity, and in front, for half a mile, was open country. + +"I have a great mind to call and inquire who lives here." said +Melville. "Perhaps we can arrange to stay here all night." + +"That is a good plan, Mr. Melville." + +George Melville dismounted from his horse, and, approaching, tapped +with the handle of his whip on the door. + +"Who's there?" inquired a smothered voice, as of one rousing himself +from sleep. + +"A stranger, but a friend," answered Melville. + +There was a sound as of some one moving, and a tall man, clad in a +rough suit, came to the door, and looked inquiringly at Melville and +his boy companion. + +Though his attire was rude, his face was refined, and had the +indefinable air of one who would be more at home in the city than in +the country. + +"Delighted to see you both," he said, cordially, offering his hand. +"I don't live in a palace, and my servants are all absent, but if +you will deign to become my guests I will do what I can for your +comfort." + +"You have anticipated my request," said Melville. "Let me introduce +myself as George Melville, an invalid by profession, just come from +New England in search of health. My young friend here is Herbert +Carr, my private secretary and faithful companion, who has not yet +found out what it is to be in poor-health. Without him I should +hardly have dared to come so far alone." + +"You are very welcome, Herbert," said the host, with pleasant +familiarity. "Come in, both of you, and make yourselves at home." + +The cottage contained two rooms. One was used as a bedchamber, the +other as a sitting room. On the walls were a few pictures, and on a +small bookcase against one side of the room were some twenty-five +books. There was an easel and an unfinished picture in one corner, +and a small collection of ordinary furniture. + +"You are probably an artist," suggested Melville. + +"Yes, you have hit it. I use both pen and pencil," and he mentioned +a name known to Melville as that of a popular magazine writer. + +I do not propose to give his real name, but we will know him as +Robert Falkland. + +"I am familiar with your name, Mr. Falkland," said Melville, "but I +did not expect to find you here." + +"Probably not," answered Falkland. "I left the haunts of +civilization unexpectedly, some months ago, and even my publishers +don't know where I am." + +"In search of health?" queried Melville. + +"Not exactly. I did, however, feel in need of a change. I had been +running in a rut, and wanted to get out of it, so I left my lodgings +in New York and bought a ticket to St. Louis; arrived there, I +determined to come farther. So here I have been, living in communion +with nature, seeing scarcely anybody, enjoying myself, on the whole, +but sometimes longing to see a new face." + +"And you have built this cottage?" + +"No; I bought it of its former occupant, but have done something +towards furnishing it; so that it has become characteristic of me +and my tastes." + +"How long have you lived here?" + +"Three months; but my stay is drawing to a close." + +"How is that?" + +"Business that will not be put off calls me back to New York. In +fact, I had appointed to-morrow for my departure." + +Melville and Herbert exchanged a glance. It was evident that the +same thought was in the mind of each. + +"Mr. Falkland," said George Melville, "I have a proposal to make to +you." + +The artist eyed him in some surprise. + +"Go on," he said. + +"I will buy this cottage of you, if you are willing." + +Falkland smiled. + +"This seems providential," he said. "We artists and men of letters +are apt to be short of money, and I confess I was pondering whether +my credit was good with anybody for a hundred dollars to pay my +expenses East. Once arrived there, there are plenty of publishers +who will make me advances on future work." + +"Then we can probably make a bargain," said Mr. Melville. "Please +name your price." + +Now, I do not propose to show my ignorance of real estate values in +Colorado by naming the price which George Melville paid for his home +in the wilderness. In fact, I do not know. I can only say that he +gave Falkland a check for the amount on a Boston bank, and a hundred +in cash besides. + +"You are liberal, Mr. Melville," said Falkland, gratified. "I am +afraid you are not a business man. I have not found that business +men overpay." + +"You are right, I am not a business man," answered Melville, "though +I wish my health would admit of my being so. As to the extra hundred +dollars, I think it worth that much to come upon so comfortable a +home ready to my hand. It will really be a home, such as the log +cabin I looked forward to could not be." + +"Thank you," said Falkland; "I won't pretend that I am indifferent +to money, for I can't afford to be. I earn considerable sums, but, +unfortunately, I never could keep money, or provide for the future." + +"I don't know how it would be with me," said Melville, "for I am one +of those, fortunate or otherwise, who are born to a fortune. I have +sometimes been sorry that I had not the incentive of poverty to +induce me to work." + +"Then, suppose we exchange lots," said the artist, lightly. "I +shouldn't object to being wealthy." + +"With all my heart," answered Melville. "Give me your health, your +literary and artistic talent, and it is a bargain." + +"I am afraid they are not transferable," said the artist, "but we +won't prolong the discussion now. I am neglecting the rites of +hospitality; I must prepare supper for my guests. You must know that +here in the wilderness I am my own cook and dishwasher." + +"Let me help you?" said Melville. + +"No, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, "it is more in my line. I have +often helped mother at home, and I don't believe you have had any +experience." + +"I confess I am a green hand," said Melville, laughing, "but, as +Irish girls just imported say, 'I am very willing.'" + +"On the whole, I think the boy can assist me better," said Falkland. +"So, Mr. Melville, consider yourself an aristocratic visitor, while +Herbert and myself, sons of toil, will minister to your +necessities." + +"By the way, where do you get your supplies?" asked Melville. + +"Eight miles away there is a mining camp and store. I ride over +there once a week or oftener, and bring home what I need." + +"What is the name of the camp?" + +"Deer Creek. I will point out to Herbert, before I leave you, the +bridle path leading to it." + +"Thank you. It will be a great advantage to us to know just how to +live." + +With Herbert's help an appetizing repast was prepared, of which all +three partook with keen zest. + +The next day Falkland took leave of them, and Melville and his boy +companion were left to settle down in their new home. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +A TERRIBLE MOMENT. + + + + + +Melville's purchase comprised not only the cottage, but its +contents, pictures and books included. This was fortunate, for +though Herbert, who was strong, and fond of outdoor sports, such as +hunting and fishing, could have contented himself, Melville was +easily fatigued, and spent at least half of the day in the cabin. +The books, most of which were new to him, were a great and unfailing +resource. + +Among the articles which Falkland left behind him were two guns, of +which Herbert and Melville made frequent use. Herbert had a natural +taste for hunting, though, at home, having no gun of his own, he had +not been able to gratify his taste as much as he desired. Often +after breakfast the two sallied forth, and wandered about in the +neighboring woods, gun in hand. Generally Melville returned first, +leaving Herbert, not yet fatigued, to continue the sport. In this +way our hero acquired a skill and precision of aim which enabled him +to make a very respectable figure even among old and practiced +hunters. + +One morning, after Melville had returned home, Herbert was led, by +the ardor of the chase, to wander farther than usual. He was aware +of this, but did not fear being lost, having a compass and knowing +his bearings. All at once, as he was making his way along a wooded +path, he was startled by hearing voices. He hurried forward, and the +scene upon which he intruded was dramatic enough. + +With arms folded, a white man, a hunter, apparently, stood erect, +and facing him, at a distance of seventy-five or eighty feet, was an +Indian, with gun raised, and leveled at the former. + +"Why don't you shoot, you red rascal!" said the white man. "You've +got the drop on me, I allow, and I am in your power." + +The Indian laughed in his guttural way; but though he held the gun +poised, he did not shoot. He was playing with his victim as a cat +plays with a mouse before she kills it. + +"Is white man afraid?" said the Indian, not tauntingly, but with +real curiosity, for among Indians it is considered a great triumph +if a warrior can inspire fear in his foe, and make him show the +white feather. + +"Afraid!" retorted the hunter. "Who should I be afraid of?" + +"Of Indian." + +"Don't flatter yourself, you pesky savage," returned the white man, +coolly, ejecting a flood of tobacco juice from his mouth, for though +he was a brave man, he had some drawbacks. "You needn't think I am +afraid of you." + +"Indian shoot!" suggested his enemy, watching the effect of this +announcement. + +"Well, shoot, then, and be done with it." + +"White man no want to live?" + +"Of course I want to live. Never saw a healthy white man that +didn't. If I was goin' to die at all, I wouldn't like to die by the +hands of a red rascal like you." + +"Indian great warrior," said the dusky denizen of the woods, +straightening up, and speaking complacently. + +"Indian may be great warrior, but he is a horse thief, all the +same," said the hunter, coolly. + +"White man soon die, and Indian wear his scalp," remarked the +Indian, in a manner likely to disturb the composure of even the +bravest listener. + +The hunter's face changed. It was impossible to reflect upon such a +fate without a pang. Death was nothing to that final brutality. + +"Ha! White man afraid now!" said the Indian, triumphantly--quick to +observe the change of expression in his victim. + +"No, I am not afraid," said the hunter, quickly recovering himself; +"but it's enough to disgust any decent man to think that his scalp +will soon be dangling from the belt of a filthy heathen like you. +However, I suppose I won't know it after I'm dead. You have skulked +and dogged my steps, you red hound, ever since I punished you for +trying to steal my horse. I made one great mistake. Instead of +beating you, I should have shot you, and rid the earth of you once +for all." + +"Indian no forget white man's blows. White man die, and Indian be +revenged." + +"Yes, I s'pose that's what it's coming to," said the hunter, in a +tone of resignation. "I was a 'tarnal fool to come out this mornin' +without my gun. If I had it you would sing a different song." + +Again the Indian laughed, a low, guttural, unpleasant laugh, which +Herbert listened to with a secret shudder. It was so full of +malignity, and cunning triumph, and so suggestive of the fate which +he reserved for his white foe, that it aggravated the latter, and +made him impatient to have the blow fall, since it seemed to be +inevitable. + +"Why don't you shoot, you red savage?" he cried. "What are you +waiting for?" + +The Indian wished to gloat over the mental distress of his foe. He +liked to prolong his own feeling of power--to enjoy the +consciousness that, at any moment, he could put an end to the life +of the man whom he hated for the blows which he felt had degraded +him, and which he was resolved never to forget or forgive. It was +the same feeling that has often led those of his race to torture +their hapless victims, that they may, as long as possible, enjoy the +spectacle of their agonies. For this reason he was in no hurry to +speed on its way the fatal bullet. + +Again the Indian laughed, and, taking aim, made a feint of firing, +but withheld his shot. Pale and resolute his intended victim +continued to face him. He thought that the fatal moment had come, +and braced himself to meet his fate; but he was destined to be +disappointed. + +"How long is this goin' to last, you red hound?" he demanded. "If +I've got to die, I am ready." + +"Indian can wait!" said the savage, with a smile of enjoyment. + +"You wouldn't find it prudent to wait if I were beside you," said +the hunter. "It's easy enough to threaten an unarmed man. If some +friend would happen along to foil you in your cowardly purpose---" + +"White man send for friend!" suggested the Indian, tauntingly. + +Herbert had listened to this colloquy with varying emotions, and his +anger and indignation were stirred by the cold-blooded cruelty of +the savage. He stood motionless, seen by neither party, but he held +his weapon leveled at the Indian, ready to shoot at an instant's +warning. Brought up, as he had been, with a horror for scenes of +violence, and a feeling that human life was sacred, he had a great +repugnance to use his weapon, even where it seemed his urgent duty +to do so. He felt that on him, young as he was, rested a weighty +responsibility. He could save the life of a man of his own color, +but only by killing or disabling a red man. Indian though he was, +his life, too, was sacred; but when he threatened the life of +another he forfeited his claim to consideration. + +Herbert hesitated till he saw it was no longer safe to do so--till +he saw that it was the unalterable determination of the Indian to +kill the hunter, and then, his face pale and fixed, he pulled the +trigger. + +His bullet passed through the shoulder of the savage. The latter +uttered a shrill cry of surprise and dismay, and his weapon fell at +his feet, while he pressed his left hand to his wounded shoulder. + +The hunter, amazed at the interruption, which had been of such +essential service to him, lost not a moment in availing himself of +it. He bounded forward, and before the savage well knew what he +purposed, he had picked up his fallen weapon, and, leveling it at +his wounded foe, fired. + +His bullet was not meant to disable, but to kill. It penetrated the +heart of the savage, and, staggering back, he fell, his face +distorted with rage and disappointment. + +"The tables are turned, my red friend!" said the hunter, coolly. +"It's your life, not mine, this time!" + +At that moment Herbert, pale and shocked, but relieved as well, +pressed forward, and the hunter saw him for the first time. + +"Was it you, boy, who fired the shot?" asked the hunter, in +surprise. + +"Yes," answered Herbert. + +"Then I owe you my life, and that's a debt Jack Holden isn't likely +to forget!" + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +JACK HOLDEN ON THE INDIAN QUESTION. + + + + + +It is a terrible thing to see a man stretched out in death who but a +minute before stood full of life and strength. Herbert gazed at the +dead Indian with a strange sensation of pity and relief, and could +hardly realize that, but for his interposition, it would have been +the hunter, not the Indian, who would have lost his life. + +The hunter was more used to such scenes, and his calmness was +unruffled. + +"That's the end of the dog!" he said, touching with his foot the +dead body. + +"What made him want to kill you?" asked Herbert. + +"Revenge," answered Holden. + +"For what? Had you injured him?" + +"That's the way he looked at it. One day I caught the varmint +stealin' my best hoss. He'd have got away with him, too, if I hadn't +come home just as I did. I might have shot him--most men would--but +I hate to take a man's life for stealin'; and I took another way. My +whip was lyin' handy, and I took it and lashed the rascal over his +bare back a dozen times, and then told him to dust, or I'd serve him +worse. He left, but there was an ugly look in his eyes, and I knew +well enough he'd try to get even." + +"How long ago was this?" + +"Most a year. It's a long time, but an Indian never forgets an +injury or an insult, and I knew that he was only bidin' his time. So +I always went armed, and kept a good lookout. It was only this +mornin' that he caught me at a disadvantage. I'd been taking a walk, +and left my gun at home. He was prowlin' round, and soon saw how +things stood. He'd have killed me sure, if you hadn't come in the +nick of time." + +"I am glad I was near," said Herbert, "but it seems to me a terrible +thing to shoot a man. I'm glad it wasn't I that killed him." + +"Mebbe it was better for me, as he was my enemy," said Jack Holden. +"It won't trouble my conscience a mite. I don't look upon an Indian +as a man." + +"Why not?" + +"He's a snake in the grass--a poisonous serpent, that's what I call +him," said Jack Holden. + +Herbert shook his head. He couldn't assent to this. + +"You feel different, no doubt. You're a tenderfoot. You ain't used +to the ways of these reptiles. You haven't seen what I have," +answered Holden. + +"What have you seen?" asked Herbert, judging correctly that Holden +referred to some special experience. + +"I'll tell you. You see, I'm an old settler in this Western country. +I've traveled pretty much all over the region beyond the Rockies, +and I've seen a good deal of the red men. I know their ways as well +as any man. Well, I was trampin' once in Montany, when, one +afternoon, I and my pard--he was prospectin'--came to a clearin', +and there we saw a sight that made us all feel sick. It was the +smokin' ruins of a log cabin, which them devils had set on fire. But +that wasn't what I referred to. Alongside there lay six dead +bodies--the man, his wife, two boys, somewhere near your age, a +little girl, of maybe ten, and a baby--all butchered by them +savages, layin'--in the hunter's vernacular--in their gore. It was +easy to see how they'd killed the baby, by his broken skull. They +had seized the poor thing by the feet, and swung him against the +side of the house, dashin' out his brains." + +Herbert shuddered, and felt sick, as the picture of the ruined home +and the wretched family rose before his imagination. + +"It was Indians that did it, of course," proceeded Holden. "They're +born savage, and such things come natural to them." + +"Are there no good Indians?" asked the boy. + +"There may be," answered Jack Holden, doubtfully, "though I haven't +seen many. They're as scarce as plums in a boardin' house puddin', I +reckon." + +I present this as Jack Holden's view, not mine. He had the +prejudices of the frontier, and frontiersmen are severe judges of +their Indian neighbors. They usually look at but one side of the +picture, and are not apt to take into consideration the wrongs which +the Indians have undeniably received. There is another extreme, +however, and the sentimentalists who deplore Indian wrongs, and +represent them as a brave, suffering and oppressed people, are quite +as far away from a just view of the Indian question. + +"What's your name, youngster?" asked Holden, with the curiosity +natural under the circumstances. + +"Herbert Carr." + +"Do you live nigh here?" + +Herbert indicated, as well as he could, the location of his home. + +"I know--you live with Mr. Falkland. Are you his son?" + +"No; Mr. Falkland has gone away." + +"You're not living there alone, be you?" + +"No; I came out here with a young man--Mr. Melville. He bought the +cottage of Mr. Falkland, who was obliged to go East." + +"You don't say so. Why, we're neighbors. I live three miles from +here." + +"Did you know Mr. Falkland?" + +"Yes; we used to see each other now and then. He was a good fellow, +but mighty queer. What's the use of settin' down and paintin' +pictures? What's the good of it all?" + +"Don't you admire pictures, Mr. Holden?" asked Herbert. + +"That's that you called me? I didn't quite catch on to it." + +"Mr. Holden. Isn't that your name?" + +"Don't call me mister. I'm plain Jack Holden. Call me Jack." + +"I will if you prefer it," said Herbert, dubiously. + +"Of course I do. We don't go much on style in the woods. Won't you +come home with me, and take a look at my cabin? I ain't used to +company, but we can sit down and have a social smoke together, and +then I'll manage to find something to eat." + +"Thank you, Mr. Holden--I mean, Jack--but I must be getting home; +Mr. Melville will be feeling anxious, for, as it is, I shall be +late." + +"Is Mr. Melville, as you call him, any way kin to you?" + +"No; he is my friend and employer." + +"Young man?" + +"Yes; he is about twenty-five." + +"How long have you two been out here?" + +"Not much over a week." + +"Why isn't Melville with you this morning?" + +"He is in delicate health--consumption--and he gets tired sooner +than I do." + +"I must come over and see you, I reckon." + +"I hope you will. We get lonely sometimes. If you would like to +borrow something to read, Mr. Melville has plenty of books." + +"Read!" repeated Jack. "No, thank you. I don't care much for books. +A newspaper, now, is different. A man likes to know what's going on +in the world; but I leave books to ministers, schoolmasters, and the +like." + +"If you don't read, how do you fill up your time, Jack?" + +"My pipe's better than any book, lad. I'm goin' to set down and have +a smoke now. Wish I had an extra pipe for you." + +"Thank you," said Herbert, politely, "but I don't smoke." + +"Don't smoke! How old are you?" + +"Sixteen." + +"Sixteen years old, and don't smoke! Why, where was you raised?" + +"In the East," answered Herbert, smiling. + +"Why, I smoked before I was three foot high, I was goin' to say. I +couldn't get along without srnokin'." + +"Nor I without reading." + +"Well, folks will have their different tastes, I allow. I reckon +I'll be goin' back." + +"Shan't you bury him?" asked Herbert, with a glance at the dead +Indian. + +"No; he wouldn't have buried me." + +"But you won't leave him here? If you'll bury him, I'll help you." + +"Not now, boy. Since you make a point of it, I'll come round +to-morrow, and dig a hole to put him in. I'll take the liberty of +carryin' home his shootin' iron. He won't need it where he's gone." + +The two parted in a friendly manner, and Herbert turned his face +homeward, grave and thoughtful. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +THE BLAZING STAR MINE. + + + + + +Toward noon the next day George Melville and Herbert were resting +from a country trip, sitting on a rude wooden settee which our hero +had made of some superfluous boards, and placed directly in front of +the house, when a figure was seen approaching with long strides from +the shadow of the neighboring woods. It was not until he was close +at hand that Herbert espied him. + +"Why, it's Mr. Holden!" he exclaimed. + +"Jack Holden, my lad," said the hunter, correcting him. "Is this the +man you're living with?" + +Jack Holden was unconventional, and had been brought up in a rude +school so far as manners were concerned. It did not occur to him +that his question might have been better framed. + +"I am Mr. Melville," answered that gentleman, seeing that Herbert +looked embarrassed. "Herbert is my constant and valued companion." + +"He's a trump, that boy!" continued Holden. "Why, if it hadn't been +for him, there'd been an end of Jack Holden yesterday." + +"Herbert told me about it. It was indeed a tragic affair. The +sacrifice of life is deplorable, but seemed to have been necessary, +unless, indeed, you could have disabled him." + +"Disabled him!" echoed the hunter. "That wouldn't have answered by a +long shot. As soon as the reptile got well he'd have been on my +trail ag'in. No, sir; it was my life or his, and I don't complain of +the way things turned out." + +"Have you buried him?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, I've shoved him under, and it's better than he deserved, the +sneakin' rascal. I'm glad to make your acquaintance, Mr. Melville. +Didn't know I had changed neighbors till the boy there told me +yesterday. I've tramped over this mornin' to give you a call." + +"You are very kind, Mr. Holden. Sit down here beside us." + +"I'm more at home here," answered Holden, stretching himself on the +ground, and laying his gun beside him. "How do you like Colorado?" + +"Very much, as far as I have seen it," said Melville. "Herbert +probably told you my object, in coming here?" + +"He said you were ailin' some way." + +"Yes, my lungs are weak. Since I have been here, I am feeling better +and stronger, however." + +"There don't seem to be anything the matter with the boy." + +"Nothing but a healthy appetite," answered Herbert, smiling. + +"That won't hurt anybody. Mr. Melville, do you smoke?" + +"No, thank you." + +"Queer! Don't see how you can do without it? Why, sir, I'd been +homesick without my pipe. It's company, I tell you, when a chap's +alone and got no one to speak to." + +"I take it, Mr. Holden, you are not here for your health?" + +"No, I should say not; I'm tough as a hickory nut. When I drop off +it's more likely to be an Indian bullet than any disease. I'm +forty-seven years old, and I don't know what it is to be sick." + +"You are fortunate, Mr. Holden." + +"I expect I am. But I haven't answered your question. I'm interested +in mines, Mr. Melville. Have you ever been to Deer Creek?" + +"Yes, I went over with Herbert to visit the store there one day last +week." + +"Did you ever hear of the Blazing Star Mine?" + +"No, I believe not." + +"I own it," said Holden. "It's a good mine, and would make me rich +if I had a little more money to work it." + +"Are the indications favorable, then?" asked Melville. + +"It looks well, if that's what you mean. Yes, sir; the Star is a +first-class property." + +"Then it's a pity you don't work it." + +"That's what I say myself. Mr. Melville, I've a proposal to make to +you." + +"What is it, Mr. Holden?" + +"If you could manage to call me Jack, it would seem more social +like." + +"By all means, then, Jack!" said Melville smiling. + +"Yon give me money enough to develop the mine, and I'll make half of +it over to you." + +"How much is needed?" asked Melville. + +"Not over five hundred dollars. It's a bargain, I tell you." + +"I do not myself wish to assume any business cares," said Melville. + +Jack Holden looked disappointed. + +"Just as you say," he responded. + +"But Herbert may feel differently," continued Melville. + +"I'd like the lad for a partner," said Holden, briskly. + +"But I have no money!" said Herbert, in surprise. + +George Melville smiled. + +"If the mine is a good one," he said, "I will advance you the money +necessary for the purchase of a half interest. If it pays you, you +may become rich. Then you can repay the money." + +"But suppose it doesn't, Mr. Melville," objected Herbert, "how can I +ever repay you so large a sum?" + +"On the whole, Herbert, I will take the risk." + +"You are very kind, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, his face glowing +with anticipation. To be half owner of a mine, with the chance of +making a large sum of money, naturally elated him. + +"Why shouldn't I be, Herbert? But I want to see the mine first." + +"Can't you go over this afternoon?" asked Holden, eager to settle +the matter as soon as possible. + +"It is a long journey," said Melville, hesitating. + +"You can stay overnight," said Jack Holden, "and come back in the +morning." + +"Very well; let us go then--that is, after dinner. Herbert, if you +will set the table, we will see if we can't offer our friend here +some refreshment. He is hungry, I am sure, after his long walk." + +"You've hit it, Mr. Melville," said Holden. "I allow I'm as hungry +as a wolf. But you don't set down to table, do you?" + +"Oh, yes," answered Mr. Melville, smiling pleasantly. + +"I ain't used to it," said Holden; "but I was once. Anyhow, it won't +make no difference in the victuals." + +When dinner was ready the three sat down, and did ample justice to +it; but Jack Holden made such furious onslaughts that the other two +could hardly keep pace with him. Fortunately, there was plenty of +food, for Melville did not believe in economical housekeeping. + +After dinner they set out for Deer Creek. As has been already +explained, it was the name of a mining settlement. Now, by the way, +it is a prosperous town, though the name has been changed. Then, +however, everything was rude and primitive. + +Jack Holden led the way to the Blazing Star Mine, and pointed out +its capabilities and promise. He waited with some anxiety for +Melville's decision. + +"I don't understand matters very well," said Melville, "but I am +willing to take a good deal on trust. If you desire it, I will buy +half the mine, paying you five hundred dollars for that interest. +That is, I buy it for Herbert." + +"Hooray!" shouted Holden. "Give us your hand, pard. You are my +partner now, you know." + +As he spoke he gripped Herbert's hand in a pressure which was so +strong as to be painful, and the necessary business was gone +through. + +So Herbert found himself a half owner of the Blazing Star Mine, of +Deer Creek, Colorado. + +"I hope your mine will turn out well, Herbert," said Melville, +smiling. + +"I wish it might for mother's sake!" said Herbert, seriously. + +"It won't be my fault if it don't," said his partner. "I shall stay +here now, and get to work." + +"Ought I not to help you?" asked Herbert. + +"No; Mr. Melville will want you. I will hire a man here to help me, +and charge it to your share of the expenses." + +So the matter was arranged; but Herbert rode over twro or three +times a week to look after his property. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII. + +GOOD NEWS FROM THE MINE. + + + + + +"Well, Herbert, what news from the mine?" asked Melville, two weeks +later, on Herbert's return from Deer Creek, whither he had gone +alone. + +"There are some rich developments, so Jack says. Do you know, Mr. +Melville, he says the mine is richly worth five thousand dollars." + +"Bravo, Herbert! That would make your half worth twenty-five +hundred." + +"Yes," said the boy complacently; "if we could sell at that figure, +I could pay you back and have two thousand dollars of my own. Think +of that, Mr. Melville," continued Herbert, his eyes glowing with +pride and pleasure. "Shouldn't I be a rich boy?" + +"You may do even better, Herbert. Don't be in a hurry to sell. That +is my advice. If the present favorable indications continue, you may +realize a considerably larger sum." + +"So Jack says. He says he is bound to hold on, and hopes I will." + +"You are in luck, Herbert." + +"Yes, Mr. Melville, and I don't forget that it is to you I am +indebted for this good fortune," said the boy, earnestly. "If you +hadn't bought the property for me, I could not. I don't know but you +ought to get some share ef the profits." + +George Melville shook his head. + +"My dear boy," he said, "I have more than my share of money already. +Sometimes I feel ashamed when I compare my lot with others, and +consider that for the money I have, I have done no work. The least I +can do is to consider myself the Lord's trustee, and do good to +others, when it falls in my way." + +"I wish all rich men thought as you do, Mr. Melville; the world +would be happier," said Herbert. + +"True, Herbert. I hope and believe there is a considerable number +who, like myself, feel under obligations to do good." + +"I shall be very glad, on mother's account, if I can go home with +money enough to make her independent of work. By the way, Mr. +Melville, I found a letter from mother in the Deer Creek post +office. Shall I read it to you?" + +"If there is nothing private in it, Herbert." + +"There is nothing private from you, Mr. Melville." + +It may be explained that Deer Creek had already obtained such +prominence that the post-office department had established an office +there, and learning this, Herbert had requested his mother to +address him at that place. + +He drew the letter from his pocket and read it aloud. + +We quote the essential portions. + +"'I am very glad to hear that you have made the long journey in +safety, and are now in health.'" + +Herbert had not mentioned in his home letter the stage-coach +adventure, for he knew that it would disturb his mother to think +that he had been exposed to such a risk. + +"It will do no good, you know," he said to Mr. Melville, and his +friend had agreed with him. + +"'It is very satisfactory to me,' continued Herbert, reading from +the letter, 'that you are under the charge of Mr. Melville, who +seems to me an excellent, conscientious young man, from whom you can +learn only good.'" + +"Your mother thinks very kindly of me," said Melville, evidently +pleased. + +"She is right, too, Mr. Melville," said Herbert, with emphasis. + +"'It will no doubt be improving to you, my dear Herbert, to travel +under such pleasant auspices, for a boy can learn from observation +as well as from books. I miss you very much, but since the +separation is for your advantage, I can submit to it cheerfully. + +"'You ask me about my relations with Mr. Graham. I am still in the +post office, and thus far nearly the whole work devolves upon me. +Except in one respect, I am well treated. Mr. G-. is, as you know, +very penurious, and grudges every cent that he has to pay out. When +he paid me last Saturday night the small sum for which I agreed to +assist him, he had much to say about his large expenses, fuel, +lights, etc., and asked me if I wouldn't agree to work for two +dollars a week, instead of three. I confess, I was almost struck +dumb by such an exhibition of meanness, and told him that it would +be quite impossible. Since then he has spent some of the time +himself in the office, and asked me various questions about the +proper way of preparing the mail, etc., and I think it is his +intention, if possible, to get along without me. I don't know, if he +absolutely insists upon it, but it would be better to accept the +reduction than to give up altogether. Two dollars a week will count +in my small household.' + +"Did you ever hear of such meanness, Mr. Melville?" demanded +Herbert, indignantly. "Here is Mr. Graham making, I am sure, two +thousand dollars a year clear profit, and yet anxious to reduce +mother from three to two dollars a week." + +"It is certainly a very small business, Herbert. I think some men +become meaner by indulgence of their defect." + +"I shall write mother to give up the place sooner than submit to +such a reduction. Three dollars a week is small enough in all +conscience." + +"I approve the advice, Herbert. If Mr. Graham were really cramped +for money, and doing a poor business, it would be different. As it +is, it seems to me he has no excuse for his extreme penuriousness." + +"How pleasant it would be to pay a flying visit to Wayneboro," said +Herbert, thoughtfully. "One never appreciates home until he has left +it." + +"That pleasure must be left for the future. It will keep." + +"Very true, and when I do go home I want to go well fixed." + +Herbert had already caught the popular Western phrase for a man well +to do. + +"We must depend on the Blazing Star Mine for that," said Melville, +smiling. My young readers may like to know that, while Herbert was +prospering financially, he did not neglect the cultivation of his +mind. Among the books left by Mr. Falkland were a number of standard +histories, some elementary books in French, including a dictionary, +a treatise on natural philosophy, and a German grammar and reader. + +"Do you know anything of French or German, Mr. Melville?" inquired +our hero, when they made their first examination of the library. + +"Yes, Herbert, I am a tolerable scholar in each." + +"I wish I were." + +"Would you like to study them?" + +"Yes, very much." + +"Then I will make you a proposal. You are likely to have +considerable time at your disposal. If you will study either, or +both, I will be your teacher." + +"I should like nothing better," said Herbert, eagerly. + +"Moreover, if you wish to study philosophy, I will aid you, though +we are not in a position to illustrate the subject by experiments." + +Herbert was a sensible boy. Moreover, he was fond of study, and he +saw at once how advantageous this proposal was. He secured a private +tutor for nothing, and, as he soon found, an excellent one. Though +Mr. Melville had never been a teacher, he had an unusual aptitude +for teaching, and it is hard to decide whether he or Herbert enjoyed +more the hours which they now regularly passed in the relation of +teacher and pupil. + +It must be said, also, that while George Melville evinced an +aptitude for teaching, Herbert showed an equal aptitude for +learning. The tasks which he voluntarily undertook most boys would +have found irksome, but he only found them a source of pleasure, and +had the satisfaction, after a very short time, to find himself able +to read ordinary French and German prose with comparative ease. + +"I never had a better pupil," said George Melville. + +"I believe I am the first you ever had," said Herbert, laughing. + +"That is true. I spoke as if I were a veteran teacher." + +"Then I won't be too much elated by the compliment." + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV. + +TWO OLD ACQUAINTANCES REAPPEAR. + + + + + +In the rude hotel kept by the outlaw, whom we have introduced under +the name of Brown, there sat two men, to neither of whom will my +readers need an introduction. They have already appeared in our +story. + +One was Brown himself, the other Col. Warner, or, as we may as well +confess, Jerry Lane, known throughout the West as an unscrupulous +robber and chief of a band of road agents, whose depredations had +been characterized by audacity and success. + +Brown was ostensibly an innkeeper, but this business, honest enough +in itself, only veiled the man's real trade, in which he defied +alike the laws of honesty and of his country. The other was by turns +a gentleman of property, a merchant, a cattle owner, or a +speculator, in all of which characters he acted excellently, and +succeeded in making the acquaintance of men whom he designed to rob. + +The two men wore a sober look. In their business, as in those more +legitimate, there are good times and dull times, and of late they +had not succeeded. + +"I want some money, captain," said Brown, sullenly, laying down a +black pipe, which he had been smoking. + +"So do I, Brown," answered Warner, as we will continue to call him. +"It's a dry time with me." + +"You don't understand me, captain," continued Brown. "I want you to +give me some money." + +"First you must tell me where I am to get it," answered Warner, with +a shrug of his shoulders. + +"Do you mean to say you have no money?" asked Brown, frowning. + +"How should I have?" + +"Because in all our enterprises you have taken the lion's share, +though you haven't always done the chief part. You can't have spent +the whole." + +"No, not quite; but I have nothing to spare. I need to travel about, +and--" + +"You've got a soft thing," grumbled Brown. "You go round and have a +good time while I am tied down to this fourth-rate tavern in the +woods." + +"Well, it isn't much more than that," said Warner, musingly. + +"Do you expect me to keep a first-class hotel?" demanded Brown, +defiantly. + +"No, of course not. Brown," continued Warner, soothingly, "don't let +us quarrel; we can't afford it. Let us talk together reasonably." + +"What have you to say?" + +"This, that it isn't my fault if things have gone wrong. Was it my +fault that we found so little cash in that last store we broke +open?" + +"Nineteen dollars!" muttered Brown, contemptuously. + +"Nineteen dollars, as you say. It didn't pay us for our trouble. +Well, I was as sorry as you. I fail to see how it was my fault. +Better luck next time." + +"When is the next time to be?" asked Brown, somewhat placated. + +"As soon as you please." + +"What is it?" + +"I will tell you. You remember that stagecoach full of passengers +that fooled us some time since?" + +"I ought to." + +"I always meant to get on the track of that Melville, who spoiled +our plot by overhearing us and giving us away to the passengers. He +is very rich, so the boy who was with him told me, and I have every +reason to rely upon his statement. Well, I want to be revenged upon +him, and, at the same time, to relieve him of the doubtless large +sum of money which he keeps with him." + +"I'm with you. Where is he?" + +"I have only recently ascertained--no matter how. He lives in a +small cabin, far from any other, about eight miles from the mining +town of Deer Creek." + +"I know the place." + +"Precisely. No one lives there with him except the boy, and it would +be easy enough to rob him. I saw a man from Deer Creek yesterday. He +tells me that Melville has bought for the boy a half share in a rich +mine, and is thought to have at least five thousand dollars in gold +and bills in his cabin." + +Brown's eyes glistened with cupidity. + +"That would be a big haul," he said. + +"Of course, it would. Now, Brown, while you have been grumbling at +me I have been saving this little affair for our benefit--yours and +mine. We won't let any of the rest of them into it, but whatever we +find we will divide, and share alike." + +"Do you mean this, captain?" + +"Yes, I mean it, friend Brown. You shan't charge me with taking the +lion's share in this case. If there are five thousand dollars, as my +informant seems to think, your share shall be half." + +"Twenty-five hundred dollars!" + +"Exactly; twenty-five hundred dollars." + +"That will pay for my hard luck lately," said Brown, his face +clearing. + +"Very handsomely, too." + +"When shall we start?" + +"To-morrow morning. We will set out early in the morning; and, by +the way, Brown, it's just as well not to let your wife or anyone +else know where we are going." + +"All right," answered Brown, cheerfully. + +The next morning the two worthies set out their far from meritorious +errand. Brown told his wife vaguely, in reply to her questioning, +that he was called away for a few days on business. + +If he expected to evade further question by this answer, he was +mistaken. Mrs. Brown was naturally of a jealous and suspicious +temperament, and doubt was excited in her breast. + +"Where shall I say you have gone if I am asked?" she said. + +"You may say that you don't know," answered Brown, brusquely. + +"I don't think much of a man who keeps secrets from his wife," said +Mrs. Brown, coldly. + +"And I don't think much of a man who tells everything to his wife," +retorted Brown. "It's all right, Kitty, You needn't concern yourself. +But the captain and I are on an expedition, which, to be successful, +needs to be kept secret." + +Mrs. Brown was not more than half convinced, but she was compelled +to accept this statement, for her husband would vouchsafe no other. + +That part of the State into which they journeyed was not new ground +to either. They were familiar with all the settled portion of +Colorado, and had no difficulty in finding the cabin occupied by +George Melville. + +Now it happened that they reached the modest dwelling in the woods +about three o'clock in the afternoon. Herbert had ridden over to +Deer Creek to look after his mining property, and it was not yet +time to expect him back. George Melville was therefore left alone. + +Knowing, as my young readers do, his literary tastes, they will +understand that, though left alone, he was not lonely. The stock of +books which he had bought from his predecessor was to him an +unfailing resource. Moreover, he had taken up Italian, of which he +knew a little, and was reading in the original the "Divina Comedia" +of Dante, a work which consumed many hours, and was not likely soon +to be over. To-day, however, for some reason Melville found it more +difficult than usual to fix his mind upon his pleasant study. Was it +a presentiment of coming evil that made him so unusually restless? +At all events, the hours, which were wont to be fleet-footed, passed +with unusual slowness, and he found himself longing for the return +of his young friend. + +"I don't know what has got into me to-day," said Melville to +himself. "It's only three o'clock, yet the day seems very long. I +wish Herbert would return. I feel uneasy. I don't know why. I hope +it is not a presage of misfortune. I shall not be sure that +something has not happened to Herbert till I see him again." + +As he spoke George Melville rose from his chair, and was about to +put on his hat and take a short walk in the neighboring woods, when +he heard the tramp of approaching horses. Looking out from the +window, he saw two horsemen close at hand. + +He started in dismay, for in the two men he was at no loss in +recognizing his stagecoach companion, Col. Warner, and the landlord +who had essayed the part of a road agent, + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV. + +MELVILLE IN PERIL. + + + + + +Col. Warner and his companion enjoyed the effect of their presence +upon their intended victim, and smiled in a manner that boded little +good to Melville, as they dismounted from their steeds and advanced +to the door of the cabin. + +"How are you, Melville?" said Warner, ironically. "I see you have +not forgotten me." + +"No, I have not forgotten you," answered Melville, regarding his +visitor uneasily. + +"This is my friend, Mr. Brown. Perhaps you remember him?" + +"I do remember him, and the circumstances under which I last saw +him," replied Melville, rather imprudently. + +Brown frowned, but he did not speak. He generally left his companion +to do the talking. + +"Being in the neighborhood, we thought we'd call upon you," +continued Col. Warner. + +"Walk in, gentlemen, if you see fit," said Melville. "I suppose it +would be only polite to say that I am glad to see you, but I have +some regard for truth, and cannot say it." + +"I admire your candor, Mr. Melville. Walk in, Brown. Ha! upon my +word, you have a nice home here. Didn't expect to see anything of +the kind in this wilderness. Books and pictures! Really, now, Brown, +I am quite tempted to ask our friend, Melville, to entertain us for +a few days." + +"I don't think it would suit you," said Melville, dryly. "You are +probably more fond of exciting adventure than of books." + +"Does the boy live with you?" asked Warner, dropping his bantering +tone, and looking about his searchingly. + +"Yes, he is still with me." + +"I don't see him." + +"Because he has gone to Deer Creek on business." + +When Melville saw the rapid glance of satisfaction interchanged by +the two visitors he realized that he had made an imprudent +admission. He suspected that their design was to rob him, and he had +voluntarily assured them that he was alone, and that they could +proceed without interruption. + +"Sorry not to see him," said Warner. "I'd like to renew our pleasant +acquaintance." + +Melville was about to reply that Herbert would be back directly, +when it occurred to him that this would be a fresh piece of +imprudence. It would doubtless lead them to proceed at once to the +object of their visit, while if he could only keep them till his boy +companion did actually return, they would at least be two to two. +Even then they would be by no means equally matched, but something +might occur to help them. + +"I suppose Herbert will return by evening," he replied. "You can see +him if you remain till then." + +Another expression of satisfaction appeared upon the faces of his +two visitors, but for this he was prepared. + +"Sorry we can't stay till then," said Warner, "but business of +importance will limit our stay. Eh, Brown?" + +"I don't see the use of delaying at all!" growled Brown, who was not +as partial as his companion to the feline amusement of playing with +his intended victim. With him, on the contrary, it was a word, and a +blow, and sometimes the blow came first. + +"Come to business!" continued Brown, impatiently, addressing his +associate. + +"That is my purpose, friend Brown." + +"Mr. Melville, it is not solely the pleasure of seeing you that has +led my friend and myself to call this afternoon." + +Melville nodded. + +"So I supposed," he said. + +"There is a little unfinished business between us, as you will +remember. I owe you a return for the manner in which you saw fit to +throw suspicion upon me some time since, when we were traveling +together." + +"I shall be very glad to have you convince me that I did you an +injustice," said Melville. "I was led to believe that you and your +friend now present were leagued together to rob us of our money and +valuables. If it was not so--" + +"You were not very far from right, Mr. Melville. Still it was not +polite to express your suspicions so rudely. Besides, you were +instrumental in defeating our plan." + +"I can't express any regret for that, Col. Warner, or Jerry Lane, as +I suppose that is your real name." + +"I am Jerry Lane!" said Warner, proudly. "I may as well confess it, +since it is well that you should know with whom you have to deal. +When I say that I am Jerry Lane, you will understand that I mean +business." + +"I do," answered Melville, quietly. + +"You know me by reputation?" said the outlaw, with a curious pride +in his unenviable notoriety. + +"I do." + +"What do men say of me?" + +"That you are at the head of a gang of reckless assassins and +outlaws, and that you have been implicated in scores of robberies +and atrocities." + +This was not so satisfactory. + +"Young man," said Lane--to drop his false name--"I advise you to be +careful how you talk. It may be the worse for you. Now, to come to +business, how much money have you in the house?" + +"Why do you ask, and by what right?" + +"We propose to take it. Now answer my question." + +"Gentlemen, you will be very poorly paid for the trouble you have +taken in visiting me. I have very little money." + +"Of course, you say so. We want an answer." + +"As well as I can remember I have between forty and fifty dollars in +my pocketbook." + +Brown uttered an oath under his breath, and Lane looked uneasy. + +"That's a lie!" said Brown, speaking first. "We were told you had +five thousand dollars here." + +"Your informant was badly mistaken, then. I am not very wise, +perhaps, in worldly matters, but I certainly am not such a fool as +to keep so large a sum of money in a lonely cabin like this." + +"Perhaps not so much as that," returned Lane. "I don't pretend to +say how much you have. That is for you to tell us." + +George Melville drew from his pocket a wallet, and passed it to the +outlaw. + +"Count the money for yourself, if you wish," he said. "You can +verify my statement." + +Lane opened the wallet with avidity, and drew out the contents. It +was apparent at the first glance that the sum it contained was +small. It was counted, however, and proved to amount to forty-seven +dollars and a few silver coins. + +The two robbers looked at each other in dismay. Was it possible that +this was all? If so, they would certainly be very poorly paid for +their trouble. + +"Do you expect us to believe, Mr. Melville," said Jerry Lane, +sternly, "that this is all the money you have?" + +"In this cabin--yes." + +"We are not so easily fooled. It is probably all you carry about +with you; but you have more concealed somewhere about the premises. +It will be best for you to produce at once, unless you are ready to +pass in your checks." + +"That means," said Melville, growing pale in spite of himself, for +he knew from report the desperate character of his guests, "that +means, I suppose, that you will kill me unless I satisfy your +rapacity." + +"It does," said Lane, curtly. "Now for your answer!" + +"Gentlemen, I cannot accomplish impossibilities. It is as I say. The +money in your hands is all that I have by me." + +"Do you mean to deny that you are rich?" asked Lane. + +"No, I do not deny it. That is not the point in question. You ask me +to produce all the money I have with me. I have done so." + +"Do you believe this, Brown?" asked the captain, turning to his +subordinate. + +"No, I don't." + +"It is strictly true." + +"Then," said Brown, "you deserve to die for having no more money for +us." + +"True," chimed in Lane. "Once more, will you produce your secret +hoard?" + +"I have none." + +"Then you must be dealt with in the usual way. Brown, have you a +rope?" + +"Yes." + +"Is there a convenient tree near by." + +"We'll find one." + +The two seized Melville, and, despite his resistance, dragged him +violently from the cabin, and adjusted a rope about his neck. The +young man was pale, and gave himself up for lost. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI. + +THE MINE IS SOLD. + + + + + +While his friend was in peril, where was Herbert? + +For him, too, it had been an exciting day--Deer Creek had been +excited by the arrival of a capitalist from New York, whose avowed +errand it was to buy a mine. Reports from Deer Creek had turned his +steps thither, and all the mine owners were on the qui vive to +attract the attention of the monied man. It was understood that he +intended to capitalize the mine, when purchased, start a company, +and work it by the new and improved methods, which had replaced the +older and ruder appliances at first employed. + +Mr. Compton, though not a mining expert, was a shrewd man, who +weighed carefully the representations that were made to him, and +reserved his opinion. It was clear that he was not a man who would +readily be taken in, though there were not wanting men at Deer Creek +who were ready to palm off upon him poor or worthless mines. About +the only mine owners who did not seek him were the owners of the +Blazing Star, both of whom were on the ground. The mine was looking +up. The most recent developments were the most favorable, and the +prospects were excellent. They might, indeed, "peter out" as the +expression is, but it did not seem likely. + +"Jack," said Herbert, "shall we invite Mr. Compton to visit our +mine?" + +"No," answered Jack Holden; "I am willing to keep it." + +"Wouldn't you sell?" + +"Yes, if I could get my price." + +"What is your price?" + +"Twenty-five thousand dollars for the whole mine!" + +"That is twelve thousand five hundred for mine," said Herbert, his +cheek flushing with the excitement he felt. + +"You've figured it out right, my lad," said his partner. + +"That would leave me twelve thousand after I have paid up Mr. +Melville for the sum I paid in the beginning." + +"Right again, my lad." + +"Why, Jack!" exclaimed Herbert. "Do you know what that means? It +means that I should be rich--that my mother could move into a nicer +house, that we could live at ease for the rest of our lives." + +"Would twelve thousand dollars do all that?" + +"No; but it would give me a fund that would establish me in +business, and relieve me of all anxiety. Jack, it's too bright to be +real." + +"We may not be able to sell the mine at that figure, Herbert. Don't +let us count our chickens before they are hatched, or we may be +disappointed. I'm as willin' to keep the mine as to sell it." + +"Jack, here is Mr. Compton coming," said Herbert. + +The capitalist paused, and addressing Herbert, said: + +"Have you anything to do with the mine, my lad?" + +"I am half owner," answered Herbert, promptly, and not without +pride. + +"Who is the other half owner?" + +"Mr. Holden," answered Herbert, pointing out Jack. + +"May I examine the mine?" + +"You are quite welcome to, sir." + +Possibly the fact that this mine alone had not been pressed upon him +for purchase, predisposed Mr. Compton to regard it with favor. Every +facility was offered him, and Jack Holden, who thoroughly understood +his business, gave him the necessary explanations. + +After an hour spent in the examination, Mr. Compton came to +business. + +"Is the mine for sale?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"What is your price?" + +"Twenty-five thousand dollars." + +"Is that your lowest price?" + +"It is." + +Jack Holden wasted no words in praising the mine, and this produced +a favorable impression on the capitalist with whom he was dealing. + +"I'll take it," he answered. + +"Then it's a bargain." + +Herbert found it difficult to realize that these few words had made +him a rich boy. He remained silent, but in his heart he was deeply +thankful, not so much for himself, as because he knew that he was +now able to rejoice his mother's heart, and relieve her from all +pecuniary cares or anxieties. + +"You've made a good bargain, sir, if I do say it," said Jack Holden. +"For my own part, I wasn't so particular about selling the mine, but +my young partner here is differently placed, and the money will come +handy to him." + +"You are rather young for a mine owner," said Mr. Compton, regarding +Herbert with some curiosity. + +"Yes, sir; I believe I am the youngest mine owner here." + +"Are you a resident of this State?" + +"Only temporarily, sir. I came here with a friend whose lungs are +weak." + +"You expect to return to the East soon?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"When you do, come to see me. I am a commission merchant in Boston. +If it is your intention to follow a business life, I may be able to +find you a place." + +"Thank you, sir; I should like nothing better." + +"To-morrow," said Mr. Compton, "I will come here and complete the +purchase." + +"Jack," said Herbert, when the new purchaser of the mine had left +them, "there is no work for us here. Come with me, and let us +together tell Mr. Melville the good news." + +"A good thought, my lad!" + +So the two mounted their horses, and left Deer Creek behind them. +They little suspected how sorely they were needed. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII. + +TO THE RESCUE. + + + + + +Herbert and his companion drew near the forest cabin, which had been +the home of the former, without a suspicion that George Melville was +in such dire peril. The boy was, indeed, thinking of him, but it was +rather of the satisfaction his employer would feel at his good +fortune. + +"Somehow I feel in a great hurry to get there, Jack," said Herbert. +"I shall enjoy telling Mr. Melville of my good luck." + +"He's a fine chap, that Melville," said Jack Holden, meaning no +disrespect by this unceremonious fashion of speech. + +"That he is! He's the best friend I ever had, Jack," returned +Herbert, warmly. + +"It's a pity he's ailing." + +"Oh, he's much stronger than he was when he came out here. All the +unfavorable symptoms have disappeared." + +"Maybe he'll outgrow it. I had an uncle that was given up to die of +consumption, when he was about Melville's age, and he died only last +year at the age of seventy-five." + +"That must have been slow consumption, Jack," said Herbert, smiling. +"If Mr. Melville can live as long as that, I think neither he nor +his friends will have reason to complain." + +"Is he so rich, lad?" + +"I don't know how rich, but I know he has plenty of money. How much +power a rich man has," said Herbert, musingly. "Now, Mr. Melville +has changed my whole life for me. When I first met him I was working +for three dollars a week. Now I am worth twelve thousand dollars!" + +Herbert repeated this with a beaming face. The good news had not +lost the freshness of novelty. There was so much that he could do +now that he was comparatively rich. To do Herbert justice, it was +not of himself principally that he thought. It was sweet to reflect +that he could bring peace, and joy, and independence to his mother. +After all, it is the happiness we confer that brings us the truest +enjoyment. The selfish man who eats and drinks and lodges like a +prince, but is unwilling to share his abundance with others, knows +not what he loses. Even boys and girls may try the experiment for +themselves, for one does not need to be rich to give pleasure to +others. + +"Come, Jack, let us ride faster; I am in a hurry," said Herbert, +when they were perhaps a quarter of a mile distant from the cabin. + +They emerged from the forest, and could now see the cottage and its +surroundings. They saw something that almost paralyzed them. + +George Melville, with a rope round his neck, stood beneath a tree. +Col. Warner was up in the tree swinging the rope over a branch, +while Brown, big, burly and brutal, pinioned the helpless young man +in his strong arms. + +"Good heavens! Do you see that?" exclaimed Herbert. "It is the road +agents. Quick, or we shall be too late!" + +Jack had seen. He had not only seen, but he had already acted. Quick +as thought he raised his weapon, and covered Brown. There was a +sharp report, and the burly ruffian fell, his heart pierced by the +unerring bullet. + +Herbert dashed forward, and, seizing the rope, released his friend. + +"Thank Heaven, Herbert! You have saved my life!" murmured Melville, +in tones of heartfelt gratitude. + +"There's another of them!" exclaimed Jack Holden, looking up into +the tree, and he raised his gun once more. + +"Don't shoot!" exclaimed the man, whom we know best as Col. Warner; +"I'll come down." + +So he did, but not in the manner he expected. In his flurry, for he +was not a brave man, outlaw though he was, he lost his hold and fell +at the feet of Holden. + +"What shall we do with him, Mr. Melville?" asked Jack. "He deserves +to die." + +"Don't kill him! Bind him, and give him up to the authorities." + +"I hate to let him off so easy," said Jack, but he did as Melville +wished. But the colonel had a short reprieve. On his way to jail, a +bullet from some unknown assailant pierced his temple, and Jerry +Lane, the notorious road agent, died, as he had lived, by violence. + + + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII. + +CONCLUSION. + + + + + +It had been the intention of George Melville to remain in Colorado +all winter, but his improved health, and the tragic event which I +have just narrated, conspired to change his determination. + +"Herbert," he said, when the business connected with the sale of the +mine had been completed, "how would you like to go home?" + +"With you?" + +"Yes, you don't suppose I would remain here alone?" + +"If you feel well enough, Mr. Melville, there is nothing I should +like better." + +"I do feel well enough. If I find any unfavorable symptoms coming +back, I can travel again, but I am anxious to get away from this +place, where I have come so near losing my life at the hands of the +outlaws." + +There was little need of delay. Their preparations were soon made. +There was an embarrassment about the cottage, but that was soon +removed. + +"I'll buy it of you, Mr. Melville," said Jack Holden. + +"I can't sell it to you, Mr. Holden." + +"I will give you a fair price." + +"You don't understand me," said George Melville, smiling. "I will +not sell it, because I prefer to give it." + +"Thank you, Mr Melville, but you know I am not exactly a poor man. +The sale of the mine---" + +"Jack," said Melville, with emotion, "would you have me forget that +it is to you and Herbert that I owe my rescue from a violent and +ignominious death?" + +"I want no pay for that, Mr. Melville." + +"No, I am sure you don't. But you will accept the cabin, not as pay, +but as a mark of my esteem." + +Upon that ground Jack accepted the cottage with pleasure. Herbert +tried to tempt him to make a visit to the East, but he was already +in treaty for another mine, and would not go. + +The two stayed a day in Chicago on their way to Boston. + +"I wonder if Eben is still here?" thought Herbert. + +He soon had his question answered. In passing through a suburban +portion of the great city, he saw a young man sawing wood in front +of a mean dwelling, while a stout negro was standing near, with his +hands in his pockets, surveying the job. He was the proprietor of a +colored restaurant, and Eben was working for him. + +Alas, for Eben! The once spruce dry-goods clerk was now a +miserable-looking tramp, so far as outward appearances went. His +clothes were not only ragged, but soiled, and the spruce city +acquaintances whom he once knew would have passed him without +recognition. + +"Eben!" + +Eben turned swiftly as he heard his name called, and a flush of +shame overspread his face. + +"Is it you, Herbert?" he asked, faintly. + +"Yes, Eben. You don't seem very prosperous." + +"I never thought I should sink so low," answered Eben, mournfully, +"as to saw wood for a colored man." + +"What are you talkin' about?" interrupted his boss, angrily. "Ain't +I as good as a worfless white man that begged a meal of vittles of +me, coz he was starvin'? You jest shut up your mouf, and go to +work." + +Eben sadly resumed his labor. Herbert pitied him, in spite of his +folly and wickedness. + +"Eben, do you owe this man anything?" he added. + +"Yes, he does. He owes me for his dinner. Don't you go to +interfere!" returned the colored man. + +"How much was your dinner worth?" asked Herbert, putting his hand +into his pocket. + +"It was wuf a quarter." + +"There is your money! Now, Eben, come with me." + +"I've been very unfortunate," wailed Eben. + +"Would you like to go back to Wayneboro?" asked Herbert. + +"Yes, anywhere," answered Eben, eagerly. "I can't make a livin' +here. I have almost starved sometimes." + +"Eben, I'll make a bargain with you. If I will take you home, will +you turn over a new leaf, and try to lead a regular and industrious +life?" + +"Yes, I'll do it," answered Eben. + +"Then I'll take you with me to-morrow." + +"I shouldn't like my old friends to see me in these rags," said +Eben, glancing with shame at his tattered clothes. + +"They shall not. Come with me, and I will rig you out anew." + +"You're a good fellow, Herbert," said Eben, gratefully. "I'm sorry +for the way I treated you." + +"Then it's all right," said Herbert. Herbert kept his promise. He +took Eben to a barber shop, where there were also baths, having +previously purchased him a complete outfit, and Eben emerged looking +once more like the spruce dry-goods salesman of yore. + +. . . . . . . + +One day not long afterwards Mrs. Carr was sitting in her little +sitting room, sewing. She had plenty of leisure for this work now, +for Mr. Graham had undertaken to attend to the post-office duties +himself. It was natural that she should think of her absent boy, +from whom she had not heard for a long time. + +"When shall I see him again?" she thought, wearily. + +There was a knock at the outer door. + +She rose to open it, but, before she could reach it, it flew open, +and her boy, taller and handsomer than ever, was in her arms. + +"Oh, Herbert!" + +It was all she could say, but the tone was full of joy. + +"How I have missed you!" + +"We will be together now, mother." + +"I hope so, Herbert. Perhaps you can find something to do in +Wayneboro, and even if it doesn't pay as well--" + +"Mother," interrupted Herbert, laughing, "is that the way to speak +to a rich boy like me?" + +"Rich?" + +"Yes, mother, I bring home twelve thousand dollars." + +Mrs. Carr could not believe it at first, but Herbert told his story, +and she gave joyful credence at last. + +Eben did not receive as warm a welcome, but finally his father was +propitiated, and agreed to give his son employment in his own store. +He's there yet. His hard experience in the West has subdued his +pride, and he has really "turned over a new leaf," as he promised +Herbert. His father will probably next year give him a quarter +interest in the firm, and the firm's name will be + +"EBENEZER GRAHAM & SON." + +Herbert and his mother have moved to Boston. Our hero is learning +business in the counting room of Mr. Compton. They live in a +pleasant house at the South End, and Mr. Melville, restored to a +very fair measure of health, is boarding, or, rather, has his home +with them. He is devoting his time to literary pursuits, and I am +told that he is the author of a brilliant paper in a recent number +of the North American Review. Herbert finds some time for study, +and, under the guidance of his friend and former employer, he has +already become a very creditable scholar in French, German and +English literature. He enjoys his present prosperity all the better +for the hardships through which he passed before reaching it. + +THE END + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Do and Dare, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DO AND DARE *** + +This file should be named dnddr10.txt or dnddr10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, dnddr11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, dnddr10a.txt + +This eBook was created by Carrie Fellman <thhpht@yahoo.com>. + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/dnddr10.zip b/old/dnddr10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d45cdbb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/dnddr10.zip |